News Cut

News Cut Category Archive: Politics

'Stand your ground bill' advances at Capitol

Posted at 10:37 AM on February 9, 2012 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

One of the first floor debates of any significance in the Minnesota Senate this session isn't going to be about football stadiums. It'll be something far more important: Do Minnesotans have an obligation to flee when faced with danger?

A Minnesota Senate committee this morning sent the so-called Defense of Dwelling and Person Act to the Senate floor on a party-line vote.

There are many elements of the bill (full text here), but this is the big one:

Subd. 2. Circumstances when authorized. (a) The use of deadly force by an individual is justified under this section when the act is undertaken:
(1) to resist or prevent the commission of a felony in the individual's dwelling;
(2) to resist or prevent what the individual reasonably believes is an offense or attempted offense that imminently exposes the individual or another person to substantial bodily harm, great bodily harm, or death; or
(3) to resist or prevent what the individual reasonably believes is the commission or imminent commission of a forcible felony.
(b) The use of deadly force is not authorized under this section if the individual knows that the person against whom force is being used is a licensed peace officer from this state, another state, the United States, or any subordinate jurisdiction of the United States, who is acting lawfully.
Subd. 3. Degree of force; retreat. An individual taking defensive action pursuant to subdivision 2 may use all force and means, including deadly force, that the individual in good faith believes is required to succeed in defense. The individual may meet force with superior force when the individual's objective is defensive; the individual is not required to retreat; and the individual may continue defensive actions against an assailant until the danger has ended.

In many ways, the legislation wouldn't be possible, if not for a man in Apple Valley who shot a gang friend to death.

In 1999, the Minnesota Supreme Court ruled that there is no such requirement in Minnesota to retreat inside a dwelling. It ruled in the case of Tony Carothers, who shot a gang enforcer six times in his mobile home in Apple Valley after an argument over $20 in a card game in 1967. He was given a 14-year sentence.

In instructing a jury, a trial court judge said Carothers had a duty to first flee a self-defense situation, but Justice Russell Anderson overturned the conviction, warning, however, that it's not a license to kill:


We emphasize that a person claiming defense of dwelling is still subject to strictures insuring the reasonableness of his or her behavior. Defense of dwelling and self-defense within the dwelling serve a defensive and not offensive purpose, and do not confer a license to kill or to inflict great bodily harm merely because the offense occurs within the home. It may be more reasonable for a person to advance towards or retreat from a danger within his or her home in different circumstances, and that decision should be left to the jury. When faced with a defense of dwelling claim, the jury must determine (1) whether the killing was done to prevent the commission of a felony in the dwelling, (2) whether the defendant's judgment as to the gravity of the situation was reasonable under the circumstances, and (3) whether the defendant's election to defend his or her dwelling was such as a reasonable person would have made in light of the danger to be apprehended.

This is the Castle Doctrine. Anderson's decision gave Minnesotans the right to kill someone invading a home, removing the obligation to flee first. The latest legislation extends the protections in the home to a person outside of it.

The bill was heading to the Senate floor last year, too, until several police chiefs and county attorneys held a news conference objecting to it.

Comment on this post

How others see us: The caucus vote

Posted at 2:02 PM on February 7, 2012 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Guardian website/newspaper in the UK apparently sent a team to Minnesota to find out how Minnesotans made up their minds about who to vote for in the primary (psst, Guardian, it's a caucus).

And by "Minnesotans," they mean about five white people on either a city block in Minneapolis or a shopping mall in Maple Grove.

Watch the video here.

(h/t: Jon Gordon)

Comment on this post

Komen VP resignation unlikely to ease political debate

Posted at 9:52 AM on February 7, 2012 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It should be some session with reporters in Georgia today when Karen Handel, who has resigned as VP of the Susan G. Komen for the Cure, speaks about her departure and, presumably, the dust-up caused by last week's defunding -- and subsequent refunding -- of Planned Parenthood. Handel's fingerprints appear to be on the original decision.

She refused a severance package, which usually comes in exchange for keeping silent about the inner workings of an organization. Bottom line: There'll be some quotable statements in Goergia today.

In her resignation e-mail, Handel acknowledges she played a big part in the decision. In an earlier interview, Komen founder Nancy Brinker said she didn't. Somebody's lying.

Here's her resignation email:

Dear Ambassador Brinker:

Susan G. Komen for the Cure has been the recognized leader for more 30 years in the fight against breast cancer here in the US - and increasingly around the world.

As you know, I have always kept Komen's mission and the women we serve as my highest priority - as they have been for the entire organization, the Komen Affiliates, our many supporters and donors, and the entire community of breast cancer survivors. I have carried out my responsibilities faithfully and in line with the Board's objectives and the direction provided by you and Liz.

We can all agree that this is a challenging and deeply unsettling situation for all involved in the fight against breast cancer. However, Komen's decision to change its granting strategy and exit the controversy surrounding Planned Parenthood and its grants was fully vetted by every appropriate level within the organization. At the November Board meeting, the Board received a detailed review of the new model and related criteria. As you will recall, the Board specifically discussed various issues, including the need to protect our mission by ensuring we were not distracted or negatively affected by any other organization's real or perceived challenges. No objections were made to moving forward.

I am deeply disappointed by the gross mischaracterizations of the strategy, its rationale, and my involvement in it. I openly acknowledge my role in the matter and continue to believe our decision was the best one for Komen's future and the women we serve. However, the decision to update our granting model was made before I joined Komen, and the controversy related to Planned Parenthood has long been a concern to the organization. Neither the decision nor the changes themselves were based on anyone's political beliefs or ideology. Rather, both were based on Komen's mission and how to better serve women, as well as a realization of the need to distance Komen from controversy. I believe that Komen, like any other nonprofit organization, has the right and the responsibility to set criteria and highest standards for how and to whom it grants.

What was a thoughtful and thoroughly reviewed decision - one that would have indeed enabled Komen to deliver even greater community impact - has unfortunately been turned into something about politics. This is entirely untrue. This development should sadden us all greatly.

Just as Komen's best interests and the fight against breast cancer have always been foremost in every aspect of my work, so too are these my priorities in coming to the decision to resign effective immediately. While I appreciate your raising a possible severance package, I respectfully decline. It is my most sincere hope that Komen is allowed to now refocus its attention and energies on its mission.

With Handel aboard, there was no way the Komen wasn't going to be seen as bowing to politics in its Planned Parenthood decision, considering that she'd run for governor of Georgia before and made her position pretty clear:


First, let me be clear, since I am pro-life, I do not support the mission of Planned Parenthood. During my time as Chairman of Fulton County, there were federal and state pass-through grants that were awarded to Planned Parenthood for breast and cervical cancer screening, as well as a "Healthy Babies Initiative." The grant was authorized, regulated, administered and distributed through the State of Georgia. Because of the criteria, regulations and parameters of the grant, Planned Parenthood was the only eligible vendor approved to meet the state criteria. Additionally, none of the services in any way involved abortions or abortion-related services. In fact, state and federal law prohibits the use of taxpayer funds for abortions or abortion related services and I strongly support those laws. Since grants like these are from the state I'll eliminate them as your next Governor.

Even if it's true -- unlikely though it seems -- that the entire Komen episode wasn't a political coup unraveling, it appears unlikely the organization can escape the political sphere it's spent the last few days desperately trying to avoid.

Comment on this post

Battle over depiction of Chinese in political ad

Posted at 12:29 PM on February 6, 2012 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Is this ad offensive?

In a conference call with reporters today, Michigan Senate candidate Pete Hoekstra said the ad is only "insensitive to Debbie Stabenow and her spending."

The Michigan chapter of the group Asian & Pacific Islander American Vote called the spot "very disturbing" and said the campaign "chose to use harmful negative stereotypes that intrinsically encourage anti-Asian sentiment."

Comment on this post

Planned Parenthood supporters fill funding gap

Posted at 10:51 AM on February 2, 2012 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

The more we hear about The Susan G. Komen Foundation and Planned Parenthood, the more we wonder how they ever got together in the first place.

On MPR's Midmorning, this morning, Melinda Henneberger of the Washington Post, who writes on the She the People blog, considered the deep political ties of each side involved in Komen's decision to pull a grant from Planned Parenthood for breast cancer screening.

Nancy Brinker, the CEO of Susan G. Komen for the Cure and the sister of Susan G. Komen, is a well-connected Republican.

Brinker and her husband donated $125,000 to Republicans in the 2001-2003 election cycle, shortly before President Bush appointed her ambassador to Hungary.

"Komen, maybe not so incidentally, has a new relationship with the George W. Bush Institute, which is the policy arm of the presidential library which will open next year," she said. "And Planned Parenthood has strong Democratic ties. Its president, Cecile Richards, (is) the daughter of former late Texas Gov. Ann Richards, who was defeated by George W. Bush."

How badly will Komen's decision hurt Planned Parenthood? Not much, apparently. In the 24 hours since the decision was announced, small donors contributed more than $650,000 to Planned Parenthood, nearly matching the $680,000 grant Komen pulled, according to Henneberger.

Comment on this post

Of some of the people, for some of the people

Posted at 11:58 AM on February 1, 2012 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

This is the quote making the news today, "I'm not concerned about the very poor because they have a safety net," GOP soon-to-be-nominee Mitt Romney said to CNN this morning.

No doubt this will become an ad sometime between now and November, but there was another sentence in his interview that strikes me as equally fascinating.

"You can choose where to focus. You can choose to focus on the rich; that's not my focus. You can focus on the very poor; that's not my focus. My focus is on middle-income Americans," Romney said.

Which brings the obvious question: Can a person running for office, focus on -- that is, appeal to -- more than one group?

Comment on this post

Colbert's PAC rakes in $1 million

Posted at 12:15 PM on January 31, 2012 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Comedian Stephen Colbert's intended abuse of the campaign finance system to show its absurd flaws is, perhaps, one of the most brilliant pieces of journalism on the subject, partly because it could only be properly exposed via comedy.

Colbert, creator of the Super PAC, Americans for a Better Tomorrow Tomorrow, has been exposing "super PACS," which are allowed to raise unlimited amounts from unions, corporations, and individuals, and then pour the money into campaigns.

Colbert's report filing is the sort of thing that can make the usually useless Federal Elections Commission disclosure database for the PAC required reading.

Take today's supplemental disclosure report memo, for example:

January 31, 2012

Federal Election Commission
999 E Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20463

Re: Supplemental Memo To Disclosure Report

Dear Sirs and Sirettes,

Americans for a Better Tomorrow, Tomorrow (ABTT) would like it entered into the record that as of January 30th, 2012, the sum total of our donations was $1,023,121.24.

Stephen Colbert, President of ABTT, has asked that I quote him as saying, ''Yeah! How you like me now, F.E.C? I'm rolling seven digits deep! I got 99 problems but a non-connected independent-expenditure only committee ain't one!''

I would like it noted for the record that I advised Mr. Colbert against including that quote.

Sincerely,

Shauna Polk
Treasurer
Americans for a Better Tomorrow, Tomorrow, Inc.

But Colbert's PAC hasn't produced an "ad" for the Florida primary, his last one coming just before South Carolina:

That ad cost $24,500, according to FEC documents, bringing the total PAC contributions to about $90,000.

Comment on this post

Should kids be allowed to drink with parents?

Posted at 2:51 PM on January 30, 2012 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Judging by the immediate -- and limited -- reaction on Twitter, a bill to allow 16 year olds to drink in the company of parents is a winner, although it probably has little chance of passage.

State Representatives Phyllis Kahn and Joe Mullery filed the bill at the Minnesota House of Representatives today. It allows people as young as 16 to drink in bars and restaurants when accompanied by a parent or legal guardian.

The bill also lowers the drinking age (in bars and restaurants) from 21 to 18.

Why limit it to bars and restaurants? This story out of Pennsylvania offers the answer. A woman bought a half-keg of beer for her son's graduation party. Three kids were killed about a mile away. She just pleaded guilty and will be sentenced in three months. (h/t: Dennis Jansen)

Wisconsin allows kids to drink in bars and restaurants when accompanied by parents (just don't try to play a guitar). There is no minimum age requirement for kids in those situations.

But some lawmakers in Wisconsin want to set the minimum age to 18. A bill passed the Wisconsin Assembly in 2010. It was opposed by a "youth rights group," which said it's a family matter. The bill never made it into law.


Comment on this post

Abortion and lower voting ages

Posted at 2:47 PM on January 26, 2012 by Bob Collins (12 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

You can set your legislative watch by the filing of some bills and proposed constitutional amendments whenever the Legislature returns to session. Two of them made their appearance today in the legislative "inbox."

ABORTION BAN
HF1928 would add another constitutional amendment to the ballot banning the use of state funds for abortion:

State funds shall not be used to fund abortions, except to the extent necessary for continued participation in a federal program. For purposes of this section, "abortion" means the use of any means to terminate the pregnancy of a woman known to be
pregnant with knowledge that the termination with those means will, with reasonable
likelihood, cause the death of the fetus. "Fetus" means any individual human organism
from fertilization until birth.

Under federal law, abortions need to be publically funded when there arelife-threatening complications for the mother or fetus and cases of rape or incest.

In 1995, the Minnesota Supreme Court ruled that public funds are required to be used when necessary for abortions, because failing to do so violates a woman's privacy

It is critical to note that the right of privacy under our constitution protects not simply the right to an abortion, but rather it protects the woman's decision to abort; any legislation infringing on the decision-making process, then, violates this fundamental right. In the present case, the infringement is the state's offer of money to women for health care services necessary to carry the pregnancy to term, and the state's ban on health care funding for women who choose therapeutic abortions. Faced with these two options, financially independent women might not feel particularly compelled to choose either childbirth or abortion based on the monetary incentive alone. Indigent women, on the other hand, are precisely the ones who would be most affected by an offer of monetary assistance, and it is these women who are targeted by the statutory funding ban. We simply cannot say that an indigent woman's decision whether to terminate her pregnancy is not significantly impacted by the state's offer of comprehensive medical services if the woman carries the pregnancy to term. We conclude, therefore, that these statutes constitute an infringement on the fundamental right of privacy.

Here is the entire 1995 court ruling.

LOWERING THE VOTING AGE

Rep. Phyllis Kahn has dusted off an old proposal that changes the state and local election voting age from 18 to 16. HF1951 proposes a constitutional amendment that would allow anyone in the U.S. for at least three months to vote at the lowered age:


The question submitted must be: Shall the Minnesota Constitution be amended to allow persons 16 or more years of age to vote in state and local elections?

In the past, Kahn has noted that the state allows 14-year-olds to operate firearms and 16-year-olds to drive. She previously has said the voting age should be as low as 12.

Comment on this post

The finger wag: What's the problem here?

Posted at 2:29 PM on January 26, 2012 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Is America -- or its media -- making too big a deal over this?

obama_gov_brewer_10285319_wide.jpg

In an age where TV cameras follow a president everywhere, just this one photo seems to exist to fuel the discussion in some corners today about whether it's unseemly to argue with a president. Odd, though, how the video cuts away before the good stuff.

"I grew up hearing that you treat the office with respect, and people aren't buying that anymore," says Cassandra Dahnke, co-founder of the Institute for Civility in Politics in Houston.

But are we asking more of politicians than we do ourselves? Who hasn't let someone else know when they're unhappy with something they said or wrote, as apparently is the case here?

And who started the conversation above, which apparently was about something the Arizona governor wrote about a meeting with the president?

"We started to have a conversation about the economy and jobs and he kind of diverted the conversation to my book," Gov. Jan Brewer, R-AZ, told Fox.

But even by Minnesota standards, the protocol of politics is pretty passive aggressive. On the Senate floor, for example, referring to another senator as "my friend," is a sign of respect and genuine warmth. "My good friend" means "I don't like him/her that much" and "my very good friend" means "I can't stand him/her."

The presidency deserves respect, of course. But it was never intended to be an office of royalty.

Comment on this post

Debating distractions

Posted at 10:32 AM on January 25, 2012 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Of all the debates held in Minnesota over the years, few rival the traditional "last debate" at the Fitzgerald Theater for substance. Moderator Gary Eichten had a simple rule: The focus is on the ideas and content of the candidates up for election, not the ability of the audience to cheer louder than their opponents.

This week, a moderator of a national debate -- Brian Williams -- set ground rules that the audience's job primarily was to be quiet and let the candidates live and die on their own substance.

Some politicians hated that idea.

Comment on this post

Today's House bills of note

Posted at 1:23 PM on January 24, 2012 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Now that the Minnesota Legislature is back in session, we're getting a fairly steady diet of proposed laws, most of which will never see the light of day. Here's a look at some of the more interesting bills lawmakers tossed in the hopper today.

TEACHER BASIC SKILLS

HF1770 requires teacher candidates to pass a basic skills exam in reading, writing, and math.

SLOTS
HF1779 authorizes the State Lottery to put slot machines at Canterbury Park and other racetracks with the money going to construction of stadiums for the Minnesota Vikings and Saint Paul Saints.

MY OTHER CAR IS A KIDNEY
HF1792 creates a special Anatomical Gift license plate. Money raised goes to a grant program to encourage organ donation.

LICENSE TO STEEL
HF1793 requires the use of American-made steel in any public works project.

SHHH! WE'RE SHOOTING HERE

HF1816 authorizes firearms dealers to possess and sell silencers to law enforcement and wildlife management agencies. Is this an issue? The bill cites "tactical emergency response operations include execution of high risk search and arrest warrants, incidents of terrorism, hostage rescue, and any other tactical deployments involving high risk circumstances."

THE EDUCATION BEFORE THE EDUCATION
It costs about $115 got get married in Minnesota. Under HF1818, a member of the armed forces would get $75 after completing "premarital education" within three months.

THE "S" WORD
Is it a bad sign that legislators are considering shutdown legislation? HF1834 would require that any state program generating revenue, has to keep operating in the event of a shutdown.

LAWMAKERS, DON'T DRIVE TO THE LEGISLATURE DRUNK
We'll bet you didn't know that under the Minnesota Constitution, members of the Legislature cannot be arrested during the session "and in going to or returning from the same" except for treason, felony and breach of the peace, HF1838 puts "driving while impaired" under "breach of the peace."

BIKE NIGHT LIGHTS
HF1873 would provide money to give bicycling lighting to bicyclists.

SAME-SEX MARRIAGE AMENDMENT REPEAL
HF1885 repeals the proposed constitutional amendment defining marriage as between one man and one woman, which will appear on the November ballot. This one is notable for who is not on the sponsor list.

HEALTH CARE FREEDOM
HF1898, which is one of several anti-health-care-law proposals, amends the Minnesota Constitution that prohibits anyone from being compelled to participate in a health care plan.

NO PLAY. NO PAY
HF1906 prevents legislators from getting paid during a government shutdown.

TESTING FOR WELFARE
This one has gone nowhere in past sessions and it's back again. HF1919 requires drug testing for welfare recipients.

Comment on this post

Mitt Romney's tax bracket

Posted at 1:15 PM on January 17, 2012 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Few of us probably know offhand what tax bracket we're in, but if Mitt Romney is anywhere near correct about his, it's a safe bet that most people aren't in his.

Most people are in a higher one.

Romney told a news conference today that he's "probably" in the 15-percent bracket.

What is it in dollars and cents?

The 15% tax bracket for an individual is a ataxable income between $8,500 and $34,500. For a married couple filing jointly, it's between $17,000 and $69,000 of taxable income.

"Taxable income" is really regularly taxed Income minus adjustments, deductions, and exemptions.

How does a rich guy like Romney pull off paying taxes like a working stiff?

"Because my last 10 years, my income comes overwhelmingly from some investments made in the past, whether ordinary income or earned annually. I got a little bit of income from my book, but I gave that all away. And then I get speakers' fees from time to time, but not very much.' "

Not very much would be about $362,000 in speaking fees. His net worth is about $200 million.
If just half of that is liquid (not likely) and he gets the miniscule 1% return each year, based on current rates, that's $1 million a year. That is to say: It takes a lot of work to be that wealthy and be in that tax bracket.

The 15-percent tax bracket, by the way, is one of the few tax brackets that were not affected by tax increases in the last several decades. It was unaffected by the tax increase of 1993, which targeted the wealthy.

Comment on this post

Wanted: A fence around a prison

Posted at 12:20 PM on January 17, 2012 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The big projects get all the ink and attention when a governor releases a bonding bill , but there are smaller projects which pique interest, too.

Gov. Dayton issued his bonding recommendations today, included therein was a fence for the Shakopee women's prison. It was built in the 1980s without a fence. The governor is seeking over $5 million for a fence. He says the population has increased six-fold. Not having a fence has also made Minnesota the butt of a few jokes. (may not be suitable for the workplace)

The Daily Show With Jon StewartMon - Thurs 11p / 10c
Uncaged Heat
www.thedailyshow.com
Daily Show Full EpisodesPolitical Humor & Satire BlogThe Daily Show on Facebook

More seriously, Shakopee Patch describes a good reason for a fence: To keep people out:

"We have more males than females intruding," said Calvin Miller, associate warden of administration. "We had some recently pull up in a car calling an inmate's name. We don't know if that was for an escape."

One man recently walked onto the prison grounds waving a cane designed for the blind. When staff approached, he dropped the cane and took off running. One inmate thought she saw her ex-boyfriend's car driving and feared he was coming to kill her. Staff have found drugs and alcohol stashed on the grounds, presumably left for offenders, and they say their big fear is their ability to stash weapons.

"Many of these women have been in volatile relationships with people who are on the spooky side and may not be overly stable," Beltz said. "I can't harp on this enough --not having a fence is a safety issue for our staff, offenders and the public."

By the way, whatever happened to Bo Dietl, the over-the-top "security expert" featured in the comedy bit? Three years after this 2006 Daily Show episode, the New York Post reported he was one of the corrupt cops in New York who tipped off members of the Gambino crime family.

When WikiLeaks distributed classified information in 2010, Dietl called for the assassination of its founder, Julian Assange.

Comment on this post

Death of a fact-checker

Posted at 2:38 PM on January 13, 2012 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Richard Threlkeld was killed in a car crash in New York this morning. A few people -- news junkies, mostly -- will recognize him as a former network news correspondent for CBS and ABC News. He cut his journalistic teeth as a TV reporter in Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

More than likely, though, few people will remember that it was Threlkeld who made fact-checking political candidates a standard of network news. He started doing so with the famous Dukakis "tank" ad in the 1988 presidential election.

Very little of the ad was actually true, Threlkeld pointed out in a piece that took the assertions apart one by one. But it didn't matter, because it was enough that Dukakis simply looked silly,.

Threlkeld and journalism expert Kathleen Hall Jamieson discussed the technique during a seminar at Jamieson's Annenberg School for Communications in 1992. You can find a copy of the presentation here and it's worth watching again.

During it, he lamented his company's definition of balance: that if he found falsehoods in a campaign ad for then (vice) president George Bush, he had to find falsehoods in challenger Mike Dukakis. "The problem ... you always want to find two sides of a story. In this case there was only one side of the story, and I was unsuccessful in convincing them that sometimes there's only one side of a story."

Coincidentally, Threlkeld's death came on the same day that the New York Times, which sees itself as the defining standard of journalism, caused a ruckus in the journalism community by asking whether it's OK in 2012 to point out the falsehoods of political candidates.

Also coincidentally, his death came the week that his former company, CBS, launched a new morning TV news show that it claimed -- mostly, incorrectly -- would put the "news back in morning news shows." He and Leslie Stahl were the anchors of the CBS morning news show from 1977 to 1979. It tanked in the ratings.

Comment on this post

When political analysts make it up

Posted at 2:23 PM on January 11, 2012 by Bob Collins (23 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

One of the great problems of having political analysts on the payroll is that they often have to say something even when there's nothing to say. That's when they make it up and hope you won't notice.

We noticed.

Political analysts can be fairly bad at math, especially when they're trying to jam their reality into an equation that doesn't add up. Last night's New Hampshire results provide the examples.

William Kristol got the ball rolling last night by declaring Romney's vote total to be "worrisome," noting that turnout was down.

The problem here appears to be math. Kristol said Romney's vote total was about the same as, or a little less than, what he got four years ago. And that's true, if by "the same as or a little less than" you actually mean 26 percent more. Romney garnered 97,532 votes last night, compared to 75,546 four years ago. It was also 10 percent more than the amount that John McCain received in New Hampshire four years ago.

Kristol was working for FoxNews, but today, NPR didn't fare much better in solving the math problem.

In their weekly Political Junkie chat, political editor Ken Rudin and NPR Talk of the Nation host Neal Conan wanted to make a similar point to Kristol's (the Republicans are in trouble) and if he had to slaughter the rules of statistics, that's just what he had to do.

"If you take out all the new voters that Ron Paul brought to the caucuses in Iowa, and take out the new voters that Ron Paul brought to the primary in New Hampshire, turnout was actually lower than 2008 in both places," Conan said, before Rudin agreed with him without question. Wrong.

Let's think about Conan's qualifier for a second. Why would you remove a piece of reality under the assumption that it would reveal an underlying reality? And why would you remove "new" voters from the comparison and not remove all the "new" voters from the 2008 primary to -- inelegantly and inaccurately -- achieve a more fair comparison?

"If you take out the killings, Washington actually has a very very low crime rate," then Mayor Marion Barry once said of his famously crime-ridden city.

Similarly, one could say, if you took out 19 losses from last year's Minnesota Twins season, they actually turned in a winning season. The problem, of course, is you can't remove a piece of reality in order to create a clearer reality. The Twins were pretty bad and as noted political analyst Bill Parcells once said, "you are what your record says you are."

The last time there was a Republican primary in New Hampshire without a Democratic contest of any note was 1996. In that election, 282,697 Republican votes were cast. Last night 248,485 votes were cast for the major candidates, that's about 7,000 more than in 2008.

Is that significant? Sure, because as Linda Fowler, professor of government at Dartmouth College in Hanover, New Hampshire, said on Midday yesterday, New Hampshire has been turning more purple than its traditional red. So an increase in turnout is pretty impressive.

Comment on this post

Are the ethics of a landlord 'our' business?

Posted at 10:09 AM on January 11, 2012 by Bob Collins (20 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Question (Note: This is not a rhetorical question): Should an employee of the House of Representatives be held to a higher standard in private business dealings? Is the recent inspection of legislators' private lives more or less serious than an employee of the Legislature owning a couple of buildings that would earn most anyone else the slumlord epithet?

I've seen firsthand the problems at the Westminster Court apartments in Saint Paul when I dropped in to interview this couple a few years ago. Squalor is the perfect word for the "problem property" that every housing expert in Saint Paul has known about for years.

"Your clients paid a lot of money and let the buildings go to heck," a judge told the landlords at a hearing taking place at this hour (the Pioneer Press' Fred Melo is tweeting it).

MPR's Curtis Gilbert got an up-close view of the place for his story today:


The radiators in the unit are unreliable, James said. And that's just one of the problems. She opens a cupboard, and little brown beetles go scurrying.

"Look. Crawling all out everywhere."

She charges into the bathroom. The toilet doesn't flush.

"I gotta flush it like this," James said, reaching her hand into the toilet tank to pull the drain plug.

The sink is clogged. Cloudy water fills the basin.

"Won't even go down, this water. It's been like that for the longest."

James said she's reported all these problems to her landlord, but nothing's been fixed. Late last year, city inspections found some 600 code violations between this building and the one next door.

The families, many of whom spend their days on the edge of homelessness anyway, face eviction because the landlord stopped paying the mortgage and the buildings are in foreclosure.

The "she" in this story is Peggy Chun, who told the Star Tribune that Saint Paul's housing code "has caused landlords and low-income tenants hardship for many years."

"She takes the money from the government and she doesn't do anything," tenant Adade Kuegah said of Mrs. Chun.

But it's the he in the story who gives it a different twist, as revealed by the newspaper:

Randall Chun earns $99,400 as a researcher in the state House of Representatives. Neither he nor his wife returned several calls to home and office.

Based on the House Research website, Chun's area of expertise in his research is services for low-income Minnesotans.

Does it make a difference that he's an employee of the House of Representatives? Should his side businesses be held to a higher standard? Or is it none of the people's business?


Comment on this post

When the people speak to politicians

Posted at 12:08 PM on January 9, 2012 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

One of the great aspects of a long primary season, is the opportunity to hear what people -- not politicians -- have to say.

CNN has a great idea as the coverage moves to New Hampshire: Stick a microphone on the street, and allow people to speak to the candidates, although, admittedly, the candidates probably aren't going to hear it.

The New England accent is a bonus.

Ron Paul today walked off an interview with CNN when a reporter asked him why he wasn't spending more time meeting New Hampshire residents?

Ms. Bash, who was interviewing Mr. Paul a few feet away from a group of reporters, had posed a timely question: a few hours earlier, a middle-aged woman had become angry with Mr. Paul for not spending enough time talking to voters at a diner in Manchester.

The woman, an Obama voter last time who said she was open to voting for Mr. Paul, even approached Mr. Paul's S.U.V. as he prepared to drive off and began shouting at him through the closed car door to return to the diner and meet her and her mother.

People in New Hampshire are different than Iowa. They can be dangerous to a carefully scripted day.

Comment on this post

The politics of food stamps

Posted at 10:51 AM on January 9, 2012 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The topic du jour in the Republican presidential race is food stamps.

Several of the candidates, the Associated Press reports, want the food stamp program ended and the money given to states instead:


Both Gingrich and Santorum faced criticism this week when they spoke of overhauling food stamps and other welfare programs by seeming to equate food stamp recipients and blacks. Gingrich said he would encourage blacks to demand paychecks, not food stamps, and Santorum said that he did not want to "make black people's lives better by giving them somebody else's money. I want to give them the opportunity to go out and earn the money."

It's a strategy that might play well in New Hampshire, a state that -- like Minnesota -- has a comparatively small number of people on food stamps. But this map, produced by the Wall St. Journal in 2011, shows the risk of the issue. Particularly in the south and many battleground states, about 18 percent of the people are on food stamps.

food_stamp_map.jpg

Could the states run the food stamp operation better with block grants? Last year, the Lawrence (Mass.) Eagle Tribune found that retailers are ripping off the program, largely because the states are terrible at monitoring it.

In New Hampshire, of the 883 stores that take food stamp cards, only 18 were disqualified from the program since 2006. The story was similar in Massachusetts, where just 228 of the 4,320 stores authorized to accept food stamps were disqualified. By 2009, 90 of those Massachusetts retailers were back on the list of authorized food stamp merchants and had collectively racked up more than $7 million in food stamp redemptions in that one year alone, records obtained from the U.S. Department of Agriculture, which oversees the $50 billion program, show.

"The biggest problem we have here in Massachusetts is that we can't prosecute because there is no state statute," said one Bay State investigator who has assisted federal agents in retailer investigations. "We couldn't even bring a case against them."

Comment on this post

Do people watch politics for the pretty people?

Posted at 11:41 AM on January 6, 2012 by Bob Collins (14 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Surveys and trivia

In the category, "Questionable Studies From Professors," Israeli researchers have concluded that more physically attractive members of Congress get more coverage on network television.

The New York Times says:

Two Israeli professors concluded that members whom a student survey judged to be better looking appeared more frequently on television -- but not radio or in newspapers. The researchers argued that the networks were trying to attract larger audiences.

It gets even more unbelievable...

Not surprisingly, Professor Waismel-Manor and Professor Tsfati found that other factors, too, influenced coverage. Senators and representatives who hailed from larger states, were male, were black or espoused more extreme ideologies also tended to be featured more frequently. The effect of attractiveness on news coverage, the study found, was greater than the effect of tenure in office, or bill sponsorship. Frequency of news releases had no discernible effect on news media appearances. The study also examined coverage on NPR and in USA Today, and it found no correlation between the so-called attractiveness effect and coverage in those outlets.

Are we watching the same networks?

Here's who I see most of the time, these days:

Senator-John-McCain_244x183.jpg

Here's who the study says I saw most of the time:

marsha_blackburn2.jpg

That's Rep. Marsha Blackburn, who most people may not recognize because she's actually almost never on TV news shows.

Why the disconnect?

This explanation of the methodology provides a clue:


To avoid skewing the results, they eliminated, among others, members in top leadership posts and presidential candidates.

Top leadership posts? Here's a person who doesn't have a top leadership post, who nonetheless has had much more airtime than Rep. Blackburn.

barney_frank_pretty.jpg

Check the Sunday TV news shows sometime and see if it's not the same group of leadership members of Congress week after week after week. Why? Because most members of Congress are there for show, and a small number actually influence anything and those are the people news organizations want to talk to.

How does the rest of Congress get some crumbs of attention? Here's a little inside story:

Back in the early '80s, I worked for a network news operation in New York. It was radio, but the situation is roughly the same. My job was to get interviews with people for upcoming newscasts. Over the years I was there, listeners heard a disproportionate amount of Sen. David Durenberger of Minnesota (a state, by the way, with which I had no particular affinity or knowledge).

Why did he get on the radio so much? He answered his own phone, especially on nights and weekends..

Comment on this post

Ventura vs. a SEAL?

Posted at 10:26 AM on January 6, 2012 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Former Gov. Jesse Ventura is in the thick of another controversy, this time with a Navy SEAL who says the governor, who claims to be an ex-SEAL, disrupted the wake of a SEAL (Michael Monsoor) with loud talk about his opposition to the wars.

Chris Kyle told a Sirius XM Network show that he punched Ventura in the face in the 2006 incident. (Warning: There is an obscenity or two in this video)

The website, The Blaze, digs into the story a bit more, where commenters aren't buying the story.

The former governor has not yet responded to the allegations.

Comment on this post

Truth, lies, and campaign speeches

Posted at 12:55 PM on January 5, 2012 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Two separate comments from politicians and/or experts today raise an interesting question: Should you hold politicians accountable for what they say, if they say it at a campaign speech?

Appearing on CBS' Early Show today, Sen. John McCain was asked about a 2008 campaign speech in which he said of Mitt Romney, "never get into a wrestling match with a pig." Now, McCain is endorsing Romney.

"Did you not mean that four years ago or do you not mean it now?" the anchor asked.

"Primaries are tough," McCain said, not answering the question, but certainly inviting the conclusion that you can't take what a candidate says seriously on the campaign trail.

Meanwhile, PolitiFact reports today (h/t: Tom Scheck) that a spokesman for Ron Paul had a somewhat similar reaction when asked about an untrue statement the candidate delivered to a rally.

"Relax, dude, it was a rally speech to supporters, not a major policy speech or a debate," he said.

Comment on this post

Facts vs. truth in Bachmann reporting

Posted at 10:21 AM on January 4, 2012 by Bob Collins (19 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Every now and again, we'll get an e-mail from somebody who objects to the reporting of anything "but the facts." Some people don't want analysis and they don't want anything but what somebody says. That would be a bad thing.

It's a bad idea for journalists to cover a campaign by merely reporting the words of candidates.

bachmann_big_story.jpg

register_bachmann.jpg

bachmann_big_story_2.jpg

dailynews_bachmann.jpg

abc_bachmann.jpg

It was a fact that Mrs. Bachmann said she'd stay in the race after Iowa no matter what. But it wasn't the truth, and most every political analyst knew it. Facts vs. truth: Which should be in a headline?

"I didn't tell you what I knew to be false," she said today.

How would you headline that?

Comment on this post

The Cain interview

Posted at 12:39 PM on January 3, 2012 by Bob Collins (12 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

CBS has now posted its video from its strange interview this morning with Herman Cain, the presidential candidate with the suspended campaign.

In an unusual move, Cain campaigned to be secretary of defense in a Republican administration, then cited as one of the reasons he's qualified for the position, the fact he'd been on a Navy ship.

But the interview also exposed Cain's inquisitors as something less than adequate. Nora O'Donnell, a CBS White House reporter, asked Cain how many people are in the military, a clearly "gotcha" question. She agreed it was, then recited statistics that appear to be incorrect.

Comment on this post

Iowa faux pas

Posted at 11:45 AM on January 3, 2012 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Something's missing this afternoon from the front page of the Des Moines Register's website:

dm_1.jpg

It's the cleverly placed ad, purchased by Barack Obama's campaign, that was there this morning:

dmr-3.gif

(From Romenesko)

Comment on this post

Secrecy and the school board

Posted at 4:09 PM on December 22, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The best thing that ever happened to politicians may well be the ability to cite data practices law in Minnesota as the reason for their silence on controversial issues. Fewer laws, however well intended, have cast as much secrecy over the workings of local government.

A situation brewing in South Washington County is a perfect example. Last Thursday, to the surprise of school superintendent Mark Porter, the South Washington County School Board voted not to appoint him to another term, then refused to say why.

Check out the ground rules for discussing the decision as outlined by the board chair Leslee Boyd.









Get Microsoft Silverlight

The vote also surprised school board members who supported Porter, who say they heard nothing in an executive session to warrant booting the superintendent, according to the South Washington County Bulletin:


"Mark Porter is a very nice man but we need to look at what we need in the future and what's the best for students, and this is how five of seven of us decided to proceed," (Board Member Marsha) Adou said later in an interview.

Kath thanked Porter for his service in a pre-written statement he read just before the vote.

"I feel the time is right to bring a new voice to lead us," Kath added, later refusing to elaborate on his decision.

Gelbmann called the non-renewal a bad move that could hamper the recruitment of a high-caliber replacement because candidates will wonder how the board operates.

Gelbmann is Deputy Secretary of State Jim Gelbmann, a Porter supporter and member of the board.

Adou told the newspaper she's concerned about "a big difference" in student achievement between Caucasian students and minority students, and said the district has not been doing as much as it should to improve teacher evaluations, two topics that would make for a fine public debate, but which the board members say privacy laws disallow.

In an editorial this week, the newspaper noted that several of those running for re-election last month, said nothing to indicate they had any problems with the direction Porter provided.

And we can't help but note that Boyd and Kath mere weeks ago were re-elected following a campaign void of any publicly expressed concern by the candidates about the district's leadership. It's real hard to believe the reasons they had for deciding not to extend Porter's contract bubbled up in the past month. That would suggest they were not satisfied with Porter but for whatever reason decided that wasn't something voters should know.

Now, certainly state privacy laws limit public discussion of detailed personnel issues, but it appears some of those five board members want to use that as a convenient excuse for not explaining and defending their vote.

Residents of the district - and, by the way, voters who elected this board - deserve far more than that. To cut Porter loose without a solid explanation is puzzling and arrogant.

In that election, the school board race was the only item on the ballot. Few voters bothered to show up at the polls.

Comment on this post

Stand up for 'lame duck'

Posted at 1:10 PM on December 16, 2011 by Eric Ringham (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Eventually we'll know more about why Amy Koch decided to resign as majority leader, but for now we're stuck with the same story that everyone gives for leaving every job: More time with family, and/or exciting new opportunities. Here's how she put it: "I want to explore some other options. I want to spend a little time with my daughter." No surprise there, nor anything revealing.

But here's what caught my attention: Koch's assertion that she didn't think the Senate Republican caucus should be led by a lame duck. Huh? In what sense is she a lame duck?

Only in the sense that Sarah Palin was, when she resigned as governor of Alaska with a year and change left to her term. Those who care about language and the meaning of words have to speak up now, or "lame duck" - a useful term in talking about politics - will be lost forever.

The term refers to an officeholder who is on the way out because of term limits or a defeat at the polls. Here's a handy look at its origins, provided in podcast form by my colleagues Curtis Gilbert and Molly Bloom.


If "lame duck" meant what Koch and Palin are using it to mean, then every politician not planning to run again would be a lame duck. Robert Schlesinger at U.S. News and World Report made the point well a couple of years ago. Under Palin's logic, he wrote,

No president should run for a second term because they would instantly be a powerless lame duck, subjecting the country to four years of utter fecklessness. And if a president is then not going to run for a second term, they automatically become a lame duck as soon as they take office in their first term ... so they should not seek the presidency at all.

(I write this in full knowledge that there's a different word for people like me who struggle to keep language from changing: Dinosaurs. I wear the label proudly.)


Comment on this post

Threaten a boycott, boost the ratings

Posted at 11:15 AM on December 13, 2011 by Eric Ringham (10 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics, Religion

It's a lesson that never gets learned: The best way to generate more exposure for speech is to try to suppress it. People who would never have given an obscure reality show a second look will tune in to "All-American Muslim," now that the Florida Family Association has pressured the Lowe's chain to withdraw its advertising.

The group's executive director, interviewed by CNN's John King, did his cause no credit by first pronouncing the word "imam" as "eye-mom." Or by allowing himself to be interviewed in close conjunction with Rep. Keith Ellison, D-Minn., who did a credible of job of arguing his simple point: Muslims are just regular people. What strange times we live in, that making such a case seems necessary.


Comment on this post

How a weak anti-bullying bill became law

Posted at 10:57 AM on December 7, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

This week, the U.S. Department of Education declared what most everybody knows: Minnesota's anti-bullying law is among the weakest in the nation.

MPR's Tom Weber reported yesterday:


The report finds Minnesota has just two of those components in place -- the lowest number in the nation, except for the four states without any law at the time of the report's writing.

The federal report notes Minnesota is one of just three states to prohibit bullying without defining it. Wisconsin is another. Researchers note a statewide definition is crucial, given the fact that bullying means different things to different people.

While politicians have been lining up in recent years to call for stronger anti-bullying legislation, few of them did anything about it back when it was passed in 2007, even though just about everybody told the lawmakers the law was junk.

In 2007, though, kids weren't getting the attention they're getting now when they kill themselves after being bullied. Few in the media paid any attention to the anti-bullying legislation being shepherded by then Sen. Mee Moua.

At the time, I was running the Minnesota Fantasy Legislature, a "game" that was created specifically so that legislation that was being ignored got some attention. The anti-bullying legislation was one such bill.

On the day the Senate passed the bill, I wrote this:

This morning, the Senate passed SF646, a piece of legislation that requires school districts to formulate a policy on bullying. For the record, I agree with the legislation. I've seen, firsthand, what bullying can do to kids. I'm aware that the incidents of school shootings almost always have their roots in bullying. So put me down as a "yes" vote.

But that's not the part of the bill that caught my attention. It was this:

The policy shall address intimidation and bullying in all forms, including, but not limited to, electronic forms and forms involving Internet use.

Come again?

I watched the Senate Education Committee testimony on this a week or so ago and while there was some rumblings from the minority party about such things as how a school committee can possibly police the off-school-premises and off-school-hours activities of students, squirreled away in their rooms at home... banging away on the Internet, for the most part the response was "we'll let the school boards figure that out."

It was a bad piece of legislation passed by legislators behaving badly by not providing any guidance or definition, even when they were told by people closer to the problem that it was bad legislation that did nothing but allow lawmakers to say they "took action" on bullying.

On the day the Minnesota Senate passed the bill, there was no debate. That day, it spent a considerable amount of time whether to rename a stretch of highway in Duluth after Walter Mondale.

Comment on this post

The voting booth is private, but the cash drawer is public

Posted at 2:00 PM on December 6, 2011 by Eric Ringham (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The news that Herman Cain has suspended his presidential campaign must be a blow to Scott, in ZIP code 55356, who donated $1,000 to Cain last September. Or to Don in 55304, who gave the same amount in May. On the other hand, the news must have brought cheer to the homes of Tom in 55347, who donated $1,250 to Newt Gingrich last May, and of Jody in 55359, who gave Gingrich's campaign $300 in August.

You think Facebook is addictive? Not compared to the Federal Election Commission's website. If the tobacco companies could have laced cigarettes with info from www.fec.gov, they wouldn't have needed menthol to help get people hooked.

David, 55438, gave President Obama's campaign $2,000 last June. Christopher, 55430, gave Obama $50 in July and $50 more in September. Likewise, Eleanor in 55408 contributed $10, $10, $100 and $20 to Obama, all in September.

Does this seem invasive? Don't answer yet; there's more. The available information includes donors' last names, cities of residence and occupations. It's all right there. The website's features include interactive maps for the presidential and congressional campaigns; users can zero in on Minnesota or any other state to see who gave what to whom. Here's what the Minnesota map of presidential contributions looks like:

fecmap.JPG

A click on one of those circles takes the user to a list of individual contributors. If you're one of them, it's sure to make you uncomfortable. If not, it's likely to blow a hole in your productivity for the day.

Now, all this information is public, and properly so. Those who give money to political campaigns know, or should know, that the information is out there. What might take them by surprise is how easy it all is to find. On file at the county courthouse is one thing; available at a click of a mouse, from anywhere, is another.

If you didn't know this before, now you do. Use this power for good.

Comment on this post

Ever-diminishing benefits causing rash of retirements

Posted at 11:29 AM on December 6, 2011 by Molly Bloom (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Many state and local governments are seeing a "flood of retirements," due in part to a fear that retirement benefits will continue to diminish, according to this story in The New York Times.

The star of the Times story is Wisconsin. But Minnesota, Colorado and New Jersey are identified as three states that have both increased employee pension contributions and reduced the automatic cost-of-living adjustment on benefits.

Dave Bergstrom, who runs the Minnesota State Retirement System, told us that Minnesota is seeing a big increase in new state employee retirements. Bergstrom said 3,250 retirees were added to the rolls between Dec. 1, 2010 and Nov. 30, 2011 -- about 1,000 more than retired during the same period last year.

But Bergstrom attributes that increase to early retirement incentives and the fact that baby boomers are reaching retirement age -- not to the changes in benefits.

If you're a state employee, we'd like to hear what you're seeing. Are people retiring in your department? Are you considering it yourself? Why? Share your experiences here or in the comments.

Comment on this post

The Gingrich divorce

Posted at 10:50 AM on December 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Now that Newt Gingrich is the frontrunner du jour in the Republican presidential contest, the story about his divorce from his first wife is, again, fodder for his opponents.

This tweet this morning from Roger Ebert reopens the discussion.

tweet_ebert.jpg

At least Ebert didn't say Gingrich's wife was "dying," which several retellings of the story have.

Still, it's one of the factoids of the campaign season mostly stripped of context .

What's the full story? FactCheck.org has just posted it:

So, what do we know for certain? One, Battley and Gingrich were already separated and in the process of getting a divorce when he visited her in the hospital. And two, Battley wasn't dying of cancer. Also, the "yellow pad" and handwritten list of divorce terms mentioned in the original Mother Jones story aren't mentioned in the accounts given by Battley, Gingrich or Cushman, who all were present.

But even by Gingrich's account it was an unpleasant conversation at a time when his wife was hospitalized. Beyond that, the details of what was actually discussed remain cloudy, to say the least.

Here's the full post.

Comment on this post

Behind the bedroom door

Posted at 4:33 PM on November 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

How is running a country different than running a corporation? When you run a country, you don't get to make the rules.

Here's the response Herman Cain's attorney, Lin Wood, sent to a Georgia TV station which this evening is running an interview with a woman who claims she's had an affair with the presidential candidate for the last 13 years:


Mr. Cain has been informed today that your television station plans to broadcast a story this evening in which a female will make an accusation that she engaged in a 13-year long physical relationship with Mr. Cain. This is not an accusation of harassment in the workplace - this is not an accusation of an assault - which are subject matters of legitimate inquiry to a political candidate.

Rather, this appears to be an accusation of private, alleged consensual conduct between adults - a subject matter which is not a proper subject of inquiry by the media or the public. No individual, whether a private citizen, a candidate for public office or a public official, should be questioned about his or her private sexual life. The public's right to know and the media's right to report has boundaries and most certainly those boundaries end outside of one's bedroom door.

Mr. Cain has alerted his wife to this new accusation and discussed it with her. He has no obligation to discuss these types of accusations publicly with the media and he will not do so even if his principled position is viewed unfavorably by members of the media."

Fair game? Or is it out of bounds?


Comment on this post

The best and worst of Barney Frank

Posted at 10:58 AM on November 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Barney Frank, the combative Massachusetts Democrat, is announcing he won't run for re-election.

Frank is one of the most quoted politicians, partly because of his unusual ability to tell his constituents when they were wrong. This exchange with a constituent was classic Barney Frank.

Rep. Frank was an old-school debater, ignoring printed speeches in favor of off-the-cuff oratory, as in this exchange with Rep. Michele Bachmann in 2009 on the question of federal funds for ACORN.

But part of the representative's style was often to to belittle those asking the occasional good question. The late CNBC anchor Mark Haines, who rarely let a speech go unchallenged by any politician, proved more than Mr. Frank's equal in 2009.


Comment on this post

Minnesota sells the good china

Posted at 1:38 PM on November 17, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

As part of the quick-fix solution to Minnesota's budget shortfall, lawmakers last spring decided to sell the state's tobacco settlement -- the windfall it made from its lawsuit against the tobacco industry in 1998 -- in the form of bonds. The state has now sold its windfall.

Basically, the state is playing the part of the people yelling out the window.

Anytime you sell future earnings, you're going to lose in the long run. The companies that bought the "bonds" have agreed to give the state a pile of cash now, in exchange for the state giving them two piles of cash later. The state will apply $640 million of the sale to erasing part of the state's budget deficit. For that, it will pay over $1.2 billion over 20 years, MPR's Tom Scheck reports.

Almost from the time the tobacco case was settled, politicians have fought over how the money would be used. Originally, Gov. Ventura and DFLers wanted to set up a public health endowment with $1 billion. The Republicans wanted to give it to taxpayers with a one-time tax cut.

The payments were to come from the tobacco companies into perpetuity and go into the state's General Fund. The first payment was about $100 million. By halfway through the last decade, it was estimated to be twice that. The state got about $169 million in 2011.

There were also six one-time payments between September 1998 and January 2003. They were to go to two endowment funds and one legislative account. They funded the Tobacco Use Prevention and Local Public Health Endowment, the Medical Education Endowment, and an Academic Health Center Account within the Medical Education Endowment, according to the House Research Department.

Over that time, adult smoking in Minnesota dropped from about 22 percent immediately after the tobacco settlement, to about 17% in 2007.

Comment on this post

Tracking the health care law appeals

Posted at 11:40 AM on November 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Health, Politics

You have to love the Court of Appeals in the District of Columbia for its practicality in today's decision that upholds the health care law pushed by President Barack Obama.

Before writing its opinion (available here), the justices acknowledged that what they think isn't going to matter much, anyway, since it's going to be decided by the U.S. Supreme Court.

Since so much has already been written by our sister circuits about the issues presented by this case-which will almost surely be decided by the Supreme Court-we shall be sparing in adding to the production of paper.

The opinion and dissent then went on for 103 more pages.

That's 51 more pages than the 4th District Court of Appeals decision in September tossing out a challenge to the suit, 43 of which were spent listing the names of people, states, and organizations that had submitted briefs in that case. (See opinion)

The 6th Circuit Court of Appeals (Cincinnati) took only 64 pages to uphold the law in June (opinion here).

The 11th Circuit Court of Appeals (Florida) declared the law unconstitutional in August and it is so far the granddaddy of opinions at 305 pages (Opinion here) .

Kaiser Health News is tracking all of the various appeals of the law here.

Comment on this post

Gov. Dayton's higher education mystery

Posted at 11:15 AM on October 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Schools

Maybe there's a reason the naming of Sen. Larry Pogemiller as the new director Minnesota Office of Higher Education came in a news release instead of a news conference. Otherwise, someone might've asked what the deal is with the old director?

Sen. Larry Pogemiller got the job, apparently because he "sat on committees on Education, Rules and Administration and Taxes," according to the release, which describes him as the "perfect choice for the Office of Higher Education."

That might be interpreted as a slap against the choice Gov. Mark Dayton made nine months ago. Sheila Wright actually had experience in higher education.

"Her nationally recognized leadership in education will help guide our administration's efforts to restore Minnesota to its former position of national leadership in making higher education more accessible, more affordable, and more responsive to the needs of Minnesota's college students," Gov. Mark Dayton said at the time.

Eight months later, she was gone, nobody said why, and few people are asking now.

At the time of her exit, the Star Tribune reported that a spokeswoman for her office said Wright cleared out her office, thanked the staff for their service and said goodbye in a move described as "fast, but cordial."

wright main.jpg Gov. Dayton's spokesman, Bob Hume, delivered the word to the media that Wright was out, but refused to answer the question whether Gov. Dayton asked her to resign. That sort of non answer usually is code for "yes."

There's no indication Gov. Dayton was ever asked about the odd resignation in the month since it occurred, and if she was forced out because she wasn't right for the job, what does that say about the process that got her the job in the first place?

But even his political opponents haven't made any hay out of what appears to have been a bad appointment, indicating they either don't know (unlikely) or they've agreed to keep silent about the reasons.

The only criticism of Pogemiller's new position, appears to have come from a member of his own party -- Rep. Mindy Greiling.

greiling_tweet_higher_ed.jpg

She may have a point, with the appointment of Pogemiller, Dayton's cabinet becomes more white and more male. Only six of 25 cabinet members are women.

Pogemiller's appointment as the "perfect choice" because of his legislative experience suggests he'll get along better with the Republican-led Legislature. But it's no secret that Pogemiller has rarely been the best pal of his political opponents, although he may have more time in his new job to take them bowling.

Photo via Hamline University

Comment on this post

Why do people love Duluth?

Posted at 10:48 AM on October 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

As political ads go, Duluth City Council candidate Emily Larson has hit on a great formula: No political talk, just person after person extolling the virtues of Duluth. In fact, you don't even know you're watching a political ad until the end.

(h/t: Perfect Duluth Day)

Comment on this post

Pry this guitar from my cold, dead fingers

Posted at 3:35 PM on October 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Politics

Of the many problems facing America, it's hard to say where "a guitarless society" ranks on the list.

But, it's a real fear in the guitar community, PBS NewsHour reports.

It stems from the August raid of Nashville's iconic Gibson Guitar factory, because investigators think the wood used in the guitars was made from illegally logged wood, and the Lacey Act prohibits the illegal trade of plant products.

Owners and collectors of Gibson guitars are worried that the feds could similarly seize their instruments.

A couple of members of Congress have filed legislation to prevent that.

"Everybody and their bassist wants this," said Stephen George, press secretary for Rep.Jim Cooper, providing both an assurance to musicians and the political quote of the year for the rest of us.

Comment on this post

A bit more on the Dollar Dome

Posted at 11:48 AM on October 21, 2011 by Eric Ringham (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

Update: The Marty-Runbeck news conference revealed one other detail, at least: Under the Dollar Dome Deal, the Vikings would not be obliged to play there. They would have to agree to stay in Minnesota for 25 years, but the Dome would be theirs to do with as they wished. Sens. Marty and Runbeck pointed out that the old stadium has a new roof and a new playing surface - and that's true, as far as it goes. But it's hard to imagine that the roof and the field would survive any renovation.


Comment on this post

The Dollar Dome?

Posted at 7:37 AM on October 21, 2011 by Eric Ringham (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

Does it make sense to sell the Metrodome to the Vikings for a dollar? According to the Star Tribune, that's what state Sens. John Marty and Linda Runbeck will propose today. The unlikely pairing of the liberal Marty and conservative Runbeck is eye-catching all by itself. It's like sending out former Presidents George W. Bush and Bill Clinton to collect money for Haiti.

The sold-for-a-dollar strategy is often used for distressed properties. Newsweek was sold for a dollar. TV Guide was sold for a dollar. There was a haunted lighthouse in Connecticut and an abandoned hospital in Ohio that sold for a dollar. Here in Minnesota, the Shubert Theater was sold to Artspace for a dollar, and now it's been reborn as the Cowles Center for Dance & the Performing Arts.

But put yourself in Zygi Wilf's shoes. When you're dreaming of a spanking new palace, would you settle for something from the Dollar Store?

Comment on this post

The Vikings' 'delusion'

Posted at 10:12 AM on October 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

One can get a pretty good feel for the political will to build a football stadium for Zygi Wilf and his Minnesota Vikings by noting the opinions of some of the not-connected-to-the-Vikings-nor-politicians people who a reasonable person might expect would support the notion.

Rick Prescott, writer of the BallPark Magic blog, for example, makes clear he's not anti-stadium -- far from it, he says -- but he thinks the notion of a stadium in Arden Hills is "delusional."

But let's be clear about one thing. It's not hard to understand why that tract in Arden Hills would be Zygi's first choice. It's a ton of vacant land, at the intersection of two major interstates, which somebody else would buy and clean up for him and yet which he would control completely. It's a developer's wet dream.

If the stadium were built there, Zygi would be able to extract money from the fan base to his heart's content. Lots of money. For every little thing. Forever. $100 for a tailgating spot on game day? Count on it. $400 for a room at his hotel? Without a doubt. Just bear that in mind if you ever feel the urge to drool over the current proposal.

But don't worry. It's not going to happen. If you've followed the stadium saga even a little bit, it's also quite easy to spot why this plan has been dead in the water from day one. And there are a whole lot of reasons:

Where will the stadium end up? Probably the Farmer's Market site, Prescott figures.

Comment on this post

'We do,' but they don't

Posted at 12:11 PM on October 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Lost in all the coverage of Occupy Wall Street, is a protest that has been quietly going on over the last two weeks (ending today) in Asheville, North Carolina -- the We Do campaign.

There, same-sex couples have gone to the Buncombe County Register of Deeds Office every day to request a marriage license. Every day, of course, they've been denied.

Comment on this post

A city goes toes up

Posted at 11:27 AM on October 12, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

You don't often see a capital city of a state declare bankruptcy. I'm not sure we've ever seen it before.

We've seen it now, a possible indication of the growing dysfunction of state and local governments.

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania is filing bankruptcy papers today, owing to a project to renovate a city incinerator.

The move also will be a test of who pays when a city goes belly up: The institutions who lent the money or the people who work for the city?

"The people who lent us money were in the business of lending money; they knew the risk," Harrisburg controller Dan Miller told CNBC, sounding unapologetic about becoming a municipal deadbeat.

"What have you done to the unions?" CNBC's Jim Cramer asked.

"We haven't done anything," Miller said. "In bankruptcy we'll have leverage. Our prior mayor signed five-year extensions just before he left office. They're supposed to get 4 to 5 percent raises a year."

It's been a long-time coming. The city has been trying to sell assets -- parking garages, for example -- to pay the bills, but now the state is threatening to take over the city.

On a wider scale, the move signals worry that municipal bonds, the engine that finances local government projects, may not be much of a safe bet anymore.

Comment on this post

Occupation defined

Posted at 10:30 AM on October 7, 2011 by Michael Olson (15 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Every now and again cable news becomes relevant. It never seems to be about the news it reports, but rather the news it makes. CNBC's Rick Santanelli's "rant heard around the world" was credited in helping to galvanize the Tea Party.

And now a segment from CNN's Erin Burnett mocking the Occupy Wall Street protests is helping to build sympathy for the protesters. She's called "vapid" within the pages of Forbes.

Her mocking search for what the protest is about seems to have helped the group frame Occupy Wall Street in a broader light.

The message of #OWS is not "Here's is our 9-point plan." The message of #OWS is "This is not a livable compromise."Fri Oct 07 13:28:57 via web

Burnett's rude treatment of an unemployed software engineer provides a stark contrast to the popular Tumblr blog We are the 99% that features a sea of photos like this one from a diverse set of Americans in rough economic circumstances.
tumblr_lsoe4jh8yk1r25y9y.jpeg
National Review's Josh Barrow quibbles with the groups math and seeks to reclaim that turf for conservatives.

As of this morning, Minneapolis has its very own Occupation. The movement has spread to many cities in the U.S. OccupyMN is expected to last over the weekend. The group gained additional mainstream credibility when Mayor RT Rybak added a sympathetic post to his blog.

Even this guy couldn't resist taking it to the streets.

Gov. Jesse Ventura out to show support for #occupyMN @OccupyMN #ows http://t.co/evooZAaZFri Oct 07 13:51:30 via Seesmic

While the higher-profile support drew in more visibility, it is concerning for some who want the protest to be decentralized.

#OccupyMN don't let the "BOD" and figure heads ruin this, this is about getting back to "For the people, by the people" #foundingfathersFri Oct 07 14:21:34 via Twitter for iPhone

Do you think the Occupy Wall Street protests will grow into a political force akin to the Tea Party?

Comment on this post

Whose fault is poverty?

Posted at 2:34 PM on October 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (20 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Now that he's registering a pulse in presidential polls, Herman Cain is getting more attention when he says something.

Today he said something that will probably define his candidacy, for however long it should last.

"Don't blame Wall Street, don't blame the big banks," he told the Wall St. Journal in an interview. "If you don't have a job and you are not rich, blame yourself!"

"When I was growing up, I was blessed with parents who didn't teach me to be jealous of anybody, or to be envious of anybody. It's not a person's fault because they succeeded, it's a person's fault because they fail," Cain said.

Cain was reacting to the Wall Street protests, which he said are organized to distract the nation from the "failed policies" of President Obama.

His comment, however, may serve the same purpose because it may spawn a renewed debate over whether it's the fault of poor people that they're poor, and whether the nation's 14 million people without work have no one to blame but themselves.

Comment on this post

Church, state, and the political campaign

Posted at 1:35 PM on September 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Religion

Mac Hammond, the head of a megachurch in Brooklyn Park, has joined the campaign of Rep. Michele Bachmann, sending people scurrying for the Internal Revenue Service's statutes on churches and politics.

"She is a sister in the Lord that is as committed to his word as any of you in here are," he told his flock., while noting that it's a personal endorsement, not a marshaling of religious forces.

Churches -- and every other tax-exempt non-profit -- are barred from endorsing a particular candidate in exchange for the tax breaks the institutions enjoy. Several pastors in Minnesota have openly defied the ban with few apparent consequences.

It's a slippery slope for the IRS to monitor. On the Sunday before the 2004 presidential election, for example, the pastor of a California church delivered an anti-war, anti-poverty sermon (which was called, "If Jesus debated Senator Kerry and President Bush"), and complaints to the IRS led to a two-year probe into whether the church had, in effect, endorsed John Kerry for president. But it took no action against the church, saying it believed it was a "one-time occurrence."

Where did the ban on church politicking come from? Then-Sen. Lyndon Johnson in 1954, according to the IRS:

In 1954, Congress approved an amendment by Sen. Lyndon Johnson to prohibit 501(c)(3) organizations, which includes charities and churches, from engaging in any political campaign activity. To the extent Congress has revisited the ban over the years, it has in fact strengthened the ban. The most recent change came in 1987 when Congress amended the language to clarify that the prohibition also applies to statements opposing candidates.

There'll be another challenge to the no-politics-from-the-pulpit rule this Sunday. The Alliance Defense Fund, a group of conservative Christian preachers, is holding another Pulpit Freedom Sunday.

Speak Up Movement Promo from Josh Garlow on Vimeo.

A survey last year from the Pew Forum on Religion and Public Life found about half of the public (52%) thinks churches should keep out of politics, "while 43% say churches and other houses of worship should express their views on social and political questions." That survey reversed the narrow majority in a similar polls from 1996 to 2006, that found people think churches belong in the political arena.

Comment on this post

Chris Christie presidential candidacy debated

Posted at 12:03 PM on September 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The danger of a presidential campaign that begins the moment the last one ends is the political media needs a story line every day for four years. Today's hot story is that New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie may get into the race.

The report comes after Texas Gov. Rick Perry, anointed the frontrunner by the same people who made Rep. Michele Bachmann and Gov. Mitt Romney the frontrunner before him, was embarrassed by about 1,000 delegates at the Florida Republican Party convention, who made Herman Cain the straw poll winner. Nobody not named Cain believes Herman Cain is going to be elected president.

The New York Times' Nate Silver suggests that the party is still a battle between moderates and conservatives, an intra-party squabble that seemed settled years ago.

One way to view the 2012 campaign is as an effort by the Republican Party to identify a viable, electable alternative to Mr. Romney. With other candidates, like Mr. Perry, potentially failing on the electability front, it is easy to see Mr. Christie's appeal. The fact that Mr. Christie's ideology is somewhat amorphous -- without, like Mr. Romney's, seeming slippery -- is a potential sign of strength, an indication that he may have the persuasive abilities to rally the party behind him, while also appealing to general election voters.

But as Jon Stewart pointed out last evening, Christie probably isn't the inside-Republican's cup of tea, either.

Comment on this post

Can Americans live without political theater?

Posted at 10:38 AM on September 22, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

When the Republican Party of Florida hosts a presidential debate tomorrow, many people will be listening to the candidates' answers, but they may be just as influenced by the audience's reaction, the Columbia Journalism Review says today.

Through a series of four experiments, the social scientists showed that when an audience cheers, applauds, or reacts favorably to a candidate, viewers are far more likely to hold a positive view of that candidate than had they watched the performance without an audience reaction.

Moments in which an audience reacts are also more memorable and more likely to be reported by the media; these moments, in turn, often become defining sound bites in a campaign season and provide a candidate momentum in the horse race. Ronald Reagan's "There you go again," (directed at Jimmy Carter) and Lloyd Bentsen's "You're no Jack Kennedy" (to Dan Quayle) are classic examples of these sorts of utterances.

"For the audience watching at home, these moments validate certain perspectives and can suggest to the audience that there is much more consensus about a particular point than there really is," Steven Fein, a social psychologist, says. "Just because people are louder doesn't mean it reflects popular opinion."

The problem primarily is also that the media captures these moments and that defines the debate. For example, when candidate Ron Paul was asked by the moderator whether a healthy 30-year-old who gets sick should simply die, some yahoo in the audience shouted, "yeah," and that's what got everyone's attention, and, hence, coverage.

But the first word in the candidate's answer was "no." Too late. The answer was defined by the coverage of the audience.

"What really concerns me is how much the media plays this as a sporting thing. It really sounds like a horse race or a baseball season," Fein says. There's this titillating quality to a lot of the coverage--all the bells and whistles and charts and 3-D things. It just cheapens the whole process and makes the emphasis on very superficial things. It becomes what reader and viewer comes to expect. With a little more substance it can make a bit of a difference, I think the audience is capable of more than more of what the media thinks they are."

Which brings up the obvious question: Is the audience capable of more than what the media thinks they are?

Comment on this post

How not to design a memorial to 9/11

Posted at 1:04 PM on September 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

From Department of What Were They Thinking: The politicians of Washington Township, New Jersey thought it would be a swell idea to have a marker honoring the victims of 9/11.

township_memorial.jpg

But the design mostly seems to honor the politicians who thought it would be a swell idea to have a marker honoring the victims of 9/11.

"I mean, how freaking narcissistic can you be?" Dennis Ryan, a retired cop in town, said on Tuesday.

Mayor Samir Elbassiouny told the Lehigh Valley News earlier this week he did not understand why the stone's inscription was an issue.

Today, it was removed.

Comment on this post

Obama as Captain America

Posted at 1:44 PM on September 9, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

NMA, the Taiwan animation outfit, is out with a video about President Obama's jobs speech last night:

Comment on this post

The search for big ideas

Posted at 1:23 PM on September 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Mike Dukakis is firing back at Gov. Rick Perry for his jab at Mitt Romney last night.

Perhaps you remember the moment:

Former Gov. Dukakis tells the Boston Globe "All I know is that Perry was nice enough to compare my economic record with Romney's. But then, it would be very difficult not to do better than Romney's."

The reality? Politicians take too much credit -- and dish too much blame -- for things.

The early 1980s were a great time for Dukakis' home state but not because of anything Dukakis did. It was more the ebb and flow of an economy.

True, the state had lost lots of jobs in the '60s and '70s as the state's textile mills moved to the Carolinas.

But the explosion in jobs during the "Masschusetts Miracle," as it was called, had more to do with luck. Dukakis and other politicians rode the coattails of some small companies that struck it big with a nation entering the computer age. Digital Equipment, Apollo, Data General, Lotus Wang Labs, Prime Computer, and Polaroid were the big employers of the time.

The unemployment rate in Massachusetts then was 2.7%

Why those companies were there in the first place, however, offers a more instructional view of the economy -- and how jobs are created (rather than stolen from somewhere else) -- than punch lines at political debates attest.

The answer: That's where MIT was. And Harvard. That's where the smart people were. If they'd been in Texas, maybe the companies would've been located in Texas, too.

Today, however, only four companies in the top 10 list of employers in the state have anything to do with technology. The rest are mostly headquarters of retailers who provide low-level wages -- TJ Maxx (1) Staples (#2, that's Romney's company), BJ's Wholesale.

There is one health-care industry in the list, spawned, perhaps, by the Boston-area's hospital industry.

How much did a governor have to do with any of that? Not much, really.

Texas at the moment is hot, and part of it may have to do with political policies. Low housing prices and low taxes have encouraged companies to move there. Minnesota, for example, lost a fair number of high-paying railroad jobs when Burlington Northern merged with Santa Fe and everything moved south.

But that's not really creating jobs; that's moving jobs and while that distinction might be downplayed at the gubernatorial level, it can't be ignored at the presidential level. Taking a job from Minnesota, for example, and putting it in Texas hasn't created a job.

Lost in the assessment of the economy from the 1980s, is that its success depended on smart people with big ideas.

To the extent we're running short of jobs right now, perhaps it's because we're tapped out on big ideas.

Anybody got one?

Comment on this post

Are the State Fair poll results significant?

Posted at 1:02 PM on September 6, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Sixty-six percent of people answering the annual House of Representatives State Fair survey say Minnesotans should not ban same-sex marriage when they vote on a constitutional amendment in November 2012.

There's nothing scientific about the survey, although some other staunchly conservative positions had support in the same survey. (Following is corrected info) Take the voter ID question, for example. Nearly 50.8% percent of those surveyed supported requiring people to show a photo ID before voting, but that's down significantly from the last two years (about 70%). Has there been a shift in the sentiment on the issue, or was this year a somewhat more liberal crowd?

A fairly large majority also called for making Minnesota a "right to work" state.

But it doesn't appear the same-sex marriage survey has been included in other recent State Fair surveys, so it's difficult to determine whether there's been any shift one way or the other.

Does any of this make a difference at the Legislature? There's no indication it does, but it may be a fairly accurate reflection on how Minnesota votes.

Here are the highlights of previous surveys, some of which predicted the future; some of which did not.

2010: 66.4 percent said the public should not fund a new stadium for the Minnesota Vikings. That was a slight increase over the previous year.

2009: A slight majority -- 47.5% -- said the state lawmakers should cut its budget before raising taxes in times of economic distress. A year later, Republicans swept into power at the Legislature by promoting the philosophy.

2008: A slight majority -- 49% -- said the sales tax should be increased to fund environmental and arts programs. A few months later, voters passed the so-called Legacy Amendment 56-to-39 percent.

2007: About 58% said the gasoline tax should be raised to pay for transportation programs. Five months later, the Legislature raised the gasoline tax over the objection of then-governor Tim Pawlenty.

2006: 57% said immigrant students who are not here legally should not get the in-state tuition rate at state colleges and universities.

2005: 57.% said ticket scalping should not be legalized in Minnesota. A year-and-a-half later, Minnesota lawmakers legalized ticket scalping.

2004:
59% said smoking should be banned in restaurants and bars. In 2007, the Legislature banned smoking in bars and restaurants.

2003: 60.8% said the education budget should not be cut during times of financial distress. Lawmakers and governors have made delaying funds to K-12 education a cornerstone of their budget-balancing plans since.

Comment on this post

Glittering the Fair

Posted at 7:26 AM on September 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

At the Minnesota State Fair yesterday, a group opposed to a referendum to ban gay marriage in the state dropped glitter on a booth operated by a group that supports the measure.

The anti-gay-marriage group was given space at the Fair, which happened to be under the Sky Ride. The Sky Riders didn't have a booth so they dropped glitter, which they've been doing at events featuring referendum supporters.

A Fair spokeswoman told MPR's Sasha Aslanian the group opposed to the measure banning same-sex marriage didn't have a booth at the fair because it didn't register for one.

Comment on this post

When Republicans fight

Posted at 1:37 PM on September 1, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Republicans have done such an effective job of voting and legislating as a bloc that it's unusual to see them carp at one another. But a presidential campaign will do that, despite Ronald Reagan's 11th Commandment ("Never speak ill of another Republican.")

Today, Michele Bachmann's super-PAC rolled out this broadside against Texas Gov. Rick Perry, who's stolen much of her thunder since jumping into the presidential race.

We're not sure who the narrator is in the piece, but we're pretty sure he's faking the unrecognizable accent that's a cross between Wilfred Brimley and Tom Bodett.

Comment on this post

What's a state got to do to get a little presidential love?

Posted at 11:42 AM on September 1, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A colleague, who has kin in Vermont, pointed out this morning that President Barack Obama isn't touring Vermont when he makes the traditional presidential "I care" visit that accompanies national disasters. Obama will tour Patterson, New Jersey on Sunday, which has been particularly hard hit in the wake of Irene.

But so has Vermont. About 13 towns remained cut off after the roads were washed away, and the National Guard was bringing in supplies of food and water, in some cases by helicopter.

Truth be told, presidential visits have no real value other than maybe giving a morale boost to people and certainly providing some favorable political footage on the nightly news. The administration has already sent various underlings in emergency management agencies to all of the states affected.

But Obama has never visited Vermont as president (his wife did last spring). And George Bush missed one state in all of his years in office. Guess which one?

The state didn't exactly put the welcome mat out for the guy.

Brattleboro, the poster community for this latest disaster, is famously weird and could make for uncomfortable questions for a visiting president. In two towns on town meeting day years ago, residents approved resolutions calling for the indictment of President Bush and Vice President Cheney for violating the Constitution. One of the towns? Brattleboro.

The last time a sitting president visited Vermont was 1995 when President Bill Clinton had no choice. He wanted to speak to the National Governor's Association and it was holding its gathering in Vermont? Why? Howard Dean chaired the NGA. He was also the governor of Vermont.

Comment on this post

The $120-a-word speech

Posted at 2:24 PM on August 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

air_force_one_mpls.jpg

President Obama made no news today when he spoke to the American Legion convention in Minneapolis.

But he really didn't have much choice but to get on a helicopter, fly to the local Air Force base, get in Air Force One to fly halfway across the country, motorcade to downtown Minneapolis, give a short speech, motorcade back, fly back, and helicopter back to the White House. Not showing up would have been political suicide. He already was criticized for not going to the VFW convention, and the perks of the presidency allow you to make political niceties on the company dime. That's the way it's been for years.

How many dimes? The White House, of course, never says. Even when it rebutted Michele Bachmann's (false) claim that a trip to India cost $200 million, it steadfastly refused to say how much it did cost.

But McClatchey Newspapers took a stab at it back in 2009.

The costs of the trips -- borne by taxpayers -- are difficult to measure, but they're expensive. When he uses the familiar blue-and-white reconfigured 747 as Air Force One, it costs $100,219 an hour to operate, according to the Air Force. And that's just HIS plane.

There also are cargo planes, used to fly in armored limousines, helicopters, staff and other equipment, as well as the Secret Service. A single Air Force C-17 cargo jet, for example, costs $6,960 an hour, according to the Congressional Research Service.

A total of 77 other aircraft were used on one multi-country trip to Asia by former President Bill Clinton in 2000, according to the Air Force Times, including 14 C-17 Globemasters, 12 C-5 Galaxys, three C-141 Starlifters and two C-130 Hercules.

Most of those wouldn't be needed for a short hop to Minneapolis so many of those costs could be discounted. There might have been a C-17 bringing the limousines here, but if it wasn't flying here, it'd probably be flying somewhere else since the pilots fly often to stay sharp.

So just using the $100,219-per-hour figure, and calculating a three-hour trip here and a two-hour trip back, suggests a minimum cost of $501,095.

There were 4,187 words in the speech today, which works out to $119.67 per word.

There are 10,000 convention delegates, according to the Star Tribune. If they'd all walked up to the ticket counter at Minneapolis St. Paul and bought a one-day, roundtrip to Washington to hear the president and allow him to stay put, it would have cost $14.5 million.

So the whole arrangement saved everyone about $14 million.

Comment on this post

Blogger apologizes for doctoring Bachmann video

Posted at 11:14 AM on August 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A phony video purporting to show Rep. Michele Bachmann asking an Iowa crowd, "who likes white people?" has been pulled from YouTube.

Bachmann made an appearance at a Christian Music Festival in Des Moines earlier this month. This is the actual appearance:

But a blogger at On Knees For Jesus admits today that he edited the video so that her actual line -- "who likes wet people?" -- would sound like she was asking "who likes white people?".

Today, he apologized and removed the video:

"I want to apologize for misusing Stacey Robert McCain's original video (click here). I was angry so I decided to take Mrs. Bachmann's line out of context to make her seem more overtly racist in light of her recent signing of that Iowa marriage pledge that said black children were better off under slavery than in Obama's America. Whether or not I dislike Michele Bachmann, it wasn't right to deliver a dishonest blow like that. I wanted to apologize to Mr. McCain and all of you directly. This blog is dedicated to showing Christ's love through his followers. By posting something misleading, I undermine my own purpose."

Too late. Many websites took the bait. Daily Kos, the community website for liberals, was one as this cached version of its page shows.

kos_bachmann_white_people.jpg

But after it was revealed it was faked, the website pretended it didn't...

daily_kos_error.jpg

A more appropriate response would have been to acknowledge the mistake and apologize to the candidate for making it.

Comment on this post

Theology and the weather above

Posted at 12:09 PM on August 29, 2011 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Religion

"I don't know how much God has to do to get the attention of the politicians," she said. "We've had an earthquake; we've had a hurricane. He said, 'Are you going to start listening to me here?' Listen to the American people because the American people are roaring right now. They know government is on a morbid obesity diet and we've got to rein in the spending."

As you may have heard, that's our congresswoman, Michele Bachmann, offering the theological interpretation of the weekend hurricane and its message that it -- and presumably the deaths of 15 people, including a young woman swept away by a raging river in Vermont -- was God's way of saying he supports Mrs. Bachmann's politics.

Maybe she was joking, but if she was, it was an odd time to make a funny.

Maybe she was serious, in which case she may be able to interpret Hurricane Gustav in 2008, which came ashore just as the Republican National Convention in St. Paul was getting underway.

It's been a fairly quiet hurricane since. Last year, Tropical Storm Nicole hit southern Florida and the Gulf in late September. It was about the same time Minnesota was experiencing extreme flooding. It was also the same day President Obama opened a new round of Middle East peace talks, the U.S. changed commanders in Iraq and the Minnesota tea party held a judicial candidate forum.

Some weeks earlier, Hurricane Earl threatened New England -- the first time New England had been threatened since Hurricane Bob in 2001 (New England has been very, very good up until recently, apparently) . But Earl veered away at the last minute. Why? Who knows, but the planned New York City mosque cleared a legal hurdle, nine people were killed in a Connecticut warehouse shooting, Alex Rodriguez hit his 600th homer (is God a Yankees fan?), and a judge overturned a gay marriage ban in California.

Of course, we've seen and heard this sort of stuff before. When a national convention of Lutherans was voting on whether to allow non-celibate gays in the pulpit in Minneapolis in 2009, lightning hit a nearby church. That, a non-Lutheran preacher said, was not a coincidence, although he didn't explain what the Electric Fetus record store did to deserve a tornado.

If lightning hitting a church is pretty powerful sign, there won't be much time for politicians to do anything other than explaining the deep meaning because it happens a lot (h/t: Michael Wells).

A Google search, for example, reveals that it happened Wednesday night in Cleveland, the same day the Indians put in a claim for Jim Thome of the Twins.

It happened in Rocky Mount, NC a week ago Sunday, when a Baptist Church was hit.

And in Limestone County, Alabama, a church burned after being hit by lightning. Unusual? Sure. About as unusual as the three other churches that burned after being struck by lightning in the last year in the same county.

By the way, yesterday was the four-month anniversary of the tornado outbreak in Alabama, which killed 247 people, including four in -- wait for it -- Limestone County.

"Obviously she was saying it in jest," Bachmann spokeswoman Alice Stewart said in a statement about the congresswoman's assessment of the weekend tragedy.

Comment on this post

GOP banned from Labor Day parade

Posted at 11:10 AM on August 29, 2011 by Bob Collins (21 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

wausau_labor_day.jpg

In our neighboring state of Wisconsin, Wausau has banned Republicans from marching in this year's Labor Day parade, the Milwaukee Journal Sentinel reports. The parade is sponsored by Marathon County Central Labor Council.

"Usually they've been in the parade, but it seems like they only want to stand with us one day a year, and the other 364 days they don't really care," said Randy Radtke, president of the council.

In a statement, Radtke added that the parade is intended to celebrate working men and women and what the labor movement has given them: weekends, a 40-hour workweek, child labor protection and a safe working environment.

"It should come as no surprise that organizers choose not to invite elected officials who have openly attacked worker's rights or stood idly by while their political party fought to strip public workers of their right to collectively bargain," Radtke said.

Rep. Sean Duffy, a Republican, took exception.

"Having walked in this parade in past years, Congressman Duffy was hoping that for a moment, we could set our differences aside and simply have some fun in a family-friendly event," he said in a statement posted on WAOW.com.

(Photo: The 2010 Wausau Labor Day parade via Flickr)

Comment on this post

Are contributions to same-sex marriage campaigns a waste of money?

Posted at 12:27 PM on August 26, 2011 by Michael Olson (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Citizen Input
"Citizen Input" by Dave Glad via MPR's Flickr pool

The proposed constitutional amendment to ban same-sex marriage is dominating political talk at the State Fair reports MPR's Sasha Aslanian. Passion is strong on both sides of the issue, political observers estimate campaign spending could reach and even surpass $10 million before voters cast ballots next year.

You could double that campaign spending and would still be unlikely to sway voters from the position they currently hold on same-sex marriage.

NYU's Patrick Egan has studied similar measures addressing same-sex marriage in 33 states since 1998 and found that campaigns to change public opinion on the issue are ineffective.

But what's $10 million today anyway? It's just a wedding for Kim Kardashian or a grilled cheese for a venture capitalist.

Comment on this post

What elected leaders know

Posted at 9:14 AM on August 23, 2011 by Michael Olson (12 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A campaign is underway by the conservative-leaning Employment Policies Institute to raise awareness about debt reduction. The group's Defeat the Debt effort says that of all members of congress, "over three-quarters lack an academic background in business or economics." The number is based on an examination of college degrees held by members of the U.S. Congress.

college_background_cong.jpg

Is this the educational background you'd like to see of congress?

Comment on this post

'Why are you being so weird about this?'

Posted at 12:42 PM on August 18, 2011 by Eric Ringham (1 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

How can a (so-far) failed politician and author generate buzz for her book? Or, how can a talk-show host build credentials to help establish himself as a replacement for Larry King?

I don't mean to suggest that either Christine O'Donnell or Piers Morgan went into their taped interview with premeditation, intending the confrontation that ended with her walking off his show. But I do mean to suggest that the aborted interview did no harm to either of them - that, in fact, many more people will be watching the interview on CNN than would have been if the interview had gone off smoothly.

(As Murray remarked to Ted on "The Mary Tyler Moore Show," "That's right, Ted. It's just a matter of giving the public what they want.")

It's depressing, but this is the way it goes these days. The incentives work in the wrong direction. At least Morgan had the grace - or maybe it was only comic timing - to follow her departure with, "Anyway, it's a good book."

Here's the video.


Comment on this post

Bachmann gay counseling story stirs NPR listeners

Posted at 2:59 PM on August 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Religion

NPR got itself in the middle of the storm when it focused on Marcus Bachmann's gay conversion therapy clinic last Monday (listen to the story here), the network's ombudsman says today.

Bachmann, the husband of presidential candidate Michele Bachmann, runs a mental health clinic that includes counseling for gay clients. ABC News produced this expose a few weeks ago.

In the NPR story, it was this quote that got the listeners calling and e-mailing:


"So these two men represent two sides of a debate that's been raging in psychological circles for more than a decade," said the reporter, Alix Spiegel. "One side feels that therapies which seek to make gay people straight are invariably harmful, the other, that those therapies can help gay people who are profoundly uncomfortable with their same-sex attraction."

That, the ombudsman said, created the appearance of two sides of a story deserving of equal balance -- or so those complaining said. Ombudsman Edward Schumacher-Matos said the story deserved more depth, but he defended tackling the question of therapy designed to make gay people not gay.


All this suggests that what many people think of as "conversion" therapy is really not. The lines are blurry between conversion and identity therapy and between real and effective change in sexual orientation, identity and priority. A story that helps us understand the differences might uncover that in the public debate, many of us are talking past each other. I am curious, for example, to know what really it is that Bachman's husband practices, or what kind of therapy Wyler underwent.

Wyler himself says in the piece that while he didn't feel right living a gay life in Los Angeles, far from his family and church, he understood that it was right for others. I took that to mean that he didn't denounce being gay, or think it was wrong.

Gay rights advocates understandably demand that, rather than trying to change individuals, it is religion and society that must change, which indeed has been happening. But that doesn't help conflicted individuals who are in this world we live in now. To dismissively say that these individuals should just find another religion is to be discriminatory and ignores the profound importance of a given religion in many people's lives.


Here's the entire post
.

There's another more common mistake in the story -- "Can Therapy Help Change Sexual Orientation?" It asked a question in the headline that it didn't answer in the story.

Comment on this post

Calling ignorance what it is

Posted at 12:35 PM on August 4, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Race

The video of New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie defending an appointment to the New Jersey Superior Court is starting to catch fire on the Intertubes.

Sohail Mohammed, 47, was sworn into the job last week, despite criticism that a Muslim judge could lead the way to the influence of Sharia law.

Christie didn't mix words about what was at work in the criticism.

Christie is rumored to be interested in running for president someday.

"So now it's for sure --he ain't running," a local commenter on Facebook noted today.

Comment on this post

Stump speeches vs. solutions

Posted at 11:20 AM on July 29, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

One of the difficulties of covering the debt crisis in Washington is politicians are better at giving stump speeches than providing solutions.

"We need solutions and not deals," Rep. Tim Huelskamp told CNBC this morning.

On the debt he said, "We gotta find a way to bring that down."

Those are exactly the kind of things that a politician would say if he's running for office and giving a speech at the Rotary Club. But they're not (a) a solution or (b) a way to bring that down which are what you're supposed to provide once you're elected to office.

The representative said his solution is "cut, cap, and balance." Cut the spending immediately (he didn't say what), cap future spending (he didn't say where), and pass a balanced-budget amendment (he hasn't filed such a bill, though it's worth noting that Speaker John Boehner has added such an amendment to his solution.).

Huelskamp called his proposal "a compromise."

"How can you say it's a compromise if no one else is going to bite?" a CNBC anchor asked.

"Where's Harry Reid's compromise?" Huelskamp responded, which -- if you look carefully -- doesn't answer the question asked.

And while Huelskamp is a Tea Party member, this method of communication is favored by almost all politicians currently engaged in this "crisis;" allegations rather than answers, stump speeches rather than details.

Give credit to CNBC's David Faber, one of the few CNBC on-air questioners with a spine, who insisted on details to the stump speech, pointing out , for example, that half of the stimulus package that Huelskamp objects to was tax cuts that Huelskamp embrace.

But it was a wasted effort ...

Huelskamp said the problem is Washington's status quo, which he unintentionally demonstrated, though perhaps not in the way he imagined.

You can watch the full interview here or just wait until the next politician is interviewed about the debt crisis.

Comment on this post

How to play chicken

Posted at 3:03 PM on July 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

We've often referred to the standoff between Minnesota -- and now, national -- politicians as "a game of chicken," but what's the psychology behind playing this game?

The Associated Press has gone to the scientists to figure it out. The most interesting observation in the article -- which you can find here -- is it helps if one size is crazy. I'll leave it to you determine if we should check that off of our list of requirements met.


Another way to win: throw the steering wheel out the window and make sure the other side knows it and will be forced to flinch. Shapiro thinks that's happened in Washington, but American University international studies professor Joshua Goldstein disagrees.

Goldstein, who has written a book chapter about the chicken game in diplomacy, said the side that has the least to lose is more believable when it threatens to ditch the steering wheel and go for broke: "It gives the weaker party more negotiating power."

In this situation, tea party followers have more credibility in their throw-the-wheel-out threats and President Barack Obama, who wants to be re-elected, can't play consequences-be-damned, he said.

The game of chicken "has to be dangerous in order to give people the incentive to cooperate. It helps if you are crazy or if you pretend to be crazy," Goldstein said.

Now, if anyone knows of an expert in the science of "kick the can," let me know.

Comment on this post

The Congress you have tried to reach...

Posted at 1:39 PM on July 26, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

In the wake of last night's call by President Obama for people to contact their congresspeople to urge a solution to the country's debt crisis, a lot of people apparently are. The U.S. House of Representatives Web site has crashed. Its front page is available, but the individual member sites are not.

house_web_site_down.jpg

Getting through by telephone isn't much easier. An e-mail from the House call center said the phone lines to the Capitol are jammed:

"Due to the high volume of external calls, House telephone circuits serving 202-225-XXXX phone numbers are near capacity resulting in outside callers occasionally getting busy signals," the email said.

In an age of voicemail, when's the last time you heard a busy signal?

Comment on this post

Report: Bachmann benefited from loan program she campaigns against

Posted at 12:43 PM on July 26, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Washington Post is reporting this afternoon that presidential candidate Michele Bachmann benefited from a federally-back home loan program she's railed against on the campaign trail.

Just a few weeks before Bachmann called for dismantling the programs during a House Financial Services Committee hearing, she and her husband signed for a $417,000 home loan to help finance their move to a 5,200-square-foot golf course home, public records show. Experts who examined the loan documents for The Washington Post say they are confident that the loan was backed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
...

Bachmann bought a home in the upscale Stillwater community on Aug. 29, 2008, as she campaigned for a second congressional term, paying $760,000 and financing $666,999, records show.

Three experts who examined the mortgage documents say it appears the Bachmanns put down about $93,001 or 12 percent. Experts said the downpayment would have been fairly common in 2008; most lenders now require at least 20 percent.

The couple's previous home was still on the market at the time and had two loans outstanding. When the house sold a few months later for $334,423, the Bachmanns paid off whatever remained on two prior equity loans for $100,000 and $200,000, records show.

Did the Bachmanns benefit from a program the congresswoman wants to scuttle for other would-be homebuyers?

"The Congresswoman's personal financial disclosures will speak for themselves," her spokesman said. She hasn't released them yet.


Comment on this post

The Gangs of Washington, D.C.

Posted at 12:34 PM on July 21, 2011 by Eric Ringham (2 Comments)
Filed under: History, Politics

In the beginning was the Gang of Four, a group of radicals close to Mao Zedong in the last years of his life. One of those radicals was Mao's wife, Jiang Qing. The Gang of Four - not to be confused with the post-punk rock band of the same name - was blamed for many of the excesses of the Cultural Revolution, a major spasm of repression that helped China remain a basket case longer than it needed to be.

After Mao died in 1976 the gang was arrested and put on trial. That pretty well ended its influence -- except in the United States, where any group of people trying to accomplish any policy initiative now is known as "the Gang of X," where X equals the number of people involved.

The current plan to resolve the federal debt stalemate is the work of the Gang of Six. In 2005, an attempt by a different group of senators to resolve a crisis over filibusters and avoid the "nuclear option" was ascribed to the Gang of 14. One member of that Gang of 14 was Sen. Lindsey Graham, R-S.C., who also happened to be a member three years later of the Gang of 10, which tried to reform energy policy.

The Gang of Three comprised a trio of New York state senators who wanted to exert political influence out of proportion to their number. The Gang of 18 represents scientists opposed to global warming skeptics. And a third Gang of Four - after the original Chinese gang and the rock band - isn't even made up of people, but of giant Internet firms (Amazon, Apple, Facebook and Google).

Seems like a strange legacy for a quartet of deceased Chinese Communist hard-liners. I'm sure they'd find it comforting, though. Otherwise, the Cultural Revolution would be, like, a total loss.

Comment on this post

One person's pork

Posted at 6:13 AM on July 21, 2011 by Michael Olson (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

20100819_pigs_33.jpeg
The New York Times is reporting on a handful of spending requests by members of Congress that campaigned on less spending and smaller government.

Rep. Michele Bachmann's support for the $700 million to build a new Stillwater bridge is one of the examples reporter Ron Nixon focused on. He examines the reasoning behind the request and how it isn't technically an earmark.

On the Minnesota-Wisconsin border, local officials and members of Congress have pushed for a new four-lane bridge over the St. Croix River that was co-sponsored by Representative Sean P. Duffy, a Wisconsin freshman Republican, and Representative Michele Bachmann, the three-term Minnesota Republican who is running for president.


Opponents labeled the bridge an earmark, but Mr. Duffy and Mrs. Bachmann said the bridge was critical to handle increased traffic that an 80-year-old bridge nearby can no longer handle alone. They defend the spending by arguing that it was not an earmark since there were no specific costs listed in the bill itself, nor is it a financing bill. The legislation calls only for a bridge to be built.

Nixon doesn't mention the broad support among regional Democrats and Republicans for a new bridge.

Do you view the Stillwater bridge request as an example of government pork?

Comment on this post

As if on cue ...

Posted at 1:14 PM on July 20, 2011 by Eric Ringham (3 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Gov. Dayton's office has released an official photo of this morning's budget signing, with an appropriate, on-message expression of distaste on the Democratic faces.

Dayton02.JPG

After all, a person shouldn't smile when he's doing something loathsome.

Comment on this post

The Hangover, Part 3: Up all night at the Capitol

Posted at 11:37 AM on July 20, 2011 by Eric Ringham (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

When I worked in the newspaper editorial business, we had a cute name for the kind of piece we'd have to write on a day like today: STW, or "Shoot the wounded." It acknowledged, implicitly anyway, that we weren't performing a particularly courageous or useful function. Other people were the ones who had to stay up all night, take risks, make deals, put their careers on the line. We had the luxury of getting a good night's sleep and then coming down out of the hills once the fight was finished to pick over the remains and second-guess the decisions of others.

(There are other kinds of stock editorials, so routine that we made up acronyms for them. One was the DMM; it stood for "Drink more milk," and referred to any kind of editorial that urges a noncontroversial civic good. I hear that the same kind of editorial is referred to in Wisconsin as an EMC. Get it?)

I did not stay up all night to monitor the legislative process that now has brought our sorry shutdown to a close. But the news this morning has been fascinating. My vote for the best quote of the morning goes to Senate Minority Leader Tom Bakk, DFL-Cook: "Gov. Dayton reluctantly took your plan. He took your plan on tobacco bonds. He took your plan on borrowing from our kids. You didn't have to tax those millionaires. You win, and Minnesotans lose."

That is what's called staying on message. The Democrats will do everything they can to make sure you hear, over and over, that the plan the Legislature passed is a Republican one. Most of them won't be quite as descriptive as Rep. Michael Paymar, DFL-St. Paul, who said, "I'm going to go home and take a long, long shower to wipe the stain of this legislative session off of me." For my taste, that's a little over the top.

Trying to spin the story in the other direction, House Majority Leader Matt Dean, R-Dellwood, adopted the role of statesman: "Every red vote is a vote to continue the shutdown. We need to get Minnesota back to work. We need to stop pointing fingers."

So there you have them, the core messages we'll be living with for a while: "You keep pointing at me," "I'm only doing what you made me do," "You wanted to keep Minnesotans out of work," "You make me want to take a shower." Sigh.

Unfortunately for the Democratic message, Gov. Dayton and Secretary of State Mark Ritchie were unable to control their facial muscles during the bill signing this morning. They did what politicians do when signing bills: They smiled. Oops:

dayton-signs-budget.jpgMPR photo/Jeffrey Thompson

Comment on this post

Tweet roundup: shutdown ends, what's next?

Posted at 10:25 AM on July 20, 2011 by Michael Olson (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The slow processes of restarting government begins. One of the 22,000 laid-off state employees rejoices.

Woo hoo!! Just went into CFLOP to start calling people back!! CAN'T WAIT to see my coworkers! #mnshutdownless than a minute ago via tweetymail Favorite Retweet Reply

Governor Dayton continued to project a tone of compromise.

Gov Dayton says #mnshutdown didn't help state's reputation but "$1.4 B in cuts would have been worse"less than a minute ago via HootSuite Favorite Retweet Reply

While there seems to be a general sense of appreciation that the government and government services will be back to full swing, the deal still stings for some.

I sacrificed so a rich person didn't have to, and all I got was this lousy property tax increase. #mnleg #mnshutdownless than a minute ago via HootSuite Favorite Retweet Reply

Recriminations and finger pointing resume.

It's high time public education learned a lesson from the auto industry. #Union = #FAIL Public already got the message. #mnleg #stribpolless than a minute ago via TweetDeck Favorite Retweet Reply

Put it on a stick and fry it.

AFSCME says state workers relieved to be going back to work, rips GOP #mnleg. Union says it will ramp up tax the rich campaign at State Fairless than a minute ago via web Favorite Retweet Reply

Comment on this post

Special session under way

Posted at 3:22 PM on July 19, 2011 by Michael Olson (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota Senate and House are meeting this afternoon. Gov. Mark Dayton called the special session with the goal to end the longest shutdown of the state government by reaching an agreement on a budget.

We are covering the details of the bills on the Shutdown 2011 blog.

Here are the proposed bills.

Given the divergent approaches to governing seen among state leaders, is there anything in the bills you think that should be prioritized, or is there something there that you think should be opposed that would have a chance of getting support?

Comment on this post

Gould almighty

Posted at 5:45 PM on July 19, 2011 by Michael Olson (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It ain't all good in Gould, Ark. Political discourse in the small tornado-prone town has reached a low point. A point so low, it probably violates the U.S. Constitution.

A fracas between members of the city council and the mayor resulted in the passage of an ordinance that forbids the formation of a group without the approval of the city council.

This comes after other restrictive ordinances, reports the New York Times. The council attempted to reel in the perceived outsized influence of the Gould Citizens Advisory Council, an organization the mayor is active in, by passing an ordinance that would forbid the mayor to meet with groups inside or outside the city of Gould.

The advisory council, which calls itself a nonpartisan group that educates voters and raises money for public causes, says it will continue its work. But the City Council, in one ordinance, accused the group of "causing confusion and discourse among the citizens" by harshly criticizing local officials at public meetings. (NYT)

One council member says the ordinances should be re-written with "more constitutionally sensitive wording."

Comment on this post

Everybody talks about Kick the Can, but nobody plays it

Posted at 5:00 AM on July 19, 2011 by Eric Ringham (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The other day in one of our meetings, a member of the MPR News staff suggested that the next person who used the phrase "kick the can" should suffer corporal punishment. Or maybe it was capital punishment. Either way, the talk got me to thinking.

I'm pretty sure that the dime-store political analysis - "All we did was kick the can down the road" - has nothing to do with the actual game of Kick the Can. The phrase conjures the image of a boy walking down a road, kicking a can ahead of him as he goes. It is a metaphor for pointless action that postpones a problem instead of solving it, unless somewhere down that road there's a recycling station.

But maybe we should think of the budget negotiations as a game of Kick the Can, instead. I looked up the rules, and it turns out there are a few similarities:

1. Like the state budget negotiations, Kick the Can is a game of one against many. One player is "It," and everybody else hides. By now, I'm guessing that Mark Dayton has an intimate understanding of how it feels to be "It."

2. There is a deadline. "It" has to count to 30, or 50, or some other agreed number, while the hiders seek cover behind trees and parked cars. If, by the deadline, the hiders have not finished their work of finding a place to hide, nothing much happens.

3. The game is addictive. Players have been known to disappear for long periods of time while the rest of the state is holding dinner for them.

Now we're at the part of the game when the players have yelled, "Come on, Mom! We're almost done! Just let us finish this one game and then we'll be in, we promise." And Mom, trusting soul, has ladled out the soup and started making plans to open the state parks.

The soup is starting to cool, Mom is wondering whether she's been had, and pretty soon the voters are going to be in a mood to ground somebody.

Comment on this post

The morning after

Posted at 1:02 PM on July 15, 2011 by Eric Ringham (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Thumbnail image for DeclarationIndep.jpgWho was it who said that success has a hundred fathers, but failure is an orphan? In the wake of the Minnesota budget deal, voters may be looking to file a paternity suit. It sounds as if most political leaders whose fingerprints are on this agreement are trying to make clear just how repulsive they personally find the thing.

Allow me to make a prediction: Gov. Mark Dayton's emphasis on agreeing to a deal he did not agree with is going to come back to haunt him. Finely parsed distinctions between one preposition and another do not come from a place of political strength, as John Kerry learned with "I actually did vote for the $87 billion before I voted against it." It smacks of hair-splitting, like Bill Clinton's "It depends upon what the meaning of the word 'is' is."

In Washington, Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell floated a plan to give President Obama authority to raise the debt ceiling over Republican objections because a) he knows it has to be raised, and b) he wants his party to be able to avoid the blame for raising it. Not exactly Nathan Hale stuff, but very much in bipartisan step with the spirit of our times. Here in Minnesota, Dayton's own party shows no interest in agreeing - on, with, to or about - his initiative.

It may be petty to point this out, but we came from people who understood the value of standing up for things - of pledging "our Lives, our Fortunes, and our sacred Honor." Are we still the sort of people who could put our names on a dangerous political document, and hang the consequences? Discuss.

And no, I did not just compare the budget deal to the Declaration of Independence.

Comment on this post

Consider the can kicked

Posted at 6:16 PM on July 14, 2011 by Eric Ringham (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

can.jpegPhoto by Aldor, via Flickr


It's all over but the legislating and the voting and the second-guessing. The governor and his negotiating partners in the Legislature emerged from a three-hour meeting to say they have a deal. So now they'll make a little legislative magic and presto - we'll have a functioning state again.

The downside is that the problem will be back in about a week. The funding mechanisms in the deal don't solve anything, they just move numbers around. As the most popular phrase in politics goes, they've just kicked the can down the road. In other words, we'll soon be able to go fishing - but we're still up a creek.

Do kids even play Kick the Can anymore? Or is there an app for that?

Comment on this post

If you were the GOP leadership, what would you do now?

Posted at 2:25 PM on July 14, 2011 by Eric Ringham (17 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

So who would you rather be right now, in the state shutdown saga? The Democratic governor, or the Republican leadership in the Legislature? All the buzz for the past couple of hours has been about the crisis possibly being over. Now the Republicans are heading into a meeting with the governor where they will have to say ... something. Do they accept the deal, including the governor's conditions? Or do they try to hold out for something better? And if they do try to hold out - for example, by hanging onto just a little social policy, or a teensy cut in the state workforce - what then? Will they get stuck with all the blame for the shutdown past Day 15? Discuss.

Meanwhile, up-to-the minute coverage on the news stations and MPRNews.org continues.

Comment on this post

Dayton makes a move

Posted at 11:06 AM on July 14, 2011 by Eric Ringham (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

As far as I know, there's no response yet from the Republican leadership to Gov. Mark Dayton's announcement that he's ready to accept one of the GOP's pre-shutdown offers. But the time had clearly come for some kind of resolution: The beer supply was in jeopardy. To make sure you've got the latest on the story, go to the MPR News Shutdown Blog and keep your mouse on the Refresh button.

Comment on this post

Smile! You're on 'Candid Camera'

Posted at 2:20 PM on July 13, 2011 by Eric Ringham (5 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

We will pay, sooner or later, for our growing acceptance of hidden cameras and other deceptive practices in newsgathering. The latest target is the Christian counseling business owned by Michele Bachmann and her husband, Marcus Bachmann. Previous targets of such tactics have included Planned Parenthood, National Public Radio, ACORN and the Rev. Tom Brock.

The ethics grow murky when journalists misrepresent themselves to get a story. Sometimes it may be the only way, but at other times it's just the easiest way. When is it justified - to expose hypocrisy? To report on a threat to health and safety? To get good film for Sweeps Week?

"If you talk to three different ethicists, you'll get three different responses," says Prof. Jane Kirtley, who teaches ethics at the University of Minnesota's journalism school. There is no clear line, she said, but she articulated the danger well: If we tell readers that we lied to get a story, how can they trust that we're telling the truth about everything else?

Lots of media organizations would turn away in a huff from a reporter who wanted to carry a hidden camera and a faked identity into a mental health clinic. So why is it better or more ethical to publish the work of an activist/freelancer who did the same thing? That's becoming the pattern. ABC News didn't send an investigative reporter to get this story -- but used its "investigative correspondent" to present the story and supplemental material, after John Becker of Truth Wins Out did the dirty work.

In the Bachmann Clinic case, the bar is arguably lower because one of the owners is running for president. If the clinic is using "reparative therapy" to undo the sexual orientation of gay clients - and swimming against the tide of credible professional opinion - that's news. It would probably be news even if Michele Bachmann were not running for president, because the clinic gets public funds.

But as Prof. Kirtley points out, now that everybody has a mass communications device in his pocket, mainstream media have little to trade on but their own credibility. We should be careful about giving it away.

In the meantime, let's take a minute to enjoy the old days, when the mainstream media really knew how to use hidden cameras:


Comment on this post

Is this Heaven? No, it's Iowa

Posted at 12:42 PM on July 12, 2011 by Eric Ringham (22 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

iowa wind.jpgAndrew Huff via Flickr

One of the early answers to Today's Question echoes a theme that we'll probably see more of as the shutdown drags on:

"I am going to need a new job come November," writes Maria Swora. "I was getting help through a workforce center. Now my career counselor is out of work. My need for a job is such that I am willing to relocate. If this drags on, I may have to."

I never wanted to live anywhere except Minnesota. But last weekend I drove to Iowa and discovered a few features of life there that seemed suddenly ... appealing. This may seem a mite premature, but just in case Minnesota never gets its groove back, shouldn't we have a Plan B? Mine might be Iowa. Here are a few reasons that living there might not be so bad.

1. Wind energy. Almost as soon as you cross the state line, you get a glimpse of what turbines look like in a state that does wind power whole hog. Vast wind farms seem to stretch from one horizon to the other. Smaller turbines power individual homes and businesses here and there, and altogether the graceful machines produce as much as 20 percent of the state's electricity.

2. A state budget surplus. Did you get that? A state budget surplus. (For the Minnesota reader, a state budget surplus occurs when the state government's revenue exceeds its expenses - in other words, when it has enough money to meet all of its financial obligations and even has a bit left over.) Today's commentary is an editorial from the Ames Tribune. Money quote, so to speak:

In fact, the Cyclone State is now sitting on a $480 million surplus. ... the approved budget will use roughly half of that total, leaving about $265 million sitting in the bank at the end of fiscal year 2012. It's important to note that this surplus is in addition to the state's rainy day fund, which has a healthy $430 million in it.

3. The Decorah Eagles. If you spent the second quarter of 2011 watching the Raptor Resource Project's webcam, you know what I mean. If not, start watching the project's Facebook page now so you'll have a comfortable perch when the next nesting season starts in the fall. You'll never want to watch another reality show.

4. The Iowa caucuses. Voters in Iowa get first crack at the presidential contenders every four years. More often than that, actually; Jimmy Carter basically lived there for a year. The preliminary event, the Ames straw poll, is just a month away. In short, Iowa voters get all the attention from the national candidates that they could possibly want, and then some. Minnesota mostly gets ignored, except when a national political convention comes to town. But by then everybody's mind is made up, anyway.

5. Grant Wood. If you Google "Iowa painter," he pops right up in the first or second spot. If you Google "Minnesota painter," you get a series of listings for house painters.

6. The Bridges of Madison County. There used to be 19 of them; today there are six. I haven't seen them, but they must be pretty nice to be so famous.

This is a partial list. I didn't even mention John Wayne's birthplace, the Coralville Reservoir or the Iowa Writer's Workshop. Let alone Nordic Fest at Luther College. And no, none of that is the equal of Minnesota, when Minnesota has its head screwed on straight. As it will, once again. Any day now.

Comment on this post

Corporate jet loophole: The president fights against the president

Posted at 11:21 AM on July 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The words "corporate jets" came up again in President Barack Obama's news conference today.

"What we have talked about is that starting in 2013, that we have gotten rid of some of these egregious loopholes that are benefiting corporate jet owners or oil companies at a time where they're making billions of dollars of profits," he said.

It's a recent conversion for the president, who has identified corporate jet travel as something for fat cats. How did these fat cats get the break? President Obama gave it to them.

He signed the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010. Among its components was the ability of corporations to depreciate the cost of a corporate jet 100% in the year it is purchased, rather than over five years. The net effect is about a 40% reduction in cost.

Now, the president refers to this as a "tax loophole."

The beneficiaries of the loophole are corporate jet manufacturers Gulfstream (about 7,000 are employed in Georgia) and Cessna (which has made Wichita a company town).

Their trade group is fighting a perception problem, reports the Atlanta Journal Constitution:


The industry argues that it does not necessarily conform to a "fat cat" generalization. Most business flights carry midlevel staffers rather than chief executives, and many fly into airports without commercial airline access. One of the more common purchases is the Cessna Citation Sovereign, priced at roughly $17.5 million.

"People would be very surprised if they knew how many small-turbine and piston powered aircraft are used by businesses every day all across America," said Steve Champness, president of the Atlanta Aero Club. "Corporate aircraft give American businesses an advantage over the rest of the world."

The companies, however, seem to acknowledge that they can't prove a link between the accelerated depreciation and the number of jobs in the industry, a fact which also might undermine the notion that tax breaks are linked to jobs at all.

Mark Schmitt, senior fellow at the Roosevelt Institute, writes in the New Republic that the "corporate jet" focus sends the wrong message when it comes to taxes:

Call it economic populism on the cheap. By narrowing in on a single sharp example -- jets, Paris Hilton, Bermuda inversions -- these metaphors let Democrats grab a bit of the pitchfork tone of populism, while still protecting their ability to fly up to the Hamptons over the weekend on a donor's plane to assure their hedge-fund supporters that they certainly don't mean them, the dear friends whose contributions to economic dynamism they so admire and respect.

Modified, limited populism is probably the worst of both worlds. And in so narrowing the scope of the argument, Democrats also misrepresent the substance of their policies, in self-destructive ways. Their metaphors make it sound like taxes are more of a penalty for the grossest extremes of fat-cat America, rather than obligations that all of us share, relative to our ability to contribute. The insistence that any tax increases should affect only households earning more than $250,000 is similar. It leads, predictably, to families with two incomes just edging over the quarter-million mark protesting that they aren't really that rich and shouldn't be punished.

So where do all of these fat cats fly to? The Wall St. Journal last month created a database of corporate flights. But most of the database doesn't include flights in 2011 because corporations have elected to block their aircraft from being tracked.

Comment on this post

The shutdown and child care

Posted at 3:00 PM on July 8, 2011 by Bob Collins (19 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

After MPR reporter Sasha Aslanian's story aired today about the problems being faced by people who depend on a child care subsidy, we received several stories from people who have described the impact of the state shutdown.

The most compelling comes from Leslie Eck of Saint Paul:

I am a single mother of a soon-to-be-three-year-old girl. I had my daughter during my junior year of college and her father abandoned us when she was two weeks old. I graduated from the University of Minnesota just over a year ago with a B.S. in microbiology; however, I couldn't have done it without a little help from Minnesota.

I used public assistance including WIC, food stamps, Medicaid, and childcare assistance to help subsidize my family's cost of living while finishing my degree. I have been employed as a contract laboratory worker at 3M now for a year, and I am almost completely independent from any form of state assistance, except for child care.

As a contract worker, I only make 50-60 percent of what 3M pays the contract house toward my hourly wage. In other words, I don't make a lot. I work 50+ hours a week without receiving overtime pay in hopes that I will earn my keep and a permanent position within the company.

Because of the extensive hours I need to work to pay my bills, I use a daycare center with longer hours rather than home daycare (which would be much cheaper, but couldn't meet my busy work schedule needs).

Now, with the shutdown darkening our doorstep and no more child care assistance coming in, I will have to pull my daughter from her center (which I love and she has been going to for over two years. Other mothers will understand how painful this is!), and count on my mother, who is on unemployment and laid off from her job, to help me with the cost of care.

I find it infuriating that so many people accuse working families using childcare assistance as being "free-loaders" and using other citizens' hard-earned money via income taxes to subsidize our lives. Without child care assistance. I couldn't even work to pay my fair share of taxes, let alone contribute to the economy by paying my bills.

Think of it this way: the taxes I end up paying from my paycheck go right back into my own child care costs.

I am working diligently towards my goal of a non-contract, full-time position so I no longer need any form of assistance to pay for my living expenses. But in the meantime, I could use a little help from my neighbors in the great state of Minnesota. I try hard to give back to my community in so many ways. I am a volunteer at clinics and nursing homes through my church. I plan events in my neighborhood, and I am doing my best everyday to make ends meet for my family.

So I am asking people in Minnesota who still care about these issues to stand up for your neighbors, family, and friends who need help. My family is not the only one suffering through this shutdown.

We heard from another listener from East Bethel on the shutdown coverage:

I hear over and over about people that are angry about the state shutdown. Why do I never hear from those that are happy the state isn't able to spend its taxpayers' hard-earned dollars? I hear from only those grabbing money from their neighbors' pockets, why aren't we hearing from those who resent being statutorily thieved from?

And that's where we are in the shutdown debate.

Comment on this post

Shutdown: The lunch-hour effect

Posted at 12:30 PM on July 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

town_square_abandoned.jpg

The winners and losers in the Minnesota government shutdown were on display in downtown Saint Paul today.

Winners: There was no waiting at high noon today at the restaurants and fast-food joints in the city's Town Square and plenty of tables available in the usual free-for-all in the seating area.

Losers: Restaurants and fast-food joints. Not since the disastrous Republic National Convention in 2008, have the locals seen such a drop-off in business. The manager of a coffee shop told me this morning business was about half what it usually might be.

Why the impact? The Minnesota Department of Public Safety, the Driver and Vehicle Services office, the Department of Agriculture, and the office of the attorney general are among the bigger state agencies located in downtown Saint Paul.

Comment on this post

Pawlenty on the shutdown

Posted at 11:39 AM on July 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Former Minnesota governor Tim Pawlenty's presidential campaign is out with a new commercial, scrapping the speeches and glitz of previous commercials and stressing Pawlenty's role in Minnesota's 2005 shutdown.

The ad makes no mention that one of the reasons the 2005 state shutdown lasted as long as it did, was Pawlenty's insistence on a tax on cigarettes, which he called a "health impact fee."

Nor does it contain Pawlenty's quote after the shutdown ended: ""Government is going to grow. Government does important things. We just want it to grow within reason and grow at a rate that's sustainable"

Comment on this post

Lies, damn lies, and political statistics

Posted at 10:59 AM on July 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Apparently, we're going to hear a factoid about South Carolina from now until its presidential primary on January 28 -- that South Carolina knows how to pick a winner when it comes to Republicans. That, allegedly, is why Republicans are schmoozing up the state.

NPR's Debbie Elliott passed the nugget along today in her piece about presidential politicking in the state.

South Carolina's "first in the South" primary has a track record. The state has picked the eventual Republican nominee in every race since Ronald Reagan in 1980.

We'll spot you Reagan, South Carolina, but beyond that, how big of a deal is this fact? Not very.

Consider two realities. Incumbent presidents are rarely tested within their own party and primaries are virtually irrelevant. Aside from Reagan's victory in 1980 (Strom Thurmond backed Reagan so the election was over early), that takes 1984, 1992 (George Bush was not seriously challenged by Pat Buchanan), and 2004 (the race was uncontested). '

That takes 4 primary results off the board.

In 1988, Reagan's VP defeated Bob Dole in South Carolina. A sitting VP clearly enjoys an advantage.

In 2000, George W. Bush beat John McCain, but it took a dirty tricks campaign to do so. Before the election, a phony poll was created to call voters and ask them, "Would you be more or less likely to vote for John McCain...if you knew he had fathered an illegitimate black child?"

That leaves 1996 (Bob Dole over Pat Buchanan) and 2008 (John McCain over Mike Huckabee).

So since 1980, South Carolina has selected the eventual nominee in a contest that wasn't a foregone conclusion or decided by dirty tricks twice. Big deal.

All that said, Elliott's piece on the role of The Beacon -- and the character therein -- in presidential politics was pretty fine.


Comment on this post

Shutdown: Editorial roundup

Posted at 8:32 AM on July 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A roundup of editorials on the state shutdown:

The Pioneer Press editorial today comes out squarely on the side of GOP lawmakers:


While tax revenue will be up nearly 6 percent this year, Dayton wants spending to increase 12 percent. This kind of spending is unsustainable. The Minnesota State Demographic Center predicts a 4.1 percent annual rate of revenue growth between 2010 and 2020. Meanwhile, with very little total population growth, the 65+ population is about to skyrocket - increasing more in this decade than it has in the last 40 years combined. So what we are facing is the lethal combination of low workforce growth, low revenue growth and high growth in entitlement spending.

The governor is silent on this, the issue of our time. Silent, perhaps, because the holy grail of the left, taxing the rich, can't possibly solve the problem.

It's easy to blame one side or the other, the Worthington Daily Globe says...

It's easy to play party politics like those in St. Paul are doing, but one can't blame just

Republican lawmakers or Gov. Mark Dayton for this gridlock. Republicans, for instance, are united against a planned tax increase on the state's highest earners; Dayton, for his part, for too long seemed more worried about planning for a shutdown than calling legislators together in an attempt to avoid one.

That's pretty much how the Bemidji Pioneer sees it:


Minnesota is the only state to have its government shut down this year, even though nearly all states have severe budget problems, and some have divided governments.

In whatever manner the impasse is solved - sooner rather than later - the Democrats and Republicans have accomplished their basic partisan desires with the blame game. They have made both of their houses look bad.

In its editorial today, the Rochester Post Bulletin finds fault with both sides, too, but generally comes down on the side of the DFL:

It's time to ask ourselves, "What kind of Minnesota do we want?" We prefer to live in a great state that offers world-class public education, good roads, quality health care for everyone (including the poor, the elderly and the handicapped) and protects our natural resources.

We're convinced that the vast majority of Minnesotans are willing to pay a little bit more to guarantee a better quality of life for themselves and future generations, but the Republicans believe otherwise.

Comment on this post

Shutdown: Camp Capitol

Posted at 8:58 AM on July 2, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The most surprising aspect of Chris Lapakko's one-man protest on the lawn of the state Capitol is that it's a one-man protest. Lapakko, 28, of South St. Paul, works in the Department of Public Safety's driver and vehicle services division.

Of the 22,000 state workers thrown out of work by the government shutdown, he was the only one to pitch a tent on the Capitol lawn. Judging by the video he uploaded (Warning: Some obscenities), he didn't spend the night, but he'll be back by day.

Comment on this post

Making a better tomorrow, tomorrow

Posted at 12:18 PM on June 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There was big news in Washington today when the Federal Election Commission approved agenda document 11-38, draft A as amended by 11-38B with technical and forming changes on a 5-to-1 vote.

Did you ever think you'd live long enough to see this day?

It means Stephen Colbert can form a "Super PAC."

Colbert sought a "media exemption" from campaign finance laws, allowing him to use airtime, staff and other resources from his Comedy Central show on campaign activities such as TV ads. He wouldn't have to disclose the spending.

But the FEC said the material couldn't be shown on other Comedy Central programs, because that would constitute an in-kind contribution from the Viacom Corporation, which owns the network.

Colbert floated the idea as a parody of Tim Pawlenty's PAC ad, which invoked dozens of images but said virtually nothing. He adopted the theme, "Making a better tomorrow, tomorrow."


Comment on this post

Dear Minnesota: 'You're fired'

Posted at 12:14 PM on June 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

News Cut reader Doreen Clark has penned a letter to the state of Minnesota, informing it that it is fired.

Dear "State,"

After long contemplation and personal struggle with my "Minnesota Nice," I have decided that this is not working for me - so, you are fired.

I have thought long-and-hard about the great things our state has to offer, including our beautiful parks and our state workers that continue the outstanding Minnesota work ethics tradition that we are known for. You have decided the things we take pride in are not vital. I disagree, so yes, you are fired.

I thought about my own job description and, boy are you lucky to have worked as long as you have. Consider yourself fortunate. In this economy, I am sure there are many that would take your pay, settle the budget and actually do what they were hired to do. Yes, you are fired.
What is your job description anyways, state? Did it include shunning those that looked to you for support? If so, then that is one check in your corner. If, on the other hand, it included securing a budget, which by all accounts it probably did, this is why we are having this frank discussion. Also, I have found your people skills lacking. You're fired.

At my job, I have people I am accountable to and I can't just walk away or throw a fit if I disagree. But, I am sure you know this. Do you think that good business rules don't apply to you?

As we finalize this separation agreement, I want you to know that everyone in this state IS vital. And, it hurts to hear you say that some are not. Have you ever heard the saying,"actions speak louder than words?" Your words are loud and clear and unacceptable. You are fired.
I think that it is time that you reflect and time is running out.

Play nice on the playground (if it's not closed), do the job you were hired to do and apologize to the state of Minnesota for having to listen to your childish squabbles at our expense - or yes, you are fired!

Sincerely,

Doreen Clark

Comment on this post

Shutdown 101: How to get unemployment

Posted at 11:26 AM on June 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Department of Human Services has sent its employees this memo on how to get unemployment during the shutdown:

If there is a state government disruption of services we know that thousands of state employees will be applying for unemployment benefits. At the same time, there are roughly 114,000 fellow citizens who are currently requesting unemployment benefits every week. In order to make the application process go as smoothly as possible for you and to ensure that those currently receiving benefits experience no disruption of service, we have prepared instructions for state employees who may need to apply for unemployment benefits. Those instructions can be found at the www.BeReadyMN.com site and also on the UI website at http://www.uimn.org/ui/shutdown/index.html .

Here is a brief summary of what you will find at those websites:

** UI works the same for state employees as it does for all other workers in the state. There are no special provisions.

**You should not apply for unemployment benefits until you are actually unemployed and have worked less than 32 hours in a Sunday through Saturday week - this means you should not apply for benefits until the week of July 3rd.

** Your unemployment benefits application will be effective the Sunday of the week you apply.

** There is no advantage to applying early.

** In order to manage the volume of applications, there is a schedule for applying next week based on the last digit of your social security number. The schedule can be found at http://www.uimn.org/ui/shutdown/index.html

** Our online self-service system will be available on July 4th (our staff will not be working on the 4th, however, due to the holiday.)

We encourage you to apply for unemployment benefits online. Our online self-service system is faster and easier and we expect our phone system to be very busy during the week of July 3rd.

No matter what state you live in, apply for unemployment benefits with the State of Minnesota - www.uimn.org.
If you are not working due to the shutdown, you are considered laid off for unemployment insurance purposes.

State employees who are not working due to the shutdown will not be receiving vacation pay or severance pay.

Select "direct deposit" for your payment method if you can. Direct deposit has a quicker initial set up time than the debit card option.

Thank you for your cooperation.

Comment on this post

You're not essential

Posted at 4:33 PM on June 29, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Losing a job and a paycheck for who-knows-how-long is certainly the toughest part about being a state employee-victim of a crisis not of your making. But finding out you're not an essential cog in the wheel of Minnesota can't be a lot of fun, either.

The Department of Human Services this afternoon let their "non-essential" employees know they're non-essential employees by telling them that if they were essential, they'd know by now.

As you know, Governor Dayton filed a petition with the court identifying critical activities that should be continued in the event of a shutdown beginning July 1. All agency operations would be discontinued except for those determined by the court to be critical activities. In the context of a possible shutdown, "critical activities" are generally those that must remain uninterrupted or conditions that would create a potential immediate threat to public health and/or safety.

We view all positions to be vitally important to the work we do and we value the work you do as a DHS employee. However, I can let you know at this time notices have been delivered to staff who are serving in critical positions. If you did not receive a notice and if a shutdown is not averted, you are not to report to work or perform any agency work on or after July 1, 2011 for the duration of the shutdown, unless you are otherwise notified that you are to return to work.

We will provide more information as it becomes available. Please keep informed through your local news resources and visit Be Ready MN (https://www.bereadymn.com/) daily for updates. Answers to questions will be posted as they become available. In addition the Employee Emergency Information Line (651-431-3023; Relay Service 1-800-627-3529) will be updated regularly.

We truly appreciate your patience and cooperation during this difficult time and look forward to this situation being resolved soon.

Comment on this post

This is how they do it

Posted at 11:47 AM on June 29, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

While much has been made of the size of Minnesota's budget shortfall -- it's one of the highest deficits as a percentage of the state's overall budget -- we are hardly alone. Forty-six states have reduced services as a result of budget woes, according to the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities.

Minnesota's projected 2012 budget shortfall of $3.8 billion is 20.3% of the state's general fund budget. Five states have it worse: California (27.2%), Nevada (37.4%), New Jersey (36%), Oregon (25.5%), and Texas (20.5%).

What are they doing about it? Here's a look:

California - Gov. Jerry Brown caved on his quest for a compromise of budget cuts and revenue increases last week. He needed four Republicans to agree. They wouldn't. A budget was approved today relies on forecasts that the economy will improve and California will reap $4 billion in additional revenue just because of it. According to the Los Angeles Times, a 23% cut in funding means "cash grants for the needy would fall, a program to help thousands of teen mothers get an education would be suspended and hundreds of millions of dollars would be siphoned from mental health programs." Universities are taking big cuts and raising tuition. Seventy state parks will close.

Nevada - The Republican governor reached a budget deal earlier this month that extends $620 million in temporary taxes that were to expire tomorrow. But 70 percent of the state's business will get a tax break. Room taxes at hotels will go toward education. Teacher tenure was eliminated as was seniority in deciding which teachers will be eliminated. Employees hired after the first of the year will not get retirement health insurance.

New Jersey - Lawmakers are expected to vote on a budget today that is $1 billion more than the governor wants. Democrats are relying on revenue estimates that are too rosy, according to the governor. The Democrats' budget would restore money for education, boost tax relief to the working poor and prevent steep cuts to Medicaid, according to the Newark Star Ledger.

The governor will veto the measure and Democrats do not have the Republican votes to override him. He has also promised to veto the millionaire's tax, an income-tax surcharge on residents making more than $1 million a year, which Democrats are pushing in a bill separate from the overall budget.

Like Minnesota, the two sides are risking a government shutdown on Friday. If New Jersey goes toes up, Minnesota won't be getting much national attention if/when it shuts down Friday morning.

Oregon - One of the major sticking points is the size of the state's public safety budget. Under the newly inked deal, the Register-Guard reports, "an $18 million hole in the state's $1.4 billion budget for prisons would be filled partly through a bill that would save money by capping the length of prison sentences for probation violationsand partly through debt savings on state bonds that were never sold, as well as some other piecemeal savings." Democrats and Republicans split the difference on their stances on the bill.

"It's a compromise," said Rep. Dennis Richardson, a Central Point Republican and the GOP's point man on the budget. "Neither side was going to let the other leave with exactly what they wanted. ... This allows us all to go home. It's time."

The budget raises some court fees to fund the judiciary budget.

Earlier the state cut funding to the state's seven public universities by 17 percent -- a 5 percent decrease from the governor's recommend budget.

Texas - A bill passed last night cutting $4 billion in state aid for Texas school districts, according to the Houston Chronicle. Republicans say the school cuts and others in a state budget that slashed $15 billion were necessary to avoid raising taxes. Supporters argue that school districts are bloated in administrative salaries and costs and could spend some of that money in the classroom.

The state did not raise taxes and did not touch $10 billion in reserve funds.

It appears that a bill that would have required local law enforcement to allow officers to ask anyone they detain about their citizenship status would fail. The lawmakers did pass a bill making it a crime for TSA agents to "grope" airline passengers, however.

Comment on this post

Campaigns and songs people are sick of hearing

Posted at 2:15 PM on June 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (19 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Politics

Tom Petty is reportedly upset that Rep. Michele Bachmann played his song, "American Girl," at the conclusion of her announcement that she wants to be president of the United States.

It's an appropriate song beyond the title, perhaps, because American Girl, itself , has been fact-checked over the years, and meaning attributed to it has generally been wrong. Mrs. Bachmann, as NPR suggested today, is a fact-checker's dream.

One urban legend has suggested it's about a woman committing suicide at the University of Florida. That's wrong.

So what is the song about? Nothing, really. It was inspired by cars whizzing by his apartment. They sounded like waves at the beach, he said. Oh.

In selecting a song written in 1978, Mrs. Bachmann continues a political cliche: Using old songs while presenting oneself as a candidate of fresh ideas.

In the last presidential election, for example, Hillary Clinton used Bachmann-Turner Overdrive's "Taking Care of Business," a song from the early '70s (She also used "American Girl"), Mike Huckabee went with Boston's "More Than a Feeling," Chris Dodd chose the Temptations "Get Ready", and John McCain went with ABBA's, "Take a Chance on Me." Those are all songs from the '70s or mid-'60s. They all lost.

What were they trying to tap into if not music associated with some of the cruddiest years in our nation's history?

Barack Obama, meanwhile, alternated between the Black Eyed Peas, "Yes We Can," Bruce Springsteen's "The Rising" and U2's "City of Blinding Lights." Those were all songs that were popular in the same decade as the election.

There might be a lesson there.

Comment on this post

The state you were trying to reach is not in service

Posted at 4:06 PM on June 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Department of Human Services in Minnesota has sent out guidelines to their employees about what to do to prepare for a state shutdown.

We were particularly impressed with the suggested script for recording voicemail messages:

"Hello this is __________. Due to the shutdown of state government I am away from work indefinitely. I will return to work when the Legislative funding for the continued operation of the Minnesota Department of Human Services is enacted into law. For more information, please monitor news reports or see our website at www.dhs.state.mn.us."

If you're a regular News Cut reader, you know we can't pass this up.

Even if you're not a Minnesota state worker, write the voicemail message script you'd like to hear if you were calling the state.

Post it below.

Don't let me down.

Comment on this post

The serial killer's spirit?

Posted at 1:42 PM on June 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Don't politicians know how to Google?

Michele Bachmann invoked the name of John Wayne, a son of Iowa with whom she shares a spirit, she says.

How can a presidential candidate possibly go wrong identifying with John Wayne?

Answer: by getting the wrong John Wayne. The John Wayne that was from Waterloo, was John Wayne Gacy, notorious serial killer.

John Wayne the actor, born Marion Morrison, was from Winterset, Iowa, which is about 167 miles away.

Comment on this post

Silent before microphones, legislative leaders take to e-mail

Posted at 12:53 PM on June 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (17 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Legislative leaders and the governor have taken a vow of silence on the budget negotiations that may or may not be making progress toward averting a shutdown of state government later this week.

The battle for the hearts and minds is now taking place in the inbox of state employees. House Speaker Kurt Zellers and Senate Majority Leader Amy Koch sent this e-mail to state employees today:


Dear Valued State Employee:

As Speaker of the House and Majority Leader of the Senate, we want to personally let you know that we do not want a government shutdown. Our best opportunity for resolution is in the next 72 hours. This is a serious time for you, for us and for our state.

The budget that passed the Minnesota Legislature in May spent $34 billion. It represents a 12% increase over the $30 billion this same tax structure brought in for the past two years. If we include the $2.3 billion of federal stimulus dollars that supplemented our current budget during the recession, this $34 billion budget represents a 6% increase in spending. All without raising taxes.

The governor vetoed all but the agriculture budget. He originally wanted to spend $37 billion, and later revised his budget. However, he has yet to provide key details for each part of that budget.

Since the governor vetoed the Legislatures budget bills, we have made three substantive compromises. We funded K-12 education, public safety and courts at the governors requested levels; withdrew our request for tax cuts; and allocated additional resources to higher education, environment, and flood and disaster relief. All were rejected by Governor Dayton.

We also asked to be called to special session - something only the governor can do - so that we can pass bills and avoid an unfortunate, unnecessary and potentially costly shutdown. The Governor has said he will not call a special session.

We, like you, know what it is like to sit around the kitchen table, pay the bills and balance our household budget. We know that our balanced budget includes difficult decisions for state agencies. But you can be sure about one thing: Our budget keeps state agencies open on July 1 and state employees will continue getting paychecks beyond June 30.

We agree with the Pioneer Press editorial from Sunday, June 26 that characterized Governor Daytons negotiations as This is not a compromise. This is hostage taking. Governor Dayton promised as a candidate to not shut down government, and he reiterated that pledge during his State of the State Address this year.

We take him at his word, and we will work everyday to help him keep it. We remain resolved to working with Governor Dayton to complete the state budget by June 30 and to keep state government open.

Sincerely,

Speaker Kurt Zellers
Majority Leader Amy Koch


The letter counters one sent a week ago by Gov. Mark Dayton:

This weekend you received notices that, unless a budget is enacted by July 1st, state government will shut down most of its operations. Most of you would be laid off or placed on an unpaid leave of absence until government operations resume. This was an extremely difficult decision for everyone involved; however, we had no choice but to begin planning for this possibility.

As a precaution, we have identified the most critical government services, which we believe must continue even in a shutdown. Today we have submitted this list to the Ramsey County District Court, which ultimately will decide what services will continue past July 1st, if a shutdown occurs.

I consider virtually all services provided by the state to be essential, and all of them have been established by previous governors and legislatures to serve and benefit the people of Minnesota. My decisions were not based upon personal preferences or policy considerations. Rather, they were instructed by the words of the Minnesota Constitution, which states clearly: "No money shall be paid out of the treasury of this state except in pursuance of an appropriation by law." (Article XI, Sect. 1.) Thus my decisions were based entirely upon which functions of state government are so critical to protecting the lives and safety of the people of Minnesota, or which, if terminated, would cause such disorder or severe statewide economic impact, that they should be made exceptions to the Constitution's clear prohibition.

I know that I speak for my entire cabinet when I say that we greatly value you and all of our state's dedicated employees. We deeply appreciate your hard work and the high-quality services you provide to millions of Minnesotans. It is precisely those Minnesotans, those services, and your ability to deliver them, for which I am negotiating.

I will continue to do everything I possibly can to reach a compromise and a balanced budget agreement in time to avert a shutdown. I believe that you - and everyone in our state government - provide very important services to Minnesotans, and I will continue to defend you.

The last several weeks have been, and the next few weeks will be, extremely difficult for you and other state employees. I thank you. Like you, I look forward getting to resolving this crisis as soon as possible and moving ahead to our shared commitment to build a better Minnesota.

My best regards.

Sincerely,

Mark Dayton

Update 4:31 p.m. - The Minnesota Department of Health sent this memo around later today:

Speaker of the Minnesota House Kurt Zellers and Senate Majority Leader Amy Koch today sent an e-mail to state employees about budget negotiations and the possibility of a government shutdown. We have heard from a number of employees who received it, but we also know that some did not. We believe it was intended to be sent to all state employees and that they did not choose to send it to only some. For those employees who have not yet received it, they may still get it.

The email was sent to publicly available email lists, and was not coordinated through the state's central system. The Governor's Office and the MDH incident Management Team are aware of the e-mails. We know that some of employees have asked whether they should do anything in response to the message. We are not advising any particular action.

You can view the letter at http://minnesota.publicradio.org/collections/special/columns/news_cut/archive/2011/06/silent_before_microphones_legi.shtml.

Update 4:44 p.m. MAPE, the professional employees union, has sent this news release:

"Today State Representative Kurt Zellers and State Senator Amy Koch sent out what many of our members have termed an inappropriate, 'political' letter to state employees. Speaker Zellers, do you not remember that it was Representative Keith Downey, a member of your caucus, who said that when it came to the state workforce, it is important to 'starve the beast?'

Do you both not remember that throughout the recent legislative session, your members, in both houses, continually attacked hard-working, dedicated state employees by authoring and passing bills that cut state employees' jobs, wages, healthcare and pensions?

We support Governor Dayton - and do not trust what tricks your party will pull during a legislative session. Leadership is about compromise and fairness for the common good, not ideology that allows the rich to get richer. You are jeopardizing our members' livelihoods and financial well being by not compromising with Governor Dayton.

Senator Koch and Representative Zellers, make no mistake about it - our members believe to their core that the budget impasse and upcoming shutdown rest squarely on your shoulders. It is troubling that you would choose to harm the middle class rather than have the wealthy pay their fair share in taxes. Meet with the Governor and get the job done, don't waste time on insincere and insulting letters.

As an aside, we would also like to know how you got the emails of the state workforce to spam them, and why it appears that the email address it was sent from has bounced back responses from our members."

Comment on this post

Synchronized security

Posted at 12:58 PM on June 20, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Ostensibly, the story on Saturday was the "glittering" of Rep. Michele Bachmann, the latest target of gay rights activists. On Saturday, a woman tried to toss glitter at Bachmann at the RightOnline conference of conservative activists and bloggers in Minneapolis.

Upon further review, however, the most impressive part of the video is the synchronized security forces who made the woman disappear as if it was a magic show.

Comment on this post

Fiddlin' Foresters take the fall

Posted at 2:02 PM on June 13, 2011 by Bob Collins (19 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

fiddling_foresters_pix.jpg By the end of this year, the national debt will be more than the country's GDP, but it won't be the Fiddlin' Foresters' fault.

President Barack Obama, in this video about cutting waste, targeted the Fiddling Forest Rangers. He said the government pays to operate their Web site. "I'll put their music on my iPod, but I'm not paying for their Web site," the president declared.

Within hours after the release of the video, the foresters -- and their fiddles -- were history.

fiddling_foresters.jpg

Who knew cutting waste could be this easy?

But if a Web site dedicated to the Fiddling Foresters is a waste of government money, why does the government even have the Fiddling Foresters, the official "old-time string band of the US Forest Service?" From their doomed Web site (the cached version):

The band has performed at national conservation meetings, state fairs, the 2002 Winter Olympics, other international events and seminars, the National Western Stock Show, teacher workshops, elementary schools, national celebrations, open houses and various Forest Service meetings and events. They travel with complete costumes, sound system, stage lights, rear-screen projection system with PowerPoint visuals and video, props, and instruments. Depending on the occasion audience members often receive a tri-fold brochure that highlights appropriate conservation messages and the performance program.

The president Obama appointed VP Joe Biden to root out the waste, and he ordered an aggressive first step -- no more Web sites.


Starting right now, there is a freeze on all .gov URL's. This means no one can get a new one without a written waiver from the federal CIO, Vivek Kundra. Facing this constraint, agencies will focus on their current infrastructure, adding content and functionality to existing websites.

Vivek Kundra is the country's chief information officer. By the way, he's got a Web site -- cio.gov. Which do you think had more page views: Kundra's or the Fiddling Foresters?

How much does this really save? Hardly anything. The Fiddling Foresters hadn't updated their Web site in months, so no one was being paid to update it. That pretty much leaves the cost of the domain name -- a $10 per year savings. Assuming a $13.8 trillion deficit, we only need to shut down 138 billion government websites to get out of this jam.

In today's announcement, there was no mention of the blockbuster story from the Los Angeles Times today. The biggest cash airlift -- nearly two dozen C-130 planes stuffed with money -- in the history of the country has resulted in what may be the biggest theft of government money in history:

This month, he Pentagon and the Iraqi government are finally closing the books on the program that handled all those Benjamins. But despite years of audits and investigations, U.S. Defense officials still cannot say what happened to $6.6 billion in cash -- enough to run the Los Angeles Unified School District or the Chicago Public Schools for a year, among many other things.

For the first time, federal auditors are suggesting that some or all of the cash may have been stolen, not just mislaid in an accounting error. Stuart Bowen, special inspector general for Iraq reconstruction, an office created by Congress, said the missing $6.6 billion may be "the largest theft of funds in national history."

How many Web sites will the government have to shut down to get its $6.6 billion back?

Comment on this post

Why Sen. Scheid took the health care debate personally

Posted at 3:03 PM on June 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

scheid_dec_2010.jpg

Sen. Linda Scheid, a DFLer from Brooklyn Park, has entered hospice after an extended fight against cancer. There's really not a lot to say at a time like this that isn't already obvious. But a glance at her Caring Bridge guest book reveals quite a few entries from lawmakers past and present, from both the DFL and GOP, each written with a love and obvious respect that provides its own measure of comfort to the state.

Sen Scheid publicly revealed her cancer in March 2007. It was in the middle of a debate on a bill from Sen. Linda Berglin that established expenditure limits and insurance rate restrictions on health care. Sen. Berglin said the market-based means of controlling health care costs "doesn't work."

Sen. Scheid says she didn't like the bill because government health care doesn't work.

Despite her moving speech and acknowledgment of her illness, the bill passed the Minnesota Senate. It never got a hearing in the House.

Comment on this post

John Edwards, distracted driver

Posted at 1:38 PM on June 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Former presidential candidate John Edwards cheated on his dying wife, fathered a child with a campaign staffer, and may have illegally diverted campaign funds to help keep the affair quiet.

And if that's not bad enough, he also checks his smartphone for messages while driving...

Comment on this post

On the campaign trail, another day of butchering history

Posted at 12:16 PM on June 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (23 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

As a son of the Bay State, I always enjoy it when politicians hit the Freedom Trail in search of a photo opportunity to somehow relate the beginning of the American Revolution to their campaign. They frequently don't know what they're talking about, which is ironic because the whole point of the existence of the Freedom Trail is for people to understand how the Revolution started.

Step forward, Sarah Palin...

1. Paul Revere didn't warn the British not to take away our arms. He was riding to warn Samuel Adams and John Hancock that the British were on their way to arrest them.

2 Paul Revere didn't ring any bells. He was on a horse. However, after he was arrested he was released by the British when bells began ringing and shots were fired.

3. He didn't ride his horse through town. He took the water route to Charlestown and then picked up the horse. The patriot leaders weren't in town, that's why he had to ride to warn them. They were hiding in outlying areas.

These factoids tend to trip up presidential candidates. A few months ago, Michele Bachmann got the state wrong when she started talking about the beginning of the Revolution...

Assuming she's following the entire Freedom Trail, her next stop should be the USS Constitution, which people probably know better as Old Ironsides. On a slow news day, we're rather hoping someone asks about the history of the ship.


Comment on this post

Get to know a state shutdown

Posted at 2:15 PM on May 24, 2011 by Bob Collins (30 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Gov. Mark Dayton today vetoed all of the budget bills the Legislature sent to him and the game of "chicken" is on in earnest. The state needs a budget by July 1, or it will have to shut down for the second time in its history.

"It's too early to worry about that," some experts say. But that's the same thing they said in April when the Minnesota Twins came out of Florida and promptly fell on their faces. Moral? It's never too early to expect the worst, especially when Republicans and Democrats are as far apart on the basic expectations of government as they currently are.

Remember, too, that last January, one House committee was already hearing about government shutdowns. It wasn't too early then, either.

What can we expect in a state government shutdown? Let 2005 be our guide.

1) Forget about saving any money.

Government shutdowns don't save the government money. On the contrary, they're pricey. For example, after 10 days, state workers are eligible for layoff pay. Many will burn vacation time to keep a paycheck coming in, but even then they don't see the cash right away. They won't actually get it until the budget is passed. But it will cost the state about $2 million a day. And the cost of preparing for a shutdown is considerable, even if the state doesn't go toes up. In 2001, it cost $2.7 million, even though the state didn't shut down.

State workers often need that second paycheck in July to make the mortgage payment. Many will not be able to make it.

2) Schedule a driver's license exam now.

Put driver's ed on the fast track. The driver's license testing stations will likely close right away. Licenses and tabs could probably still be renewed.

3) Closed rest areas

This won't be that big of a deal, although you can count on seeing lots of visuals on TV and newspapers. There are only a few dozen rest areas in Minnesota anyway and, besides, truck stops and convenience stores are all located off major highways and they have restrooms.

4) Plan your vacation somewhere else.

State Parks will close. But because the July 4th weekend is so important in Minnesota, the Legislature would likely pass a natural resources budget first. Still, you'll have to decide whether it's worth the gamble. Wisconsin is lovely at this time of the year.

5) Transportation

MnDOT (the Department of Transportation) would likely be the hardest hit. Construction projects might shut down. Potholes won't be filled. If there are hazards on a highway that couldn't be removed, the roads would be closed. Roadsides won't be mowed. The traffic cameras would be shut down. The Highway Helpers will disappear.

About three or four thousand MnDOT employees would likely be furloughed.

6) Battered women and children endangered?:

Some battered women and children shelters could close after several days. State grants which fund them wouldn't be authorized. A judge would likely determine whether some services are "essential," and would need to be funded.

7) What's essential?

In 2005, the state deemed these functions to be "essential" and, thus, funded:

• Medical care of inpatients and emergency outpatient care;
• Activities essential to ensure continued public health and safety, including safe use of
food, drugs, and hazardous materials;
• Continuance of transportation safety functions and the protection of transport property;
• Protection of lands, buildings, waterways, equipment and other property owned by the
government;
• Care of prisoners and other persons in the custody of the government;
• Law enforcement and criminal investigations;
• Emergency and disaster assistance;
• Activities that ensure the production of power and the maintenance of the power
distribution system;
• Activities essential to the preservation of the essential elements of the financial system of the government, including the borrowing and tax collection activities of the government;
• Activities necessary to maintain protection of research property.

Here are some of the appropriations the court master made during the shutdown of 2005. And here.

It's possible that the Legislature could pass a "light's on" bill in a special session, continuing funding at current levels. But that's more likely if a broader framework for an agreement on budget issues has been reached or is at hand. Passing a "light's on" bill, however, takes the pressure off reaching deals. There isn't a lot that politicians at the Capitol agree on, but "light's on" is usually one of them. They hate "light on" bills.

Comment on this post

Budget blues

Posted at 1:03 PM on May 23, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota Majority, Taxpayer's League of Minnesota and other conservative groups held a press conference on the state budget at noontime today. A few reporters showed up but it's been awhile since the groups have been able to attract much of a crowd at its Capitol mall events.

soup_truck.jpg

As you can see, the big "visual" was the Dayton soup truck. What attracted more attention around the Capitol today? The real thing:

food_truck_2.jpg

Comment on this post

Roll call vote: Same-sex marriage ban amendment

Posted at 11:40 PM on May 21, 2011 by Bob Collins (31 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The House has joined the Minnesota Senate in approving a constitutional amendment on the November 2012 ballot that would ban same-sex marriage in Minnesota. The vote came after several hours of floor debate, which actually wasn't debate at all since supporters generally kept to themselves, just as the Senate did a week ago.

For more on the bill and previous votes, see MPR's Votetracker. These are sorted by political party.

Legislator
Party
District
Vote
Tom Anzelc
DFL
03A
AGAINST
Joe Atkins
DFL
39B
AGAINST
John Benson
DFL
43B
AGAINST
Kathy Brynaert
DFL
23B
AGAINST
Lyndon Carlson
DFL
45B
AGAINST
Karen Clark
DFL
61A
AGAINST
Jim Davnie
DFL
62A
AGAINST
Denise Dittrich
DFL
47A
FOR
Kent Eken
DFL
02A
AGAINST
Andrew Falk
DFL
20A
AGAINST
Patti Fritz
DFL
26B
AGAINST
Kerry Gauthier
DFL
07B
AGAINST
Marion Greene
DFL
60A
AGAINST
Mindy Greiling
DFL
54A
AGAINST
Rick Hansen
DFL
39A
AGAINST
Alice Hausman
DFL
66B
AGAINST
Jeff Hayden
DFL
61B
AGAINST
Debra Hilstrom
DFL
46B
AGAINST
Bill Hilty
DFL
08A
AGAINST
Frank Hornstein
DFL
60B
AGAINST
Melissa Hortman
DFL
47B
AGAINST
Larry Hosch
DFL
14B
AGAINST
Thomas Huntley
DFL
07A
AGAINST
Sheldon Johnson
DFL
67B
AGAINST
Phyllis Kahn
DFL
59B
AGAINST
Kory Kath
DFL
26A
AGAINST
Kate Knuth
DFL
50B
AGAINST
Lyle Koenen
DFL
20B
FOR
Carolyn Laine
DFL
50A
AGAINST
Ann Lenczewski
DFL
40B
AGAINST
John Lesch
DFL
66A
AGAINST
Tina Liebling
DFL
30A
AGAINST
Leon Lillie
DFL
55A
AGAINST
Diane Loeffler
DFL
59A
AGAINST
Tim Mahoney
DFL
67A
AGAINST
Carlos Mariani
DFL
65B
AGAINST
Paul Marquart
DFL
09B
AGAINST
Carly Melin
DFL
5B
AGAINST
Rene Moran
DFL
65A
AGAINST
Terry Morrow
DFL
23A
AGAINST
Joe Mullery
DFL
58A
AGAINST
Erin Murphy
DFL
64A
AGAINST
Mary Murphy
DFL
06B
AGAINST
Michael Nelson
DFL
46A
AGAINST
Kim Norton
DFL
29B
AGAINST
Michael Paymar
DFL
64B
AGAINST
Gene Pelowski, Jr.
DFL
31A
AGAINST
John Persell
DFL
04A
AGAINST
Sandra Peterson
DFL
45A
AGAINST
Jeanne Poppe
DFL
27B
AGAINST
Tom Rukavina
DFL
05A
AGAINST
Bev Scalze
DFL
54B
AGAINST
Steve Simon
DFL
44A
AGAINST
Nora Slawik
DFL
55B
AGAINST
Linda Slocum
DFL
63B
AGAINST
Paul Thissen
DFL
63A
AGAINST
Tom Tillberry
DFL
51B
AGAINST
Jean Wagenius
DFL
62B
AGAINST
John Ward
DFL
12A
AGAINST
Ryan Winkler
DFL
44B
AGAINST
Jim Abeler
Republican
48B
FOR
Bruce Anderson
Republican
19A
FOR
Diane Anderson
Republican
38A
FOR
Paul Anderson
Republican
13A
FOR
Sarah Anderson
Republican
43A
FOR
King Banaian
Republican
15B
FOR
Bob Barrett
Republican
17B
FOR
Michael Beard
Republican
35A
FOR
Mike Benson
Republican
30B
FOR
Kurt Bills
Republican
37B
FOR
Mark Buesgens
Republican
35B
FOR
Tony Cornish
Republican
24B
FOR
Roger Crawford
Republican
08B
FOR
Kurt Daudt
Republican
17A
FOR
Gregory M. Davids
Republican
31B
FOR
Matt Dean
Republican
52B
FOR
Bob Dettmer
Republican
52A
FOR
Connie Doepke
Republican
33B
FOR
Keith Downey
Republican
41A
FOR
Steve Drazkowski
Republican
28B
FOR
Sondra Erickson
Republican
16A
FOR
Dan Fabian
Republican
01A
FOR
Mary Franson
Republican
11B
FOR
Pat Garofalo
Republican
36B
FOR
Steve Gottwalt
Republican
15A
FOR
Glenn Gruenhagen
Republican
25A
FOR
Bob Gunther
Republican
24A
FOR
Tom Hackbarth
Republican
48A
FOR
Rod Hamilton
Republican
22B
FOR
David Hancock
Republican
02B
FOR
Mary Liz Holberg
Republican
36A
FOR
Joe Hoppe
Republican
34B
FOR
Larry Howes
Republican
04B
FOR
Tim Kelly
Republican
28A
AGAINST
Andrea Kieffer
Republican
56B
FOR
Debra Kiel
Republican
01B
FOR
Mary Kiffmeyer
Republican
16B
FOR
John Kriesel
Republican
57A
AGAINST
Morrie Lanning
Republican
09A
FOR
Mike LeMieur
Republican
12B
FOR
Ernie Leidiger
Republican
34A
FOR
Kathy Lohmer
Republican
56A
FOR
Jenifer Loon
Republican
42B
FOR
Tara Mack
Republican
37A
FOR
Pat Mazorol
Republican
41B
FOR
Joe McDonald
Republican
19B
FOR
Carolyn McElfatrick
Republican
03B
FOR
Carol McFarlane
Republican
53B
FOR
Denny McNamara
Republican
57B
FOR
Mike Murdock
Republican
10B
FOR
Rich Murray
Republican
27A
AGAINST
Pam Myhra
Republican
40A
FOR
Bud Nornes
Republican
10A
FOR
Tim O'Driscoll
Republican
14A
FOR
Joyce Peppin
Republican
32A
FOR
Branden Petersen
Republican
49B
FOR
Duane Quam
Republican
29A
FOR
Linda Runbeck
Republican
53A
FOR
Tim Sanders
Republican
51A
FOR
Joe Schomacker
Republican
22A
FOR
Peggy Scott
Republican
49A
FOR
Ron Shimanski
Republican
18A
FOR
Steve Smith
Republican
33A
AGAINST
Kirk Stensrud
Republican
42A
FOR
Chris Swedzinski
Republican
21A
FOR
Paul Torkelson
Republican
21B
FOR
Dean Urdahl
Republican
18B
FOR
Bruce Vogel
Republican
13B
FOR
Doug Wardlow
Republican
38B
FOR
Torrey Westrom
Republican
11A
FOR
Kelby Woodard
Republican
25B
FOR
Kurt Zellers
Republican
32B
FOR

Comment on this post

Draw.

Posted at 2:46 PM on May 19, 2011 by Eric Ringham (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Just because you don't see Kirk Anderson's work very often doesn't mean that he's stopped making it. The former Pioneer Press cartoonist turned former Star Tribune serial graphic novelist still lives in St. Paul and still earns his living doing cartoons, illustrations and graphic design. Plus, it turns out, animation. The Stand Your Ground/Shoot First bill in the Legislature got his attention. (Unfortunately, iPhone and iPad users won't be able to see this because his animation is written in Flash, which Apple does not support)

Comment on this post

Zellers on professor remark: MPR misinformed me

Posted at 10:51 AM on May 19, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

We now know where Minnesota House Speaker Kurt Zellers got his information before making the assertion that college professors in Minnesota have been getting 20-30 percent pay increases while Minnesota families are losing 30-40 percent of their income: MPR, Zellers says.

Appearing on MPR's Midmorning program today, a caller asked Zellers about the earlier comment, which he made this week on MPR's Midday program. Up until this morning, Zellers had not responded to requests for his information source.

"It was a story that was on MPR last fall," Zellers told Kerri Miller. "MnSCU bonuses to top staffers nears $300K."

"Usually, we Republicans are the first to complain about headlines being misleading, but looking at the headline and looking at the bonuses (headline?) , the bonuses were for staffers; they weren't necessarily for professors. I guess Brian (the caller) can say I was a little close to misinformed and what I was talking about from a family's perspective was my neighbor. He has had his wages cut 40 percent," Zellers said.

His response is at the 48:56 mark.

Comment on this post

Same-sex marriage ban one step from voters

Posted at 11:43 AM on May 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A ban on same-sex marriage is just one step away from the the November 2012 ballot. A House committee passed the bill to the House floor today on a mostly party-line vote. Given its broad support among Republicans, it's a sure bet to pass when it comes up for a vote on Thursday. The only question is whether any Republicans will speak in favor of it before a vote. In the Senate, nearly every Republican member was silent during the debate.

TPT's Mary Lahammer put some images from the hearing on her Facebook page.

The roll call:

Legislator Party
District
Vote
Sarah Anderson Republican
43A
FOR
King Banaian Republican
15B
FOR
John Benson DFL
43B
AGAINST
Kathy Brynaert DFL
23B
AGAINST
Kurt Daudt Republican
17A
FOR
Matt Dean Republican
52B
FOR
Rod Hamilton Republican
22B
FOR
Debra Hilstrom DFL
46B
AGAINST
Joe Hoppe Republican
34B
FOR
Larry Howes Republican
04B
FOR
Tim Kelly Republican
28A
AGAINST
Kate Knuth DFL
50B
AGAINST
Carolyn Laine DFL
50A
AGAINST
Leon Lillie DFL
55A
AGAINST
Tara Mack Republican
37A
FOR
Denny McNamara Republican
57B
FOR
Erin Murphy DFL
64A
AGAINST
Bud Nornes Republican
10A
FOR
Kim Norton DFL
29B
AGAINST
Michael Paymar DFL
64B
AGAINST
Gene Pelowski, Jr. DFL
31A
AGAINST
Joyce Peppin Republican
32A
FOR
Peggy Scott Republican
49A
FOR
Paul Thissen DFL
63A
AGAINST
Torrey Westrom Republican
11A
FOR

Comment on this post

Roll call vote: Income tax increase for the wealthy

Posted at 3:58 PM on May 17, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

In a vote that surprises no one but will undoubtedly serve as the foundation for dozens of glossy mailers you'll get during the next election season, the Minnesota House officially rejected Gov. Mark Dayton's proposal to raise income taxes on the state's wealthiest residents this afternoon. The bill would've jacked up income tax rates for couples earning $300,000 a year.

One DFLer agreed with Republicans. Here's the roll call vote:

Legislator Party
District
Vote
Tom Anzelc DFL
03A
FOR
Joe Atkins DFL
39B
FOR
John Benson DFL
43B
FOR
Kathy Brynaert DFL
23B
FOR
Lyndon Carlson DFL
45B
FOR
Bobby Joe Champion DFL
58B
FOR
Karen Clark DFL
61A
FOR
Jim Davnie DFL
62A
FOR
Kent Eken DFL
02A
FOR
Andrew Falk DFL
20A
FOR
Patti Fritz DFL
26B
FOR
Kerry Gauthier DFL
07B
FOR
Marion Greene DFL
60A
FOR
Mindy Greiling DFL
54A
FOR
Rick Hansen DFL
39A
FOR
Alice Hausman DFL
66B
FOR
Jeff Hayden DFL
61B
FOR
Debra Hilstrom DFL
46B
FOR
Bill Hilty DFL
08A
FOR
Frank Hornstein DFL
60B
FOR
Melissa Hortman DFL
47B
FOR
Larry Hosch DFL
14B
FOR
Thomas Huntley DFL
07A
FOR
Sheldon Johnson DFL
67B
FOR
Phyllis Kahn DFL
59B
FOR
Kory Kath DFL
26A
FOR
Kate Knuth DFL
50B
FOR
Lyle Koenen DFL
20B
FOR
Carolyn Laine DFL
50A
FOR
Ann Lenczewski DFL
40B
FOR
John Lesch DFL
66A
FOR
Tina Liebling DFL
30A
FOR
Leon Lillie DFL
55A
FOR
Diane Loeffler DFL
59A
FOR
Tim Mahoney DFL
67A
FOR
Carlos Mariani DFL
65B
FOR
Paul Marquart DFL
09B
FOR
Carly Melin DFL
5B
FOR
Rene Moran DFL
65A
FOR
Terry Morrow DFL
23A
FOR
Joe Mullery DFL
58A
FOR
Erin Murphy DFL
64A
FOR
Mary Murphy DFL
06B
FOR
Michael Nelson DFL
46A
FOR
Kim Norton DFL
29B
FOR
Michael Paymar DFL
64B
FOR
Gene Pelowski, Jr. DFL
31A
AGAINST
John Persell DFL
04A
FOR
Sandra Peterson DFL
45A
FOR
Jeanne Poppe DFL
27B
FOR
Bev Scalze DFL
54B
FOR
Steve Simon DFL
44A
FOR
Nora Slawik DFL
55B
FOR
Linda Slocum DFL
63B
FOR
Paul Thissen DFL
63A
FOR
Tom Tillberry DFL
51B
FOR
Jean Wagenius DFL
62B
FOR
John Ward DFL
12A
FOR
Ryan Winkler DFL
44B
FOR
Jim Abeler Republican
48B
AGAINST
Bruce Anderson Republican
19A
AGAINST
Diane Anderson Republican
38A
AGAINST
Paul Anderson Republican
13A
AGAINST
Sarah Anderson Republican
43A
AGAINST
King Banaian Republican
15B
AGAINST
Bob Barrett Republican
17B
AGAINST
Michael Beard Republican
35A
AGAINST
Mike Benson Republican
30B
AGAINST
Kurt Bills Republican
37B
AGAINST
Mark Buesgens Republican
35B
AGAINST
Tony Cornish Republican
24B
AGAINST
Roger Crawford Republican
08B
AGAINST
Kurt Daudt Republican
17A
AGAINST
Gregory M. Davids Republican
31B
AGAINST
Matt Dean Republican
52B
AGAINST
Bob Dettmer Republican
52A
AGAINST
Connie Doepke Republican
33B
AGAINST
Keith Downey Republican
41A
AGAINST
Steve Drazkowski Republican
28B
AGAINST
Sondra Erickson Republican
16A
AGAINST
Dan Fabian Republican
01A
AGAINST
Mary Franson Republican
11B
AGAINST
Pat Garofalo Republican
36B
AGAINST
Steve Gottwalt Republican
15A
AGAINST
Glenn Gruenhagen Republican
25A
AGAINST
Bob Gunther Republican
24A
AGAINST
Tom Hackbarth Republican
48A
AGAINST
Rod Hamilton Republican
22B
AGAINST
David Hancock Republican
02B
AGAINST
Mary Liz Holberg Republican
36A
AGAINST
Joe Hoppe Republican
34B
AGAINST
Larry Howes Republican
04B
AGAINST
Tim Kelly Republican
28A
AGAINST
Andrea Kieffer Republican
56B
AGAINST
Debra Kiel Republican
01B
AGAINST
Mary Kiffmeyer Republican
16B
AGAINST
John Kriesel Republican
57A
AGAINST
Morrie Lanning Republican
09A
AGAINST
Mike LeMieur Republican
12B
AGAINST
Ernie Leidiger Republican
34A
AGAINST
Kathy Lohmer Republican
56A
AGAINST
Jenifer Loon Republican
42B
AGAINST
Tara Mack Republican
37A
AGAINST
Pat Mazorol Republican
41B
AGAINST
Joe McDonald Republican
19B
AGAINST
Carolyn McElfatrick Republican
03B
AGAINST
Carol McFarlane Republican
53B
AGAINST
Denny McNamara Republican
57B
AGAINST
Mike Murdock Republican
10B
AGAINST
Rich Murray Republican
27A
AGAINST
Pam Myhra Republican
40A
AGAINST
Bud Nornes Republican
10A
AGAINST
Tim O'Driscoll Republican
14A
AGAINST
Joyce Peppin Republican
32A
AGAINST
Branden Petersen Republican
49B
AGAINST
Duane Quam Republican
29A
AGAINST
Linda Runbeck Republican
53A
AGAINST
Tim Sanders Republican
51A
AGAINST
Joe Schomacker Republican
22A
AGAINST
Peggy Scott Republican
49A
AGAINST
Ron Shimanski Republican
18A
AGAINST
Steve Smith Republican
33A
AGAINST
Kirk Stensrud Republican
42A
AGAINST
Chris Swedzinski Republican
21A
AGAINST
Paul Torkelson Republican
21B
AGAINST
Dean Urdahl Republican
18B
AGAINST
Bruce Vogel Republican
13B
AGAINST
Doug Wardlow Republican
38B
AGAINST
Torrey Westrom Republican
11A
AGAINST
Kelby Woodard Republican
25B
AGAINST
Kurt Zellers Republican
32B
AGAINST

Comment on this post

Where are the college professors getting big pay raises?

Posted at 1:35 PM on May 17, 2011 by Bob Collins (20 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

College professors getting big pay raises apparently are the new $100,000 waiter and waitress.

House Speaker Kurt Zellers started a bit of a brouhaha on MPR's Midday yesterday when he said, "it's also troubling when families have had a 30- or 40percent pay cut and you see a college professor get a 20- or 30-percent increase in pay." The assertion is reminiscent of gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer's invoking the specter of $100,000 waiters and waitresses in a discussion about the state's minium wage.

Professors who get 30- and 40-percent pay increases? Like who? Some college professors would like to know. We've heard from a few in the last 24 hours.

"No Minnesota State Colleges and University faculty represented by the IFO received any pay raises in the last two-year contract," Margaretta S. Handke of Mankato says. "We were aware of the state budget problems and did not ask for any."

Diane Fleury-Evans, the director of the radiologic technology program at Century College said Speaker Kurt Zellers "obviously has no idea of what he speaks of."

I am a MnSCU faculty member and never in my history of teaching have I ever seen a 20 - 30% pay increase," she said. " It has been almost four years since I have seen any pay increase, but yet the cost of living keeps on increasing. I am considering leaving the state because of the financial situation. I had hoped to retire here but I am having second thoughts.

"I work hard for my living and believe my job of teaching our younger generation to work in radiology- healthcare, is vital and essential. Someone has to provide quality care of us baby boomers. Does the speaker realize how hard it would be to attract quality faculty to teach here in Minnesota based on the current salary scale?" she said.

Would you ask the Speaker to identify the names of the MNSCU faculty members that have gotten a pay increase and specifically those that were privileged to get a 20 - 30 % increase? Did I get left out? Maybe they could give me a loan so I can live on my paycheck after my soon to be increased health insurance premium has been deducted .

I am appalled that anyone can make such a statement that is SO blatantly false and as a public servant he should have a better idea of what is/has occurring/occurred in higher education.



At the University of Minnesota, "salary floors" for 2011-2012 are unchanged from 2010-2011, according the U's Web site. The 12-month term has a base of $38,682. Last spring the university ordered a 1.15 percent temporary reduction in pay against all sources that make up their salaries.

Speaker Zellers has not yet responded to a request for clarification of his remarks.

Comment on this post

A brief history of the constitutional amendment

Posted at 1:04 PM on May 16, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

When the same-sex marriage ban in the constitution reaches the November 2012 ballot, a majority of those voting will have to approve it for it to become law. Occasionally, people vote for people on the ballot, but don't answer the referendum questions. That's as good as a "no" vote.

How often does it happen that a constitutional amendment has failed even though more people voted "yes" vote than "no?"

The last time it happened was more than 30 years ago, when it happened four times on the same ballot. Four proposed amendments got more "yes" than "no" votes, but all four did not get the majority of the total votes cast in the election.

One would've removed the requirement that the Senate approve notaries public, another removed restrictions on the interest rate for and the amount of highway bonds, a third would've established initiative and referendum. A fourth question established a bipartisan reapportionment commission. It got almost 300,000 more "yes" than "no" votes, but fell 6,000 votes short of the majority needed.

Of the 41 constitutional amendment questions on the ballot since 1962, these are the only other ones to fail while still getting the majority of votes cast

1974: A proposal that the constitution be amended when 55% of the people voting on the issue approve it, fell about 10,000 votes short of the required number to be approved. Supporters said it would make amending the constitution easier, but ironically, it would've set a more difficult bar on this particular question.

1966: A proposed amendment would've required legislators to resign immediately upon election to any other office. It fell 80,000 votes short of the required majority.

But getting on the ballot in the first place is a huge step toward being approved. Eighty percent of constitutional amendments submitted to voters are approved.

Comment on this post

The marketplace of ideas in 2011

Posted at 12:48 PM on May 13, 2011 by Michael Olson (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

College campuses are frequently held up as a market place of ideas, or at least a reflection of our current state of civic discourse. What's your take on the item below?

Colleague Alex Friedrich who blogs for On Campus has a fascinating item about the flag burning attempt by Ben Haas. He's a communication studies graduate student at Louisiana State University.

Comment on this post

Church basement problem-solving

Posted at 2:40 PM on May 12, 2011 by Eric Ringham
Filed under: Politics

The advocacy group A Minnesota Without Poverty has just released a video arguing for a public-sector response to public problems. A note from AMWP Director Nancy Maeker says the video "uses humor to address the notion that charities and the faith community should be able to pick up the pieces if the state budget is solved only through cuts."

Humor works best when you don't explain it, so here goes.

And if you think hot dish pothole patch sounds outlandish, remember: They're already using sugar beets as ice melt.


The same-sex marriage roll call

Posted at 2:35 PM on May 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Here is the Senate roll call vote approving the bill that places a constitutional question on the 2012 ballot banning same-sex marriage. For audio highlights of the debate, see this earlier News Cut post.

Legislator Party
District
Vote
Thomas M. Bakk DFL
06
AGAINST
Michelle Benson Republican
49
FOR
Linda Berglin DFL
61
AGAINST
Terri Bonoff DFL
43
AGAINST
David Brown Republican
16
FOR
John Carlson Republican
04
FOR
Roger Chamberlain Republican
53
FOR
Gary Dahms Republican
21
FOR
Ted Daley Republican
38
FOR
Al DeKruif Republican
25
FOR
D. Scott Dibble DFL
60
AGAINST
Michelle L. Fischbach Republican
14
FOR
Paul Gazelka Republican
12
FOR
Chris Gerlach Republican
37
FOR
Joe Gimse Republican
13
FOR
Barbara Goodwin DFL
50
AGAINST
Dan Hall Republican
40
FOR
David Hann Republican
42
FOR
John Harrington DFL
67
AGAINST
Linda Higgins DFL
58
AGAINST
Gretchen Hoffman Republican
10
FOR
John Sterling Howe Republican
28
FOR
Bill Ingebrigtsen Republican
11
FOR
Michael J. Jungbauer Republican
48
FOR
Kenneth Kelash DFL
63
AGAINST
Amy Koch Republican
19
FOR
Benjamin Kruse Republican
47
FOR
Gary W. Kubly DFL
20
AGAINST
Keith Langseth DFL
09
AGAINST
Ron Latz DFL
44
AGAINST
Ted Lillie Republican
56
FOR
Warren Limmer Republican
32
FOR
Tony Lourey DFL
08
AGAINST
Doug Magnus Republican
22
FOR
John Marty DFL
54
AGAINST
Mary Jo McGuire DFL
66
AGAINST
James P. Metzen DFL
39
AGAINST
Geoff Michel Republican
41
FOR
Jeremy Miller Republican
31
FOR
Carla Nelson Republican
30
FOR
Scott Newman Republican
18
FOR
Sean R. Nienow Republican
17
FOR
Gen Olson Republican
33
FOR
Julianne E. Ortman Republican
34
FOR
Sandra L. Pappas DFL
65
AGAINST
Mike Parry Republican
26
FOR
John Pederson Republican
15
FOR
Lawrence J. Pogemiller DFL
59
AGAINST
Roger Reinert DFL
07
AGAINST
Ann H. Rest DFL
45
AGAINST
Claire A. Robling Republican
35
FOR
Julie A. Rosen Republican
24
FOR
Tom Saxhaug DFL
03
AGAINST
David H. Senjem Republican
29
FOR
Kathy Sheran DFL
23
AGAINST
Katie Sieben DFL
57
AGAINST
Rod Skoe DFL
02
AGAINST
Dan Sparks DFL
27
AGAINST
LeRoy A. Stumpf DFL
01
FOR
Dave Thompson Republican
36
FOR
David J. Tomassoni DFL
05
AGAINST
Patricia Torres Ray DFL
62
AGAINST
Ray Vandeveer Republican
52
FOR
Charles W. Wiger DFL
55
AGAINST
Pam Wolf Republican
51
FOR

Comment on this post

The same-sex marriage debate in 8 minutes

Posted at 1:38 PM on May 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

For nearly four hours, the Minnesota Legislature debated the bill that would add a constitutional amendment question to the 2012 ballot that would ban same-sex marriage.

Here's a telescoped version of the debate. You won't hear many bill supporters speak. For the most part, they've left defense of the bill (which passed) up to Sen. Warren Limmer.

Comment on this post

Under Vikings stadium plan, Saint Paul becomes most expensive city to shop

Posted at 2:43 PM on May 10, 2011 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

The Vikings and Ramsey County announced a partnership to build a new football stadium in Arden Hills this afternoon. The immediate impact will be a significantly higher cost for people to buy things in Ramsey County, particularly Saint Paul.

The county has agreed to come up with $350 million, paid for with a half-cent sales tax increase. That puts Saint Paul, in particular, as the most expensive city to buy things in in Minnesota because it already has a city sales tax in addition to the state sales tax and the transportation tax.

City or CountySales Tax
Saint Paul 8.125%
Minneapolis7.775%
Ramsey County 7.625%
Hennepin 7.275%
Dakota 7.125%
Washington 7.125%
Anoka 7.125%
Carver 6.875%
Scott 6.875%


A person buying a new car in Saint Paul (there aren't many car dealers left in Saint Paul) would pay a sales tax of about $2,031 on a $25,000 car. Someone in Scott County, by comparison, would pay about $1,718.

Comment on this post

Voter ID roll call

Posted at 11:57 AM on May 6, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The House on Thursday passed the voter ID bill, which requires people to show an ID before getting a ballot to vote. The bill also eliminates the practice of voters vouching for another voter on Election Day. The bill now goes back to the Senate, which passed a different version late last month.

Here's the Votetracker roll call.

Legislator Party District Vote
Tom Anzelc DFL 03A AGAINST
Joe Atkins DFL 39B AGAINST
Kathy Brynaert DFL 23B AGAINST
Lyndon Carlson DFL 45B AGAINST
Bobby Joe Champion DFL 58B AGAINST
Karen Clark DFL 61A AGAINST
Jim Davnie DFL 62A AGAINST
David Dill DFL 06A AGAINST
Denise Dittrich DFL 47A FOR
Kent Eken DFL 02A AGAINST
Andrew Falk DFL 20A AGAINST
Patti Fritz DFL 26B AGAINST
Kerry Gauthier DFL 07B AGAINST
Marion Greene DFL 60A AGAINST
Mindy Greiling DFL 54A AGAINST
Rick Hansen DFL 39A AGAINST
Alice Hausman DFL 66B AGAINST
Jeff Hayden DFL 61B AGAINST
Debra Hilstrom DFL 46B AGAINST
Bill Hilty DFL 08A AGAINST
Frank Hornstein DFL 60B AGAINST
Melissa Hortman DFL 47B AGAINST
Larry Hosch DFL 14B AGAINST
Thomas Huntley DFL 07A AGAINST
Sheldon Johnson DFL 67B AGAINST
Phyllis Kahn DFL 59B AGAINST
Kory Kath DFL 26A AGAINST
Kate Knuth DFL 50B AGAINST
Lyle Koenen DFL 20B AGAINST
Carolyn Laine DFL 50A AGAINST
Ann Lenczewski DFL 40B FOR
John Lesch DFL 66A AGAINST
Tina Liebling DFL 30A AGAINST
Leon Lillie DFL 55A AGAINST
Diane Loeffler DFL 59A AGAINST
Tim Mahoney DFL 67A AGAINST
Carlos Mariani DFL 65B AGAINST
Paul Marquart DFL 09B AGAINST
Carly Melin DFL 5B AGAINST
Rene Moran DFL 65A AGAINST
Terry Morrow DFL 23A AGAINST
Joe Mullery DFL 58A AGAINST
Erin Murphy DFL 64A AGAINST
Mary Murphy DFL 06B AGAINST
Michael Nelson DFL 46A AGAINST
Kim Norton DFL 29B AGAINST
Michael Paymar DFL 64B AGAINST
Gene Pelowski, Jr. DFL 31A AGAINST
John Persell DFL 04A AGAINST
Sandra Peterson DFL 45A AGAINST
Jeanne Poppe DFL 27B AGAINST
Tom Rukavina DFL 05A AGAINST
Bev Scalze DFL 54B AGAINST
Steve Simon DFL 44A AGAINST
Nora Slawik DFL 55B AGAINST
Linda Slocum DFL 63B AGAINST
Paul Thissen DFL 63A AGAINST
Tom Tillberry DFL 51B AGAINST
Jean Wagenius DFL 62B AGAINST
John Ward DFL 12A AGAINST
Ryan Winkler DFL 44B AGAINST
Jim Abeler Republican 48B FOR
Bruce Anderson Republican 19A FOR
Diane Anderson Republican 38A FOR
Paul Anderson Republican 13A FOR
Sarah Anderson Republican 43A FOR
King Banaian Republican 15B FOR
Bob Barrett Republican 17B FOR
Michael Beard Republican 35A FOR
Mike Benson Republican 30B FOR
Kurt Bills Republican 37B FOR
Mark Buesgens Republican 35B FOR
Tony Cornish Republican 24B FOR
Roger Crawford Republican 08B FOR
Kurt Daudt Republican 17A FOR
Gregory M. Davids Republican 31B FOR
Matt Dean Republican 52B FOR
Bob Dettmer Republican 52A FOR
Connie Doepke Republican 33B FOR
Keith Downey Republican 41A FOR
Steve Drazkowski Republican 28B FOR
Sondra Erickson Republican 16A FOR
Dan Fabian Republican 01A FOR
Mary Franson Republican 11B FOR
Pat Garofalo Republican 36B FOR
Steve Gottwalt Republican 15A FOR
Glenn Gruenhagen Republican 25A FOR
Tom Hackbarth Republican 48A FOR
Rod Hamilton Republican 22B FOR
David Hancock Republican 02B FOR
Mary Liz Holberg Republican 36A FOR
Joe Hoppe Republican 34B FOR
Larry Howes Republican 04B FOR
Tim Kelly Republican 28A FOR
Andrea Kieffer Republican 56B FOR
Debra Kiel Republican 01B FOR
Mary Kiffmeyer Republican 16B FOR
John Kriesel Republican 57A FOR
Morrie Lanning Republican 09A FOR
Mike LeMieur Republican 12B FOR
Ernie Leidiger Republican 34A FOR
Kathy Lohmer Republican 56A FOR
Jenifer Loon Republican 42B FOR
Tara Mack Republican 37A FOR
Pat Mazorol Republican 41B FOR
Joe McDonald Republican 19B FOR
Carolyn McElfatrick Republican 03B FOR
Carol McFarlane Republican 53B FOR
Denny McNamara Republican 57B FOR
Mike Murdock Republican 10B FOR
Rich Murray Republican 27A FOR
Pam Myhra Republican 40A FOR
Bud Nornes Republican 10A FOR
Tim O'Driscoll Republican 14A FOR
Joyce Peppin Republican 32A FOR
Branden Petersen Republican 49B FOR
Duane Quam Republican 29A FOR
Linda Runbeck Republican 53A FOR
Tim Sanders Republican 51A FOR
Joe Schomacker Republican 22A FOR
Peggy Scott Republican 49A FOR
Ron Shimanski Republican 18A FOR
Steve Smith Republican 33A FOR
Kirk Stensrud Republican 42A FOR
Chris Swedzinski Republican 21A FOR
Paul Torkelson Republican 21B FOR
Dean Urdahl Republican 18B FOR
Bruce Vogel Republican 13B FOR
Doug Wardlow Republican 38B FOR
Torrey Westrom Republican 11A FOR
Kelby Woodard Republican 25B FOR
Kurt Zellers Republican 32B FOR

Comment on this post

Politics and 'ground zero'

Posted at 1:45 PM on May 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, War

In a few months, the nation will observe the 10th anniversary of the attacks on 9/11 and a warm-up today provides proof that the event remains too raw.

President Obama visited "ground zero," days after announcing that Osama bin Laden had been killed.

"This is a symbolic site of the extraordinary sacrifice that was made on that terrible day almost 10 years ago. Obviously, we can't bring back your friends that were lost, and I know that each and every one of you not only grieve for them, but have also over the last 10 years dealt with their family, their children, trying to give them comfort, trying to give them support," Obama said.

Critics have said the president's visit constituted "a victory lap."



Officials have warned Americans not to presume that Bin Laden's death means the "war on terror" is over. Nonetheless, the president's spokesman said on Air Force One that the trip was "an effort to perhaps help New Yorkers and Americans everywhere to achieve a sense of closure."

"Closure," as in an end to something.

The president invited former president George Bush to join him at the site of what is Bush's most stirring speech as president...



Mr. Bush declined to join Mr. Obama at the site for reasons that haven't been entirely explained. But former -- and anonymous -- Bush aides suggest there's a rift over the credit the president hasn't given to the former president in the hunt for Osama bin Laden.

David Gergen, the Republican analyst for CNN, had a different view. "He and his family ... have an old-fashioned view, that we only have one president at a time. I think this is quite genuine on the part of President Bush," he said.

The visit carried its own political risks for Mr. Obama. Even 10 years later, a 9/11 family saying bad things about you, doesn't play well...


But the truth is that over 10 years, "ground zero" has been more than hallowed ground. It's been a stage for politicians. In 2004, Republicans changed the traditional summer date of their national convention to September and selected New York City -- not exactly friendly territory for Republicans -- as the host city. It wasn't a coincidence.

It's also not a coincidence that when it comes to the issue of which party is better at keeping America safe, national polls have consistently and historically favored Republicans. Today's imagery is very likely to reappear in some campaign ads in 2012.

Comment on this post

'I see your pencil neck weasel and raise you a twit'

Posted at 12:10 PM on May 4, 2011 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Politics

Not since Garrison Keillor and Jesse Ventura went at it has the world seen a politician vs. elitist artist fray like the one developing between Rep. Matt Dean and author Neil Gaiman. As I wrote on 5x8 this morning, Rep. Dean called Gaiman a "pencil neck weasel" for accepting Legacy Amendment money to give a speech at the Stillwater library.

Gaiman "tweets" back that Dean is a twit...

gaiman_tweet_1.jpg

He doesn't stop there...

gaiman_tweet_2.jpg

gaiman_tweet_3.jpg

A Twitter war? Pass the popcorn!

Back to you Rep. Dean...

dean_tweet_1.jpg

Comment on this post

The Bin Laden poll

Posted at 2:33 PM on May 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The chances are if you take away any of those involved in tracking down and killing Osama bin Laden, he'd still be alive right now. That much is an inescapable conclusion of most any of the stories that have revealed the background of last weekend's raid on Bin Laden's compound in Pakistan.

But Americans don't pay a lot of attention to the details when the pollsters call. When the Gallup organization called 645 of them yesterday, the chances are pretty good that few of them had yet watched John Brennan's news conference yesterday that offered details on how the operation was carried out.

It's one reason why the stories about who the American public think deserves the credit, deserves to be taken with a grain of salt.

credit_gallup.gif

When 12 percent of the people say the president, who had the option of not approving the raid, deserved no credit for bringing Bin Laden down, let's just say that's a good indication that polls don't reveal a scholarly approach to reality. Similarly when 25 percent give no credit to President George Bush, it reveals the truth about polling: Most every question might as well be "Who do you like? Don't worry about why."

Eleven percent of those surveyed didn't think the most important part of killing Bin Laden was actually killing him. Otherwise, they would've said the military deserved the most credit.

The truth is: We don't have enough information to answer these sorts of questions with any degree of accuracy. A good followup poll question to almost any poll like this would be "how do you know?"

My money is on "I don't."

Meanwhile, a Washington Post poll, taken on Monday, shows a 10% jump in the number of people who think the U.S. is headed in the right direction, compared to a similar poll in March. Really? If that's true, then how come "Bin Laden is still alive" wasn't one of the reasons in previous polls about why people have thought the country is heading in the wrong direction?

In that poll, by the way, 32% of those surveyed said they had heard little or nothing at all about the killing of Bin Laden.

Comment on this post

Legislators target majority rule on tax increases

Posted at 2:07 PM on April 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The 2012 ballot is certainly going to be a long one if all of the proposed constitutional amendment questions are approved by this year's Legislature.

Today, Republicans in the House filed another one. This one proposes an amendment requiring a three-fifths vote to enact a law imposing or increasing certain taxes.

The bill would require a "super majority" for tax increases, not unlike the 60 votes needed in the U.S. Senate to end a filibuster and get major legislation through.

Why wait until next November?


The legislature of New Hampshire is considering the same legislation. So is Wisconsin.

Sixteen states require a supermajority vote to increase some or all taxes. Seven require a two-thirds vote, six a three-fifths vote and two a three-fourths vote.

Comment on this post

The voter ID question

Posted at 1:13 PM on April 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota Senate has passed a bill requiring all Minnesotans to present a photo ID in order to vote.

And a bill was officially introduced in the Minnesota House this week that would add a constitutional question to the ballot asking if people should be required to show a photo ID when voting. The question reads:

Shall the Minnesota Constitution be amended to require that all voters present an approved form of photographic identification prior to voting; all voters be subject to identical eligibility verification standards regardless of the time of their registration; and the state provide at no charge an approved photographic identification to eligible voters?


It's been one of the more emotional issues over the years pitting Democrats against Republicans.

Republicans claim the bill will reduce the chance of voter fraud, even though there doesn't appear to be significant incidents of voter fraud in Minnesota. Democrats claim the bill is intended to dampen turnout among the party's usual constituencies, and there's at least some evidence to show that's not a significant problem, either.

The national movement for voter ID gained its momentum from Indiana once the U.S. Supreme Court ruled its 2005 law constitutional -- three years ago today, coincidentally.

A 2007 study from Jeffrey Milyo at the University of Missouri found no significant change in voter turnout after it was enacted:

The findings that emerge from my analysis are that photo ID is associated with: i) an overall county-level turnout increase of almost two percentage points, ii) an insignificant increase in relative turnout for counties with a greater percentage of minority and poor population, iii) no consistent or significant impact on relative turnout in counties with a greater percentage of less educated or elderly voters, and iv) a significant relative increase in turnout for counties with a higher percentage of Democrat voters.

The study ran counter to a Rutgers University study of the 2004 election, suggesting voter ID laws suppressed turnout among minority and low-income voters.

In the absence of firm evidence of traditional arguments, much of the debate about voter ID has shifted instead to the cost of implementing the law and providing photo ID to voters who don't have one already.

Comment on this post

A day in democracy

Posted at 2:27 PM on April 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Florida, not surprisingly, is going to be ground zero in the debate over the future of Medicare.

Last night, in separate town hall-style forums, Republican congressmen faced constituents.

These videos from the Orlando Ft. Lauderdale Sun Sentinel capture the confrontations, not so much between an elected official and his constituents, but between constituents.

If you're good at lip reading, check out the reaction of the woman sitting behind the woman being escorted out of Rep. Dan Webster's forum.

The scene wasn't much different at the forum last night with Rep. Allen West...

 

Comment on this post

'The quaint artifact of name recognition'

Posted at 1:16 PM on April 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Atlantic's (and, occasionally, NPR's) James Fallows piles on the political media with this takedown of the coverage of Donald Trump:

Speaking of carnival barkers: Every member of the political press knows that the chance of Donald Trump becoming the 45th President of the United States is zero. I say that the chance of Sarah Palin becoming president is extremely low but greater than zero. I will take any bet at any odds against Trump becoming president, for reasons I'll boil down to this: the same circumstances that would make Obama so vulnerable that a Trump could beat him (economic, political, military, or social chaos of any kind you want to imagine), would simultaneously motivate the Republican party to choose a "real" candidate with the best chance of winning the election and running the government. That is, if the Republicans think they have a serious chance to win, they're not going to blow that chance with Trump.


My real point is: knowing for sure that Trump's "lead" in the GOP polls now is a quaint artifact of name recognition, and knowing that there is no chance that his "colorful" background and prima donna manner could stand the long grueling, humiliating ordeal of the primaries and the caucuses and the endless interviews, how long will the press keep acting as the megaphone for this carnival barker? Why aren't they jumping all over him now, for the patent idiocy of his "birther" claim, rather than acting as if somehow he has scored a point by making Obama react? In reality, he'll be on the stage with the press' megaphone until people get bored with him -- which gradually but undeniably has happened to Palin.

This isn't the first time we've seen infatuation with a candidate. Two words: Ross Perot. Two more: Jesse Ventura. Celebrity candidates fill the vacuum of an election season that starts too soon.

In many ways, politicians have nobody but themselves to blame for the coverage of people they privately mock. As I've mentioned many times previously over the years, Jesse Ventura raced to the top the day he was allowed to participate in a debate with Skip Humphrey and Norm Coleman in Brainerd in October 1998 (Listen in RealAudio). They spoke "politician." Ventura didn't.

He also didn't fade by the time election day came along. And shortly after his election, local media -- including MPR -- started doing something they'd rarely done before: accompanied the state's governor on trade missions. Trust me. It wasn't to cover the significant commercial issues between Minnesota and Japan, or China, or Mexico, or Cuba. It was because there was always a pretty fair chance Jesse Ventura would say something outrageous, and nobody wanted to miss it.

That's just the way things work in political coverage and when President Obama complained about the situation today, it wasn't the first time he figured it out, either.

Ross Perot knew this, too, in the race for president almost 20 years ago. Months before the election, Perot was drawing a respectable 21 percent in the polls, and getting a fair amount of coverage. It peaked in the summer at about 39 percent. He was entertaining and could be counted on for a great sound clip.

Eventually, stories came out about Perot being a control freak, and his campaign collapsed when he alleged the George H.W. Bush campaign was out to sabotage his daughter's wedding.

It's a vicious cycle. "Celebrity candidates," knowing they can't win, have the luxury of saying outrageous things, get coverage for saying outrageous things, raise their profile because of the coverage, show up in polls, and then get more coverage because they show up in the polls.

When does the cycle end? When news organizations get bored with the story line and turn on the celebrity whose political swagger they helped create. Ventura's genius -- if there was any -- was jumping into the campaign so late, he didn't give the media time to get over its infatuation with him.

Comment on this post

Analyzing the same-sex marriage ban vote

Posted at 3:19 PM on April 26, 2011 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Republicans at the Minnesota Capitol today announced attempts to put before voters a constitutional amendment banning same-sex marriage. It comes as no surprise since that's exactly what they said they'd do not long after last November's election, which wiped out the last vestige of DFL influence in the Legislature: the Senate.

In early interviews in January, the leaders, however, said "there'd be time" for the issue at some point in the session, but the focus would be on passing a state budget.

We're a month from the end of the session, and there's no sign of a budget being passed. Time is running out to get the same-sex marriage amendment on the 2012 ballot. Today, five Republicans filed SF1308.

Opponents of the amendment have annually suggested that it's a way to get Republican conservatives to turn out for a re-election bid. In Indiana last month, state Sen. Dennis Kruse said here are 30 states that now have a marriage amendment to their constitution, "and they all passed in all 30 states by an average of 68 percent of the electorate," Kruse said.

Does an amendment increase voter turnout?

In Maine last November, 53-percent of the voters voted to repeal the state's same-sex marriage law. Turnout was heavy, but both sides said a heavy turnout favored those in favor of allowing same sex marriage. "It means we succeeded in reaching younger people and others who don't always vote," said Mark Sullivan, spokesman for No on 1/Protect Maine Equality, the coalition seeking to uphold the law.

In a paper released last month (open in Word), researchers in Wisconsin pointed out that regardless of what pre-election polls said about opposition to same-sex marriage, the percentage of people actually voting for a ban on same-sex marriage was markedly higher.

In North Dakota in 2004, for example, polls showed 52% of those surveyed were against same-sex marriage. On Election Day, 68% voted against it. In Wisconsin in 2006, 59% voted against same-sex marriage, compared to 53% who voiced opposition in a late pre-election poll.

Possibly more significant, however, is this finding: The question could make Republican allies of a traditional DFL voter: The African American.

"The higher the proportion of African Americans in the county, the higher the vote for banning same sex marriage. While this fails to confirm our hypothesis, this result seems easily explained as an indication that, on the issue of same-sex marriage, the LGBT community's argument that marriage is a civil right, and not a moral question, has failed to win favor among black citizens."

But, the researchers said, there are three "striking" conclusions from their study (emphasis mine):

First, the noticeable impact that time has. There is clearly an increase in support for gay marriage over time and it will be particularly interesting to see if this issue follows a similar trajectory to gays serving in the military. That is a highly controversial issue that is met with a compromise that provides only partial equality (Don't Ask Don't Tell in the military case, civil unions in the case of gay marriage) followed a generation later by full recognition of equality. Second, the very big impact that turnout has and the possible implications for results. To take one concrete example, Colorado in 2006 voted 55-45 to ban same sex marriage. Turnout among registered voters was 19 percent higher in the 2008 presidential election. If we assume a 19 percent increase in turnout, our regression equation predicts almost a 4 point drop in the yes vote. Such a drop would transform this race from a very comfortable ten point win for the referendum to a nail biter at 51-49. The third impact we believe is worthy of more extensive consideration is the differences in referendum language. This is because this issue has broader implications beyond just this question, but because of the significance for democratic theory and discussions of referendum as a democratic tool. That is a discussion for another paper.

Comment on this post

Birther case closed

Posted at 1:38 PM on April 26, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

CNN has blown the lid off this story! It went to Hawaii to investigate whether Barack Obama was born in the United States, a requirement to be president of the United States. It found he was.

That surely puts an end to the controversy. The nation will now focus on more pressing issues. Let's begin:

Comment on this post

McCain's Libya gambit

Posted at 9:26 AM on April 22, 2011 by Bob Collins (12 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

If you're in a person in Libya, would you be able to tell today who's in charge of the United States foreign policy? Sen. John McCain has made a surprise trip to Libya today and it's not to defend the U.S. strategy there.

McCain, who is a political rival of President Barack Obama, traveled to Benghazi today and a few minutes ago chided the United States -- and Obama -- by declaring "the U.S. should do more."

It's unusual for such a high-profile politician to so flagrantly upstage a president on the international stage in a war zone, but the usual complaint that that's bad for troop morale doesn't apply here because there are no U.S. troops in Libya ... yet.

Neither the White House, nor the State Department, nor the Department of Defense have issued a statement on McCain's mission, a possible indication McCain is using the Libyan stage to try to pressure Obama into widening the new war.

"For the United States to withdraw our unique offensive capabilities at this time would send the wrong signal," McCain said earlier this month when the initial U.S. foray into Libya was turned over to NATO.

Comment on this post

The selling of Tim Pawlenty

Posted at 2:04 PM on April 19, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Tim Pawlenty is out with another one of his highly-produced commercials.

Continue reading "The selling of Tim Pawlenty"

Most influential politicians? State legislators

Posted at 3:05 PM on April 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Most peoples' lives are affected by state lawmakers long before they're affected by the elected national representatives who get the bulk of the coverage.

Continue reading "Most influential politicians? State legislators"

Poll: Taxes are fair, but too high

Posted at 11:09 AM on April 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

poll_tax.gif

A new poll from Gallup says half of Americans think there taxes are too high. That's not entirely surprising, giving the steady drumbeat of news on the subject over the last few years. What's surprising, however, is that 57% of those surveyed last week say their taxes are "fair." Can taxes be both too high and fair? Gallup says it means more people dislike what they pay than feel it is unjust. Try to fit that on a protest sign.

Full survey here.

Comment on this post

Washington vs. Minnesota lawmakers

Posted at 1:40 PM on April 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

cspan_vote.jpg

Say what you want about the Minnesota Legislature, but it's a fine example of the difference between state lawmakers and those who work in Washington.

The U.S. House of Representatives "debated" the recently-reached budget deal, but there was no give-and-take because there were virtually no congresspeople there to hear it, as this screenshot from C-SPAN shows just as the vote started this afternoon,

In Minnesota, meanwhile, it was a full boat at the Senate when it voted in favor of lifting restrictions on siting coal-burning power plants today (roll call here).

senate_coal.jpg

There's little indication having to be present and listen to people with whom the senators may disagree has any impact on one's positions, but at least they had the opportunity to hear all of the debate.

Comment on this post

Bill at Capitol restricts who can help people vote

Posted at 4:00 PM on April 13, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

If you're a voter and need help marking a ballot in Minnesota, you can forget about asking a family member or friend to help you.

A Minnesota lawmaker today proposed a bill that would only allow election judges to complete a ballot on behalf of a voter using an absentee ballot in a hospital or care facility.

Under Sen. Scott Newman's proposal, an absentee ballot can only be delivered by two election judges -- members of different political parties -- traveling together by car.

It also changes who can mark the ballot of a voter...

The person who assists the voter shall, unaccompanied accompanied by an election judge, retire with that voter to a booth and mark the ballot as directed by the voter. No person who assists another voter as provided in the preceding sentence shall mark the ballots of more than three voters at one election. Before the ballots are deposited, the voter may show them privately to an election judge to ascertain that they are marked as the voter directed.

Under present law the only people who can't help someone mark a ballot are the voter's employer, an agent of the voter's employer, an officer or agent of the voter's union, or a candidate for election.

Sen. Newman did not immediately return a call from MPR News for an explanation of the reason for his bill (Update 4/14 11:13 a.m. - Sen. Newman's office said he would not do an interview because of the Passover recess) , but it appears to address a dust-up in Crow Wing County in the last election in which a voter alleged fraud by residents and staff of a group home:

FoxNews reported earlier this month that the father of one of the voters says his son was too incompetent to vote.

Comment on this post

Obama's moon mission

Posted at 12:28 PM on April 13, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

President Barack Obama is announcing his plans this afternoon for reducing the national debt by $4 trillion over the next 12 years. That's far short of the $5 trillion targeted by Republicans.

$4 trillion? $5 trillion? What's it all mean?

Under Obama's plan, $4 trillion off the debt works out to $333 billion a year.

Check this chart from the Web site, usgovernmentspending.com. The estimated spending was to increase by almost $290 billion a year through 2016:

usgs_line.php.jpg

In many ways, Obama's target is more aggressive than President Kennedy's promise to put men on the moon within 10 years, even though the U.S. had absolutely no clear clue how to do that. In 2010 dollars, the entire program mission $188 billion.

Comment on this post

Cravaack throws in with Ryan on budget plan

Posted at 11:12 AM on April 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Eighth District Congressman Chip Cravaack has apparently signed on to Wisconsin Rep. Paul Ryan's budget-cutting plan that constitutes the line in the sand some Republicans are drawing in Washington.

cravaack_tweet.jpg

Ryan unveiled his proposal in a Wall Street Journal column this morning (and a very spiffy Web site here), calling for cuts in domestic spending, Social Security (it's called reform, however), welfare, Medicare, the health care law, alternative energy programs etc.

Says Ryan:

A study just released by the Heritage Center for Data Analysis projects that The Path to Prosperity will help create nearly one million new private-sector jobs next year, bring the unemployment rate down to 4% by 2015, and result in 2.5 million additional private-sector jobs in the last year of the decade. It spurs economic growth, with $1.5 trillion in additional real GDP over the decade. According to Heritage's analysis, it would result in $1.1 trillion in higher wages and an average of $1,000 in additional family income each year.

It also says the unemployment rate will be 2.8% by the next decade. "It's an assumption, in other words, that's unrealistic enough to be considered somewhat bizarre," The Economist says. "Everyone puts a positive spin on their policy proposals. But fundamentally worthy policies shouldn't need to promise laughably overoptimistic outcomes to win support."

For the record, the unemployment rate has only been that low once -- 1953.

unemploy_historic.gif

The study is not from a non-partial source. It's from the Heritage Foundation, "whose mission is to formulate and promote conservative public policies based on the principles of free enterprise, limited government, individual freedom, traditional American values, and a strong national defense."

The Economic Policy Institute leans in the other direction and -- funny -- has a different view:

"This budget is impressive in its ability to not only inflict maximum harm on the economy, but to concentrate that harm on those most in need," its director, John Irons, said today. "This will not only cost the economy hundreds of thousands (and perhaps millions) of jobs over the next five years, it will also destroy the social safety net and undermine policies that support the middle class."

It's just the kind of debate that demands the curmudgeonly hand of CNBC's Mark Haines

Comment on this post

What Minnesota representatives do

Posted at 2:43 PM on April 4, 2011 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

house_LEGISLATORS.jpg

Comment on this post

Obama two years on

Posted at 12:05 PM on April 4, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

To no surprise, President Obama announced today he's running for re-election.

It was, of course, just a little over two years ago that Obama was swept into office in a tide of clamor for change that -- you may recall -- led people in Minnesota to stand in a line that stretched for nearly two miles to hear him speak during a campaign stop. His election left the "experts" wondering if the Republican Party could ever recover.

But as winning parties usually do, the Democrats overplayed their hand, confident that they spoke for all Americans.

Times change?

It's a good time to hit the News Cut Wayback Machine. Set the date for January 20, 2009.

"On this day, we come to proclaim an end to the petty grievances and false promises, the recriminations and worn-out dogmas that for far too long have strangled our politics."

A government shutdown looms on Friday.

Our workers are no less productive than when this crisis began.

mfgbar.gif

"The state of our economy calls for action: bold and swift. And we will act not only to create new jobs but to lay a new foundation for growth."

There were 154,185,000 people in the labor force in January 2009. As of the end of March, there were 153,406,000 in the labor force.

"We will restore science to its rightful place and wield technology's wonders to raise health care's quality."

The number of people without health insurance dropped for the first time in 23 years, the Census Bureau reported last fall. The U.S. is scaling back its human spaceflight program. A 2009 Obama order expanding research using embryonic stem cells was overturned by a federal judge. An appeals court lifted the temporary injunction pending further review.

"We will harness the sun and the winds and the soil to fuel our cars and run our factories."

President Obama announced his plan for energy independence in a speech six days after his inauguration. Late last month, the president also gave a speech outlining a plan to reduce dependence on foreign oil.

His administration also approved a large wind farm project off Cape Cod.


"What the cynics fail to understand is that the ground has shifted beneath them, that the stale political arguments that have consumed us for so long, no longer apply."

The Republican victories last November -- at least in Minnesota -- were ripped from the playbook of 2002. The victories on a national scale mirrored the 1994 Contract with America.

"And those of us who manage the public's dollars will be held to account, to spend wisely, reform bad habits, and do our business in the light of day, because only then can we restore the vital trust between a people and their government."

Congress is about to kill data.gov.

"With old friends and former foes, we'll work tirelessly to lessen the nuclear threat and roll back the specter of a warming planet."

The president failed to get cap-and-trade legislation through Congress and his relationship with environmentalists is on thin ice, according to Politico.

"We'll begin to responsibly leave Iraq to its people and forge a hard- earned peace in Afghanistan."

A month after his speech, Obama promised to remove most troops from Iraq by December 2010, leaving 35,000 to 50,000. As of January 2011, 47,000 U.S. troops were in Iraq. There were 135,000 U.S. soldiers in Iraq during fiscal year 2009.

President Obama's approval ratings are hovering around 48%, according to Real Clear Politics. His negatives are about 46%, way up from the 20% of Inauguration Day. That's still a significant difference from the 65% negatives of the last days of the Bush administration.

It's halftime for the Obama administration. What locker-room speech would you give?

Comment on this post

Is 'labor' a noun or a verb?

Posted at 3:47 PM on March 28, 2011 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

When we say the word labor, are we talking about a verb or a noun?

When I first heard the interview on Thursday's All Things Considered about the Maine governor moving panels depicting the state's labor history, I had a different vision in my head of what those panels looked like:


This is what six of the panels looked like (from Judy Taylor Fine Art Studio)

m456-478x350.jpg

m123-497x364.jpg

I wasn't expecting anything quite so ... what's the word... militant. True, there's a labor history in the country that certainly involves unions that had to fight for decency, safety, and fairness in the workplace. It's hard to argue against its role in the history of the northeast, especially since the factories of the northeast came crumbling down when North and South Carolina start luring businesses away with their non-union business climate in the '70s.

But is the governor's action an assault on organized labor? The problem is labor is both a noun and a verb. As a noun, labor has come to mean unions. As a verb, it means work. Which does it mean in the name of an agency called the Department of Labor? Its mission statement doesn't help much...

The Maine Department of Labor promotes the safety and economic well being of all individuals and businesses in Maine by promoting independence and life long learning, by fostering economic stability and by ensuring the safe and fair treatment of all people on the job.

But when the work was commissioned, a comment by a deputy commissioner made clear it was an artistic work dedicated to the noun. "I have a real sense that this is going to be a very important piece of art in the long haul, and it is going to be an accurate depiction of organized labor's role in the history of Maine," she said.

What was I expecting in panels about labor? Panels based on the verb. Something like this, which is a small part of a fabulous mural at Winona State University, painted by John Martin Socha under a grant from the WPA:

mural_winona.jpg

Today, Maine officials removed their mural.

Is the action another assault on organized labor by a Republican governor? Perhaps. Or he's redefining an agency's role based more on a verb than a noun.

Comment on this post

Walking back Pawlenty's Islamic home ownership program

Posted at 1:48 PM on March 25, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Former Gov. Tim Pawlenty -- or at least his spokesman -- talked tough today when it was suggested an Islamic-friendly home mortgage program in Minnesota might put him at odds with his conservative base.

"Pawlenty hasn't shied away from throwing red meat to the conservative base," Adam Serwer wrote in the progressive journal The American Prospect. "He's told his share of birther jokes and even argued in favor of reinstating discrimination against gays and lesbians serving in the military. Thus far, he's avoided indulging in growing conservative enmity toward Muslims, but because of his own perfectly defensible efforts to expand homeownership in Minnesota, he may be vulnerable to such attacks from other candidates. Pawlenty's shot at the 2012 nomination may hinge in part on his ability to tamp down conservative paranoia on Islam rather than stoking it."

The program in the Pawlenty administration attempted to assist Muslims who wanted to purchase homes. But Islamic law forbids the paying or charging of interest. The Minnesota Housing Finance Agency worked with the African Development Center, to set it up.

As described in MPR's original story two years ago:

The state buys a home and resells it to the buyer at a higher price. The down payment and monthly installments are agreed to up front at current mortgage rates.

The deal is identical to a thirty-year fixed-rate loan, except there's no additional interest, because the higher up front price factors in payments that would have been made over the life of a traditional mortgage.

The political blog, Politico, picked up on the assertion that the program makes Pawlenty look like he was coddling Islam, generating a tougher response from the former governor's spokesman.

"This program was independently set up by the Minnesota state housing agency and did not make any mention Sharia Law on its face, but was later described as accommodating it," the spokesman, Alex Conant, said. "As soon as Gov. Pawlenty became aware of the issue, he personally ordered it shut it down. Fortunately, only about three people actually used the program before it was terminated at the Governor's direction."

Pawlenty's objection: "The United States should be governed by the U.S. Constitution, not religious laws," Conant said.

Is that what really happened? A program was a little too friendly toward Islam and had to be shut down? Not exactly.

"The new markets program was running for about a year and it happened at the same time a credit crunch hit the country," Megan Ryan, a spokesperson for the Minnesota Housing Finance Agency, told MPR's Jess Mador today. "The program had only three loans. There was a lot of interest, but many of the borrowers weren't credit ready. In conversations with the governor's office at the same time that the program wasn't being very successful, we did close the pilot program down and shift the funds to other loan programs."

Ryan said had there been better interest, "we would've looked at continuing the program, there was such limited volume, we thought it better to shift to programs that reached more Minnesotans."

She said the state had put about $8 million into the program. "We try to be one of the more cutting-edge housing finance agencies across the country. We looked at this, we tried it, and when we didn't see the volume, we put that money back into a different program."

Comment on this post

She's in

Posted at 11:38 AM on March 24, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Michele Bachmann says "she's in" the race for president, but she hasn't decided whether to announce she's running for president yet. CNN is reporting she'll form an exploratory committee.

But Bachmann told ABC News yesterday "she's in the conversation" to be sure President Obama doesn't serve a second term.

More interesting -- and less covered -- is her view on the war in Libya. She appears to be against it. "I think if you look strictly at the Constitution... the intention is that Congress would be the one to make the decision about whether or not wars are declared."

There are plenty of softballs being lobbed in this interview:

Comment on this post

The EBT bill

Posted at 12:40 PM on March 21, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

An e-mail and Facebook posting has been making the rounds in the last week suggesting that the Minnesota Legislature is considering making it a crime for anyone on welfare to have more than $20 in their possession. It goes like this:

The mean-spirited assault on the poor in this country, by Republicans, has taken an even more odious turn in Minnesota. Republicans in the state House of Representatives are sponsoring a bill that would penalize welfare recipients for having more than $20 in their possession. So-called "cash" welfare assistance would only be distributed through state-issued debit cards, and cash withdrawals would be limited to just $20 per month. And just in case the dirty poor think they can walk into any supermarket where the rest of us shop, they should think again. To further stigmatize the poor and make their lives more miserable, the bill would limit the use of the EBT card to a few authorized retailers equipped with a special poor people's terminal. And if they have to travel out of state, they better hold on to their $20 monthly cash stipend, because the EBT card can only be used in the state of Minnesota. Take that you poors!

What's this all about? There's no bill at the Legislature preventing anyone from having more than $20 "in their possession." HF171 (available here), however, does prevent the users of EBT cards to use them to purchase tobacco or alcohol products. It also prevents recipients from using the cards to get more than $20 in cash per month at an ATM.

It's true, however, that the bill cuts cash assistance. Here are the current rules for using EBT cards in Minnesota -- for food and cash accounts. Users are allowed four free cash withdrawals per month, then pay $1 service charge for each withdrawal.

Comment on this post

Winking at Pawlenty

Posted at 10:50 AM on March 21, 2011 by Bob Collins (14 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Tim Pawlenty is running for president. Why can't we just say it?

Former Gov. Pawlenty -- like every presidential candidate before him -- has played a cat-and-mouse game for more than three years about his presidential ambitions. Tim Pawlenty wants to be president. Tim Pawlenty is running for president. That remains the worst kept secret, except for the people writing the news stories, who are forced to continue to write as if he's not because he hasn't specifically said so.

Today, Pawlenty is going to "announce" on Facebook the equivalent of "I'm thinking of running for president," by announcing he's forming an exploratory campaign committee.

And we in the news media are falling for it again, creating a news story where, really, none exists.

prez_pawlenty_coverage.gif

If the former governor should become president and write a book about his campaign, trust me: It will not start with the events of March 21, 2011.

This cat-and-mouse game is good for anyone who wants to be president; it keeps the name in the news. This time, it's being described as the "first formal step" in running for president.

That, of course, is a desperate search for a "hook" to make this seem like a news story. The first formal step was not running for re-election as governor. Another one was forming a PAC to collect money to give away to important politicians you'll need someday if you want to be president, another was writing a book so that you can be interviewed by the national media and asked whether you're running for president (where you can declare that you've not decided yet), followed by glitzy campaign-style commercials, not to mention all the trips to states that are important only once every four years.

In a few months, Tim Pawlenty will announce that his explorations have led him to announce he's running for president. We in the media will be there to cover it as if we didn't already know.

Wink.

Update 2:23 p.m. Another glitzy commercial accompanied today's announcement:

Comment on this post

Budget analysis: What's Plan B?

Posted at 2:07 PM on March 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

The Congressional Budget Office -- as in the non-partisan Congressional Budget Office -- threw cold water on the notion that President Obama's proposed budget is going to do anything to lower the budget deficit. One reason? Lower taxes.

Here's what the CBO has to say:

Of the various initiatives that the President is proposing, tax provisions would have by far the largest budgetary impact. The 2010 tax act (officially the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010, Public Law 111-312) extended through December 2012 many of the tax reductions originally enacted in the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA) and the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 (JGTRRA). The President proposes to extend those reductions permanently, with some modifications, and to permanently index for inflation the amounts of income exempt from the alternative minimum tax (AMT), starting at their 2011 levels. In addition, the President proposes that, beginning in January 2013, estate and gift taxes return permanently to the rates and exemption levels that were in effect in calendar year 2009. Those policies would reduce tax revenues and boost outlays for refundable tax credits by a total of more than $3.0 trillion over the next decade relative to the amounts projected in CBO's baseline. That total exceeds the $2.7 trillion net increase in the deficit over the next 10 years that would result from the President's budget as a whole; the President's other proposals would reduce the deficit, on balance, over 10 years.

Theoretically, the tax cuts would boost economic activity to make up for their cost to the Treasury. That doesn't appear to be the prediction.

Both sides, of course, will point to the other side in this debate to indicate who's causing this reality. But it's this chart, supplied by the CBO, that shows the fallacy of just about every campaign speech ever given on the subject.

apb_figure2.jpg

Comment on this post

The NPR funding debate

Posted at 1:13 PM on March 17, 2011 by Bob Collins (21 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Live-blogging the highlights of today's debate over stripping NPR of funding and prohibiting public radio stations from using public funding to purchase programming.

Rep. Ed Markey, D-Mass: "They want to move to radio silence and when the American people find out about that, they're going to be outraged."

Rep. Marsha Blackburn, R-Tenn:
"It is a wealthy, educated listening audience. If people want this programming, they're going to be willing to pay for it but the American taxpayer has said, 'get NPR out of our pocket.' They have some sponsors that land in the $1 million plus category."

Rep. John Dingel, D-Mich.
, "Public broadcast is a national treasure... It sheds a little bit of culture on our people, something my Republican colleagues find offensive."

Rep. Earl Blumenauer, D-Oregon:
"It's not going to stop NPR, which will go on. What it will cripple is what happens in smaller stations around the country."

Rep. John Larson, D-CT: "Americans are seeing through this... it's an ideological purge under the guise of dealing with the deficit... What they are doing is silencing NPR because it's not on the same ideological frequency as the extreme right."

Rep. Lynn Woolsey, D-CA.
"I guess they figure if they can't catch Bin Laden, they might as well go after Prairie Home Companion. Public broadcasting is twice as popular as the Afghanistan war.

Rep. Lloyd Doggett, D-Texas: "These Republicans just can't tell the difference between Big Government and Big Bird. All things considered, their attack has nothing to do with balancing the budget.

Rep. Steve Southerland, R-Fl.
" The CEO of Sesame Street makes $956 million. Are we serious?

Rep. Renee Ellmers R-NC: "The bill would prohibit public radio from using federal funds for the production or acquisition of programming. I don't believe NPR has the right to public funds to our hard-earned taxpayer dollars when they have funding from private interests.

Rep. Rush Holt, D-NJ: "Saying factual information is somehow a liberal bias... we talk about the need for a well-informed public. Today there was a news report on the slow progress the Army is making on seeing that the wounded soldiers get their Purple Heart. This is good reporting. The other side seems to think this is... wait, wait, don't tell me.... biased reporting. We need NPR."

Rep. Carolyn Mahoney, D-NY: "Those who primarily listen to NPR were considerably less likely to hold demonstrably false beliefs. So now our colleagues across the country want to pull the plug on NPR... our colleagues want to fire the messenger. (It) is not a move to save money; it's a move to save face."

Rep. Marsha Blackburn, R-Tenn: (Closing) This bill isn't about taking NPR off the air. What it simply says is if you are an affiliate station and you want to pay NPR dues, you can't use taxpayer dollars. If you want to buy NPR programming, you can't use taxpayer dollars for that. There's plenty of popular programming out there... if listeners like the NPR that they have, they can keep it. They need to raise the money for this.

(Their audience) is college educated, the average household income is $86,000 a year... NPR has said they don't need our taxpayer funding. There are 17 different positions attached to creating one hour radio show. There are talented people all over this nation who would love to have a platform that they would like to create. The time has come for us to claw back this money... and send a message.

1:44 p.m. - Democrats try to amend the bill to allow public radio to air Amber Alerts, presumably using taxpayer funding.

Rep. Blackburn: "This is a procedural move to try to derail the funding to NPR. There's nothing in the bill preventing Amber Alerts. (Amendment defeated. A 15-minute roll call vote follows)

2:15 p.m. - On a quick voice vote, Democrats out-shout Republicans on the bill, but a roll call has now been ordered.

2:23 p.m. - The bill defunding NPR has passed 228-192. One congressperson voted "present."

Here's the roll call.

Comment on this post

How much Jesus is too much Jesus?

Posted at 3:33 PM on March 15, 2011 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Religion

Sen. Terri Bonoff, who is Jewish, says the numerous mentions of Jesus and Christianity at the invocation of the Minnesota Senate floor session on Monday made her uncomfortable, the Associated Press says.

Here is the prayer from Pastor Dennis Campbell of Granite City Baptist Church in St. Cloud:

Pastor Campbell quoted John 3 14:16: "I am the way and the truth and the life." (No one comes to the Father except through me)." A non-Christian might disagree.

Sen. Bonoff said she wants Senate leaders to require prayers be non-denominational, but Sen. David Brown, R-Becker, says he believes chaplains who pray in the Senate should be allowed to say what they want.

Update 4:40 p.m. Here is the letter that is sent to invited pastors with the guidelines:


On the assigned day, come to the front of the Capitol, entering from Cedar Street on the east side. Pull up by the main steps (right below the golden horses) and tell the parking control person in one of the booths that you are the Senate Chaplain for the day. They will tell you where to park your car; there is no charge.

Go to the Senate chamber on the second floor, west wing, and introduce yourself to the Sergeant at Arms at the main door. He will direct you to the front of the chamber, where I will meet you. We will go over what you need to do at that time. Try to be at the Senate chamber 15 minutes before the start of session.

In preparing your prayer please keep in mind that there are women and men in the Senate. Also, in an effort to be respectful of the religious diversity of our membership (Christian, Jewish and possibly others among them), we request that your prayer be interfaith and nonsectarian, so it is inclusive of all Senators. Please keep your prayer brief, about a minute in length, and please refrain from addressing political issues before the legislature.

Note: Our commenting functions are not working. If you want to send yours, use this form and I'll paste them up here manually.

Comment on this post

The Southernization of Tim Pawlenty

Posted at 12:34 PM on March 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (35 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A bit of a kerfuffle is brewing between the New York Times and New York Magazine over whether former Gov. Tim Pawlenty is developing a southern accent as he campaigns for president.

In a profile today, the Times noticed what, frankly, a few Minnesotans noticed: that Pawlenty was dropping the "g" on his gerunds:
The knock on Mr. Pawlenty, according to conversations with voters, is that his speeches sound sincere but do not always sizzle. At a faith forum last week in Iowa, he displayed vigor. But the next day at the Statehouse, the talk among several Republicans was that it seemed he had suddenly developed a Southern accent as he tried connecting to voters by speaking louder and with more energy.

The political blog of Radio Iowa heard it too and noted, "Pawlenty seems to be adopting a Southern accent as he talks about his record as governor." As he spoke of the country's challenges, he dropped the letter G, saying: "It ain't gonna be easy. This is about plowin' ahead and gettin' the job done."
New York Magazine thinks the Times is making it up:
Frankly, we haven't heard Pawlenty speak enough to know if the folksy accent he exhibited in the speech was uncommon for him. But we're at least pretty sure that we hear Pawlenty say getting, not gettin', in the line plucked out by the Times. Watch the clip and determine for yourself whether the Times is nitpickin'.
A lot of politicians have gone this route when trying to sound like an "average person."

But a listen to the governor's recent speech in Iowa seemed to suggest something more. Here is a comparison between some words he used at his State of the State speech in February 2010 and words he used during his speech in Iowa. You may note the difference in which syllable is accented. See if you can hear any difference. (Sorry, iPad users, this is built in Flash and you won't see it. But at least you're still the coolest kids in the room!)

Comment on this post

Should the mentally ill own guns?

Posted at 6:42 PM on March 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

In Iowa, the legislature is considering an "Alaska carry" gun bill "that would allow Iowans to carry weapons in public without permission from a sheriff, without background checks and without training requirements," the Des Moines Register reports.

Two Republican lawmakers were caught on tape talking about the bill during a break, the paper says:


Kaufmann: Sounds like you're getting out of the Alaska bill.

Helland: Oh yeah, I'm getting out of it after I end up on a blog.

Lukan: The Alaska bill - what's the Alaska bill?

Helland. I'm the dirty hatchet man for the caucus. Something nobody wants to do. Some dirty, nasty job. I'm the one who gets dropped in you know why, 'cause I'm expendable.

Kaufmann: The crazy, give-a-handgun-to-a-schizophrenic bill.

Off camera: His microphone is on.

Here's the exchange:

There is a federal law, instituted after the Virginia Tech massacre, that requires states to submit the names of mentally ill people to the national background check program. But the Associated Press reported last month many states have ignored the law and not submitted any names.

Minnesota is one of those states.

(h/t: David Wilford)

Comment on this post

Colbert picks on Pawlenty

Posted at 12:05 PM on March 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Colleague Eric Ringham snapped this picture today of the window of an area book chain, reminding us that we can pick our friends, but we can't pick our neighbors.

0310111953.jpg

That's Gov. Pawlenty and Keith Richards, side by side, which is likely as close as they'll ever actually get.

Last night, Stephen Colbert worked Pawlenty's book and his movie-like trailer over a bit, saying the governor may be running for president of the next Transformers movie.

(Video below the fold)

Continue reading "Colbert picks on Pawlenty"

Who was Salman Hadani?

Posted at 1:35 PM on March 10, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Following up on the story of Salman Hadani, the part-time EMT who was the subject of this morning's tearful testimonial at the hearings on the radicalization of Muslims in America, here's a short 2006 documentary on the man's life.

Comment on this post

When politicians cry

Posted at 11:00 AM on March 10, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Here's the video of Rep. Keith Ellison breaking up while telling the compelling story of a Muslim victim on 9/11:

Ellison made his comments as hearings into the radicalization of Muslims in America opened.

There is no doubt about Ellison's sincerity in his remarks, the pain he feels, or the sacrifice that Mohammed Salman Hamdani made on 9/11. It's important to make that clear before asking this question -- a far less important question, I acknowledge: What would happen if a woman politician became emotional at a hearing or other political event?

We already know the answer, of course.

During a campaign stop in New Hampshire in 2008, Hillary Clinton teared up and it became the top political story for more than 24 hours...

In 1987, Rep. Pat Schroeder broke into tears when she announced she wasn't going to run for president. When people talk about the tears of politicians, that moment -- along with Edmund Muskie's Manchester Union Leader tear-up in 1972 -- is usually the poster child on the subject.

In 2007, Schroeder told the Associated Press she still gets hate mail about the moment.

Oh, my gosh, I got a devastating e-mail about it from a woman writer just a couple of days ago," Schroeder said in an interview. "I want to say, 'Wait a minute, we are talking 20 years ago.' It's like I ruined their lives, 20 years ago, with three seconds of catching my breath."

More recently, though, it was a man criticized for crying. John Boehner, the then-incoming House Speaker, teared up almost on cue when Lesley Stahl interviewed him for 60 Minutes (scroll to the 5:37 mark).

Comment on this post

Who's winning the public relations battle in Wisconsin?

Posted at 10:33 AM on February 24, 2011 by Bob Collins (18 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Another poll is out today to muddy the discussion water over which side is winning the public relations battle in Wisconsin.

A Rasmussen poll shows 67% of those surveyed nationwide do not agree with Senate Democrats' decision to leave the state to prevent a vote on a bill stripping some public employee unions of their collective bargaining rights. Republicans, as you might expect, were against the move by a wide margin. But, somewhat surprisingly, Democrats were split on the question.

On the question of whether public employees should even have unions, the results were generally split.

Nate Silver of fivethirtyeight.com deconstructed some polls a day ago, including one -- a Gallup poll -- that showed people in favor of public employees being in a union and one -- Clarus -- showing people are not in favor of public employees being in unions.

There was some bias in the wording, but generally, he says, people tend to support unions less during times of high unemployment:

But there are an awful lot of issues on which the American public has ambivalent feelings, but nevertheless objects to rights being taken away. People might think that alcohol has a negative influence on society, for instance, but I'd imagine that relatively few want to ban it. Even on an issue like abortion, this pattern can sometimes be observed -- about as many Americans describe themselves as "pro-life" as "pro-choice", but polls generally show a clear majority opposed to overturning Roe v. Wade.

A University of Wisconsin poll expert tells the Milwaukee Journal Sentinel that he thinks Walker has lost ground in the struggle.

Comment on this post

It's too early to predict 2012

Posted at 10:30 AM on February 24, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

We're about to start -- if we haven't already started -- the long slog toward congressional elections in 2012. In a video making the rounds from the National Journal, analyst Charlie Cook suggests we shouldn't expect any real change in the makeup of Congress:

Did someone say "Wayback Machine?"

Here's Congressional Quarterly's assessments on the 2010 congressional elections, which was published almost as far ahead of the actual election as Cook's:

With 257 of the 435 U.S. House seats, Democrats are strongly favored to retain their majority in the 2010 elections -- though history points to party losses in the first midterm election of President Obama. Most of the 435 congressional districts have such well-entrenched incumbents that the 2010 House races there will be landslides.

Comment on this post

Gov. Walker's prank phone call

Posted at 11:28 AM on February 23, 2011 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Wisconsin Gov. Scott Walker's spokesman, Cullen Werwie, has confirmed that that really is the governor on the other end of a phone call in which an online "journalist" pretended to be David Koch, one of the godfathers of the tea party movement.

The Governor takes many calls everyday. Throughout this call the Governor maintained his appreciation for and commitment to civil discourse. He continued to say that the budget repair bill is about the budget. The phone call shows that the Governor says the same thing in private as he does in public and the lengths that others will go to disrupt the civil debate Wisconsin is having.

The Buffalo Beast writer says he came up with the idea after Wisconsin Democratic Sen. Tim Carpenter complained that Walker wouldn't return his calls.

The news from all of that? There really isn't any much news.

Comment on this post

A comparison of Wisconsin public employees to the rest of the nation

Posted at 9:03 AM on February 23, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Big Picture blog is wading into the public employees controversy in Wisconsin by jumping into the data about how much public employees are paid in Wisconsin compared to their counterparts around the country (click for larger image).

wisconsin-v-united-states.jpg

"Lo and behold, it appears we might lay blame for the crisis at the feet of Wisconsin's Teacher Assistants, who are pulling down, on average (not median), $240 more than the $24,280 being paid to their counterparts in other states," the blog notes wryly.

For the record, however, the BLS numbers don't tell the entire story, since they only provide particulars on wages, not on total compensation, which of course includes benefits. The numbers also don't reflect the geographic differences in cost of living.

MPR's Tim Nelson takes the numbers a step further, comparing Wisconsin to its border states. Even then, Wisconsin is behind its upper Midwest neighbors in most every category.

Comment on this post

The next Wisconsin fight: Drinking water?

Posted at 10:21 AM on February 23, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Some rural western Wisconsin communities may be involved in another brewing battle at the Wisconsin Legislature.

An Osceola Republican, Rep. Erik Severson, has sponsored a bill to roll back a new law that requires municipal governments to disinfect drinking water.

"A lot of it is expense," he told the Cap Times. "When people in an area are not complaining about the drinking water, the water is good. The taxpayers there are saying 'Hey, we can't afford to pay for this.'"

Severson claims Balsam Lake in northwest Wisconsin, would have to spend more money to comply with the rule than its entire city budget, although the village trustee couldn't confirm that. The city's three wells have high levels of manganese.

Comment on this post

Watching Wisconsin

Posted at 10:01 AM on February 21, 2011 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It's good to see that NPR has transcribed at least a portion of Steve Inskeep's interview with the head of Wisconsin Senate Republicans. It was a great example of how illuminating an issue can be when an engaged interviewer is involved.

But I want to make sure I understand this. Mary Bell, the president of the Wisconsin Education Association Council, says: "Money issues are off the table. Public employees have agreed to Gov. Walker's pension and health care concessions, which he says will solve the budget challenge." Is she not telling the truth?

She's telling half the truth. What she's not really acknowledging is that 80 percent of a school's budget, 75 percent of a county's budget in Wisconsin is made up of salaries and benefits.

And she's saying she'll give you the concessions. I don't understand.

Well, and even with those concessions, it still does not allow those locally elected officials the ability to be able to manage that. Everything from workplace safety to some of the egregious items that are part of collective bargaining now in Wisconsin have a fiscal piece to it. And you know, Mary's not acknowledging that right now.

Unfortunately, NPR didn't transcribe the full interview. But you can find it here.

Meanwhile, in the New York Times, columnist Paul Krugman isn't buying the argument:


n principle, every American citizen has an equal say in our political process. In practice, of course, some of us are more equal than others. Billionaires can field armies of lobbyists; they can finance think tanks that put the desired spin on policy issues; they can funnel cash to politicians with sympathetic views (as the Koch brothers did in the case of Mr. Walker). On paper, we're a one-person-one-vote nation; in reality, we're more than a bit of an oligarchy, in which a handful of wealthy people dominate.

Given this reality, it's important to have institutions that can act as counterweights to the power of big money. And unions are among the most important of these institutions.

Comment on this post

Dispatches from the 'well off'

Posted at 3:37 PM on February 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The leaders of the Minnesota Legislature appeared on MPR's Midday today, and even a casual listener had to pick up on the use of the newest word in politics: job creators. We once referred to these people as "employers" or "businesspeople," but those days are gone.

The leaders panned Gov. Mark Dayton's proposal for an income tax surcharge on the "wealthiest" Minnesotans, noting correctly that Minnesota would have the highest top tax rate in the nation.

The wealthy are the people who create jobs, the theory goes. And they will move if the taxes go up.

MPR's Public Insight Network queried higher-income individuals (some of whom would be subject to the increased taxes) about whether they have considered moving out of the state. Here are some of the answers:

"Well, we face high tax rates because we get paid at lot doing jobs that we have in Minnesota. If we leave Minnesota, we leave the jobs. Oops. Plus, taxes are not a major consideration compared to other location issues -- livable city, schools, arts and entertainment, family ties. Those other factors are what drew us to Minnesota when we relocated here in 2002." - Matt, Minneapolis (Above $180,000)

"No. If I was a non-retail employer, I'd move to South Dakota and commute occasionally to Minnesota or move the business." - Gary, Falcon Heights. ($120,000)

"Yes. Temporary surtaxes do not come and go - they tend to stick around, and get blended into normal tax rates before being repealed. Does the governor believe that fiscal decisions have no impact on what people do? " Louis, St. Louis Park (Makes over the surcharge limit)

"Yes. : I learned that the estate tax is one of the highest in Minnesota. We do not have the 3.5 exemption like some states which follow the Federal Law. But I can't fathom moving to such places as Florida, AZ or Texas just to give my descendants a tax break." Susan, North Oaks (Over $100,000)

"No. No one likes to pay taxes. But it is time we who make more, pay more to assure the education and care of our neighbors. Why would it be a business advantage to continue to provide less education and care to its workers and consumers. " - Mary, Apple Valley (Over $200,000)

"Only if taxes become so low that the quality of life here is passed up by other states that are more realistic about raising enough tax revenue to pay for quality services. The vast middle of Minnesota residents understand that the State's budget needs both tax increases and spending reductions in order to balance the budget and take care of structural budget problems. This includes 'high income' residents." - Larry, Bloomington ($150,000)

"Taxes are an important piece of quality of life in all of our communities. One has more impact and control over how tax revenues are spent locally as opposed to nationally. Not enough control, however, due to the influence that well financed corporations have on the political decisions made. Minnesota is a beautiful winter state. It requires adequate funding to remain beautiful, manage winter realities, and provide infrastructure, parks, clean lakes, libraries, education, public services, and support for all of our people. Homeless, starving people without adequate health care, besides the inhumanity of allowing them to suffer, also makes the state a poorer less attractive, less humane place to live. When everyone does better, everyone does better." - Stacey, Minneapolis ($150,000)

"Family is in Minnesota. Will consider to move after retirement especially if children move out of state. Probably become one of those dreaded snow birds that Governor Dayton now wants to tax more. Our politicians do not want to resolve the reason why people leave the state after retirement (for better climate and don't want to pay higher taxes), just continue to alienate them so they possibly completely leave the state." Larry, New Brighton ($170,000)

"We have been known in the past as a progressive state; no longer. I am hopeful Mark Dayton can make a dent in that, but with the dumbed-down legislature, I'm not hopeful. It appears it is more important to denigrate government employees who are struggling than to ask the rich to pay a bit more, which won't hurt a bit but means a lot less contributed to any politician who votes to do this." - Laura, St. Paul ($200,000)

"I lived a good portion of my life in South Carolina. I experienced what it was like to live in a state that was not, for the most part, concerned a great deal about the shared life of the people. Government was viewed as a necessary evil and starved, and the quality of life for many people in the state reflected that prevailing attitude. It was most visible in the quality of the public schools. I never want to live in a place that does not value the things undergird the good of all residents, e.g., excellent education, environment, health care and support for those least able to care for themselves. Minnesota has traditionally done that, and I have loved living in a state that cares about its people, its resources, and its future. I have been chagrined at the diminishing level of stewardship of Minnesota's traditional values, and I hope the current elevation of personal and corporate wealth and its pursuit over the good of the entire state is a short-lived phenomenon." - Karen, Edina ($150-200,000)

"You should have a choice that includes 'not yet.' This proposal is typical of an out-of-touch guy like Dayton. He is as skewed to the left as Pawlenty was to the right. Why can't they stop spending significantly while increasing taxes moderately? Increasing taxes will just allow the politicians to spend more money. Maybe if they allowed us to ear mark our tax increase I would be more supportive. But giving the money to these career politicians is absurd." - Micheal, St. Paul ($250,000)

"Minnesota has built an excellent set of lifestyles based on education and progressive income taxes. Our social policy has prevented us from having so much poverty and misery that everybody's quality of life is diminished. I don't want to live in a low tax state full of a few rich and many desperate. Minnesota needs to get back on track in developing and maintaining appealing lifestyles supported by opportunity and fairness. In any case, the question isn't whether to live in Minnesota or another state, it is whether to live in Minnesota or Bangladesh. The states aren't that different, it's the cheap labor of other countries that cause businesses to seek competitive advantages in the global market. If businesses can't understand the benefits of contributing to Minnesota's social good, they should move their entire corporate staff to one of these lovely places so they can keep a close watch on their operations. " - Richard, Mendota Heights ($233,000)

"No. My business isn't something you can uproot. My employees are the reason for our success and we're not a commodity business." - Jason, Minneapolis ($400,000)

"So far, just threats. I know of one family that was looking to make the opposite move (Hudson to Eagan) that would certainly NOT do this should a tax hike anywhere near this magnitude go into effect. I know of a second professional that is considering whether to relocate to MN for a job offer and he asked me about this proposal. The approach taken by WI vs that by MN is extraordinary. Where do you think the marginal (private sector) job gets created?" - Jim, Eagan

"At our income level, we should be paying a lot more in taxes than we currently do. I could pay no income tax in Texas. I invite anyone who finds the taxes here unbearable to move there. I'll stick with the great amenities in Minnesota that are our common heritage - great education, great parks and outdoor recreation opportunities, and the many other services our state government provides. Secondly, I believe in community and solidarity. I strongly support Minnesota Care and believe we should be expanding this program. St. John Chrysostom said that if you have two cloaks, then the one in your closet is stolen from the beggar up the street. St. Anselm referred to personal property as original sin. My community and my life are diminished when those around me do not have basic needs fully met. "No man is an island, entire of itself; every man is a piece of the continent, a part of the main. If a clod be washed away by the sea, Europe is the less, as well as if promontory were, as well as if a manor of thy friend's or of thine own were. Any man's death diminishes me, because I am involved in mankind; and therefore never send to know for whom the bell tolls; it tolls for thee." John Donne, Meditation XVII. In spite of knowing that the public school teachers in Minnesota are among the best in the nation, our children attend private school because the public school teachers are given too many students and not enough resources to do their jobs. My family ends up spending far more on private education than we would in increased taxes if everyone shared the cost of adequately funded public education." - Robert, St. Paul ($230,000)

"The idea that 'job creators' leave MN because of taxes is absurd. People set up businesses here because of the productivity of the workforce and the high quality of life. Rich people and business owners don't "create jobs" out of the goodness of their hearts; they start businesses here to make money because this is a good place to do that. If a business owner with a palace on Lake Minnetonka threatens to leave the state because of high taxes, I dare them to move to Aberdeen, SD." - Paul, St. Louis Park ($175,000)

"Higher taxes mean less capital available for hiring and business creation. I am planning to start another business this year and if the tax rates climb I am able to establish the business in another state with lower rates. The world of fiber optic cable and the internet make business moves very doable. " - Andy, Brainerd ($140,000)

(h/t: Molly Bloom)

Comment on this post

Did Minnesota push Wisconsin over the financial cliff?

Posted at 12:46 PM on February 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There is still some confusion over whether the financial crisis in Wisconsin was ginned up. Yesterday, a progressive Web site pointed to a financial memo in January that said the state would finish the year with a surplus.

Today, the Milwaukee Journal Sentinel disputes that notion, and appears to blame the cancellation of a tax reciprocity agreement with Minnesota as the reason:

But there's more to the memo. The budget surplus will only happen if the state keeps its spending in line with what has been budgeted.

But the memo lays out about $258 million in spending by the state that is projected to go over budget. That's in several areas, including health care spending for the poor, prisons and a payment due to Minnesota in December after the canceling of an income tax agreement between the two states.

MPR's Tom Scheck reported last month that Wisconsin owes Minnesota $58 million:

For 40 years, Minnesota and Wisconsin allowed for reciprocity so people who live in one state but work in another didn't have to file tax returns in each state. Gov. Pawlenty ended the agreement in 2009 because he wanted Wisconsin to speed up payments to Minnesota. He was banking on the funds to help balance the state's budget. His decision to end the reciprocity agreement meant Minnesota was set to gain as much as $131 million from Wisconsin in the current budget cycle.

Meanwhile, much of the bill that's sparked the Wisconsin Uprising exempts firefighters and police officers, but that hasn't apparently stopped firefighters from joining in the protest against a loss of collective bargaining rights for other public employees.

This video was posted a few minutes ago. Firefighters paraded through the street...

.. and into the Capitol.

As for the police, several state troopers were sent to the home of the only Senate Democrat still in the state. He didn't answer the door.

Comment on this post

Politics in the workplace

Posted at 11:00 AM on February 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Political debate has gotten so polarized over so long that little surprises us anymore.
But this probably will.

An Arizona firefighter last month refused to respond to the tragic shootings in Tucson, the Arizona Star reports, because he had different political views than his colleagues and "did not want to be part of it."

It's not entirely clear what Mark Ekstrum's problem was because he's not talking. But he says he voted for Rep. Gabrielle Giffords.

Comment on this post

Debate: Should CPB be funded?

Posted at 1:06 PM on February 17, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Add category, Media, Politics

It'll be a short debate -- a half hour or less -- but an important one on NPR's Talk of the Nation.

Participating in the broadcast:

Rep. Earl Blumenauer (D-OR). He supports federal funding for public broadcasting.
Rep. Doug Lamborn (R-CO). He thinks it should be eliminated.
Tom Rosenstiel, director of the Pew Research Center's Project for Excellence in Journalism, who will provide context of the role of public broadcasting in the media landscape.

1:08 p.m. - Lamborn: "When we get to the reality of actual programs getting reduced, people get uncomfortable. Everyone will have something in this budget where they're not going to be happy. We have to share this with Americans to get our house in order.

Conan says it's a small drop in the bucket. Lamborn says if we used that approach, nothing would ever get done.

"Zero seems like a lot, too," Conan replied.

1:09 p.m. - Lamborn: "I'm fan of public broadcasting. There are a number of programs that have a lot of quality. It would be an adjustment, honestly, but I do think the future is bright for public broadcasting should it become private broadcasting. Because of the quality, there will be a way forward. It'll mean scrambling and finding new sources of revenue, but I really do think there is a bright future for public broadcasting."

1:11 p.m. - Conan asks if government should be involved if there isn't a market in the private sector for arts programming. "If there isn't a market in the private sector, should it exist?" Lamborn replies.

1:12 p.m. - Conan asks, "Don't Republicans believe funding CPB is funding the enemy?"

"I don't know what people are thinking," Lamborn replies. "My bill was in existence before Juan Williams' firing took place. "

Caller (Oswego NY): - "This is taking information away from Americans when you should be more involved in providing information."

"No one is talking about eliminating CPB or NPR," Lamborn says. "We're just talking about not having the taxpayers pay for it. The taxpayer can't keep paying for everything. This cannot continue."

Caller (Philadelphia): "Maybe it is time to cut it. I'd never object to advertising on public TV or public radio. If they need the funding, by all means do it. I would give more if I knew the government was cutting it."

Are the votes there. "Last night at midnight, we beat back the main challenge -- an amendment to eliminate the reduction of funding," Lamborn says. "That was defeated. We had a back-and-forth at midnight."

(Lamborn cut loose)

Enter Tom Rosenstiel.

1:17 p.m. - There are only 31 all-news commercial radio stations left in the U.S. There's really not any street reporting still taking place in commercial radio. On public radio, there was 31% -- in a study -- of the stories on public radio involving international news. On commercial radio, it was 4%.

1:20 p.m. - Rep. Earl Blumenauer. "They wouldn't allow my amendments to come to a vote. They disallowed it on a technicality even though Republicans have routinely waived points of order for their things."

1:21 p.m. - Blumenauer says his idea was to steer subsidies to major oil companies to public broadcasting. He says it's an ideological reason for cutting. "We've seen this movie before," he said. "It has long been an agenda. What's different is up to now we've had a core of Republican supporters who've said, 'this is crazy.'"

1:23 p.m. - Why not just sell advertising? "It's not commercially viable? It costs 11 times to serve Burns, Oregon as it does the Portland area."

If local listeners won't support it, why should taxpayers, an e-mailer asks.

"The money is a small amount," Blumenauer says. "And it is highly leveraged. All of this educational content we revere, you look at the commercial stations, they're not producing commercial-free entertainment. The stuff is made to sell things to kids, not to educate them."

1:25 p.m. Conan asks if poor people are losing heating assistance, shouldn't public broadcasting be on the table, too? "It is on the table," Blumenauer says. "But for less than half a cent a day, this is part of the essential infrastructure of the nation. We need it if we're going to educate and inform them. The real money is going to be defense, and social services. That's where the money is. Tying up the argument over a half a cent a day is a terrible mistake."

Blumenauer is cut loose.

1:27 p.m. - Rosenstiel says there is more news on commercial TV than before. "There's more foreign news on PBS," he says. "Cable news on television tends to take one or two stories of the week and double it. The biggest story is talked about even more. So you have a very narrow range of subjects on cable TV and it's typically something with an ideological edge. Lindsay Lohan should get less coverage on cable news because there's no ideological divide.

Emailer: "One of my concerns is that CPB is a distraction. It's a feel-good moment. If Congress made major cuts and then said "we had to cut CPB," I'd feel it was genuine. But to start with CPB?

Another emailer: "We all have to give up something to balance the budget."

1:29 P.M. - What would happen if 50% CPB were cut? "It would hurt NPR less than local markets," Rosenstiel says. "NPR, which is the political target here, is going to survive. If this is a political fight, there'll be a lot of collateral damage at the local level."

Caller from New Hampshire says funding for public broadcasting is being zeroed out there.

"Lots of things are being cut," Rosenstiel. "Gradually public broadcasting has moved away from state funds. It does two things different: Because you're not tied to commercial audiences, you operate more on a long-term strategy. In the '90s as commercial audiences shrank, the programming became more tabloid and crime was the top subject even though crime was going down. None of that staunched the loss of audience. Public broadcasting has seen its audience grow because they stuck with it. Radio... NPR has seen an enormous growth because it's doing things that can't be found anywhere else."

1:35 p.m. - Conan notes there are several places to get multiple public broadcasting stations. Rosenstiel says the stations end up targeting, becoming all news or all music.

1:36 p.m. Caller:"We have to fund the things that are important. Social Security and Medicaid are the important thing. I listen to public radio every day, it's just not a priority right now. "

That concludes the segment. Audio will be posted later. Comments open below.

Comment on this post

Live: Wisconsin showdown

Posted at 10:40 AM on February 17, 2011 by Bob Collins (52 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

I'll be completely honest with you: For someone who lives 8 miles from the Wisconsin border, I know very little about that state's government. But I do know that what's happening there this week is a dramatic showdown between political forces that had to come sometime, and isn't likely to be limited to Wisconsin.

At 11, the Wisconsin Senate will consider a bill, supported by Gov. Scott Walker, that imposes new working agreements and removes some benefits for some public employee unions. "We're broke," Gov. Walker says.

But the unions have been flexing their own muscle with a third day of "occupation" of the Wisconsin Capitol.

Coverage of the Senate session is to be provided by Wisconsin Eye. I'll try to live blog, but it will depend on access to video or audio. No guarantees. Wisconsin isn't Minnesota when it comes to public information on demand.

Here's a copy of the bill. It's 144 pages long.

10:45 a.m. - Online surveys are notoriously non-scientific, but the Milwaukee Journal Sentinel online poll shows sentiment in favor of passing the legislation.

10:54 a.m. - Columnist Patrick McIlheran of the Journal Sentinel:


Yeah? Recall how we got here. How is it that only in desperation will unions accept a deal that still leaves them better off than everyone else? How did we achieve not just next year's $3.3 billion deficit but the decade of structural deficits before? Easy: It's because labor costs for years have been outstripping taxpayers' capacity. That in turn was caused by officials, elected in a union-dominated political environment, buying labor peace via benefits, where it's harder for voters to see the costs adding up.

vs. columnist Eugene Kane:


Walker apparently thinks the state is too broke to keep negotiating with unions the same way it has done before, although it's not clear why he decided to take that stance at this particular juncture. He might be counting on growing anti-union sentiment that has caused some to question the effectiveness of organized labor, particularly public unions with long-standing agreements - some say "sweetheart deals" - with government.

11:12 a.m. - Still waiting for the lawmakers to convene. Here's an AP report on the scene in Madison.

11:25 a.m. - Senators are being called to the floor. This link might be thick reading for we mere mortals, but it's a background on Wisconsin's public retirement system.

11:30 a.m. - There were rumors from the unions that Democrats would walk out today, preventing a vote. It sounds like the Democrats didn't show up. There are 17 senators present, which is a quorum, however.

11:33 a.m. - Debate has started, disruptions break out in the gallery. Republicans are trying to press ahead but the chants are getting louder.

11:35 a.m. - The Republicans have given up and adjourned (or "standing informal"). They are looking to round up Democrats.

11:42 a.m. - Reading quite a few "tweets" with pleas to Al Jazeera to cover the events in Wisconsin, " because the American media is ignoring it." You have to take some responsibility for finding "the American media." It's not ignoring it by a long shot. And if you mean CNN or Fox, then one should identify them as such. There's more to "the media" than a couple of big news organizations.

11:45 a.m. - Sen. Michael Ellis, R-Neenah, says the bill cannot be passed without 20 senators present. Acknowledges they don't have. "I have no idea how long that will take; it will take an hour, 5 hours, 20 hours. " He tells the people in the audience who were disrupting proceedings earlier, "You're all good Americans. Thank you for your courtesy. God bless you."

11:50 a.m.
- Feel free to talk among yourselves in the comments section. Some good comments there already to kick around.

12:19 p.m. - It appears the Democrats are coming in. They're wearing red or orange T-shirts, which I presume are union-messaged shirts. Apologies, those are members of the Assembly.

12:34 p.m. - Wisconsin State Journal says Democrat senators are leaving the city.

12:57 p.m.
- I'm going to go live blog the "Should the CPB be funded" debate on MPR. Doesn't appear to be anything new on the Wisconsin story. If something develops, I'll pick it up later. Keep talking -- nicely -- in comments.

2:08 p.m. - This opinion piece in the Capitol Times claims Gov. Walker ginned up the Wisconsin financial crisis, and provides a link to the January fiscal note which it says proved it.

2:48 p.m. - Somewhat related: Minnesota Rep. Mark Buesgens filed legislation today ending public pensions for state workers.

Comment on this post

Budgetary game day

Posted at 3:00 PM on February 15, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The game is well underway as it is every biennium. A sitting governor has proposed a budget. Legislative leaders are shocked by it. The numbers change. The majority party changes. The game never changes.

So how close to reality are proposed budgets? There's no equation but a quick examination of the general state spending budgets for the last 10 years shows they're usually in the "ballpark."

Bieninum Proposed by governor Actual general spending
2000-2001 (Ventura) $25 billion $23.4 billion
2002-2003 (Ventura) $27.3 billion $26.6 billion
2004-2005 (Pawlenty) $28.1 billion $28.1 billion*
2006-2007 (Pawlenty) $30 billion $31.4 billion *
2008-2009 (Pawlenty) $34.4 billion $32.2 billion **
2010-2011 (Pawlenty) $33.6 billion $30.2 billion***
2012-2013 (Dayton) $37.1 billion --

* Based on end-of-session forecast expenditures
** Based on February revenue forecast
*** Based on November forecast

Comment on this post

Live: Gov. Dayton's budget

Posted at 10:45 AM on February 15, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The governor released his budget plan today and, as you can probably figure out, I'm live blogging it. Feel free to comment in the app below. MPR's Tom Scheck is also "tweeting" the event and you can find them below as well. After the news conference, the regular "comments" section will open. Throughout the day on MPR, you'll hear analysis (the Republicans react at noon).


Here's the thing. The airwaves and Web sites are going to thick with politicians. I'm looking for REAL people who have a story to tell about the impact of this budget. Contact me at bcollins@mpr.org please.

Comment on this post

State government vs. county government

Posted at 2:24 PM on February 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There has been a lot of arguing back and forth over whether cuts in the state budget at the Capitol would result in property tax increases at the county level.

Today, a group of Republicans filed a bill to settle the dispute by freezing county spending.

The bill reads in part:


Notwithstanding any other law to the contrary, for purposes of the certification required by Minnesota Statutes, section 275.07, subdivision 1, in 2011, no local taxing authority shall certify to the county auditor a property tax levy greater than the amount certified to the county auditor pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 275.07,subdivision 1, in the prior year, except as provided in this section..

It also prevents wage and benefit increases, and prevents new bonding or debt.

The obvious question that will come up if the bill gets a hearing is whether state lawmakers, who are against many mandates to local governments, should be making spending decisions for county governments.

What's your view?

Other bills filed at the Minnesota House of Representatives today would:

-- Prohibit anyone from getting a driver's license or driving instruction who isn't in school.

-- Provides automatic voter registration to people applying for or renewing a driver's license.

-- Endorse changing the method of electing a president by eliminating the "electoral college" and electing presidents by popular vote.

-- Cap the amount of money that can be spent on youth sports and libraries from the Twins stadium tax in Hennepin County.

-- Put another Constitutional amendment on the ballot which would allowing "agricultural land, nonhomesteaded, noncommercial real property owners, and small business property owners to vote on bonding and property tax questions."

-- Remove the cap on greenhouse gas emissions in Minnesota.

-- Add a 2.5 percent tax on alcohol. It's called a "judicial and health impact fee."


Comment on this post

Fireworks, fireworks, fireworks

Posted at 2:32 PM on February 10, 2011 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

You asked for it, Wisconsin. You with your "we're open for business signs" on the state border, aimed at our businesses and all.

Several Minnesota Republican lawmakers today filed a bill in the House of Representatives to make fireworks legal in Minnesota, a market currently pretty much owned by businesses in Wisconsin, where the sale of fireworks is legal.

The bill would change the definition of fireworks to that used by the American Pyrotechnic Association. When Minnesota allowed the sale of "fireworks" starting in 2002, it limited the definition to sparklers and a few "pop" toys that were little more than cute. Things that shot into the air? Not in our state, at least not legally in our state.

But Minnesotans, as evidenced by the license plates in the stores in Wisconsin, want the big artillery.

If approved, this certainly serves as a shot across Wisconsin's bow. In Wisconsin, residents aren't allowed to purchase fireworks without a permit, even though they can be sold to residents from Minnesota and other states without one.

Wisconsinites would have to come to Minnesota to get them.



Comment on this post

Dayton's words

Posted at 2:38 PM on February 9, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The word cloud of today's State of the State address from Gov. Dayton. The word "stinks" is nowhere to be found. (Click for the bigger image)

wordle_dayton_sos.jpg

It looks remarkably similar to Gov. Pawlenty's State of the State address last year:

wordle_pawlenty_sos.jpg

Comment on this post

The fine line between optimism and denial

Posted at 8:59 AM on February 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (14 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

I don't usually write about Sarah Palin -- there are plenty of people who already do that for a living -- but I was taken this morning by her comments honoring the 100th birthday of Ronald Reagan, who was able to lift America's spirits by saying things were pretty good, when they really weren't.

It's a perfect example of how the "mathematics" of the state of the economy are heavily influenced by the "emotion" surrounding it.

Mrs. Palin says America "is on the road to ruin," called the present course "insane," and said the answer lies -- at least partially -- in more oil drilling.
After the speech, Reagan's son said his dad and the former Alaska governor have nothing in common. Then, again, Ron Reagan and his dad didn't have much in common either.

Still, it's an interesting contrast in how politicians frame reality.

Let's trot out -- again -- one of my favorite political ads of all time.

It is, as the title of this post suggests, a fine line between the power of optimism and denial of reality and -- for sure -- plenty of people in 1984 said President Reagan was spending his days in the latter. But Roosevelt did the same thing when he told us there is nothing to fear "but fear itself." In reality, there was plenty to fear.

Reagan's America was coming out of 16 months of recession and people were going back to work -- slowly. The unemployment rate had reached 9.7 percent, and had dropped to below 8 by 1984.

Mr. Reagan's ad said the inflation rate had dropped to "about half of what it was four years ago." But that, too, was a twist because it doesn't point out that half of 11% is a crushing rate of inflation. In the same period he was comparing the unemployment rate (pointing out that more people than ever had gone to work that day), inflation had actually doubled. But, he was right, it was still much lower than the 11 percent of his first year in office.

The ad said "more people are buying new homes." That's true now, too. But that doesn't mean the housing industry isn't an economic basket case.

The famous ad did not address the primary issue addressed by Mrs. Palin -- debt. In the period the ad assesses, the public debt had nearly doubled. Roles were reversed back then. Democrats argued the debt would kill us (and some still argue it did). Republicans assured that "Reaganomics" would have a payoff to it.

But none of that mattered. The goal was simply to get people to believe in a particular reality. And they did. Just as they did last night when Mrs. Palin got a standing ovation.

If one is tempted to believe it's morning in America now, it is. If one believes we're on the road to ruin, we are.

Comment on this post

The rush to cut child protection

Posted at 1:30 PM on February 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (31 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota Senate -- like the Minnesota House before it -- today approved cuts in child protection funding in the state. Sen. Linda Berglin (DFL-Minneapolis) tried to save funding by amending a larger bill that cuts almost $1 billion in state spending. Most of the attention has focused on its impact on state workers. Little of it has focused on whether Minnesota is adequately protecting children from abuse.

And it was clear from today's debate that few legislators knew the answer to that question, and weren't much interested in finding one, either. Most everyone agrees children should be protected, most everyone says government has a role in protecting the most vulnerable, and most everyone seems to agree that children fit that category. And yet, there's the cut in the first budget bill to go before the full Senate, rather than the last.

Why?

Committee heads refused to answer questions from senators when they were asked about the cuts today.

"This is a generous state," Rep. Geoff Michel declared. "And it will be a generous state after this bill passes."

That's true. Minnesota does spend a great deal of money on human services, but it's not clear whether it spends much on child protection. And it's not clear whether the cuts would actually lead to more children dying or being abused, as DFLers insist.

NO PUBLIC REACTION

But that makes today's vote all the more puzzling because the Senate didn't hold any public committee hearings held a single hearing on the bill and the senator who is shepherding it said today that they weren't getting phone calls from anyone opposing the cuts. But why would they? No mainstream media has presented any stories or, apparently, asked any questions about child protection in the two weeks since the bill surfaced, or of course, in the five working days since the measure passed the House. Compare that to the number of stories about Michele Bachmann you've seen floating about.

child_protection_funding.jpg
In the big scheme of the bill, the child protection element is pretty small potatoes -- $19 million is smaller than $1 billion.

But that, according to the Center for Advanced Studies in Child Welfare at the University of Minnesota (which supplied the graphic), "is a 30% reduction in the state's contribution to the Child Protection system. Already, Minnesota is amongst the lowest of all of the states in its funding of child welfare services."

WHAT WILL COUNTIES DO?

That, too, leaves unanswered questions because child protection happens at the county level. How does Minnesota compare to other states when county funding is considered? And what happens to the county funding? The Legislature is also cutting aid to counties. What priority will they put on child protection in their next budgets? Good questions, which do not have any answers.

If politicians have targeted child protection -- they have -- maybe there's a reason for that. MPR's Sasha Aslanian reported last November, for example, that child abuse cases have dropped to their lowest level since 1982.

But some people said that's because there are fewer resources to help. "My wife is a teacher and has to call child protection services quite frequently," one writer told us. "She is often told that they can't do anything, or given the "what do you want us to do about it" response. Maybe the drop in requests for help is because people realize they won't get any help, so requesting help is a waste of time."

Minnesota keeps records of the number of cases involving abuse. But it doesn't keep any record of the number of calls to child protection.

A CHANGING DEFINITION OF ABUSE?

There is also some indication that the counties are "raising the bar" for what qualifies as child abuse, according to Mary Regan, the executive director of the Minnesota Council of Child Caring Agencies. "Maybe they figure, for example, that a three year old can be at home alone for a few hours. We heard one example of a homeless youth in a transitional living program -- a young teenage mom -- who had yanked the baby out of the crib and dislocated its shoulder. She was (reportedly) told 'it doesn't meet our criteria.'"

In Beltrami County three years ago, the county stopped paying for out of home placement for children on the Red Lake Reservation. The state stepped in. "We have a large disproportionate number of American Indian children in the child welfare system, and our outcomes for those children aren't very good," an assistant commissioner of the Department of Human Services told us.

What happens now? Do things get worse? How much worse? And what does worse look like? The answer to those questions never came up in today's floor session. The questions never came up either. After the floor session, a spokesman for Senate Republicans refused to answer them.

"We were sent here to make the tough decisions," Rep. Jeremy Miller, R-Winona, said during today's floor debate. And he's right. Today's decision was tough. Nobody has any fun cutting child protection. But that's not the question; the question is whether it was informed? Again: Maybe. Maybe not.

That we don't know the answer to that question and dozens of others on this issue is a failure of the politicians and those of us who cover the issues they decide.

Comment on this post

Same-sex marriage showdown underway in Iowa

Posted at 3:03 PM on February 2, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

"Your family doesn't derive its sense of worth from being told by the state, 'Congratulations, you're married,'" Zach Wahls, 19, told Iowa lawmakers yesterday. Wahls was raised by two women, and testified in opposition to a bill that would put a ban on same-sex marriage on the ballot in Iowa.

Although the House of Representatives has advanced the bill, the Senate Majority Leader, Mike Gronstal, is blocking it from coming to the floor of the Iowa Senate for a vote.

Here's the House resolution:


A Joint Resolution proposing an amendment to the Constitution 1 of the State of Iowa specifying marriage between one man and one woman as the only legal union that is valid or recognized in the state.

BE IT RESOLVED BY THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF THE STATE OF IOWA: 5 TLSB 1109YH (7) 84 pf/rj
H.J.R. 6 Section 1. The following amendment to the Constitution of 1 the State of Iowa is proposed: 2 Article I of the Constitution of the State of Iowa is amended by adding the following new section:

Marriage. SEC. 26. Marriage between one man and one woman shall be the only legal union valid or recognized in this state. Sec. 2.

REFERRAL AND PUBLICATION. The foregoing amendment to the Constitution of the State of Iowa is referred to the general assembly to be chosen at the next general election for members of the general assembly, and the secretary of state is directed to cause the same to be published for three consecutive months previous to the date of that election as provided by law.

EXPLANATION. This joint resolution proposes an amendment to the 16 Constitution of the State of Iowa specifying that marriage between one man and one woman shall be the only legal union valid or recognized in this state. The joint resolution, if adopted, would be referred to the next general assembly for adoption a second time before being submitted to the electorate for ratification.

The Des Moines Register profiles several politicians who are taking a , perhaps, unpopular stand:


As a Catholic, Sen. Tom Rielly, D-Oskaloosa, believes marriage is "one-man, one-woman, one time," he said.

"But I'm not going to use that as a test to deny someone their civil rights. I've read the decision a couple dozen times, and I just for the life of me don't understand how anybody can say, 'This couple over here, you can enter into a civil contract to get health insurance, tax status, pension benefits, survivor benefits, end-of-life care. But you over here, because you're gay, you can't do that.'

"How is that not discriminatory?"

Iowa's Supreme Court unanimously struck down Iowa's ban on same-sex marriage in 2009 (See opinion). In November, voters turned three of the seven justices out of office.

Comment on this post

Drug testing for welfare recipients?

Posted at 12:04 PM on February 2, 2011 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

Old bills are again making new appearances at the Legislature.

Republicans in the Minnesota House today filed a bill requiring recipients of MFIP -- that's the welfare system for low-income residents -- to prove they're not on drugs or alcohol.

It's a dead-on-arrival bill from the past that has a chance of passage this year. Sen. Amy Koch, who now is the Senate Majority Leader in Minnesota, filed a similar bill in 2008 that went nowhere.

Michigan was the first state to pass a similar law, but it failed a constitutional test. It was deemed an unreasonable search.

Here's the bill:

Eligibility; drug screening. (a) To be eligible for MFIP, an applicant must undergo drug and alcohol screening, to the extent practicable, following the established procedures and reliability safeguards provided for screening in sections 181.951, 181.953, and 181.954. A county agency may require a recipient of benefits to undergo random drug screening. An applicant must provide evidence of a negative test result to the appropriate county agency prior to being approved for MFIP benefits and prior to receiving an extension of benefits under section 256J.425.

(b) A laboratory must report to the appropriate county agency any positive test
result returned on an applicant or recipient of MFIP benefits. Upon receipt of a positive test result, a county agency must deny or discontinue benefits until the applicant or recipient demonstrates a pattern of negative test results that satisfies the agency that the
person is no longer a drug user.

(c) MFIP applicants and recipients shall pay for the full cost of each screening.

The alcohol screening is a different twist. While it's illegal to use drugs, alcohol is a legal substance. Should that make a difference?

Other states have considered a more broad requirement. In West Virginia, unemployment benefits and money for WIC -- women, infants, and children -- would also similarly require a drug test first.

Sen. Orrin Hatch has proposed a federal drug-testing requirement.

In other news, a Republican Democratic lawmaker has filed a bill to repeal the ban on alcohol sales on Sunday.

Comment on this post

Live-blogging Midmorning: The Vikings stadium

Posted at 9:10 AM on February 2, 2011 by Bob Collins (52 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports


Some new faces dominate the debate over whether the state should help build a new stadium for the Minnesota Vikings. But the arguments probably sound familiar, as familiar as they did in the years leading up to the building of Target Field, the home of the Twins.

Today, MPR's Midmorning is wading into the argument which likely will hit the Legislature within the next few weeks. Today's guests are:

* Ted Mondale: Chairman of the Metropolitan Sports Facilities Commission.

* Judith Grant Long: Associate Professor of Urban Planning at Harvard University Graduate School of Design.

* Neil deMause: Co-author of "Field of Schemes: How the Great Stadium Swindle Turns Public Money Into Private Profit."

I'm live blogging the show and encouraging you to share your comments, the best and most insightful of which I'll read on the air. (Hit F5 -- refresh -- to see the latest entries)

9:04 a.m. - Ted Mondale has come into the studio Kerri and he are discussing user fees and why the Vikings aren't putting more money into the deal (there was no answer to that one).

9:07 a.m
. - Kerri's intro:

But we begin with the arguments for--and against--taxpayer contributions to a new Vikings Stadium. State lawmakers will have to balance an expiring Metrodome lease and threats that the Vikings will leave--Sound familiar???---with the inescapable truth of a $6.2 billion shortfall--and the political jujitsu that will require. So--how to justify taxpayer money for a new stadium in a time of budget austerity?

That's one of the challenges for my in-studio guest today. Ted Mondale is the new Chair of the Metropolitan Sports Facility Commission and he is Governor Dayton's point man on the stadium at the capitol. Welcome.

In a moment..Judith Grant Long will join us. She's Associate Professor of Urban Planning at Harvard's Graduate School of Design.

A bit later...Neil DeMoss will join in. He is a journalist and author of: "Field of Schemes: How the Great Stadium Swindle Turns Public Money Into Private Profit."

9:09 a.m. - The first question is the obvious one: How can the state pay for a stadium during economic times like this:

"It's important we keep an NFL team in the Twin Cities,"Mondale said. He said if the Vikings leave, "it puts us on a list that makes us look like losers."

9:10 a.m. - Mondale says Gov. Dayton says the public should get more out of a stadium than the state puts in. "It needs to be paid for as much as possible -- if not totally -- by user fees.

9:12 a.m. - But why don't the Vikings put more into the stadium than they are. "I'm not here to negotiate with the Vikings on air," Mondale said, "but there's no doubt they'll have to put more into it." He says there's little interest in the Vikings plan to pay only a third. "I've not met any legislators who are interested in that," but says the Vikings aren't negotiating because there's no one to negotiate yet.

He says, though, that the Vikings won't pay 100 percent of the stadium. He says other states "will pay anything" to have a pro sports team in town, but many of those cities have found that the return isn't as high as they thought it would be. Other markets -- Indianapolis for one -- are seeing their teams put more money into the stadiums.

9:16 a.m.
- Caller Mark: "I'm astounded at the state's inability to drive a hard bargain with these owners. Taxpayers bought Target Field, but the owners got all the money from the naming rights."

9:17 a.m. - Mondale: There will be very hard bargaining on this project... if there is a project.

9:20 a.m. - Judith Grant Long joins us now. She says economists have discovered that stadiums really don't deliver new jobs and new taxes. Pro sports is less than one-tenth of one percent of theGDP. She says the new element of the argument is one that I've wondered why wasn't pursued in the past -- why make an economic argument? Why not make an argument that it's nice to have an NFL team in town and debate whether that's true?

9:25 a.m. - "There has to be more to that argument," Mondale says. He says he's meeting with business leaders this afternoon who will say "this is important to our area. This is about jobs."

9:26 a.m. - Mondale says the stadium will create 2,000 jobs, "and that's nothing to laugh at," a rebuttal to the Harvard professor.

9:27 a.m. - Ten percent of the occupancy downtown derive from events that are Metrodome events, Mondale says. Judith Long says "this is very much the rhetoric we hear, to try to move arguments past hard economic numbers." She says Mondale is trying his best to come up with numbers, which allows us to consider what might be a proper Vikings contribution. "The average deal in the U.S. in the last few years has been a 75-25, with private being the 25. She says that should be flipped.

9:30 a.m. - Caller notes the Wilfs will own a team of greater value when they sell the team. Will the team give some of that back to the state?

"In the (Twins) deal, there was an assessment of team value and a provision in the bill that when the team is sold, 25% of the price will go back to the public entities that contributed to the stadium," Mondale said.

(Judith Long has been cut loose from the discussion)

9:32 a.m. -- Mondale cites book "Major League Winners" that disputes the professor's economic claims.

9:34 a.m. - Caller Peter says one side ignores math, the other doesn't care about math. "The vitriol with which we refuse to subsidize the Mall of America is confounding."

Mondale says that's not true. "The next time you go to the Mall of America and look at the big garages, exit ramps, and highways, that was all public subsidies."

9:36 a.m. - Mondale says Vikings aren't going to put their cards on the table until there's an actual bill. Lester Bagley of the Vikings says the team will likely add money to the original offer, as the Twins did after construction had already started (to build things that weren't in the original design).

9:38 a.m. - This should be as much about user fees as possible, according to Mondale. He mentions lodging taxes, ticket taxes. But is a lodging tax really a user fee or just a tax on people who don't vote here?

9:40 a.m. - Mondale: "This cannot be a debate between the Minnesota Vikings and schools; that should never happen."

(Neil deMause has joined us)

9:41 a.m. - deMause says sports franchises "wear down" people with the arguments. "Teams just cycle through these arguments over and over again hoping one will stick," he says.

"The Twins' approach evolved from contraction, which wasn't taken well, to a more collaborative approach. I don't think there's anybody pushing this bill at the Legislature or governor's office who's going to be put over a barrel by the Vikings," Mondale says.

9:45 a.m.
- deMause says the public should put some money in "because it's not like there's no pubic benefit," it's just much lower than what the teams have been getting in terms of subsidies.

9:46 a.m. - "The most important thing in looking at a potential deal, is what happened elsewhere. Almost every city that lost a team, paid more to get one back," Mondale said. But he also says "this may not be doable in this economy."

9:48 a.m. - Caller asks if there was much economic harm when the North Stars moved to Dallas. There doesn't appear to be an answer, judging by the answer.

9:50 a.m. - Why not let the public vote? "Because it would lose," the author says. The one exception is when teams outspend their opponents more than 100-to-1, then it is approved.

9:52 a.m. - Caller asks why the TCF Bank stadium can't be upgraded for professional football?

"My understanding from the discussions we've had, both from the U of M and the Vikings is it doesn't lose economically," Mondale says. "The U isn't excited about having the Vikings on campus for a long period of time."

9:55 a.m. - deMause: "We're building stadiums to get the subsidies, we're not building new stadiums because we need new stadiums."

Mondale: The Metrodome was funded by taxes and was paid off by the sale of Met Center. The governor is going to support a bill only if it the public benefit is greater than the money goes in there. For the fourth time in today's show, he says it might not be possible.

He also says there's been no discussion of a public vote?

"Would that be a good option?" Miller asks.

"Good try, Kerri," Mondale says, ending today's segment.

Comment on this post

The great stadium debate

Posted at 4:07 PM on February 1, 2011 by Bob Collins (20 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports


Budget, cuts in child protection, same-sex marriage, guns, voter ID, abortion -- they've all put in an appearance in one fashion or another at the Capitol this year. When is the Vikings stadium going to make an appearance?

The new majority has a member to carry a Vikings stadium bill, but it hasn't been filed yet. It will eventually.

As with Target Field, the goal is to (a) make more money by (b) making it more expensive for you to attend. The trick is figuring out (c) how to make you not mind.

MPR's Tim Nelson has a story today that examines some of the ways this is going to be done.

Tomorrow on MPR's Midmorning, we're going to discuss all of this and, hopefully, say something about public financing of stadiums that hasn't been said before.

The guests are:

Ted Mondale, chairman of the Metropolitan Sports Facilities Commission

Judith Grant Long, associate professor of urban planning at Harvard University Graduate School of Design

Neil deMause, co-author of "Field of Schemes: How the Great Stadium Swindle Turns Public Money Into Private Profit"

I'll be live-blogging the hour to provide your analysis. Supply it in the "comments" section below.

To lead us off, here's a study issued last year on sports franchises and the economic impact of communities. It finely details the various details that teams get.

Comment on this post

Live-blogging: Target Center makes a pitch

Posted at 12:58 PM on February 1, 2011 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

target_wide.jpg

Some eyebrows were raised a few weeks ago when the Minnesota Timberwolves hired several lobbyists to work the

Capitol crowd this session. Today we found out why.

The City of Minneapolis and the Timberwolves today unveiled a $150 million dollar renovation plan for Target Center.

That makes the $8 million for renovations in Gov. Mark Dayton's bonding proposal yesterday petty cash by comparison. It also makes it a long shot to get any more funding from the state, try as city and team officials did today.

First, the Timberwolves aren't threatening to move. Second, few people would care if they did. That perhaps is the reason why an afternoon news conference stressed the non-Timberwolves events. Only 25 percent of the events at Target Center are Timberwolves games, they said.

The officials used the term "renovations" during the news conference -- conjuring up the notion of a little tweaking here and a little tweaking there. But the proposal is actually a gutting of the current 20-year-old facility.

lobby_wolves_2.jpg

woles_tc_lobby.jpg

If those look familiar to you, you've probably been to Target Field. The proposal stresses plenty of glass, and a few restaurants, more premium seating, more corporate sponsorship opportunities.

Timberwolves owner Glenn Taylor did not indicate how much the team would contribute to the project.

Live-blog of the news conference follows:

1:08 p.m
. - Mayor R. T. Rybak: "It's time to move forward. Minnesota is a state of practical people making tough decisions. He says the building represents Minnesota values. Says to make the building competitive, the state needs to invest in it.

"We saw what happened when Target Field opened. It electrified the city. It brought in revenue to the state."

1:12 p.m.
- Council President Barbara Johnson says the renovation will relieve the taxpayers of Minnesota.

1:13 p.m.
- Steve Mattson, of the company that manages Target Center , says 37% of "non-game event" tickets are sold to people outside the city.

glenn_taylor_feb_1.jpg

1:15 p.m. - Glenn Taylor, owner of the Timberwolves. Says he's seen the financials on other NBA teams. "It would be nice to have a brand new facility, but I'm a Minnesotan who served in the Legislature. And I'm a taxpayer. We never brought up the idea of a new building. It's prudent, as an owner and taxpayer, that it's best to take advantage of a building already built.

1:20 p.m. - Sam Grabarski, Minneapolis Downtown Council, says keeping the Timberwolves competitive (Bob notes: the TWolves haven't been competitive in years and it's not the building's fault) is important.

1:22 p.m. - Todd Klingel, Minneapolis Regional Chamber of Commerce. "The state has a $7 million investment in Target Center; it's received back over $120 million in revenue. It's proven itself to have value while it's still in a strong state. It's the right time because financing is at historic lows, construction costs are at historic lows.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

Q: Any conversation with people at the Legislature?

A: Rybak: "Yes, but they're just beginning."

Taylor: "We'll participate in this and we'll be up front in the conversations about how much we'll contribute to it."

Q: How will renovations make Target Center self sufficient?

A: Steve Mattson: The building is in a deficit. How will it keep us relevant. You've got to do the things the clients are asking you to do. These renovations will address those issues.

Rybak: "The return of investment of the building does not take place solely inside the building."

Q: Have you talked to the Vikings and Saints about combining on one bill?

A: Rybak: Only in general terms. It's early on that conversation.

Q: What's the $8 million from Gov. Dayton for?

A: Rybak: There's ongoing maintenance on the building. State money goes toward those projects. It's for right now. What's in the bonding bill is different than what we're talking about today.

We could wait until the building is obsolete and come back with a proposal like they did in Orlando -- a $480 million arena.

Q: What are you renovating?

A: Mattson: In the last several years, you've seen arenas open up the walls so you can feel energy. The mockup (above) is exactly that, capturing stairwell space and widening out the building.

Q: How long would this take?

A: The dollars reflect not shutting the building. 15-18 months.

Q: How long will the arena be competitive.

A: Rybak: The market is moving past us, there's no way to answer that. It's a 15-20 year vision for this building. It'll get us on a par with communities who have spent more.

Q: Is this why the Democrats chose Charlotte for their national convention?

A: Rybak: No.

Q: What do you say to taxpayers who are losing services?

A: Rybak: We cannot be in a position to put more property tax dollars into this because they cannot compete with the basic services of police and fire and fixing potholes. But it would be irresponsible to let this building deteriorate. There are many people having to make difficult decisions about their house; we do that to. Now is the time to put together a partnership that dwarfs what we'd have to do if we didn't.


Comment on this post

Freedom to eat

Posted at 2:13 PM on January 31, 2011 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

If you eat lousy food and get fat, it's your fault. That's the gist of a bill introduced at the Legislature today that puts the responsibility on you -- and only you -- for being overweight.

The bill, HF264, was filed by a group of House Republicans, and aims to suppress any action against others for the health of the eating public. It reads:


A producer, grower, manufacturer, packer, distributor, carrier, holder, marketer, or seller of a food or nonalcoholic beverage intended for human consumption, or an association of one or more of such entities, must not be subject to civil liability based on any individual's or group of individuals' purchase or consumption of food or nonalcoholic beverages in cases where liability arises from weight gain, obesity, or a health condition associated with weight gain or obesity and resulting from the individual's or group of individuals' long-term purchase or consumption of a food or nonalcoholic beverage.

The bill is called the Personal Responsibility in Food Consumption Act.

It would still allow lawsuits based on marketing -- and other areas -- if a state or federal law is broken and the weight gain is the result of that marketing or other area.

Comment on this post

A ballpark boost

Posted at 12:24 PM on January 31, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

newsaints.jpg

A stadium got a big boost in the Twin Cities today, and it's not the one you think. Gov. Mark Dayton proposed a $1 billion bonding bill today, including $20 million in bonds for construction of a baseball stadium -- the local leaders like the word ballpark better -- for the St. Paul Saints minor league baseball team.

The city is tossing $10 million into the idea, and the Saints are adding another $10 million.

It could be another shot in the arm for Lowertown, if it survives the Legislature.

Question: Should it?


Comment on this post

She's Michele Bachmann and she's not

Posted at 8:49 AM on January 30, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Rep. Michele Bachmann's possible bid for the White House is right on schedule. Last night she was lampooned by Saturday Night Live.

Comment on this post

Live-blogging: The budget cutting bill

Posted at 5:47 PM on January 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota House is debating HF130, the first budget-related bill to get a significant floor debate this session. The bill cuts $181 million in spending in the current biennium and reduce the state's next two-year budget by $819 million. The bill would extend temporary budget cuts that were passed during last year's first special session.

The bill will most certainly pass the Republican-controlled House, but the session gives us the first glimpse into the type of debate we'll be seeing this year on bills like this, which the DFL is fairly powerless to stop.

3:09 p.m. - Lawmakers are considering rules changes for the session. This could take a bit. There's already an amendment to strike a rule setting a time limit for floor debate.

3:25 p.m. - An amendment to the rules proposal would ban contributions from corporations during the legislative session. But Rep. Matt Dean said. "it's currently illegal to take contributions from corporations." Dean deftly counters by adding "and labor unions" to Rep. Jim Davnie's amendment. The amendment passed unanimously.

3:29 p.m. DFLer Ryan Winkler proposed a rule that during an even-numbered year, if the most recent forecast of state revenues and expenditures predicts a deficit for the biennium ending on June 30 of the next odd-numbered year, a House or Senate bill that proposes a constitutional amendment must not be considered on the calendar for the day, the fiscal calendar, or any other floor calendar until bills necessary to eliminate that projected deficit have been enacted into law."

No doubt, this is a response to the plethora of GOP-backed constitutional amendment proposals this session. As such, it's likely dead on arrival.

3:35 p.m. - "So far, only the minority party has been the one to bring up divisive social issues as constitutional amendments on the House floor," Dean said.

3:36 p.m. - Another amendment has just been thrown in the hopper. Rep. Debra Hilstrom's proposed rule would require bills be public for three days before any action is taken on them.

3:47 p.m. - Rep. Winkler's amendment dies.

3:54 p.m. - Rep. Hilstrom's amendment is sent off to a committee.

3:57 p.m. - The House now moves to the main event.

Rep. Mary Liz Holberg: "We are holding flat spending in higher education. We ask the administration to cut $220 million, a freeze on state worker pay, and there are spending reductions in health and human services that match the special session HF1 (unallotment). Local government aid at 2010 levels."

4:00 p.m. Rep. Diane Loeffler " These include risky and dangerous cuts. This bill makes major permanent reduction in child and community services grants, the only funding we provide to counties to support child protection reporting and response that kids throughout our state count on."

4:03 p.m. - Rep. Debra Hilstrom: Says the legislature agreed to cutbacks last year because they knew stimulus money would replace it. That's not the case this year. Calls it a "slash and burn approach."

4:05 p.m. - Rep. Jim Abeler: " I have medium-sized businesses afraid to hire. I have constituents whose long-term plan is to keep the house to next year. Because of that and because of the actions that were done last year, I think it's a good idea to move forward today and to show we're engaged and trying to make a difference so they can have some hope..." Says there's no change in the funding, it just carries forward previous funding levels.

4:09 p.m. - Rep. Keith Downey: "The biggest failure is we haven't restructured what we're doing to make it sustainable in the future. I'd hoped stimulus would lift the economy, but it's not happening. The good news is we do have a 5-percent increase in new revenues coming, but we have a 24% increase projected in our spending."

4:11 p.m. Rep. Steve Gottwalt: "We've been making promises we can't keep with money we do not have." Says for the next biennium, the state will have another $2 billion to spend -- 6% increase in revenues. Says his constituents have had to cut budgets. "A cut in their terms means less money spent this year than last year. Only in the Legislature could we define a cut as a smaller increase."

4:16 p.m. - Rep. Jeff Hayden (Mpls) "We haven't had a good conversation with service providers about how they're going to handle these cuts. It's easy to say last year's cuts are this year's cuts. They're not. This is money we give to counties to investigate child protection. That's a statewide issue. We know as the economy changes, these cases are on the rise. We're seeing cuts to general assistance. A lot of this money goes to women who have been battered. That's not a south Minneapolis issue, or a north Minneapolis issue; that's an issue we're facing all across this state."

4:19 p.m. - Rep. Paul Marquart: "This bill creates up to over $300 million of new property tax increases."

4:27 p.m. - Rep. Jenifer Loon (Eden Prairie) - "If anyone thinks they're going to be able to balance the budget without making cuts, they're not living in reality. They'll have to make adjustments."

4:35 p.m. - Rep. Kory Kath: "There are areas of the flood relief package that are in jeopardy. "

4:37 p.m. - Rep. Tom Rukavina: "It's not often I get to vote against a bill that's opposed by my Chamber of Commerce... MnSCU is getting $23 million less... they're real dollars. What are we doing to our students? When I came here 25 years ago, it was a little over 15% of our general fund dollars went to higher education. It's what made our state great. With this, it's bad enough that it went to 8% when I was chairing the committee. We had 7 deficits in Gov. Pawlenty's 8 years."

"The other side is concerned about the debt. What about the debt we're saddling our children with because of tuition?"

"Why are you attacking the middle class? Why do you go after unions? The unions gave us middle class America."

4:47 p.m. - Rep. Linda Runbeck: "In the recession we just came out of, Minnesota lost 162,000 private sector jobs. Government did not lose any. That does not send a good message about Minnesota. That doesn't do anything for your community or my community. Do we really believe government should be a sacred cow? This bill says, 'live within your means.'"

4:50 p.m. - Rep. Mark Buesgens: "State government is growing at 5 percent and 5 percent should be enough."

4:53 p.m. - Rep. Larry Hosch: "How many of you sat at forums and said you were going to cut students' financial aid. How many said you were going to cut child protection? How many sent out mailers that you would cut veterans' services?"

4:56 p.m. - Rep. Frank Hornstein : " We don't touch overseas corporate tax loopholes, and people hiding tax havens in the Caribbean. Let's go after those sacred cows. There are people at the top who continue to enjoy tax breaks and tax loopholes at the middle class' expense."

4:59 p.m. - Rep. Bob Gunther: "There are three businesses in my district working only 30 hours and they're happy to have those 30 hours. They're going to resent state workers."

5:04 p.m. Rep. Rukavina: "The 50 wealthiest Minnesotans in 2003, the poorest adjusted was $12 million. In 2008, their combined income is $2.4 billion. They got $1 billion more in five years. You don't want us to tax them because they create jobs. Gov. Pawlenty created 1,000 jobs in eight years.

5:05 p.m. - Rep. Gregory Davids: "If someone made a billion dollars, I'd say 'congratulations, you had a great year, now make more so we can tax you more.' Nobody's getting less. Show me in the bill that says we're cutting military or veterans affairs? It doesn't say that in the bill."

5:09 p.m. - Rep. Holberg: "We've heard this is a piecemeal approach. The only way to eat a hippo is a piece at a time. We've got a big problem in front of us. Starting to work on it now makes sense. "

5:14 p.m. - Rep. Paul Thissen "(The bill) tightens the squeeze on middle-class residents.... This proposal asks the same people who have been bearing the burden of balancing the budget, to bear the burden of balancing the budget while other people get off. We're not authorized to play budget whack-a-mole... There's no prioritization regardless of the rhetoric on the Republican side of the aisle... you're breaking the promise that you made to your constituents... this will mean local communities will lose and property taxes will go up."

5:25 p.m. Rep. Matt Dean: "When we're going from a $30 billion budget to a $32 billion budget, we need to prioritize."

VOTE: YES: 68 NO: 63

Several Republicans broke ranks with leadership on the bill.

Rep. Rich Murray -- a Republican -- changed his vote to "no." Rep. Thissen claimed he did so because "he was now concerned about LGA cuts. That brought a rebuke from Speaker Kurt Zellers about questioning the integrity of members.

I'll post the roll call in a few minutes Here's the roll call vote.

Comment on this post

Health care pushback

Posted at 11:38 AM on January 27, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

The White House has been cranking up the pushback against criticism of the new health care law.

Today, it's distributing the story of Kayla Holmstrom of Brookings, South Dakota, who was hurt in a motorcycle accident...

Today, however, things got a little hotter for the White House. A Virginia court expedited the challenge to the law's requirement that people buy health insurance.

Comment on this post

The gulf of St. Paul

Posted at 3:43 PM on January 26, 2011 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Three or so weeks into the legislative session and the hallmark of the session so far has not so much been job creation, but the vast gulf that exists between Republicans and the few DFLers who remain.

Today, for example, the Public Safety and Crime Prevention Policy and Finance Committee passed a bill that would repeal the gun permit laws in Minnesota. That's not exactly an issue that was much of a hot topic in the campaign, but it's also one that's not surprising, either.

Here's the breakdown of today's vote:

Legislator Party District Vote
Kerry Gauthier DFL 07B AGAINST
Bill Hilty DFL 08A AGAINST
Sheldon Johnson DFL 67B AGAINST
Carlos Mariani DFL 65B AGAINST
Rene Moran DFL 65A AGAINST
Joe Mullery DFL 58A AGAINST
Linda Slocum DFL 63B AGAINST
Tony Cornish Republican 24B FOR
Glenn Gruenhagen Republican 25A FOR
Tim Kelly Republican 28A FOR
Andrea Kieffer Republican 56B FOR
John Kriesel Republican 57A FOR
Ernie Leidiger Republican 34A FOR
Joe McDonald Republican 19B FOR
Bud Nornes Republican 10A FOR
Steve Smith Republican 33A FOR
Kelby Woodard Republican 25B FOR


You probably notice something in that vote; it was along party lines. There have been nine committee votes at the Legislature so far this year on significant pieces of legislation. In those votes that were roll-call votes, no one DFLer has strayed from his/her party, and one Republican strayed from his/her party (David Dill, a DFLer, voted to repeal the moratorium on nuclear power. GOPer Steve Smith voted against budget cuts)

Gov. Mark Dayton may set a record for vetoes.

You can find bill status and votes on MPR's Votetracker.

Comment on this post

Is the smoking ban next?

Posted at 1:40 PM on January 24, 2011 by Bob Collins (57 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A group of lawmakers at the Capitol is looking to roll back part of the statewide smoking ban in bars and restaurants.

The legislators today filed a bill that would allow people in bars to smoke if the facility installs a ventilation system to remove the smoke, and a closed door separates the bar from the restaurant.

It's a measure that was added to the 2007 smoking ban legislation as it made its way through the Minnesota Senate, but it was eventually removed before lawmakers passed the legislation and sent it to Gov. Tim Pawlenty.

Comment on this post

Abortion emerging as major issue, lawsuit at Minnesota Capitol

Posted at 3:28 PM on January 21, 2011 by Bob Collins (24 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

After the election in November, legislative leaders discouraged talk about what social issues the new Republican majority would pursue.

"If it doesn't have anything to do with business and jobs, it shouldn't be our first priority. If you don't have a job, it's hard to be involved in an abortion rally," Rep. Kurt Zellers, the speaker of the Minnesota House, told MPR's Gary Eichten.

"There's a lot of important issues and we will get to them. But the priority now is the budget, jobs, and the economy," Senate Majority Leader Amy Koch added.

Today, a bill restricting funding for abortion was submitted to the Minnesota Senate, co-sponsored by Koch. The bill, Senate File 103, is the first anti-abortion bill of the session (I'm not counting a bill for a Choose Life license plate).


Funding for state-sponsored health programs shall not be used for funding abortions, except to the extent necessary for continued participation in a federal program. For purposes of this section, abortion has the meaning given in Minnesota Statutes, section 144.343, subdivision 3.

The bill is aimed at the Minnesota Supreme Court's Doe vs. Gomez decision of 1995, which struck down a ban on state-funded abortions with three exceptions:

(a) The abortion is a medical necessity. "Medical necessity" means (1) the signed written statement of two physicians indicating the abortion is medically necessary to prevent the death of the mother, and (2) the patient has given her consent to the abortion in writing unless the patient is physically or legally incapable of providing informed consent to the procedure, in which case consent will be given as otherwise provided by law;

(b) The pregnancy is the result of criminal sexual conduct as defined in section 609.342, clauses (c), (d), (e)(i), and (f), and the incident is reported within 48 hours after the incident occurs to a valid law enforcement agency for investigation, unless the victim is physically unable to report the criminal sexual conduct, in which case the report shall be made within 48 hours after the victim becomes physically able to report the criminal sexual conduct; or

(c) The pregnancy is the result of incest, but only if the incident and relative are reported to a valid law enforcement agency for investigation prior to the abortion.

But the state Supreme Court struck down the ban, saying it amounted to the government interfering in a health care decision that is between a woman and her doctor:

..this court's decision will not permit any woman eligible for medical assistance to obtain an abortion "on demand." Rather, under our interpretation of the Minnesota Constitution's guaranteed right to privacy, the difficult decision whether to obtain a therapeutic abortion will not be made by the government, but will be left to the woman and her doctor.

Abortion foes have long claimed -- and the court acknowledged at the time -- that the Minnesota decision provided guarantees beyond those conveyed by the U.S. Supreme Court in its Roe v. Wade decision.

The bill filed today anticipates an eventual challenge to the Minnesota Supreme Court by adding a provision that if any part of the would-be law is struck down, the rest of it remains in place.

The state Supreme Court is also more conservative now than it was in 1995.

(comments closed)

Comment on this post

Should Minnesota add a gun rights amendment to its constitution?

Posted at 2:42 PM on January 20, 2011 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Minnesota is one of only four states in the nation that does not have some provision in its constitution addressing the right to own guns. That could change under a bill filed at the Legislature today.

Rep. Tom Hackbarth is proposing a constitutional amendment be placed on the ballot acknowledging the right to keep, bear, and use arms:

It would read:

The right of a citizen to keep, bear, and use arms for the defense and security of the person, family, or home, or for lawful hunting, recreation, or marksmanship training is fundamental and shall not be infringed.

To appear on the ballot, the question will need a two-thirds approval of both the House and Senate. It would not need the approval of Gov. Mark Dayton.


Comment on this post

Congress and health care

Posted at 2:41 PM on January 20, 2011 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

"Who would have the audacity to vote for repealing affordable health care for 32 million Americans while gladly accepting generous, federally subsidized insurance for themselves?" the protest email from Working Assets said today. "237 congressional health care hypocrites!"

The group is circulating a petition to force Congress to repeal its own health care.

True, Congress gets health care, but it's not entirely immune from any repeal of the health care bill, symbolic though it may be. Neither are the other 1.3 million federal employees.

Members of Congress get the same insurance program that other federal workers get. Most of it is via private insurers. The health bill's expansion to include children to age 26 and the ban on denying coverage because of pre-existing conditions, also extended to federal workers and members of Congress.

If it were to be repealed, members of Congress would lose some of those benefits, too.

According to FactCheck.org:

Like other large employers, the government pays a large share of the cost of coverage. On average, the government pays 72 percent of the premiums for its workers, up to a maximum of 75 percent depending on the policy chosen. For example, the popular Blue Cross and Blue Shield standard fee-for-service family plan carries a total premium of $1,120.47 per month, of which the beneficiary pays $356.59. Washington, D.C.-based employees who prefer an HMO option might choose the Kaiser standard family plan. It carries a total premium of $629.46 per month, of which the employee pays only $157.36.

In addition, members of Congress also qualify for some medical benefits that ordinary federal workers do not. They (but not their families) are eligible to receive limited medical services from the Office of the Attending Physician of the U.S. Capitol, after payment of an annual fee ($491in 2007). But services don't include surgery, dental care or eyeglasses, and any prescriptions must be filled at the member's expense.

In a 2007 analysis, the Congressional Research Service said the portion of insurance premiums paid for by the federal government (the employer) is less favorable than the average in the private sector. But, the report said, federal workers have a wider range of choices in insurance providers. And the growth in premiums has been slower for the federal plans than the private sector, which is also eliminating health insurance at a greater clip.

Comment on this post

Fact-check: Guns and violence

Posted at 11:21 AM on January 20, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

How big a part did Arizona's gun laws play in the assassination attempt on Rep. Gabrielle Giffords in Tucson nearly two weeks ago?

U.S. Rep. Trent Franks says Arizona's gun violence rate is lower than that of Washington, D.C., which has more restrictive gun laws.

Franks made his comment in a Time Magazine article this week asking whether gun control is dead:

The vast majority of the state's politicians -- including Loughner's primary target, Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords, a Democrat and gun owner -- are strong Second Amendment supporters. Congressman Trent Franks, a Republican and gun owner, points out that Arizona has a much lower gun-violence rate than Washington, D.C., which has much more restrictive gun laws. "Criminals always prefer unarmed victims," Franks says. There have been no reports out of Arizona of any credible push for new gun restrictions; in fact, several reports show citizens are flocking to gun shops to increase their firepower.

True? The Arizona Republic fact-checked the assertion today, and found it is... sort of.

David Hemenway, director of the Harvard Injury Control Research Center and author of "Private Guns, Public Health," largely agrees.

"You want to compare rural states to rural states and urban states to urban states, and you don't want to compare cities to states," Hemenway said. "You want to have everything else as similar as possible. Otherwise you could say, 'In Japan, they smoke more than in the United States, yet they have lower heart disease. Smoking must be beneficial for heart disease.' It's silly. There are too many other things."

The paper noted that Massachusetts, which has roughly the same population as Arizona, but has stricter gun laws, has half the "gun violence" of Arizona.

The fact-check concludes by saying Franks' assertion is misleading.

Comment on this post

Despite warnings of cuts to child protection, House committee passes cuts in human services

Posted at 2:20 PM on January 19, 2011 by Bob Collins (22 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Despite claims it will result in less protection for victims of child abuse and trauma, House Republicans this afternoon passed a bill to make cuts in human services in Minnesota permanent.

"We are faced with a challenge that's bigger than we've ever had, with less resources than we've ever had. I've been a party to it in the past," Rep. Jim Abeler,the chair of the House Health and Human Services Finance Committee, said.

But Democrat Larry Hosch said Abeler's bill was only introduced at 3 yesterday afternoon, and guessed that many of the new lawmakers don't even know the acronyms in the bill.

"These are the most vulnerable children; children who have experienced neglect, physical abuse, and sexual abuse. Only 60 percent of reports investigated in a timely fashion. Will this bill help that? Probably not," Hosch said.

Still, with only 45 minutes of debate over the bill, House Republicans probably knew what was at stake because Mary Regan, the executive director of the Minnesota Council of Child Caring Agencies, spelled it out for them.

"These are the only state dollars in Minnesota's child protection system," she said. "Minnesota puts fewer state dollars in child protection than any other state in the country. The grant is reduced by 30%. Investing allegations of abuse and neglect is a core function of our society. Nobody else can take on this essential task."

"When childhood goes wrong, adulthood goes wrong and the sad story of abuse repeats itself from one troubled generation to the next," she said.

Jessica Webster, a staff attorney for Legal Aid, said the bill will hurt more than just children. "One of the things that's frustrating, when we get these pieces of legislation, there's nothing here that shows the people who receive these services," she said. "Low-income people who are sick, who have serious injuries, poor people who have ill or injured children, battered women in battered women's shelters, people living in homeless shelters, homeless youth, displaced homemakers, the developmentally disabled, people with low IQ, people who are mentally ill. All of these people are unable to work."

But Republicans said they were not cutting the programs, since the programs had already been cut by lawmakers in their last-minute deal with then Gov. Tim Pawlenty.

"These folks having genuine needs, but over the last year or so, what this bill does just maintains... so what was done in the last year would be continuing," Rep. Mary Kiffmeyer said. "You hear some of these phrases .... what we do is we make spending permanent. It's not that needs don't get met, but that they may be met in a different way."

Rep. Tom Huntley, DFL-Duluth, also failed in a bid to remove a cut in provider reimbursements for primary care doctors. "There's been a 60-percent drop in Minnesota in the number of medical students going into primary care medicine. "If you vote against this, you are voting for a specific cut on primary care docs, and no other physicians.

"This is how we budget sometimes around here," Abeler said. "This is a drop in the ocean." Abeler said he's received no phone calls opposing the extension of the cuts.

The committee passed the bill on a 11-to-7 party-line vote.

(See roll call vote)


Comment on this post

Hands off my lightbulb!

Posted at 1:39 PM on January 18, 2011 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Energy, Politics

A fight may be brewing over light bulbs.

The incandescent is likely to be replaced between 2012 and 2014 by new energy standards for light bulbs, under a bill signed by President George W. Bush in 2007. It's led to claims the incandescent was to be banned in the U.S. It's not. There are provisions in place for the production of them for such things as oven and refrigerator lights. And if the incandescent can meet the energy standard, there's no reason they can't be sold.

Today, a group of Republican lawmakers at the Minnesota Capitol introduced legislation that would authorize the use and sale of incandescent light bulbs, if they're manufactured in Minnesota.

It's a Constitutional argument:

Subdivision 1. Legislative findings. The legislature finds that:
(a) The Tenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States guarantees to the states and their citizens all powers not granted to the federal government elsewhere in the Constitution and reserves to this state and the citizens of this state certain powers as they were understood at the time this state was admitted to statehood.
(b)The Ninth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States guarantees to the people rights not enumerated in the Constitution, including rights as they were understood at the time this state was admitted to statehood.
(c) The guaranty of those powers and rights is a matter of contract between this state, the citizens of this state, and the United States as of the time that the compact with the United States was agreed to and adopted by this state and the United States.
(d) The regulation of intrastate commerce is vested in the states under article 1, section 8, Constitution of the United States, and the Ninth and Tenth Amendments to the Constitution of the United States.

It's not clear if any light bulbs are currently made in Minnesota, but that's not the point of the legislation. Besides, there's an effort to improve the efficiency of incandescents so they meet the new standards.

Comment on this post

Opposition to health care bill fading?

Posted at 8:34 PM on January 16, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

Can America make up its mind?

This week, the Republican-controlled U.S.House will consider -- and likely approve -- legislation to repeal the health care bill. The GOP gained control, mostly on the strength of lingering anger that the bill was passed in the first place, according to many analysts.

Fast-forward from November, however, and it gets more confusing. A new poll from the Associated Press says only 1 in 4 of those surveyed favors repealing the health care bill.

Even among Republicans, the desire to repeal the law completely has diminished.

At the same time, however, opposition to the mandate that everyone carry health insurance remains strong.

Beyond that, however, the poll tells us nothing about why people's overall attitudes about the bill are changing.

Comment on this post

Brooks on civility

Posted at 2:39 PM on January 14, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

When a columnist at the Washington Post recommends you go read something in the New York Times, it's probably a pretty compelling column.

That's what the Post's Jonathan Capehart did today, recommending David Brook's column in the Times:

Who knows how long the calls for civility will last? Who knows how long it will take for some modicum of civility to take hold? Civility is more than talking nicely with one another and about one another. It's a standard that requires listening to, respecting and maybe even understanding other points of view. And it's about leading others in that direction when their better angels are pushed aside by anger, fear or frustration. Even when it's hard, even when you know you yourself don't quite meet the standard you hold dear.

In his column, Brooks argues for a return to modesty:


The problem is that over the past 40 years or so we have gone from a culture that reminds people of their own limitations to a culture that encourages people to think highly of themselves. The nation's founders had a modest but realistic opinion of themselves and of the voters. They erected all sorts of institutional and social restraints to protect Americans from themselves. They admired George Washington because of the way he kept himself in check.

But over the past few decades, people have lost a sense of their own sinfulness. Children are raised amid a chorus of applause. Politics has become less about institutional restraint and more about giving voters whatever they want at that second. Joe DiMaggio didn't ostentatiously admire his own home runs, but now athletes routinely celebrate themselves as part of the self-branding process.

Is he right? Is the problem with the lack of "civility," our obsession with ourselves?

Brooks is a fine writer, to be sure, but his points in his Times' column often grate more than when he speaks. Fortunately, he spoke this week in a speech carried by MPR's Midday this afternoon. In it, he emphasized that civility isn't about "tone." It's about deeds. Give it a listen.

He said everyone he talks to in Washington believes there will be a national bankruptcy, and every politician says there won't be action until there is. "There will be a mass movement at a time when soldiers are sacrificing themselves in Iraq and Afghanistan," he said are you really not willing to give up a cost of living adjustment?"

The comments section is open. Go!

Comment on this post

Ready for a shutdown of state government?

Posted at 1:12 PM on January 13, 2011 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota House of Representatives' Health and Human Services Committee today assessed the impact of a shutdown of state government. That's either good planning, a threat, or a combination of the two. Subtle, it's not.

"If there's ever a person in favor of coming to a resolution, it's me," Committee Chair Jim Abeler, R-Anoka, assured the committee. He said the discussion is similar to knowing what's in a fire insurance policy.

Judy Plante, of the Minnesota Department of Management and Budget, described what happened in 2001, when Republicans and Democrats butted heads with Independence Party governor Jesse Ventura.

"Without an appropriation, there is no authorization to spend anything," she said. "The decisions were to focus on those things that are critical: Life, health, safety and personal custodian functions of state government that must be preserved during a shutdown."

She said the cost just of preparing for a shutdown in 2001 was $2.7 million, even though the government did not shut down. She said an actual government shutdown in 2005 probably cost more.

"An unknown amount of impact on construction projects where things had to ramp down, and then back up. We also had the loss public revenue in places like the zoo and state parks and other seasonal activities," she said.

Should the government shut down again, she indicated, the cost goes up after 10 days. "If it exceeds 10 days, the layoff language kicks in. When an employee is laid off, they're eligible for layoff pay, so we now have a huge burden to pay," she said.

"I understand wanting to understand the mechanics of a shutdown, but I think doing it in a public hearing is sending a message to Minnesotans at least that's confusing," Rep. Erin Murphy, DFL St-Paul, said. "I had a nice conversation with Rep. Abrams and shared with him my commitment to get our work done, and protect seniors and the disabled and the safety net. I think Minnesotans are counting on us. I think doing this in public is sending a confusing message."

"We're facing a challenge the likes of which we've never seen," Abeler responded. "I want people to know what the stakes are so maybe we don't want to go there. We're going to discuss what kind of services should a disabled person should receive, what makes sense to give them and what doesn't , how much long-term care a person should get, should a person be in a nursing home, how many hospital beds do we need. This topic is going to look easy by comparison So don't be surprised."

"I think it's legitimate to question. It's prudent," Rep. Steve Gottwalt, R-St. Cloud, said. "This is a finance committee and we're here to talk about financial impacts. My hope is that this doesn't signal a tone of partisanship. Calling into question why we're asking this... I don't think it signals any kind of defeatism."


Comment on this post

Fact-checking Pawlenty

Posted at 2:03 PM on January 12, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

With his new book out, former Minnesota governor Tim Pawlenty is making the national media circuit, and providing ample opportunity for the people back home to fact check him.

In an interview on FoxNews, for example, the former governor discusses the state government shutdown in 2005, saying it should've been longer to further his agenda:

The former governor leaves the impression that the governor was primarily interested in cutting spending, and to a degree that's certainly true. What he doesn't say, however, is that to the extent the shutdown continued as long as it did, it was because the former governor was holding out for a tax increase on cigarettes and an expansion of state gambling:

Gambling - The governor wanted a racino as a way to fund the budget. Slot machines, for example. The Senate offered to expand the number of card tables at Canterbury. In the end, the governor gave up on his insistence that slots be allowed there, too. He did so partly because of a revolt by Republicans over his proposal.

A cigarette tax or fee - A 75 cents-a-pack fee on cigarettes was part of the solution to the budget shutdown, but Pawlenty was privately pushing for it earlier in the session, according to MPR reporters at the time, and apparently willing to "give" on his attempt to cut the state's health care program:

"I was riding with him," (Senate Majority Leader Dean) Johnson said. "He looked me in my brown, Norwegian eyeballs and said, 'Have you considered a health care fee?' 'Health care fee?' I said. 'What is that?' He said, 'You know what it is,' he said. I said, 'No, I want to hear YOU say what it is.' And he said, 'Well, it has to do with cigarettes at the wholesale level.'"

The governor's FoxNews appearance also created the illusion that it was Pawlenty who was holding out. But then House Speaker Steve Sviggum acknowledged at the time, that it was Pawlenty who wanted to get a deal done quickly:


"We probably look more eager, and some have criticized us from a strategy standpoint for looking too eager," Sviggum said. "I have a note right now at my desk that says, 'It looks like you and the governor are trying to push a deal as quickly as you can, just to get this over with. You look too eager from a negotiations standpoint.' It's probably true."

Sviggum also acknowledged that it was the Democrats, not Gov. Pawlenty, who forced the shutdown, and much of the consideration over ending it had less to do with ideology, and more to do with how it would look politically:

"What it's done is it's really created additional resolve among Governor Pawlenty," said Sviggum. "When I met with him today, he basically said, 'Well, they've gotten what they wanted, they've labeled me with the red letter A, the scarlet letter. But now it's there, and I'm going to get something for it. I'm going to get some reform.'"

At the end of the shutdown, Pawlenty was also saying good things about the role of government, that might not now square with the rhetoric of a likely presidential candidate:

"Government is going to grow. Government does important things. We just want it to grow within reason and grow at a rate that's sustainable," said Pawlenty. "We had in the November forecast, revenues that were increasing about 8 percent for the upcoming biennium, and we wanted the state to live within about that level of spending increase. This budget package does just that."

Comment on this post

Live-blogging Midmorning: The gun issue

Posted at 9:56 AM on January 12, 2011 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Comment on this post

Politicians and the public

Posted at 1:39 PM on January 11, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Rep. Dan Burton, an Indiana Republican, says he plans to introduce legislation "that would encase the House Gallery in 'a transparent and substantial material' such as Plexiglas that would keep members of the public from being able to throw explosives or make other attacks on members on the House floor," CBS reports.

As with most acts of terrorism, while the initial incident is horrible enough, the subsequent actions motivated by fear of a repeat can be damaging too.

Washington, unlike any other place in America, is a place of symbols that make statements. Encasing representatives in a plastic bubble has a message as well.

For all of our kvetching (guilty!) about politicians, they and their staffs are a pretty courageous lot.

At the Democratic National Convention in Boston (my hometown) in 2004, I was awestruck by this moment at Bunker Hill in Charlestown when every single one of the Democratic leadership sat out in the open, just a few years after 9/11 sent our national psyche into hideout mode.

I wrote about itat the time:

There are a lot of dead Bostonians as a result of September 11th. Two of the planes took off from here so you can forgive these folks for being a little gun-shy. But they drew a big target on themselves with this convention (and so did the folks in New York) and then set about sending that message and it says this: "look at us, determining the nature of our own government. And we're not afraid to do so."

You have to give great credit to the upper crust of the Democratic Party who sat on a stage on Bunker Hill on Tuesday for the Salute to Veterans. I'm not sure if I knew someone would love to take a shot at me, I'd be sitting there because despite all best efforts, any old shmoe can walk to within 5 feet of them because yesterday one old schmoe did. It was me.

There was also the message President Bush sent when he threw out the first pitch at the first Yankees game after 9/11. Yes, the security was tight. Yes, everyone had to go through a metal detector, but one guy stood in the middle of 50,000 people by himself and it wasn't to deliver the message that baseball is a great sport.

The threat doesn't lessen at lower levels of government. Who could have foreseen, for example, the attack on a school board in Florida? Metal detectors have since been installed.

And yet, many leaders insist through their action that retreating behind a wall isn't the answer. Many congresspeople, for instance, intentionally added public appearances to reinforce that point.

In Minnesota, too, lawmakers, the governor, and state officials are considering ways to beef up security.

"Minnesota state government is really quite behind -- not only other states but other units of local government in this metropolitan area -- in terms of addressing security. So we have a long way to go," Legislative Auditor James Nobles said.

A week ago, Gov. Mark Dayton stunned just about everyone by inviting people opposed to him into his office to say exactly what was on their mind, while he stood nearby and listened. "It's the noise of democracy," he said.

It was also a powerful message that people matter enough to be listened to close-up, that there's more symbolism in listening to people, than fearing them. That's the sort of thing that can get lost in the fear and anger that prevails in the aftermath of any national tragedy.

No doubt, balancing the state budget this session is the hardest task facing lawmakers. But balancing powerful messages with the need to protect those who serve might be a close second.

Comment on this post

The Legislature's agenda

Posted at 12:21 PM on January 10, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The first bills of the Minnesota legislative session have been unveiled. Bill #1 is usually the signature bill for lawmakers and in the Senate this year, it's a jobs bill. It would reduce business taxes and cut environmental regulations. In the House, House File 1 focuses on the environmental review process.

That bill will likely get most of the attention today, but some of the other ones filed also deserve mention:

Term limits: A Republican-sponsored bill would put the question of term limits on the ballot. If approved by voters, it would limit state representatives to 12 years in office and state senators to 16 years in office. This bill does not require the governor's signature for the question to appear on the ballot.

A smaller Legislature: Senator Chuck Wiger, a DFLer, is proposing a reduction in the number of state senators and representatives.

Cutting dropouts:
A bill from Sen. Wiger would raise the age at which kids can drop out of school from 16 to 18.

Health care for all:
Sen. John Marty and several other DFL lawmakers are proposing a bill that requires health care be available for all Minnesotans who need it.

Two house bills (#4 and #5) call for a reduction in state workers and a freeze on their pay. On MPR's Midday today, newly appointed Management and Budget Commissioner Jim Schowalter suggested that while the state has to manage its worker resources, their pay is not a significant way to reduce the state's budget deficit:

Comment on this post

The creation of a country

Posted at 11:41 AM on January 9, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

sudan_voters.jpg

This week, people in Sudan -- and people who emigrated from Sudan -- are voting whether to split the country in two, creating the world's newsest country, The south, which is mostly Christian, is expected to secede from the mainly Muslim north. My colleague, Melody Ng of our Public Insight Network, has been talking to Minnesota residents, who are traveling to Chicago and Omaha to vote. She provides this story:

They're leaving. Hundreds are going. In cars, 15-passenger vans, and church-chartered buses. Most are heading to Omaha, some to Chicago.

But what's a 700-mile drive for the freedom of your homeland when you once walked 500 miles for your own independence?

Through next week, Minnesota Sudanese (estimated population 1,870) will hit the highways, joining thousands of southern Sudanese across the United States. They'll converge on eight polling places to vote on the future of a country most have not seen in years.

sudan_ballot.jpgThis referendum gives southerners the power to divide Sudan and form a new nation. It's a piece of the 2005 peace agreement that ended 22 years of bloody fighting between Khartoum forces and southern rebels (two north v. south civil wars since 1955 have ravaged south Sudan and driven its people to such distant - geographically, culturally and climatologically - locales as Worthington and Mankato). Nearly 4 million, living in Sudan and abroad, have registered to take part in the vote.

The polls are open for a week, but many Minnesotans plan to vote today because they must be back at work on Monday morning. Buses carrying 300 voters from Rochester and Austin, home to sizable Sudanese populations, headed out at 5 this morning. When they arrive in Omaha, people will vote and immediately reboard their buses and head home.

Those with a little more time (and a place to sleep) drove down on Saturday so they could attend the women's empowerment meetings or last night's prayer service and rally.

It seems a long journey and great expense (organizers have been collecting whatever money people in the Sudanese community can spare to supplement church donations for transportation) for a vote that will almost certainly, and overwhelmingly, go the way they want.

When asked why he's voting, Lero Odola, a Mankato leader in the southern Sudanese political party who has lived here for six years, says proudly, "This is lifetime event and I want to be part of it." Others echo his desire to make history.

Rose Atoo of Fridley has just as typical a response: "We're excited. The whole house is excited!" (Photo at top: Rose Atoo (white cardigan and black shirt, back right) and Leeka Gwanganalie (pink striped shirt, front left) with some of Rose's Omaha relatives.)

Atoo knows the cost of this vote. After her first husband was killed in 1993, she walked her five children the 500 miles between her village, Marida, and the Kakuma Refugee Camp in Kenya, seeking safety. They joined up with some Lost Boys, and trekked three months "in the bush." Her youngest child, just three months old when they set out, was breastfeeding.

She marvels that he got anything out of her. Food was scarce. The sounds of heavy artillery accompanied them. Whenever it got close, they hunkered down and prayed for the best. People died en route.

"It was bad. It was bad. But we made it," Atoo says, her voice low.

The refugee camp wasn't much better. It housed tens of thousands of displaced Ugandans, Ethiopians, and southern Sudanese, all subsisting under plastic sheet roofs and tight food rations. Parents of teens couldn't sleep because southern Sudanese rebels would grab boys at night and take them away to help fight. Atoo recalls, "You don't know if they'll come back alive or dead."

When Atoo and her family landed in Minnesota, still refugees, on January 18, 1995, Atoo looked out the window of the plane into the bleakness of winter and thought: "Where am I going?" She didn't want to get out. She sat, waiting, hoping they'd take off again.

Fifteen years later though, Minnesota is home: "America is the country that saved my life!"

Her husband, Leeka Gwanganalie, agrees. He's still working on getting their U.S. citizenship, but he says he's fully American.

Gwanganalie is a Minneapolis Public Schools physics and chemistry teacher who delights in seeing young people learn. He and Atoo met in the Twin Cities not long after she arrived, and they had three children together, so eight kids in all (10-30 years old), plus six grandkids.

In his midteens, Gwanganalie left Sudan, and eventually made his way to the States in 1981 for college. Neither he nor Atoo has returned to Sudan since arriving here. But they will soon.

"It's my dream to go back to a free country. I was forced to leave my country and prevented form going back," says Gwanganalie. "I have to go, to see brothers and sisters. We lost a lot of people during the war. I have to visit to see."

That's why they haven't made a trip yet. They've been holding out for a free South Sudan.

"I am waiting for the day - counting down the hours every single day! I just want to go home. I just hope this dream comes true," Atoo says with anticipation. It's not that she loves Minnesota less, but she yearns for her homeland.

If all goes as predicted, after the votes are counted will come the arduous work of building a new country. "We will need a lot of help, because we are starting for zero: No development, no clean water, no roads, no hospitals, no schools even," explains Gwanganalie.

Atoo chimes in: "We have something to educate them, to help. This is the knowledge we got from America. We'll show them."

That spirit of wanting to help is common among Sudanese here, at least among those who once lived in Sudan. Some want to visit; others are intent on returning for good.

Martha Bec of Rochester is practically a single mom of six now because her husband is already back in Sudan, helping with the vote there. As a teenager, she was, twice, almost dragged away by rebel fighters looking to increase their forces. Her older brother saved her by volunteering to fight in her stead. She declares that after 14 years here, Minnesota is her home. But she's been studying social work because she wants to help women and children. If God leads her to work in Sudan, she'd be thrilled to go. She wants women be decision makers in the new South Sudan.

cham_sudan.jpg "I came to the United States as a refugee [18 years ago] knowing that my country one day will be free. That's why I got my education - to go back. I can't just sit here," says Akway Cham of St. Cloud, a Ph.D. student in public health. He quotes JFK: "Ask not what your country can do for you..."

He chose to study epidemiology because he saw so much disease in Sudan, and he wanted to be able to do something about it. In 2006, he returned short-term with a USAID program to teach some of his skills to his people. When he finishes his degree, he'll move back: "It's my duty."

If you have a story about what this vote for an independent South Sudan will mean for you, your family or your community, please share it here. Some of the people in this post are sources in MPR's Public Insight Network.

Comment on this post

Is there a relationship between presidents and gasoline prices?

Posted at 4:00 PM on January 7, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy, Politics

special_gas_prices_obama_bush.jpg The latest contention from the free-market universe is a comparison of the first two years of presidential terms on gasoline prices. It comes today from the conservative Heritage Foundation in support of a belief that presidential energy policies are directly reflected in the price of gasoline.
All of these policies raise gas prices at the pump by either: 1) decreasing the availability of domestic energy supplies, or 2) increasing regulatory costs on gasoline production.

President George Bush was no saint when it came to free market energy policies either. He mandated the use of ethanol, put off opening up the Outer Continental Shelf till the end of his second term, supported the expansion of renewable energy tax credits, tried to subsidize the nuclear power industry, and caved into environmental pressure by allowing the EPA to begin the global warming regulation process.
There's certainly an argument to be made that energy policy has an impact on energy prices, but this one seems particularly aimed at those who aren't interested in a more intellectual look at the complicated world of commodities.

Primarily, it fails to recognize a link between the worldwide economy and the demand for energy, which is best represented in the law of supply and demand.

In recessions, for example, there is less business activity, fewer people working, and less demand for gasoline.

Let's use the Upper Midwest and the dates of the most recent recessions, and leave the usual political squabbles out of the equation, and see if, perhaps, there's another relationship in the price of gasoline besides who you voted for.

Dates of recession Price at beginning Price at end Difference
12/07 - 6/09 $3.06 $2.34 - 24%
3/01 - 11/01 $1.38 $1.12 -19%
7/90 - 3/91 $1.23 $1.05 -15%


For the record, though, here are how the recent presidents have fared throughout their terms on gasoline prices:

President Price at beginning of term Price at end of term Difference
Bush - 2nd term $1.83 $2.70 +48%
Bush - 1st term $1.45 $1.83 +26%
Clinton - 2nd term $1.23 $1.45 +18%
Clinton - 1st term $1.05 $1.23 +17%
Obama - 1st term* $2.70 $3.03 +12%

Comment on this post

Health care repeal attempt: Whom do you believe?

Posted at 12:03 PM on January 6, 2011 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

Two of the main goals of House Republicans in Congress are repealing the health care bill and cutting the deficit. Today the Congressional Budget Office tossed a grenade into the plan when it issued a report suggesting repealing the health care bill will increase the deficit.

According to the CBO blog:

As a result of changes in direct spending and revenues, CBO expects that enacting H.R. 2 would probably increase federal budget deficits over the 2012-2019 period by a total of roughly $145 billion (on the basis of the original estimate), plus or minus the effects of technical and economic changes that CBO and JCT will include in the forthcoming estimate. Adding two more years (through 2021) brings the projected increase in deficits to something in the vicinity of $230 billion, plus or minus the effects of technical and economic changes.

The Congressional Budget Office acknowledged that the repeal of the health care law would allow health insurance premiums to drop slightly, but that's only a technical savings. Reality is much different.

Although premiums in the individual market would be lower, on average, under H.R. 2 than under current law, many people would end up paying more for health insurance--because under current law, the majority of enrollees purchasing coverage in that market would receive subsidies via the insurance exchanges, and H.R. 2 would eliminate those subsidies.

Republican House Majority Leader Eric Cantor dismissed the CBO's assessment. "I think what we do know is the health care bill costs over $1 trillion," Cantor said. "And we know it was full of budget gimmickry. And it spends money we don't have in this country."

Pick your poison.

Comment on this post

'The noise of democracy'

Posted at 10:27 AM on January 5, 2011 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

I dare say Gov. Mark Dayton held one of the most unusual news conferences in the history of Minnesota today when he signed an executive order that would expand Medicaid coverage in Minnesota.

Members of the tea party were invited into his office and even offered opportunities to address those assembled. Usually, opponents of a governor are kept outside.

One by one, a supporter of expanded health care spoke, followed by an opponent, who usually argued on constitutional grounds. Dayton called it "the noise of democracy."

One speaker, a veteran, opposed the move, and noted with some irony that he gets his medical care through the government.



Not since Gov. Jesse Ventura had a temper tantrum when a reporter kidded him about the way he sang Werewolves of London at his inauguration party has a first gubernatorial news conference been so rousing.

MPR's Tom Scheck will have more on this later today on All Things Considered.

Comment on this post

Are you getting anything out of the health care bill?

Posted at 3:52 PM on January 4, 2011 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The health care bill, signed into law last year by President Obama, doesn't fully kick in for awhile, yet. The most noticeable changes so far have been (a) higher premiums in private health insurance because adult children can be carried on the insurance and because pre-existing conditions can't be denied coverage and (b) lower FLEX account caps.

Tomorrow, Gov. Mark Dayton will sign an early Medicaid expansion for Minnesota, which requires the use of some matching staff funds. The Tea Party says it will protest the event, which was moved from today at the request of new House Speaker Kurt Zellers.

The blog, Minnesota Budget Bites sees it differently:


It's good for the people. Under the Medicaid option, close to 100,000 very low-income Minnesotans will gain access to a full set of benefits, won't face enrollment limits and will be able to get their care closer to home. This is extremely important to this group, because research looking at the original GAMC population has shown that 30 percent had one or more chronic medical conditions and 60 percent suffered from a mental health or chemical dependency problem. This is in sharp contrast to life under the vastly scaled-back GAMC program, where only four hospitals in the state (all in the Twin Cities metro area) have been offering a limited set of services - and these hospitals have closed enrollment at times to control costs.

It's good for the community. Under the Medicaid option, health care providers will get higher reimbursement levels than under the limited GAMC program, and those reimbursements won't be capped. That will minimize the financial risk for providers, which is good for the people they employ and the communities they serve. Compare that to life under the modified GAMC program, where funding for care has been capped, placing the financial risk on health care providers. When the money runs out, providers go uncompensated for their services.

It's good for the state budget. Under the Medicaid option, the federal government will pay for half the costs of health care for this group. Right now, GAMC is a fully state-funded program. Taking the Medicaid option will bring more than $1 billion in federal funds to Minnesota during the next biennium and does not add to the state's budget deficit. And remember, no matter what action Minnesota takes now, the Affordable Care Act will expand Medicaid to include these low-income adults and many others starting in 2014 when adults with incomes up to 133 percent of federal poverty guidelines become eligible. At that point, the expansion will be fully funded by the federal government for a period of time. This is a chance for Minnesota to get a jump-start on better health care for this population and bring more federal dollars into the state.

Next week, the U.S. House will vote on a bill to repeal the health care bill.


JOB-KILLING HEALTH CARE LAW.--Effective as of the enactment of Public Law 111-148, such Act is repealed, and the provisions of law amended or repealed by such Act are restored or revived as if such Act had not been enacted.

HEALTH CARE-RELATED PROVISIONS IN THE HEALTH CARE AND EDUCATION RECONCILIATION ACT OF 2010--Effective as of the enactment of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Public Law 111-152), title I and subtitle B of title II of such Act are repealed, and the provisions of law amended or repealed by such title or subtitle, respectively, are restored or revived as if such title and subtitle had not been enacted.

The House will pass the legislation, the Senate will try to bury it.

Here's the question: What does it mean to you? Have you carried your over-age-21 students on your health insurance? If not, why not?

Tell me your personal story below.

Comment on this post

The Dayton word cloud

Posted at 1:20 PM on January 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Here's Gov. Mark Dayton's inauguration speech as a word cloud:

dayton_inauguration_wordclo.jpg

Here's his predecessor's inaugural speech in word cloud:

pawlenty_inaugural_wordclou.jpg

At the conclusion of today's inauguration, the participants and audience sang the University of Minnesota Rouser. For the record, after Tim Pawlenty's inauguration, they sang "Hail, Minnesota."

Comment on this post

Guess the inaugural speaker

Posted at 11:39 AM on January 3, 2011 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Whatever Mark Dayton has to say in his inauguration speech today, history says few people will remember it years from now. That's the thing with gubernatorial inauguration speeches; they tend not to be as memorable as the "money lines" in presidential inaugurations.

Here are three key paragraphs from the three most recently elected governors -- Tim Pawlenty, Jesse Ventura, and Arne Carlson -- and their inauguration speeches. See if you can guess who said what:

Speech #1

My job is to challenge you to lead in your homes, to lead in your communities, to lead in your places of worship, to lead in your workplace, to lead at our places of charity and volunteerism and, yes, to challenge you to lead even here in the capital city of St. Paul.

My job is to believe in Minnesota and our people and to harvest the genius, innovation, and amazing resourcefulness that have always made Minnesota great and will again. (Answer here)

Speech #2

So I challenge all Minnesotans. A little over 60 percent is nice, but I wrote it on a chalkboard to my chief of staff and said the next election, two years from now, I want no less than 70. So that's the challenge before us now: to keep these young people involved; to keep opening the arms of government and make it citizen-friendly; to bring the people back to respecting their government. (Answer here)

Speech #3

As we gather here today, we have more than a financial crisis. That we can overcome. But we also have a crisis in terms of our relationship with people. How sad it is that in XXXX we have more black men in prisons than we have in college. How sad it is that thousands of our children today are hungry, homeless and ill-clothed. We need, all of us -- Democrat, Republican, Independent -- to recognize that we have limited resources. But our people have an unlimited ability to want to help and to want to participate and to want to touch and to want to feel and want to help us in the solutions if only we will give them a chance. I pledge to you today that this administration is committed to all people, particularly those who disenfranchised, those who feel that they have nothing to gain so that we can develop a partnership that truly, truly brings them in. The greatest heritage, the greatest legacy that we can leave to our children is not to continue the transfer of debts but to give them instead an overwhelming sense of opportunity. (Answer here)

Comment on this post

The newest American hero

Posted at 11:11 AM on December 29, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

AP090209043539.jpg

It's fairly amazing how many politicians don't understand that a snowstorm can make -- or break -- a political career. Mike Dukakis found the former out with his performance during the great blizzard of 1978 (which makes anything this year seem like flurries). Current New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg is probably finding out the latter this week.

news_bloomberg.jpg

The governor of New Jersey has spent much of the East Coast blizzard in Florida. He'll She'll pay a price for that (Chris Christie was the guy on 60 Minutes last week warning us about the states' deficit problem)

Meet America's newest hero -- Newark Mayor Cory Booker -- who has been tweeting while he's been out helping his city dig out. He's been showing up at people's houses to help shovel, he's been delivering diapers to someone who tweeted they needed them, he's been directing city resources based partly on where residents said they were most needed.

booker_tweets.jpg

Newark, which is about the size of St. Paul, is no paradise, to be sure. But this week it's got what a lot of people want.

Comment on this post

Political beliefs: It's in the eyes

Posted at 11:32 AM on December 27, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Science

Want to know whether someone is a conservative or a liberal? There's no longer a need to figure out how to work the question into a conversation ("How about that Obama, eh?"). Just look into the other person's eyes, a study out of Nebraska says. (LiveScience.com)

People normally respond to "gaze cues," or the direction that another person is looking, by glancing to see what caught that person's attention. The new study, to be published in a forthcoming issue of the journal Attention, Perception & Psychophysics, finds that liberals respond much more strongly to such cues than conservatives. The finding is the latest in a series of clues that liberals and conservatives may be subtly different on a biological level, said study researcher Michael Dodd, a psychologist at the University of Nebraska, Lincoln.

Researchers are suggesting how you react to things around you might indicate your political leanings. Or not.

"I do tend to think that it is more likely that basic cognitive biases influence how you process the world, making you more or less likely to seek out liberal or conservative ideals," the researcher said.

Comment on this post

Painting Pawlenty

Posted at 2:49 PM on December 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Politics

Some eyebrows were raised yesterday when Gov. Tim Pawlenty selected an artist in Georgia (Georgia has 15 electoral votes. Minnesota has 10. Make of that what you will) to paint his official portrait to hang in the hallway of the Capitol. Isn't there a Minnesotan who knows how to paint a decent portrait?

Let's find out.

On Twitter today, I asked people with the ability to sketch to provide their version of an official portrait of the governor. Normally, I don't get a lot of response to these sorts of things. I think News Cut caters to the stick figure drawers in all of us.

But Judy Grundstrom sent along her idea, which is a version of the cover art of the governor's soon-to-be-released book.

JustJudyPawlentySketch.jpg

Want to take a crack at this? Use this form to make your submission or just e-mail it to me at bcollins@mpr.org.

Normally, the official gubernatorial portrait doesn't cause much of a stir, but it's not unheard of. Gov. Arne Carlson caused some jaws to drop when he went with this:

Gov. Jesse Ventura toned it down a bit, but still departed from the usual gubernatorial portraits.

On her blog, State of the Arts, MPR's Marianne Combs points out that Ventura, too, went beyond the great state of Minnesota to find an artist.

Now, as Marianne indicated yesterday, Pawlenty's artist -- Ross R. Rossin -- has some experience in this field. The challenge for him may be whether he can make Tim Pawlenty look as much like Bill Maher as he made President George W. Bush look.


Comment on this post

The redistricting game

Posted at 2:14 PM on December 20, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

By this time tomorrow, we'll know whether Minnesota is losing one of its eight congressional seats.

Census data is to be released which will determine how many seats the state should have in Congress. The latest word is if Minnesota holds onto all of its congressional seats, it will do so barely.

Here's a great map from the Census' Web site that explains the population shift. Find the one you can play with here, this one is just an image.

redistrict_map_2000.jpg

What does this tell us? That Minnesota and the rest of the Midwest isn't building population fast enough to sustain whatever influence it has in Congress, and hasn't been for a long time.

It also shows that we badly trail the national average in the number of people per member of Congress.

What happens if Minnesota loses a seat? The Legislature will take a crack at redrawing district lines. Now that both houses are under Republican control, it may be less acrimonious than usual. It also may be difficult to knock off a Democrat in the process, there are only four of them left. Two of them are in the Twin Cities -- Rep. Keith Ellison and Rep. Betty McCollum -- and it's unlikely any district can be drawn that's going to turn either of the city's into non-Democrat strongholds.

Keep in mind that the state's congressional district have to be roughly equal in population. Adding territory from a neighboring Republican district is as likely -- or more likely -- to result in one less Republican member of Congress.

The other two Democrats -- Tim Walz and Collin Peterson -- already have huge amounts of territory in their district. It might be possible to combine, say, pieces of Rep. John Kline's 2nd District with Rep. Tim Walz's 1st District, but that also creates a district bigger than some states. And, besides, Rochester -- in Walz's district -- is actually gaining population, which might make it dicey to carve into Kline's.

Peterson could be a target. His district could expand to include not only more of the Republican-leaning 6th District, but the heavy-Republican-leaning portions of the 6th District. Or he could pick up some of the Iron Range, which probably wouldn't affect new Rep. Chip Cravaack much since his district figures to become more suburban Twin Cities influenced.

If the state doesn't lose any congressional seats, the 6th District will likely change shape. Why? Because the 6th District is always ground zero in redistricting. And if Rep. Michele Bachmann decides to run against Sen. Amy Klobuchar, it'd be an open seat.

It's quite a game, which is why it's perfect to be quite a game. In the last redistricting battle, USC's Annenberg Center created The ReDistricting Game. It's still a great tool, and helps to explain why gerrymandering is only a small part of the, ummm, game.

Comment on this post

Politics and the 9/11 first responder

Posted at 10:45 AM on December 20, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

FF.jpg

Mayor Michael Bloomberg today joined the growing list of people urging Congress to pass legislation allowing more benefits to first responders on 9/11.

"It 's a vote on whether we should stand by those who stood by America in its hour of greatest need. It's a vote on whether we should fulfill our obligations to the men and women in uniforms and hard hats whom we rightly call heroes," he said.

Bloomberg's comments mask the reality behind the politics of this bill. Even if Congress should pass legislation, good luck to some 9/11 workers trying to get help from it. It seems it's always been that way with 9/11. An apparent end of a battle, is actually only the beginning of another.

The bill is named after a New York police officer who is believed to be the first to die post 9/11 of complications from working amid the debris of the World Trade Center. Shortly after James Zadroga's death, Mayor Bloomberg didn't support the conclusion that Zadroga died as a result of his work after 9/11.

"We wanted to have a hero, and there are plenty of heroes, it's just in this case, science says this was not a hero" he said in 2007, later backing away from the remarks.

It got ugly in a typical New York City kind of way. The same medical examiner who publicly proclaimed Zadroga a 9/11 victim, reportedly privately blamed Zadroga's misuse of prescription drugs for his death.

Getting help, even when it's approved, can be an agonizingly long process.

It was only last month, for example, that the city reached a settlement to pay millions of dollars to ground zero workers, who said they were not properly outfitted for search-and-rescue efforts following the attack.

Nothing has come easy for the first responders of 9/11.

Comment on this post

Politico: Minneapolis unlikely to host 2012 DNC

Posted at 10:55 AM on December 17, 2010 by Jon Gordon (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Citing "insiders," Politico reports that Minneapolis has almost no chance of landing the Democratic National Convention for 2012.

With the site of the 2012 Democratic convention expected to be decided in a matter of weeks, insiders in the selection process believe it has come down to a choice between St. Louis and Charlotte, N.C., with the other two finalist cities, Minneapolis and Cleveland, all but out of the running ... the party seems to be leaning against Minneapolis largely because Republicans held their 2008 convention in St. Paul.

20101212_collapsed-metrodome4_2.jpg

Minneapolis Mayor R.T. Rybak has said the Metrodome was the preferred local site for the convention. There's no indication the collapse of the Metrodome roof has anything to do with Minneapolis falling out of favor, but it couldn't have helped.

There will be a sigh of relief in newsrooms across the Twin Cities if the Politico report proves accurate. There's only so much we can take ;)

What do you think -- Is this good news or bad?

Comment on this post

Mark Dayton - Your Minnesotan of the Year?

Posted at 3:43 PM on December 16, 2010 by Jon Gordon (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

In a thoroughly unscientific exercise, you told us that Mark Dayton is Minnesotan of the Year.

On Today's Question we asked, "Time Magazine announced its choice Wednesday for Person of the Year: Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg. Who would be your pick for Minnesotan of the year?"

Fourteen of 48 respondents nominated the Minnesota Governor-elect. Among other pols, only Sen. Franken and Gov. Pawlenty got multiple votes, and each got only two.

20101209_mark-dayton2_33.jpg

Mark Dayton "is going to bring back Minnesota back to the glory days," wrote Steve.

Said Bart: "With his winning first the DFL Primary and then the governor's race he's managed to stick it to both major parties in one election cycle."

Here are a few others nominations:

"Mark Ritchie for successfully overseeing another contentious statewide recount while absorbing the partisan bombs thrown at him by the state GOP. Many in his position would return the hyperbolic vitriol, but Ritchie stayed professional and maintained his cool by calmly explaining the facts and details of the process to the citizenry."

"All three candidates for governor. Because of their willingness to keep on topic (without going negative) and for debating as much as they did. They did MN a great service."

"Wayne Wolden, the mayor of Wadena, for the way he handled himself and his community in the aftermath of the June tornado."

Three people said their dog was Minnesotan of the Year, while another three nominated themselves. Cheeky, cheeky people. Other votes: the Metorodome, #blizzardpeople, Tarryl Clark, Lindsey Vonn, Margaret Anderson Kelliher.

You can see the original responses on the Web and Facebook.

Who's YOUR Minnesotan of the year?

Comment on this post

Fight for money in Central Corridor project

Posted at 12:20 PM on December 6, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It's a dog-eat-dog world in the non-profit community these days and the "big dogs" are well fed.

"Big dogs" is how Linda Winsor, the executive director of the University Avenue Betterment Association, characterizes non-profit groups who are getting funding in the Central Corridor project while her organization goes without.

So she's quitting. "I'm good at the day-to-day issues, but the fundraising turf wars are unbearable," she says. She says her organization needs a fundraiser in her position.

University Avenue is about to get torn up for light-rail. "Light rail is a looming crisis and while the big boys play an important role, if you don't have the impacted people who can show where the resources need to go, the resources don't get down to them," she says

"Them" are business owners on University Avenue.

"Today I got a call from a new business owner, -- a restaurant owner -- and he's going to lose his on-street parking and he's wondering 'what am I going to do? Where are my customers going to park?' We e-mailed the person who needs to talk to him and we'll figure out what resources we can get for him."

Winsor says groups like hers have the advantage of knowing University Avenue businesses, which makes her group more "nimble." She says larger groups get money that doesn't make it to the people it's supposed to help, likening it to the situation that exists in worldwide disasters.

"There's a big problem when the money floods into the Red Cross. The groups that are on the ground, the people who know people and know how to do things on a shoestring budget, if the big boys don't coordinate with them, you're missing a big piece," she says.

"I see that here, too. I see where the funders go with who they've heard of, who they know and if the funders aren't ready to fund the more nimble groups and the more impacted folks, the people who are trying to maintain the capacity are not going to throw the bones down. The key word is collaboration, but in the end, everyone is competing for the same pot of money. There isn't a collalorative atmosphere. It's a very huge underground turf war and if you're not in the club, you don't get it."

Not everyone is shut out, however. The University Avenue Business Preparation Collaborative received funding from the Central Corridor Funders Collaborative, the St. Paul Foundation and the Bigelow Foundation.

Comment on this post

Journey into the mind of the voters

Posted at 5:16 PM on December 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

We can learn a lot from examining the daily list of challenged ballots in the Minnesota gubernatorial recount.

Here's one from Faribault County. I'm not really sure why you'd write in "nobody," when not voting for anybody is a vote for nobody.

faribault_1.jpg

That ballot, a vote for Dayton, was challenged because -- it's claimed -- there's an identifying mark on the ballot.

It was hard for this voter in Hoffman to make a decision:

hoffman_recount.jpg

In Cambridge, we appear to have the voting equivalent of an "air ball."

cambrtidge_recount.jpg

This one is from Isanti. Unless there's a recount, ballots are mostly read by machines. But people still like to write notes to it.

cambridge_recount_2.jpg

We only elect one governor, Heron Lake.

heron_lake_city_recount.jpg

I'm guessing this person in Little Falls has seen the inside of a courthouse a time or two. For the record, he/she voted for Dayton.

lawyers_recount.jpg

This Owatonna voter passed on a chance to vote for Mark Dayton in order to cast a write-in vote for... Mark Dayton.

owatonna_recount_1.jpg

A voter in Lake View might have been waiting all summer for the chance to go to the polls and vote for every single candidate on the ballot.

becker_ballot_1.jpg

Comment on this post

One Picture: A congressional departure

Posted at 12:41 PM on December 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Oberstar-1.jpg

It was a touching moment in Washington today when Rep. James Oberstar chaired his final Transportation Committee meeting. After he gave his farewell speech, the other members of the committee applauded. Republican Congressman John Mica of Florida put his arm on Oberstar's shoulder, which is not something we've seen very often in the last few years between Democrats and Republicans in Washington.

Oberestar, of course, lost a re-election bid to Chip Cravaack.

He will join the Humphrey Institute at the University of Minnesota, according to a Star Tribune report, the attached comments to which reveal that some Minnesotans were not only interested in removing him from office, but in delivering rhetorical kicks in the pants on the way out.

(Photo courtesy of Rep. Oberstar's office)

Comment on this post

How much is $6.2 billion?

Posted at 12:12 PM on December 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

The new budget deficit is $6.2 billion in Minnesota.

How much is that?

$6.2 billion is....

... the total payroll for legislators if the Minnesota House of Representatives had 199,100 state representatives, or one state rep for every 26 people who live in Minnesota.

... the cost to use the state airplane to ferry the governor hunting every weekend (weather permitting) until December 2, 2739.

... how much you would have counted out if you started now and counted out dollar bills every second and don't stop for the next 196 years.

... roughly the amount it would take to build one new fully-loaded high school in every county in Minnesota.

... approximately the entire year's income for everyone in St. Paul.

... enough to pay unemployment benefits for the next three years for all of those currently receiving them in Minnesota.

... what it would cost to build 62 miles of light rail.

... all the license tab fees paid in this state for the next 12 years.

... the cost of running a radio ad on a Sioux Falls radio station every 20 minutes for the next 2,359 years, urging businesses there to move to Minnesota.

Go ahead! Add your own here.

Comment on this post

Mysteries of the challenged ballots

Posted at 1:07 PM on December 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It's tempting to make fun of the people behind some of the challenged ballots in the recount of the Minnesota gubernatorial race.

Buffy the Vampire Slayer for conservation district? How many of you who voted in that race actually knew anything about the candidates? How much do you know about Buffy the Vampire Slayer? Exactly.

challenged04.jpg

I think this is a vote for Tony Curtis. He, of course, is dead:

tony_curtis_vote_1.jpg

The media almost never covers races like sheriff or county commissioner or water resources commissioner. Would you pay attention if we did?

challenged07.jpg

I always feel cheated when I'm asked to fill in an oval circle in a race where only one person is running. This person at least thought he (or she) would make a race of it.

challenged09.jpg

By the end of a typical ballot, aren't most of us just guessing who these people are?

Which is not to say that some voters are not entirely deserving of derision ...

who_farted.jpg

seriously_who_farted.jpg

butholeandfarts.jpg

It's almost as if the person filling out this ballot knew a recount was coming.

We'll have more of these on the MPR News Web site later.

Here.

Comment on this post

Can we afford to reverse the aging process?

Posted at 1:00 PM on December 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

Harvard researchers have appeared to reverse the aging process in mice...

Next, the researchers will try to better understand precisely what causes the youthful bloom to return to the mice when the telomerase switch is flipped on, and also follow mice for a longer time to assess whether there may be a risk of cancer, according to the Boston Globe.

The obvious benefit would be that you could live to be 100 -- or more -- and not have the bad health that usually goes with being 100.

Is that good or bad?

The ethical question in all of this is can the nation afford for people to live longer?

"Are we set up for people to live 50 years after they retire?" ethicist Jason Roberts asks. "Do you change the retirement age? If you live to 120, do you retire when you are 90?"

No hurry on this question, apparently. Today the the commission considering ways to cut the deficit released its report. Despite criticism, it's recommending the Social Security retirement age go up to to 68 by 2050 and 69 by 2075.

The Harvard researchers might finish their work before the country agrees on the Social Security changes.

In the meantime, to what age do you want to live?


Comment on this post

Pay freeze?

Posted at 11:45 AM on November 29, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

President Obama today proposed a pay freeze for federal employees for the next two years. It's a pre-emptive strike in advance of Republicans taking control of Congress. Many in the GOP have vowed to reduce the federal workforce by 10 percent.

Obama says his move will save $5 billion over the next two years. The pay freeze will not apply to the military.

There are about 2.1 million federal employees (including the military). The number has grown in recent years. Nextgov.com analyzed why:

There were fewer federal workers in 2009 than in 1990, 1980 and 1970. Now take a closer look at the OPM table. Much of the growth, understandably, occurred in Homeland Security agencies, increasing from 70,000 to 180,000 - a jump of 110,000. Justice Department jobs went from 98,000 to 113,000 -- more than 15,000 new jobs added. (Again, crime and more Homeland Security related.) Jobs at the Veterans Department increased from 220,000 to 297,000 -- that's 77,000 more federal workers. Again, a result of Homeland Security, or rather staffing up to take care of thousands of veterans coming home from two wars. And there's a lot of information technology jobs in there.

Almost all of the new jobs created were as a result of 9/11, the analysis said. Compared to the 1980s, federal jobs in agriculture, education, and the Treasury have all declined.

But back to the freeze. Will it work? Here's some napkin math:

There are (and this is debatable) 1.43 million federal workers.

A savings of $5 billion per year is the goal.

The average amount being forfeited by a federal worker is $3,496.

The current deficit is about $1 trillion.

On a per-dollar basis, the president's move cuts one-half cent for every dollar of the federal deficit. That doesn't quite reach the level of a drop in the bucket. It also assumes that the cost of benefits doesn't rise.

Would the Republican plan do much more? The average federal salary is about $68,000. Annual benefits, reportedly, cost $40,785 (this may include benefits under the GI Bill). The total saving from cutting 10 percent of the civilian workforce would be $15.5 billion or a penny and a half per dollar of the deficit. That, however, doesn't factor in the cost of lost income taxes and the cost of firing employees.

What else needs to be cut?

Comment on this post

Cravaack on Talk of the Nation

Posted at 1:08 PM on November 24, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Newly-minted 8th District congressman Chip Cravaack was the guest on Talk of the Nation today in, presumably, one of his first national radio interviews since his election. The segment featured questions from Minnesota (likely they were listeners to Minnesota Public Radio.) There were no great surprises. Or even little surprises.


Q: Are you prepared to split from your party on occasion?

A: We'll take each issue on its face. I'll be representing the people of the 8th District. That's my job.

Q: Will you be joining the Tea Party caucus?

A: I haven't decided yet, but the Tea Party's values are pretty much what my values are, too. I may very well join that caucus.

Q: You plan to try to repeal health care?

A: Repeal, defund, and then replace it with something more patience-centered.

Q: That will take a long time.

A: The Senate is going to be the place where this is going to play out.

Q: (Kathy from Duluth) What's your position on reauthorization of the Clean Water Act?

A: The Clean Water Act of 1974 is in place. If you're talking of the AQUA bill, I cannot support that. The state of Minnesota has plenty of safeguards intact that protect our waters. We live here. We're going to protect it much more than any federal mandates or laws.

(Kathy was disappointed)

Q: (Elizabeth Scott from North Branch) What's the reasoning for putting a half on the Northern Lights train? It's going to create jobs.

A: We can't afford it right now. If we can't afford something and if it cannot sustain itself -- as with other rails in Minnesota -- it only creates further debt. Anything that creates further debt at this time, we cannot tolerate. (Bob notes: The obvious follow-up is the question of funding for the wars)

Q: (Matt from Finland, Minn.) What's your exact counterproposal for health care? A lot of people up here can't afford private insurance and while what the Democrats passed isn't great, the thing is something is better than nothing. We have a state health program and that may get the ax?

A: For the state we have one of the best health care systems in the country. The federal program dummies down the state program. We have a great safety net for the people. On the federal level, competition has always been the key in driving down costs. I use Lasik surgery as an example. It's never been covered under any health care insurance. Through the years, because of the competition, the accessibility has increased dramatically. The quality has increased significantly and affordability is dramatically increased. Competition is the key. Allowing us to purchase health insurance across state lines is another factor.

Q: (Follow up) We have a different set of regulations in Minnesota...

A: Why can't you go across state lines to purchase better insurance? As a male, you shouldn't have to purchase maternity insurance. We should also allow people to create buying pools. That creates buying power.

Q: You're a former airline pilot at Northwest, you were a union steward. How do you go from that to a conservative member of Congress?

A: There's a fallacy that union members are not conservative. A lot of union members are conservative.

(Bob notes: Airline pilots are quite conservative, since most come from the military)

What got me involved is the massive amount of debt that's being transferred to our children. I could not sit idly by and watch that.


The congressman-elect was obviously heading heading out of Minnesota for the holidays, which got me to wondering how many of the new Minnesota delegation to Congress is a Minnesotan by birth. The answer: One. Betty McCollum. I'm trying to research whether that's ever been the case before.

Update Hat tip (h/t) to Aaron J. Brown for providing the answer.

Comment on this post

A visualization of changing American politics

Posted at 1:15 PM on November 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Duke University PhD candidate David Sparks has developed a fascinating county-level look at the changing politics of America.

It's a great reminder that what you think is permanent in politics, seldom is.

On his Web site, Sparks writes:

This animated interpretation accentuates certain phenomena: the breadth and duration of support for Roosevelt, the shift from a Democratic to a Republican South, the move from an ostensibly east-west division to the contemporary coasts-versus-heartland division, and the stability of the latter.

More broadly, this video is a reminder that what constitutes "politics as usual" is always in flux, shifting sometimes abruptly. The landscape of American politics is constantly evolving, as members of the two great parties battle for electoral supremacy.

But maybe it's not what Sparks thinks it is. A commenter writes:


First, I like the subject and the attempt. Second, big trouble always lurks when spatial data tied to a geographic coordinate system ( λ , φ ) are treated as if they are plotted on a Cartesian grid ( x, y ). Above and beyond the conspicuous distortions in your state shapes and sizes (the Mercator class of map projections creates larger distortions with increasing distance from the equator), your linear interpolation algorithm will, in effect, give more weight to northern and southern neighbors (and less weight to eastern and western neighbors) when it estimates the value for each output grid cell. This bias is much greater at cells in Michigan than it is at cells in Mississippi. Consequently, the spatial pattern you think you "see" in your display might reflect the unwanted distortion pattern as much as it reflects the election geography. Project your data properly - it'll be worth the effort.

Well, "duh."

(h/t: TPM)

Comment on this post

Reconciling election judges

Posted at 3:52 PM on November 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota Supreme Court may listen to arguments on Monday over a claim from Republican gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer that could throw out some ballots that were cast on Election Day.

In a filing on Wednesday, Emmer's legal team cited 11 election judges who say they didn't see reconciliation happen correctly in the precincts where they worked. Under "reconciliation," officials count the number of signatures in the voter logs and compare it to the number of votes cast.

Who are these "election judges?" They're people with some skin in the game, the Minnesota Independent is reporting today. It could not find links to the Republican Party or the tea party on only two of the 11 witnesses.

That doesn't necessarily mean the claim is without merit. But David Schultz, a professor at Hamline University, says it suggests a shaky assertion. "From a legal point of view, it suggests the petition doesn't have much merit," he told MnIndy.

Comment on this post

Things Tina Fey can't say

Posted at 12:58 PM on November 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Politics

Cool. Yet another public broadcasting controversy.

This time, it's the TV side of things. PBS edited out comments from Tina Fey at the Mark Twain Prize ceremony at the Kennedy Center. The problem is (a) Tina Fey was the recipient of the prize and (b) Sarah Palin was the recipient of Tina Fey's barbs. PBS says it edited out the "offending" remarks "for time."

You be the judge. Scroll ahead to 12:30.

Watch the full episode. See more Mark Twain Prize.

This is what got edited out, according to the Washington Post:

"And, you know, politics aside, the success of Sarah Palin and women like her is good for all women - except, of course --those who will end up, you know, like, paying for their own rape 'kit 'n' stuff," Fey said. "But for everybody else, it's a win-win. Unless you're a gay woman who wants to marry your partner of 20 years - whatever. But for most women, the success of conservative women is good for all of us. Unless you believe in evolution. You know - actually, I take it back. The whole thing's a disaster."

It might not have been a bad edit. The jokes appeared to have fallen flat from the crowd which, perhaps, wanted to get away from politics for an evening in a city that never gets away from politics.

Comment on this post

Central Corridor may be stuck in congressional stop-and-go

Posted at 12:20 PM on November 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

seventh_st_lrt_work.jpg

Outside the world headquarters of News Cut, work is continuing on the light-rail line that may never come to St. Paul.

The city's downtown has been a disaster for most of the summer since work crews began moving utility lines and preparing for construction of the actual light-rail line -- known as the Central Corridor -- next year.

Some glass was installed on the world headquarters itself today. They're testing it to see if it will dampen the noise from the trains.

It might all be for nothing. Or not.

Rep. Michele Bachmann has told the Star Tribune that she favors redefining "earmarks," one day after she won a battle to ban them. Her ban could sink projects like the Central Corridor, which has been funded in part through "earmarks."

During an appearance on ABC's Good Morning America today, Rep. Bachmann said nothing about the possibility that she's come up with a way around her own ban, but then again, she was hardly pressed on the issue.

"We need to be able to represent the needs of our community and I believe transportation earmarks are important. But I also think the Yellow Ribbon campaign for our returning National Guard is important, too," Rep. Betty McCollum told MPR's Cathy Wurzer this morning. She said without the earmark spending, many jobs will be lost in the St. Paul area.

Comment on this post

Is Pawlenty overrated?

Posted at 2:09 PM on November 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A new poll is getting plenty of attention in these parts because it purports to show Gov. Tim Pawlenty getting little love from his home state in a poll of potential presidential candidates.

The Public Policy Polling survey showed Pawlenty gets 19% of the vote in his home state in a mythical election today that would include Newt Gingrich, Mike Huckabee, Sarah Palin, and Mitt Romney.

According to the firm's blog...

Tim Pawlenty leads the field in his home state of Minnesota but his performance is surprisingly weak. He gets 19% with Palin right on his heels at 18%, Huckabee at 14%, and Gingrich and Romney each getting 11%. These numbers are reflective of the overall trouble we found for Pawlenty at home in our final preelection poll of the state- his approval rating was under water and voters overwhelmingly said they didn't think he should run for President. Partially because of Pawlenty's declining popularity Democrats seem to have picked up the Governor's office there in an otherwise awful year for the party.

Two words: Prove it.

In his initial run for office in 2002, Pawlenty captured 45 percent of the vote. Four years later, he garnered 46.7% of the vote.

As of this afternoon, Tom Emmer has 43% of the vote in this year's election.

Is that Pawlenty's fault? There's little to suggest that. First, 2010 was the first election in which the Independence Party candidate could reasonably be expected to pull votes from the Republican candidate. In Pawlenty's elections, both IP candidates -- Tim Penny and Peter Hutchinson -- are believed to have taken votes primarily from Democratic candidates.

There's a fair chance that if a similar race were the dynamic in 2010, Emmer would be the new governor, especially since there's absolutely no evidence that Pawlenty was a drag on most Republicans running for Legislature.

It's true that Emmer has performed far worse than other Republican candidates in the statewide election. But Emmer's negatives have been high, and the seat was open. In legislative races, there was a sitting Democrat to vote against.

Famed political prognosticator Nate Silver tweeted today, "More evidence that Pawlenty is overrated: he gets only 19% of GOP primary voters in Minnesota."

It's hard to say, for sure. Clearly Pawlenty has done little to shed the "also ran" status in nationwide polls. But Al Gore didn't win his home state of Tennessee in 2000, and he came within a relative handful of votes to become president.

But Minnesota doesn't really matter to Pawlenty in the presidential scheme of things. Candidates like him need to win -- or perform strongly -- in the early primary states, or the money dries up. Minnesota is not one of those states.

In the event that he ended up on a general election showdown with a Democrat, there's little to suggest that he wouldn't get at least 45 percent of the vote.

And, besides, it's way too early to declare who doesn't have a shot. Going into the Iowa caucuses, John McCain's campaign was considered dead. In Arizona's Republican primary, 48 percent of the state's Republicans did not vote for eventual nominee, the senator from Arizona.


Comment on this post

Polling problems

Posted at 10:28 AM on November 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

twitter_jacobs_poll.gif

Ouch, that one hurt. But the tweet, posted hours before the hapless Timberwolves were to take on the world champion Los Angeles Lakers this week, is an example of what happens when a definitive poll turns out to be not so definitive.

That's the U of M's Larry Jacobs' problem, which he shares with the Humphrey Institute and Minnesota Public Radio after gubernatorial polls released just before the election appear to be inaccurate -- and not by a little.

MPR issued this news release today:

(St. Paul, Minn.) November 11, 2010--Minnesota Public Radio and the University of Minnesota's Humphrey Institute of Public Affairs announced today that they will undertake a thorough review of the methodology used in polls conducted during the 2010 election season. The process will include an internal review of the poll by the Humphrey Institute and an independent audit that will be made public. The independent audit will be conducted by Frank Newport, the editor and (sic) chief of Gallup.

MPR and the Humphrey Institute partnered this year to conduct four polls leading up to Election Day. The final poll, based on interviewing begun nearly two weeks before Election Day, showed results significantly different from the final election tally. This issue will be examined along with the raw data from other polls to determine whether there is a methodological reason for the difference, or whether external events account for the difference.

"We are committed to a transparent review of our polling methodology because we value the importance of continuous improvement in our efforts," said Professor Larry Jacobs, director of the Humphrey Institute's Center for the Study of Politics and Government. "If a shortcoming is identified, we will fix it. If not, we will have third-party verification that our methods are sound."

"The review of polling methodology is a necessary step in continuing to provide Minnesotans with the unbiased information they need to make informed decisions," said Chris Worthington, MPR's managing director of News.

Dean Brian Atwood of the Humphrey Institute added, "I welcome the opportunity to conduct this self analysis and peer review, a regular process for any academic institution. Professor Jacobs is an internationally recognized expert in this field. He is a professional who looks critically at his own work, as well as at polls conducted by others. We are committed to maintaining a very high standard."

I have not talked to anybody at MPR involved in the polling situation, but one doesn't need to to know that MPR has a problem going into the 2012 campaign. Even if MPR and the Humphrey Institute get the methodology fixed (assuming it's broken) before the first poll of the 2012 campaign comes out, few of them will be have any credibility until Election Day, because there's really no other way to prove their reliability.

On his media-watchdog blog, David Brauer has found a Carleton College expert who may (or may not) be involved in the poll introspection.


While (Steven)Schier won't divulge conversations with MPR, he is willing to critique HHH's methodology. "What I can tell you is that the poll problems may lie in two places -- the likely voter screen and the attempt to factor in cell phone use."

As I noted this summer, HHH does not survey cell-phone-only voters, or CPOs. However, it tries to simulate that 25 percent of households by giving additional weight to land line respondents who also have cell phones.

To be sure, it's comforting that MPR is taking the possible poll problems seriously. Of course, any hits to a news organization's credibility is an assault on its vital organs.

But there's another reason why accurate polls matter: They may influence the outcome of elections. Sen. Kathy Saltzman, a moderate DFLer who lost to a Republican last week, told the Woodbury Bulletin that she thinks Democratic legislators may have suffered defeat because voters saw the pre-election polls showing DFLer Mark Dayton leading in the governor's race.

"I think that people were concerned that a (Democrat-controlled) Legislature would be a rubber stamp for some of the policies that he campaigned on," she said.

Maybe she's trying to come up with ways to make her loss sting less, or maybe she's right. If it's the latter, perhaps a larger discussion is in play for news organizations: If polls influence the outcome of elections, what's the value in doing them?

Comment on this post

Tom Emmer Q&A

Posted at 12:51 PM on November 9, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Gov. maybe-elect Tom Emmer held his first public appearance since Election Day this afternoon. He's answered questions at a news conference at the Capitol about his close race with Gov. maybe-elect Mark Dayton, and the coming recount.


"The Minnesota voters have spoken, we just don't know what they've said yet," he said. "Since last Wednesday's we've gained over 1,000 votes.

Q: Are you planning a transition team ?

A: We ran to win and the goal was to govern. We are ready to govern in the event that is the ultimate outcome. I'll announce the transition team that's already been put in place in a few days.

Q: Will you challenge this in court if the recount doesn't show you winning?

A: It's not an appropriate question. There'll be a hand recount of 2.2 million ballots and we'll see how that turns out.

Q: Do you expect to win?

A: The voters have spoken, we just don't know what they've said. You've got 2.2 million votes that have been cast and .4 separation. There'll be a recount.

Q: What do you think the voters said since they elected DFL executive officers and a GOP Legislature?

A: We'll have to reserve judgment on that.

Q: What about the Legislature?

A: They were very clear on that. This is the only one that we're talking about.

Q: What does it mean that you have Eric Magnuson as chief litigator?

A: He's one of the most respected legal minds in Minnesota. That speaks for itself.

Q: Is it an indication you're willing to go into January?

A: It says we're committed to making sure the process works as intended.

Q: Why did your campaign play a subservient role in this while the party took the lead?

A: It's not a campaign anymore. It's more of a mechanical process.

Q: What have you been doing for the last week? You've said nothing today you couldn't have said a year ago.

A: I got about as far away from here as I could -- Manitoba.

Q: Are you preparing to take over?

A: As I said early, we ran our campaign to win and we're prepared to govern.

Q: Do you have people in place, considering names of commissioners?

A: We'll do that in the next couple of days. We have a transition team and I'll announce that in the next couple of days. We did our work beforehand. You asked where's the detail during the campaign, and we were doing the work.

Q: Are you paying serious attention to what's about to happen if you've been out of the country?

A: I've been doing my job. I've been involved... forgive me after 16 months if I took Friday, Saturday and Sunday to spend with some of my boys in Manitoba.

Q: Do you think there were serious problems in Hennepin County?

A: There was something going on that no one really understands yet.

Q: You're a part of this process, are the lawyers preparing to file an election protest?

A: That's premature. When you have this type of a process, you want to make sure it's done in a fair, open, and honest manner. That's what we're trying to make sure of. At the end of the day, Minnesotans can be confident that it's what Minnesotans decided for the future of the state.

Q: Did you pick any of the legal team?

A: I'm not out soliciting legal representation, but I was consulted.

Q: Rep. Ryan Winkler called this "frivolous litigating."

A: That's too bad. I'm sorry anyone suggested that our following the law... there's a process that you follow. Maybe he's feeling the effects of last Tuesday and he's not thinking clearly. We're talking about following the law as it exists.

Q: Do you think 1/2 of one percent is the correct amount for an automatic recount?

A: I don't know.

Q: Is it overcomable? (sic)

A: I'm going to be very clear that this is about making sure that the process... the legal process that is in place, not the one someone might want to be in place, that the legal process is following. Since 10 a.m. last Wednesday, we've done nothing but close the gap. At the end of the day Minnesotans need to know.... that the legal process was followed or not.

Q: You're not sure if you can win or not?

A: We'll make sure those questions that exist -- military ballots, absentee ballots, the issue in Hennepin County -- about a 200-400,000 vote mistake -- I think you've just got to let the process play itself out.

Q: Can you talk about your meeting with Gov. Pawlenty?

A: It was about transition and what happens if you're sworn in as governor of Minnesota. I assume he's talking about the same thing with Sen. Dayton this afternoon.

Q: How will you know whether or not the process works?

A: You have to ask yourself with six days and less than a quarter of the Canvassing Board's work done, you're already talking about 1,000 votes. You just have to let the process work. The hope by all of us is that it should be completed and everyone is satisfied with the result.

Q: How was your race so close in a Republican year?

A: Poor reporting; I think that was it.

Q: Seriously, have you reflected on that?

A: No. That's one of the reasons we want to make sure the questions are answered.

Q: You underperformed compared to other Republicans.

A: I haven't looked at my raw percentages and when I do I'll answer that question.

Q: If this gets protracted out, will it cause you any financial problems?

A: We'll see.

Q: Any thoughts on how the Legislature should proceed under a caretaker government?

A: No.

Q: Did Gov. Pawlenty give you advice on developing a state budget?

A: I've done that work. There's some detail work but that'll be part of the transition team's work. But we've done this work already.

Q: Why did you wait a week to talk to us?

A: You have to let the process work. It's not a time for grandstanding. I'll let the parties speak for themselves. From my perspective as the candidate who's involved, I think it's better we let the process work itself out.

Q: Do you think something smells fishy with this election?

A: I think we'll let the process work itself out.

Q: Are you mentally preparing yourself to take this to the state Supreme Court?

A: I've answered that earlier. I'm doing what the law requires me as a candidate.

Q: Who makes the decision about how far to pursue this?

A: You're making too many assumptions.

Q: Who's in charge? You or the party?

A: There's more than one person involved.

Comment on this post

Bachmann snubbed

Posted at 4:30 PM on November 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

After years of being the disciplined and unified minority, it's unusual to see a Republicans fighting each other as they try to consolidate their power.

At the center of some of it is Rep. Michele Bachmann, who's trying to get a leadership position that -- let's face it -- few of us have heard of: GOP conference chair . But the job is not really the point. The point is about power and who gets it.

So far, Bachmann hasn't got it and there's some indication the people who currently have it don't want her to get it.

A transition team was announced by party leaders today and Bachmann, who heads the Tea Party caucus, wasn't on it.

"It's pretty clear at this point that the Republican leadership is trying to keep its rowdier, Tea Party brethren at arms length," the Washington Independent says. "Whether new Tea Party members of Congress defer to the established pecking order or openly challenge such an affront remains to be seen."

One name who's on the transition team jumps out: Rep. Jeb Hensarling of Texas. He's Bachmann's competition for the "leadership position" for which she yearns.

Meanwhile, the Washington Post pulls a letter Bachmann sent to her colleagues today, which the Post blogger says isn't particularly subtle:


During this election cycle and across the nation the American people have asked, "Will the new Republican majority reflect our values as they assume their position of leadership?" This is a critical question our Conference needs to answer.

Over the past four years, I have fought continually (and at some cost) for the principals of constitutional conservatism. I have successfully communicated this message in Washington and to the people we serve across America. In part, I have been highly targeted because I have been willing to challenge the Obama/Pelosi liberal establishment.

To our Conference I bring strong principled conservative values, a proven level of experience, effectiveness with our friends in the local and national media, and an energetic national constituency that reflects the results of Tuesday night. It is important that our Conference demonstrate to the people who sent us here that their concerns will be tirelessly advanced at the table of leadership.

The conservative Reason Magazine has a horse in the race:

In short, with the notable exception of his Medicare vote (a flaw shared by almost all of the Republican leaders who now claim to be budget cutters), Hensarling seems to be just the sort of legislator fiscal conservatives should want to see in a position of power. Assuming that the Tea Partiers' preference for Bachmann, who seems not terribly bright and longer on rhetoric than action, is not merely a figment of her imagination, what good are they?

There's not much more honest than the bared teeth of a party's power fight.

Comment on this post

Q&A with leaders of the Minnesota Legislature

Posted at 11:32 AM on November 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The two incoming leaders of the Minnesota Legislature made their first appearance on MPR's Midday today. Sen. Amy Koch is the new majority leader of the Senate. Rep. Kurt Zellers is the new speaker of the Minnesota House.

Here are the highlights from the question-and-answer session with host Gary Eichten and members of the Minnesota Public Radio audience. I've eliminated the questions and discussion about political strategy.

Q: How is that Minnesota voters elected Republicans to the Legislature, but two out of three voters who voted for governor did not vote for a Republican?

A: (Koch) The Legislature holds the money. What an interesting way for the voters to go to give the fiscal conservatives the purse strings! It was very wise and smart of the voters.

(Zellers) It fits with us. We're a prairie populist state. The vast majority of localized races were talking about jobs, the economy, and spending. Divided government isn't always a bad thing. In the '90s, the House had Newt Gingrich and Bill Clinton in the White House.

Q: To bring in revenue, we need jobs. Minnesota companies have expanded in other states. What are other states doing to attract businesses? I'd rather see spending on getting jobs, rather than education.

A: (Zellers) You start by asking business owners. We heard time and again, "If I'm going to build a building in Minnesota, it takes me 8 months. If I build in South Dakota, it takes 6 weeks." It's not things that show up on the evening news. We have a truncated building season. We heard time and again, "Can you please stop?" Whether it's taxes or regulations. We're going to calm the waters for the business community.

Q: Will you extend the JOBZ program?

A: (Koch) We have to look at everything. It's not just one program; we have to look at everything we do and how it affects businesses. It's corporate income tax, it's energy policy in this state.

Q:Mark Dayton has talked about passing a bonding bill. Would you go along with that?

A: (Koch) My focus is the private sector; it's where the jobs coming from. I'm not going to say "absolutely not," but I want to make sure it's focused on infrastructure and transportation. But there's a lot of other things to be done first.

(Zellers) We have a lot of unused bonding authority out there. If government spending on projects really worked, and the government sprinkled stimulus money, if it worked we wouldn't be at almost 10 percent unemployment. We're not going to have giant spoons with cherries. These things are going to have to be critical.

Q: Will early childhood education be a priority?

A: (Zellers) Sure. It's incredibly critical. Education is critical, but we need to make sure it's focused in the classroom. We're not in an economic situation where we can try new things. We're in a time of necessity; we're going to have to stick to what works.

(Koch) We have to be cautious when we move forward that we're not reinventing the wheel. There are a lot of early childhood facilities out there that are working just fine. The best thing you can do for any child is to make sure mom and dad have a job. We can work on some reforms that will improve the quality of education.

Q: How should people measure whether you're on the right track in terms of creating jobs?

A: (Koch) Are we going to turn the ship around immediately? I'm not going to promise that, but you're going to see a laser-like focus on that. It will take time and work.

(Zellers) When business owners say, "I'm ready to buy the new truck now." If you start to see occupancy rates start to go down... (I think he meant vacancy rates). A lot of this came back to the bankers not lending the money, but a lot of businesses were just waiting to see if there would be a cap and trade policy.

Q: Will commercial property taxes go down?

A: (Zellers) Especially at the local level, there's very little we can do at the state Legislature, and many of these decisions need to be made at the local level. Our commitment is we'll do everything we can.

(Koch) Unlike residential property taxes, we do as part of consumer and industrial property taxes, we do have a role and the state takes taxes from that. I know of a commercial property owner in Albertville who is losing businesses in his building, and he pointed to the property taxes. It's just another piece we have to look at.

Q: Critics say "that's a focus of the no-new-taxes policy"

A: (Koch) Local governments need to do exactly what businesses and families need to do.

(Zellers) We've put in place a cap on local property taxes. It's not something I prefer, but if locals are saying the state is why we have to raise property taxes, the local voters are more savvy than they're being given credit for. They're not going to buy that it's Tim Pawlenty's fault that property taxes go up. We're still going to spend a boatload of money.

Q: If Tim Pawlenty stays on as governor, will you push through a budget, and redistricting plan. True or false?

A: (Zellers) False. The February budget forecast doesn't come out until March 2. Running in and throwing a bunch of stuff on the governor's desk would be disrespectful. We need a fair discussion of the issues and then vote. It's the respectful way to work.

(Koch) There's no move to cram things through. We have a job to do and we need to start the discussions to keep government moving. The issues are all still there; the problems are all still there. The function of the Legislature will move forward but there's no appetite to do some games playing.

Q: Will the Legislature finish the work on time?

A: (Koch) Absolutely.

(Zellers) Yes.

Q: The Bush era tax cuts have been around for 8 years and have failed to produce jobs. The middle class is the engine of the economy and businesses don't have the demand.

A: (Zeller) I agree. If there isn't someone out there to buy your product, you're not going to be able to build anything. I think if we can calm the waters, there are a lot of business owners out there ready to expand. The tax cuts were passed by a bipartisan vote, what we've seen is a little bit better opportunity and a very good fall.

(Koch) It's largely a federal issue. We can talk about a lot of things that contributed to what happened in 2008 and 2009, but there is this idea that businesses and consumers have uncertainty with health care and cap-and-trade -- all this government stuff -- that people have been leery. Businesses aren't investing and homeowners aren't buying because they're just not certain what's going to happen. We have to get the demand going and get people comfortable with buying again. That's the goal.

Q: I hear the budget needs to be reduced by 20 percent and that schools and Medicaid will take a big cut without an increase in taxes. How will you reduce spending on seniors and nursing homes? Is it possible?

A: (Koch) The budget projection for the next two years is going to have an increase of about 7 percent. Spending is projected to increase by 18 percent. Education, and protecting vulnerable Minnesotans, is a top priority. Are there some reforms? I'd like to look for them.

Q: But aren't you talking about big cuts?

A: (Zellers) If folks in Minnesota want an example what it's going to be like, how did things go in the last couple of years? Did you see something in your local government that made you think the government was going to shut down? That's at $30 billion. We're at $33 billion next year. When you get to $37 or $39 billion, that's where you see the increases. A lot of things government pays for have actually dropped in cost.

We are committed to education, nursing homes, developmentally disabled; that's our top priority. Yeah, there's going to be tough decisions, but there's also the other side where we can redesign how we deliver things.

Q: What about social issues?

A: (Zellers) If it doesn't have anything to do with business and jobs, it shouldn't be our first priority. If you don't have a job, it's hard to be involved in an abortion rally.

(Koch) There's a lot of important issues and we will get to them. But the priority now is the budget, jobs, and the economy.

Q: What about a state-sponsored casino or expansion of gambling?

A: (Koch) I voted for a racino. We'll get a mood of the caucus. We need to look at the spending side of the ledger first.

(Zellers): We don't have a revenue problem; we have a spending problem. It's one of those hot-button social issues. Gambling has already expanded in Minnesota already. I think that's on the revenue side; we're looking at the spending side.

Q: What about a Vikings stadium?

A: (Zellers) They improved their chances yesterday. There are some proposals that don't include public money. If there is a way -- seat licenses -- if it's something that's tied to the game, that has possibilities. It can't include the state of Minnesota writing a personal check.

(Koch) It's so nice to have both houses together on this. We're looking at a deficit, so that's not a discussion we can have. But we're willing to look at proposals. We'd like to see the Vikings stick around.

Q: We've been looking for child care and we can't afford it and have my wife work at the same time. Is there any way the government can help us out?

A: (Koch) Quality child care is a top issue for many families. We have some programs in place. It's hard to know what can be done, not knowing your situation.

Zellers: There are several sliding-scale programs out there or a voucher program.

Q: Why is the cost of higher education going up?

A: (Zellers) I paid for my college by playing football and when I got hurt I paid for it out of my pocket. It's a personal thing for me because I paid for my college. Customers need to start asking what they're getting for their services.

(Koch) If higher ed facilities haven't received what they think is needed, they have another avenue: tuition hikes. I think there's a lot of avenues for higher ed institutions to look at their costs.


Comment on this post

A letter to 'whiny young Democrats'

Posted at 4:05 PM on November 3, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There's a lot of "sky is falling" hand-wringing going on in Democratic circles today but very little rises -- sinks? -- to the level of a San Francisco Chronicle columnist who gives "whiny young Democrats" the "what for" today.

See what happens when you wallow in hollow disappointment, trudging all over your liberal arts campus and refusing to vote in a rather important mid-term election, all because your pet issues and nubile ego weren't immediately serviced by a mesmerizing guy named Barack Obama just after he sucked you into his web of fuzzyhappy promises a mere two years ago, back when you were knee-high to a shiny liberal ideology?

Well, now you know. This is what happens: The U.S. House of Representatives, the most insufferable gaggle of political mongrels this side of, well, the rest of Congress, reverts to GOP control like a brain tumor reverts to a more aggressive form of cancer, and everything gets bleaker and sadder and, frankly, a whole lot nastier.

Perhaps Jon Stewart's Rally for Sanity came a week early.

(h/t: Julia Schrenkler)

Comment on this post

Live-blogging: What now for Obama?

Posted at 12:00 PM on November 3, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

AP101103015042.jpg

President Obama is holding a news conference to assess the meaning of yesterday's elections. Let's not waste time with the preamble and get right to it.

Opening statement: He says he spoke to leaders of both House and Senate. "Some election nights are more fun than others... power rests not with us in elected office but with the people we have the privilege to serve." Says people are frustrated and they expect "Washington to work for them, not against them." No one party will be allowed to dictate. Says he's very easy to sit down with both parties.

(Bob: A lot of people on twitter were opining last night that the results showed that Obama shouldn't have tried to work with the Republicans)

Background: Letters to the president.

Obama says he doesn't want to refight the battles of the last two years over the next two years.

QUESTIONS

Q: Are you willing to concede last night was a rejection of your agenda?
There is no doubt that people's number one concern is the economy and they were expressing we haven't made enough progress on the economy. I'm the president of the United States and my job is to improve the economy and I have to take direct responsibility that we haven't made enough progress.

Moving forward, the question is whether Democrats and Republicans can sit down and make progress; I think we can.

(Wayback machine: After President Bush's first mid-term election, he did not have a news conference the next day. His spokesman held a briefing, instead. Here's the transcript)

Q: Can the voters conclude you're just not getting it?
Over the last two years, we've made a series of tough decisions but decisions that were right in moving the country forward and not slipping into a second Great Depression. With all that stuff coming at folks fast and furious... I think people started looking at all this and it felt as though government was getting much more intrusive into people's lives than they were accustomed to. The reason is that it was an emergency. Maybe people thought it was an agenda, rather than a response to an emergency.

When I won election in 2008, people were excited about the prospect of changing how things got done. We were in such a hurry to get things done, we didn't think about how things got done.

(The obvious question here is whether Obama overreached?)

Q: Republicans ran against your health care law. Do you believe health care reform is in danger?

It'll be an issue that comes up. We'd be misreading the election if we thought the American people want us to relitigate over the next two years. ("Relitigate?" The president will not ever be mistaken for Harry Truman.)

When I talk to parents who are relieved their children can stay on policies until they're 26, or small businesses taking advantage of tax credits, I say to myself, "this was the right thing to do." If Republicans have ideas for improving the health care system... I'm happy to consider some of those ideas.

He says the "1099 provision" in the health care bill needs to be changed. Here's an explanation of what that is.

Q: One out of two voters think it should be repealed...

That means one out of two voters think it's the right thing to do.

Q: Do you accept that any kind of spending to create jobs is dead?

People are concerned about spending and deficits. I'll have a deficits commission putting forth ideas. We can eliminate programs that don't work and cut back spending that is inefficient. The question my Republican friends... are going to have to answer is, "What are our priorities?" That's going to be a tough debate. We already had a big deficit that I inherited that has been made worse because of the recession.

We just learned that China has the fastest supercomputer in the world. That used to be us.

We can extend unemployment insurance right now (perhaps, that'll be the first big debate; Republicans think that motivates people not to look for work).

Without any Republican support on anything, it'll be hard to get things done; I'm not going to anticipate that we're not going to get things done.

Q: After your election two years ago, you said "elections have consequences." What consequences do you think this one should have? What are you willing to compromise on?

I've been willing to compromise in the past and I will going forward. Many Republicans ran against the energy bill that passed in the House; it's doubtful you can get the votes to pass an energy bill this year, or next year, or the year after. That doesn't mean we can't have an energy policy. Let's find out where we agree.

We're probably going to have to say, "there's too many areas of disagreement and we can't get this done right now."

Q: Are you willing to compromise on the expiring Bush tax cuts? And when you see 19 state legislatures go to the other side, etc., what does it feel like?
It feels bad. The toughest thing is seeing really terrific public servants not have the opportunity to serve anymore. Many have told me "I don't have regrets, because we're doing the right thing." They might be just trying to make me feel better.

Re: tax cuts. My goal is to make sure we don't have a huge spike in taxes for middle-class families. It would be bad for our economy. It is very important that we're not taking a whole bunch of money out of the system from people who are most likely to spend that money on goods, services, groceries, etc. My goal is to sit down with Speaker-elect Boehner and Mitch McConnell and Nancy and see where we can move forward in a way that, first of all, does no harm and extends tax cuts that are important for middle-class families and those that encourage businesses to invest. How that negotiation works itself out, I think it's too early to say.

Q: What about EPA regulations? Do you wish in retrospect you had not made some deals?

Making sure families have security and we're on the way to lowering health care costs was absolutely correct. It's an ugly mess when it comes to process. That's something that really affected how people viewed the outcome. I regret that we couldn't have made the process healthier, but the outcome was a good one.

Re: EPA: The smartest thing for us to do is see if we can get Democrats and Republicans in a room who are serious about energy independence and see if there's way to make progress in the short term and make progress on technology in the long term. The EPA is under a court order that says greenhouse gasses are a pollutant that fall under its jurisdiction. We have to find ways to solve this problem without hurting the economy.

Q: Is it possible that there are a majority of Americans who think your policies are taking the nation in reverse. And what about "don't ask, don't tell"? Do you have to tell your liberal base you're not going to be able to get it done?

If someone is willing to put their lives on the line, they should not be prevented from doing so because of sexual orientation. The overwhelming majority of Americans feel the same way. Making this change needs to be done in an orderly fashion that maintains discipline. A review comes out at the beginning of the month that will have surveyed attitudes in the armed forces. That will give us time to act during the lame duck session to change this policy. We've got a bunch of court cases out there, too. It'll be bad for morale to have this bouncing around in the courts where the Pentagon doesn't know what rules they're working under. We need certainty. This shouldn't be a partisan issue.

The American people understand we've dug ourselves a pretty big hole and we're not out of the ditch yet. At the very least we were pushing in opposite directions.

When I came into office, this economy was in freefall and the economy has stabilized and the economy has grown. It's hard to argue we're going backwards. You can argue we're stuck in neutral.

(Bob: Here's what that analogy is all about:)

Q: Do you need to hit the "reset" button with business?

One of the things that has not been managed well by me is finding the right balance with business and treating customers fairly, and making clear that the only way America succeeds is if businesses are succeeding. The reason we have an unparalleled standard of living is because we have a free market, and that needs to be nurtured and cultivated. We've had a successive set of issues where business too the notion that business is always the bad guy. The most important thing we can do is to boost and encourage our business sector and make sure that they're hiring.

Q: How do you respond to voters seeing you as out of touch?

I might have a funny name and lived in various places, but hard work and honest values are the same values I took from mom and my grandparents. When I'm out of this place, it's not an issue. When you're in this place, it's hard not to seem removed. Those letters that I read every night, some of them break my heart, some of them fill me with inspiration. But nobody is filming me reading those letters.

(Bob notes: Have you ever watched senators and congresspeople and the life they live and where they live it? It's impossible to be in touch. You also have thousands of people screaming telling you how wonderful you are -- or not. Does that happen to you on any given day?)

Getting out of here is good for me, too. I always come away from those interractions feeling so much more optimistic about this country. We have such a good and decent people who are finding ways to live together, educate kids, grow their communities, create businesses. The American people always make me optimistic. As tough as it's been, as many sometimes scary moments as we've gone through, I've never doubted that we're going to emerge stronger than we were before.

-- End of news conference --

Post-script: Presidential letters.

Now, it's your turn:


Comment on this post

The 'R' word and election aftermath (5x8 - 11/3/10)

Posted at 8:00 AM on November 3, 2010 by Drew Geraets (1 Comments)
Filed under: News, Politics

Ed. Note: Bob is resting (comfortably, we hope) after a late night of furious election coverage. I'm pinch-hitting for today's 5x8.


1) The 'R' WORD

The 2010 race for Minnesota governor might not be as close as the 1962 contest -- an election decided by 91 votes out of 1.25 million cast -- but it appears we are headed for another recount. At least we can work off the 2008 Recount Guide [pdf]. And if that doesn't help, there's always the flowchart [pdf]. Well, at least we're not alone.


2) PHOTOS FROM ELECTION NIGHT

View the full slideshow


3) TWEETS OF THE NIGHT/MORNING

Good morning Minnesota, land of 10,000 votes margin.less than a minute ago via web

To clarify. The DFL Party continues. The DFL Party's party is over.less than a minute ago via web

Eichten just said the R-word. And with that, it's time to break out the gin.less than a minute ago via Tweetie for Mac

Am I understanding this right, if #mn2010 is too close Garrison Keillor serves as Gov until a winner is determined?less than a minute ago via Twitter for iPhone

GOP marching band enters ballroom just in time for 10 pm news. #tptvote #mn2010less than a minute ago via HootSuite


4) RED? BLUE? WE JUST WANT GREEN

The Washington Post had a piece on the millions of dollars lawyers, lobbyists and associations spent on the mid-term elections, jockeying for influence on Capitol Hill. It's not surprising, considering that D.C.'s biggest firms grew their revenue significantly in 2009 with an active legislative agenda. And with the shifty political landscape, it probably makes better business sense to run a bi-partisan shop.


5) SMOKE-FREE IN SOUTH DAKOTA

Voters in South Dakota extended a smoking ban to bars, restaurants and casinos with the passage of Referred Law 12.

The Legislature last year extended the smoking ban, and Gov. Mike Rounds signed it into law. Opponents, however, mounted a petition drive to get the smoking ban on the ballot in hopes voters would repeal it. The validity of the signatures obtained in the drive survived a court challenge by the American Cancer Society and other smoking ban proponents. During all that time, enforcement of the ban has been held at bay.

See also: List of smoking bans in the U.S.


TODAY'S QUESTION

After GOP victories, what changes do you see for the state and the country?


MIDMORNING

2010 elections: the day after

Comment on this post

Meet your judge

Posted at 10:01 PM on November 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

It's unusual to have much interest in judicial district races; nobody who didn't graduate from law school can even name a sitting district court judge in Minnesota.

But in the 10th judicial district, 24 people are trying to get one job. Early in the evening Christopher Penwell was leading. He's the Republican-endorsed candidate.

It's still unusual to see candidates campaigning for judgeships in Minnesota while touting his conservative credentials, as Penwell did. His Web site says he favors "the principles and transcendent truths set forth in the Declaration of Independence including but not limited to the Sanctity of Life, the Rule of Law, Equality and Justice."

At the same time, two high-profile Republican judicial candidates -- Tim Tingelstad and Greg Wersal -- got clobbered in their bids for the state Supreme Court. But the argument over whether Minnesota continues to elect judges is only going to get louder. A commission is pushing to have Minnesota adopt a system where judges are appointed.

Update 10:36 p.m. It appears that Tad Jude has now opened a huge lead. Jude probably has the best name recognition in the area since he ran for Congress in the '90s. Jude also served 16 years in the House and served on the Hennepin County Board. He adopted a more benign campaign against "judicial activism."

Comment on this post

A riverboat referendum?

Posted at 8:36 PM on November 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

delta_queen_2.jpg

Despite his powerful position as head of the Transportation Committee, Rep. Jim Oberstar has been one of the more obscure members of the Minnesota congressional delegation, tucked away as he is in the north country.

For people in the metro, Oberstar's legacy will likely be two things: the light-rail you see, and the riverboats you don't.

Oberstar helped steer millions to Minnesota for light-rail projects, including the soon-to-be-built Central Corridor.

He's also primarily responsible for the disappearance of three big paddlewheelers on the Mississippi River -- the American Queen, the Delta Queen, and the Mississippi Queen. When he became chairman, he refused to let a bill exempting the three from federal law to come to a vote. He considered the paddlewheelers "fire traps," and federal law doesn't allow wooden passenger boats on the river.

So is tonight's reportedly close 8th District race a riverboat referendum? No. The remains of the ships have scattered. Chattanooga got the Delta Queen for a floating hotel, but it's leaking money badly. The Mississippi Queen was sold and sent to a scrapyard. The American Queen is rotting in Beaumont, Texas.

(Photo: Minnesota Historical Society)

Comment on this post

Add another state to voter ID rules

Posted at 7:32 PM on November 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Oklahoma appears well on its way to approving voter ID, requiring voters to prove they who they say they are when attempting to vote. Only a precinct or two is reporting but in early returns, a few thousand had voted for the measure. Nobody had voted against it.

Oklahoma has its share of some of the odd ballot measures, because it's a state -- unlike Minnesota, for example, that has "initiative petition," by which residents can get something on the ballot if they gain enough signatures.

One of those items is a proposal that would bar the application of Muslim or Sharia Law, something that -- as far as anyone knows -- wasn't a threat in Oklahoma anyway. It's a state which appears to use the Constitution. It's sailing through.

Apparently it stems from a case in New Jersey:

Comment on this post

Scenes from an election night

Posted at 6:43 PM on November 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

9:27 p.m. - Looks like all of District 56 in the East Metro will go all red, reversing the stunning swing to blue in 2006.

9:21 p.m. - Unless the 8th District changes hands, this will be the second straight election cycle in which millions of dollars are spent on the campaigns, and nothing changes in the congressional delegation. The last sitting congressperson to lose an election in Minnesota was Gil Gutknecht. The last metro congressman to lose his job was Bill Luther, but his district was carved up in redistricting and he ended up trying to run in a Republican district.

9:08 p.m. - The Washington County numbers are coming in. Bachmann doing very well in a county which is her weakest county. Karen Housley trails in Senate District 57 (South St. Paul), which surprises me a bit.

8:40 p.m. - Christine O'Donnell has lost in Delaware. Hundreds of political reporters and bloggers have suddenly realized they don't know what to talk about now.

8:04 p.m. - Gov. Hoeven has won the Senate seat in North Dakota, according to NPR. Hovan was impressive in the Red River Valley flooding in 2009.

7:54 p.m. - Here's the Minnesota Twitter feeds of Minnesota's best and brightest.

7:53 pm - Jon Gordon's and Larry Jacob's first bit:

7:50 a.m. - Linda McMahon has lost her bid for the Senate in CT. Jesse Ventura retains his title of the wrestler elected to the highest office.

7pm - This is the time of election day when it gets pretty quiet and we get nostalgic -- before the polls close and we have something to do. So we swap stories about election nights past. Here are two segments from 2006 that were produced for our election night party on the subject of the role of blogs in political journalism - here and here. This was just four years ago. Consider how you're getting your information tonight and compare to four years ago. It's stunning how fast it happened.

6:53 p.m. - Here's NPR's election center, courtesy of NPR's Andy Carvin via Facebook:

npr_elx_night.jpg

6:43 p.m. - This will be the online election center at MPR. Once the plate full of cold cuts -- expiration time 6:30 -- is finished, it'll fill up, but for now people are checking out phone lines and making sure reporters are where there supposed to be. Jon Gordon is hosting the online blast this evening along with Larry Jacobs from the Humphrey Institute. I'm in a cubicle far on the other side of the newsroom, within eyeshot of the Wolves-Heat game in Miami.

jacobs_gordon.jpg

Comment on this post

Grading the polls

Posted at 2:54 AM on November 3, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

While we like to say -- accurately -- that polls are merely a snapshot in time, let's face it: We view them as the predictors they aren't. So we can judge who nailed it, and who didn't. Keep the margin-of-error in mind.

As I type this, it's Dayton 44%, Emmer 43% and Horner 12%. Compare:

Poll/Date Dayton Emmer Horner Grade
Pub.Policy -10/29 43 40 15 A-
Survey USA (10/27) 39 38 13 B+
MPR/Humphrey (10/25) 41 29 11 D
Star Tribune 41 34 13 D
St. Cloud State(10/21)Likely voters 40 30 19 D
St. Cloud State(10/21)All respondents 37 27 18 D
Rasmussen (10/20) 44 41 10 B+

Comment on this post

Michele Bachmann's muscle

Posted at 12:14 AM on November 3, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Michele Bachmann's victory in the 6th District wasn't anywhere near as close as many in the media thought it was going to be, at least as reflected by the attention her race got.

Bachmann's opponents have operated from the position that if voters in the 6th knew more about her, they'd turn her out of office. But over the last several elections, Bachmann has shown her ability to get stronger in the district, not weaker. Fifteen million dollars in campaign contributions will do that for you.

If Bachmann has a weakness in the district, it's been in the cities nearest the metro. Washington County, which includes Oakdale, Woodbury, and Bachmann's hometown of Stillwater, showed lukewarm support for her in her first congressional victory in 2006. She beat her opponent, DFLer Patty Wetterling in the county by just .1%. Her biggest support is in Wright and Sherburne Counties. She won the district with 50% of the votes.

Two years later, her vote total reached 46%, mostly because of a third party candidate with an Anderson surname (political gold in Minnesota) that likely pulled votes from her opponent. But Bachmann lost Washington County to Democrat Elwyn Tinklenberg by 4%. Stearns and tiny Benton County also went Tinklenberg's way. But solid support in Anoka, Wright, and Sherburne counties allowed her to retain her seat. There's a reason why a last-minute mailing on Bachmann's behalf went to Anoka County this year; that's her bullpen.

This year, Bachmann grabbed more than 50 percent of the vote in Washington County, beating Taryl Clark by 7 percent of the vote. District-wide, this will be the first campaign in which Bachmann gets the majority of the votes cast.

Washington County was one of the first areas of the district to report results on Tuesday night, and when Bachmann raced off to a big lead over her opponent, Tarryl Clark, it was over.

Her opponents now are likely hoping the state will lose a congressional seat with the 2010 census. The 6th is usually the target for weird carving and the next round of redistricting isn't likely to be an exception. Bachmann could lose Woodbury and Oakdale to John Kline's 2nd District. That won't matter to her much since they're her two weakest communities.

The question, however, comes where the new lines come. If Bachmann's hometown of Stillwater is also shipped off to the 2nd District (not likely), she'd have to face John Kline, a less media-hungry but possibly more popular Republican member of the delegation. It's also possible, Stillwater would be awarded to an expanded 8th District. It and Oakdale could also be sent to the DFL-heavy 4th.

With Republicans primed to take control of the Legislature, it's quite possible the whole redistricting effort will again end up in the hands of the chief justice of the state Supreme Court. She's a Republican.

By then, though, it may not matter to Bachmann. Her appearances on national TV shows tonight while refusing interviews to the local media suggests that this might well be her last congressional campaign.

Comment on this post

Secret ballot

Posted at 2:26 PM on November 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It's getting harder to keep a vote secret. I felt a little silly putting my ballot in the "secrecy sleeve" at the voting place today. It's designed so that nobody can see how you voted when you're putting your ballot into the counting machine, like Tom Emmer is doing in this Star Tribune photo.

secrecy_sleeve.jpg

Let's take a closer look:

emmer_ballot.jpg

Alas, no surprises (you can click the image to see a larger version).

On Twitter today, there was a discussion on whether people should feel that someone asking how you voted -- a friend, as opposed to the news media -- should make you feel uncomfortable, as an invasion of privacy. What say you?


On the subject of privacy, Facebook is asking people to push the little button that tells them whether you voted...

facebook_privacy_voting.jpg

Facebook is notorious for its inability (or unwillingness) to protect the privacy of the people who leave shreds of personal data around every time they click something on Facebook. There's no indication what Facebook intends to do with this data -- if anything -- but perhaps we'll learn whether Farmville users are more likely to vote than Mafia Wars participants. Did you click the button?

Comment on this post

What were the issues, again?

Posted at 9:49 AM on November 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

When you take MPR's Select A Candidate survey, we log the cumulative data you supply. The most interesting aspect is usually the issues people say are or aren't important to them.

It's surprising that same-sex marriage emerged as the #1 issue when it had almost no role in the campaign, other than attempts by third parties to introduce it. The number 1 issue of the campaign -- the state budget and the economy -- was ranked #4 by the survey takers.

But some things can always be counted on. Since we started Select A Candidate almost 10 years ago, "agriculture" has always finished dead last in important issues.

sac_issues_nov_2.jpg

There's no science applied to this, since it's a self-selected survey. More than 37,000 people too the Select A Candidate gubernatorial survey this year.

Comment on this post

Does life imitate politics?

Posted at 11:31 AM on November 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Arts, Politics

When it comes to politics, does life imitate art, or does art imitate life. As we've seen -- again -- this year, an election campaign is as much about theatrics as it is about substance, perhaps more so.

And as long as you're in a voting mood, and have nothing to do while you wait for the polls to close, let's consider art as it relates to politics.

Comment on this post

Return of the 'Lizard People'

Posted at 3:53 PM on November 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Lizard People might be getting support again on Tuesday. Lucas Davenport of Bemidji made "The Lizard People" a household word in Minnesota two years ago when he appeared to write in Lizard People on a ballot in the disputed Al Franken - Norm Coleman Senate race.

"I don't know if you've heard the conspiracy theory about the Lizard Men," Davenport told MPR at the time. "A friend of mine, we didn't like the candidates, so we were at first going to write in revolution, because we thought that was good and to the point. And then, we thought the Lizard People would be even funnier, and there was kind of a running inside gag between some friends and I."

What about Tuesday's election? I asked Davenport if The Lizard People will be getting a vote.

"That's hilarious," he said. "I was just pondering the same question. I see no reason that they don't deserve my vote. After all, I wouldn't want the wrong lizard to get elected."

Davenport's creation -- inexplicably -- even made a column in USA Today today about the science of math in numbers in which a mathematician argues that a coin flip is as fair a way to settle a close race as a recount of votes.

Comment on this post

Are you better off than you were two years ago?

Posted at 12:23 PM on November 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

If the prognosticators are correct, the U.S. House will swing to the Republicans tomorrow amid an anger that things haven't improved in the country the way many voters expected. What we don't have, however, is a yardstick for measuring success/failure.

Here's an example comparing several categories from this time in 2008 to today. Feel free to suggest additional categories.

Category 2008 2010
Minnesota unemployment rate 5.6% 7.0%
Number of unemployed people (nationwide) 9,199,000 14,140,000
Number of Minnesota people with jobs 2,784,286 2,749,000
Per capita national debt $34,278 $44,196
30-year mortgage rate 6.17% 4.65%
Minnesota rate of foreclosure 1 in every 1,065 homes 1 in every 690 homes
Price of gasoline (Minnesota) $2.31 $2.84
Soldiers killed in action in previous month (Iraq & Afghanistan) 30 52
Vikings record 4-3 2-5
Top Minnesota search terms on Google (News category) Obama CNN
Big three cars sold (September) 493,000 433,483


What numbers should be in place for 2012 to help us judge whether things are better (or worse) than we'd hoped?

Comment on this post

The final debate

Posted at 9:15 AM on October 31, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Minnesota Public Radio News is hosting the traditional final debate of the election season at the Fitzgerald Theater today at 4 p.m. MPR's Gary Eichten will moderate the debate between the three leading gubernatorial candidates: Mark Dayton, Tom Emmer, and Tom Horner.

Additional MPR News debate coverage: MPR's Cathy Wurzer will host an additional hour of programming before and after the debate to broadcast on MPR News. From 3-4 p.m., she will take an in-depth look at the candidates' positions on the state budget. The hour will feature coverage from MPR News reporters on various aspects of Minnesota's budget: taxes, K-12, healthcare, higher education and local government aid.

Then after the debate, from 5-6 p.m., Wurzer will host a live call-in program focusing on reactions to the debate. MPR's Mike Mulcahy and the University of Minnesota's Humphrey Institute's Larry Jacobs will co-host the hour.

Want to talk about it while you're listening/watching (there'll be video online, too)? Stop by here. I'll tell you what's going on at the debate. You tell me what's going on in the Vikings-Patriots game.

Comment on this post

The last-minute voter

Posted at 12:16 PM on October 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Joe Loveland at The Same Rowdy Crowd takes a "glass half full " look at the nearly-concluded gubernatorial campaign and finds there's a lot to like about it.

MPR's Tom Scheck is probably too modest to point out props sent his way, so News Cut will do it for him.


COVERAGE OF NUMBERS. Not only did the candidates discuss the budget in detail, but reporters actually analyzed their proposals, repeatedly and well. They could have easily chose to cover hot button issues and candidate sideshows instead, but Tom Scheck at MPR. Eric Black at Minnpost and a few others respected the intelligence of their audiences enough to do deep fiscal dives.

MEDIA FACT-CHECKING. MPR, WCCO-TV, Minnpost, and KSTP-TV did a solid job analyzing candidates ads and utterances for accuracy. The non-analytical "he said, she said" style of political coverage was still the default approach, and the fact checkers' performance was often too timid. But the presence of the fact checkers does help improve the quality of Minnesotans' democratic experience.

Prevailing wisdom says many people don't pay attention to a lot of this coverage until the last days of the campaign. And, sure enough, we notice today that MPR's Select A Candidate is the most popular page on our Web site right now. When this was originally designed, the intent was to use it as a carrot (a "game" vibe) to get people to the stick (the accumulated substantial coverage). It's not entirely clear, yet, to what extent the people who are just getting around to paying attention to the candidates are digging deeply into the coverage provided so far.

If that's you, perhaps you could answer the question.

Comment on this post

Christine O'Donnel and the First Amendment - Part two

Posted at 3:45 PM on October 27, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

odonnell_wdel.jpg

A week ago, Senate candidate Christine O'Donnell, who has become the poster child for upstart, anti-incumbent candidates, lectured her opponent on the meaning of the First Amendment. Today, she threatened to sue a Delaware radio station if a video of an interview with her was posted online.

It was posted online (available only on Facebook, however)

Things were going well for O'Donnell until the show host, who up to then had seemed to be a sympathetic interviewer for O'Donnell, asked for specifics of where she'd cut a county budget. (Scroll to 11:30). When things got tense, a campaign manager and other campaign officials entered the studio (a no-no for most radio stations), and began writing notes to her. As the show ended, he allegedly told the station the campaign would "crush" the station if the video aired.

Says the radio station:

WDEL's attorney asserted that the interview and video were in compliance with all applicable laws, was clearly protected free speech under the First Amendment, and that the campaign had no grounds to demand the station withhold it from the public.

After seeing the video the attorney for the O'Donnell campaign contacted WDEL's counsel again to apologize for charges made by their campaign manager. The attorney agreed that there was no legal issue with the video and expressed regret for the incident.

For the record, MPR does not allow campaign staff to be in the studio when show hosts interview candidates.

Comment on this post

A return to issues?

Posted at 1:54 PM on October 27, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Marketing and advertising, Politics

What would happen if the actors, actresses, models, and marketing people who make the political advertising we've been subjected to, refused to participate in anything that wasn't a real issue?

This site -- it's really AARP -- creates the fantasy.

(h/t: Jason Barnett)

Comment on this post

Voter fraud issue returns on schedule

Posted at 1:08 PM on October 27, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The issue of voter fraud has surfaced again, as it usually does near an election.

Slate wades into the fray today, thanks primarily to a group in St. Paul, which is offering a bounty for those who are voting illegally.

In 2002, the Bush administration made cracking down on voter fraud a top priority. Five years later, the effort had yielded 86 convictions. About 30 convictions were linked to vote-buying schemes in races for small offices like sheriff or judge. Only 26 were attributable to individual voters, and most of those were misunderstandings about voter eligibility, such as felons who voted without knowing it was illegal. The prosecutions provided little evidence of organized fraud.

A 2007 study by the Brennan Center for Justice at New York University reached a similar conclusion. The vast majority of "fraud" cases, it found, were due to typographical errors in poll books and registration records, bad matches between voter databases (for example, you could be listed as John Smith in one database and John T. Smith in another), and voters registering at new addresses without deleting old registrations. Much of the alleged "voter fraud," it turns out, is just poorly filled out registration cards. And even if someone purposely files a fraudulent form by writing the name "Mickey Mouse," it doesn't affect the election. "Mickey Mouse doesn't vote," says Wendy Weiser of the Brennan Institute. Actual voter fraud--a voter pretending to be someone he's not--is, according to the study, less common than getting struck by lightning.

But there is a lingering question left over from the infamous 2008 Senate election, which, of course, was dominated by the recount between Al Franken and Norm Coleman: Are there more people voting who shouldn't, or more people not being allowed to vote who should.

On Election Day in 2008, we had little trouble finding people who were registered to vote, but were turned away. Fortunately, Minnesota's same-day registration allowed them to re-register. Still, we don't know how many people turned away, gave up and went home without voting.

Under Minnesota law, voters can be declared inactive if they haven't voted in the last four years. Not sure if you're registered? Go here. You might save yourself some trouble on Tuesday.

By the way, allegations of voter fraud aren't limited to Republicans. At the Democratic National Convention in 2008, I met Don Shaffer of Ottumwa, Iowa, a Democratic activist (and also the real Radar O'Reilly,he said). He was a Hillary Clinton supporter who said he wouldn't support Barack Obama, insisting that he saw Obama forces bringing in non-residents to vote in the Iowa caucuses, although nothing to that effect was proven.

This year, those who allege voter fraud have more tools. American Majority Action is providing a downloadable app to report such allegations, and take pictures of the alleged perpetrators.

Comment on this post

What could you buy with the money spent on Minnesota campaigns?

Posted at 3:23 PM on October 26, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The news has been littered in recent days with the latest campaign finance reports from candidates. It's real money, but after awhile all the numbers go in one ear and out the other. What could you do with all the money in each race? Plenty. Keep in mind, these "suggestions" include only the money raised by the candidates themselves. It doesn't include all of the outside money that's being thrown into the campaigns.

Let's go shopping!

GOVERNOR'S RACE - $8.3 MILLION
You could buy: A diamond-studded iPhone

diamond_iphone.jpg Only two have been made. About 500 individual flawless, 100 carat diamonds are placed around the sides, plus a rose gold Apple logo with 53 more diamonds. The center navigation button is made up of a single cut 7.4ct pink diamond. Best of all, you'd still have $400,000 left to help pay your data plan.

1ST DISTRICT CONGRESSIONAL RACE $2,610,467
Walz vs. Demmer vs. Wilson
What you could buy: Wayne Newton's jet

s-WAYNE-NEWTON-PLANE-large.jpg Newton abandoned the jet in Detroit (where else?) after it was flown in to have some interior work done on it. That was three years ago and he hasn't picked it up since. It's worth less than that now, but you have plenty of dough to fix it up. Imagine giving your constituents a ride on your own plane as way to say "danke schoen" for their vote.

2ND DISTRICT CONGRESSIONAL RACE $1,504,134
Kline vs. Madore
What you could buy: A knickknack for your swimming pool

Dale-Chihuly-Pool-Sculpture.jpg This 22 feet x 12 feet sculpture by Dale Chihuly fits in the pit of your swimming pool (not included). His installations can be found at Venice, Jerusalem, the Royal Botanical Gardens Kew, and Chicago's Garfield Park, and several public spaces and private galleries. It also includes a tour of the artist's studio, during which he'll thank you for creating jobs.

3RD DISTRICT CONGRESSIONAL RACE -- $3 MILLION
Paulsen vs. Meffert vs Oleson
What you could do with the money: Bring fairness to a doctor's life

happydoc.jpgA study earlier this year found that primary care doctors -- the people on the front line -- make about $3 million less over their careers than cardiologists. This, the report said, could lead to a shortage of primary care doctors, who choose career paths for the big money instead. Alternately, you can simply offer to pay the interest this month on your favorite doctor's student loans.

4TH DISTRICT CONGRESSIONAL RACE -- $947,041
McCollum vs. Collett vs. Carlson
What you could do with the money: Fly into space. Five times.

newmexico_spaceport.jpg Unlike political campaigns, flying into space never gets old. You'll want to do it again and again. Now, you can. Richard Branson has just finished the runway in New Mexico, from which the private space plane will depart and -- with any luck at all -- land. Each ticket costs $200,000. But bags fly free

5TH DISTRICT CONGRESSIONAL RACE -- $1,272,965
Ellison vs. Demos vs. Schrunk
What you could buy: A little something for the hunting cabin.

frightened_doe.jpg Nothing says "welcome to the cabin" better than Jean-Baptiste Oudry's life-sized portrait of a doe suddenly alerted to an unseen danger, most likely the national debt. Alternately, you could just snap a picture out the side window of your car as you drive through Wisconsin , and use the money to buy 100,000 cases of Pabst, which should get you at least through halftime of next week's Packers game in New York.

6TH DISTRICT CONGRESSIONAL RACE - $15.3 MILLION
Bachmann vs. Clark vs. Anderson
What you could buy: Your own castle

Pyne-Castle-Frontsmall.jpg Fortunately for you, Pyne Castle has just come on the market after 40 years. Originally built in 1927 by piano company owner and oil millionaire E. Walter Pyne, the castle in Laguna, Calif.,spans 2.2 acres, offering 18,400-square-feet of living space. That's plenty of room to store your lawn signs until the next election.

7TH DISTRICT CONGRESSIONAL RACE - $1,292,793
Peterson vs. Byberg vs. Menze
What you could buy: A wind turbine

turbine_rendering_2-thumb-420x249.png The 7th is windy country. And the breeze blows a lot there, too. You can probably get a deal on a commercial wind turbine since one of the largest wind turbine companies today announced it's cutting thousands of jobs because of the slack economy, despite what you've heard about the growing green economy. Your turbine will create enough energy to power 500 homes. That's 500 easy votes for your volts.

8TH DISTRICT CONGRESSIONAL RACE - $1,838,257
Oberstar vs. Cravaack vs. Burton
What you could buy: Your own light-rail route

20080828_lightrail_39.jpg It won't be much of a route, however. At the current Central Corridor cost of $82 million per mile, you could afford to build a line running 117 feet. But you get to ring the bell. If you're a career politician, a few more campaigns and you'll be able to ride it home. That assumes you live the next block over.

Total: That's about $36 million in campaign funds raised just by the candidates. If the same number of people vote next week who voted in 2008 (that's unlikely), that works out to about $13 per ballot cast.

Comment on this post

Viral political video of the day

Posted at 1:51 PM on October 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Here's today's hot item in politics. In a debate this morning in Delaware, Senate candidate Christine O'Donnell said her opponent is ignorant of the U.S. Constitution, then asked "where in the Constitution is the separation of church and state?"

Was O'Donnell merely ignorant of the Constitution or simply disagreeing with it?

The words "separation of church and state" do not appear in the First Amendment of the Constitution, of course. The phrase actually comes from Jefferson and the metaphor has been debated at the highest levels of justice. It was, however, codified into the Constitution by virtue of Supreme Court decisions in the '40s.

But many conservatives don't accept it. The conservative think tank, Heritage Foundation, for example, considers the metaphor "a myth."

Similarly, the religion provisions were added to the Constitution to protect religion and religious institutions from corrupting interference by the federal government and not to protect the civil state from the influence of, or overreaching by, religion. The wall, however, is a bilateral barrier that unavoidably restricts religion's ability to influence public life; thus, it necessarily and dangerously exceeds the limitations imposed by the First Amendment.

Comment on this post

The law of politics

Posted at 10:45 AM on October 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

We've seen nothing in the political campaigns of 2010 to drive us away from the Immutable News Cut Law of Politics: A candidate's ability to be interesting is inversely proportional to their ability to be elected.

Colleague Matt Perkins has today's proof:

Update 4:38 p.m. - It didn't take long for the vibe to take hold.

Comment on this post

Do lawn signs make a difference?

Posted at 11:34 AM on October 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (14 Comments)
Filed under: Marketing and advertising, Politics

lawn_sign_simpson.jpg

A photo, sent to me by my colleague Jon Gordon, inspires me into deep political thought. It's a clever sign, but do lawn signs make a difference for candidates?

Scroll down, then close your eyes and tell me the name of the candidate.

Sometimes, a lawn sign can lead to more questions than answers. Like this one, sent to Jon by Thomas Freeman.

lawn_sign_johnson.jpg

Why is a guy named Johnsoin using plaid as a background? It's probably an attempt to tap into the Paul Bunyan sensibility in Bemidji.

Two years ago the Walker Art Center allowed people to make their own lawn signs (via Flickr)...

2787076435_3414c811dc_b.jpg

... and proved that people are more creative than politicians.

My guess is lawn signs work better for low-on-the-ticket races. In my district, we have 24 people running for judge. In a completely unscientific survey on News Cut last week, an overwhelming majority of people said they rarely seem to know who they're voting for when it comes to voting for judges. So perhaps the "I've heard of him/her" voter can be influenced by a sign.


Continue reading "Do lawn signs make a difference?"

Is Obama flipping on gays in the military?

Posted at 3:47 PM on October 14, 2010 by Bob Collins (12 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A federal judges ruling striking down the rule that bans openly gay people from serving in the U.S. military has put the White House on the brink of another political firestorm.

In court papers filed today, the Obama administration says the dispute raises serious legal questions and that the government will be irreparably harmed unless the current policy is allowed to remain in place temporarily. The administration is seeking a stay on the federal judges order.

What else weakens the country? Not allowing gays to serve in the military.

Both of those points have come from the Obama administration in the last year and a half. The first, of course, came with today's filing. The second came during a presidential speech at the White House in June 2009 during a reception with lesbian, gay, transgender, and bisexual supporters.

The two conflicting points are likely to be played side-by-side in the next day or so, but, perhaps, not this additional paragraph in his June 2009 speech:

"As commander in chief, I do have a responsibility to see that this change is administered in a practical way and a way that takes over the long term."

It's almost as if the president could see today coming.

Comment on this post

Politics and Pat Sajak

Posted at 10:52 AM on October 14, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There's a fair amount of head-scratching going on today by people who've read Pat Sajak's -- yes, that Pat Sajak -- column on the National Review's website. He asks whether public employees should be allowed to vote.

I'm not suggesting that public employees should be denied the right to vote, but that there are certain cases in which their stake in the matter may be too great. Of course we all have a stake in one way or another in most elections, and many of us tend to vote in favor of our own interests. However, if, for example, a ballot initiative appears that might cap the benefits of a certain group of state workers, should those workers be able to vote on the matter? Plainly, their interests as direct recipients of the benefits are far greater than the interests of others whose taxes support such benefits. I realize this opens a Pandora's box in terms of figuring out what constitutes a true conflict of interest, but, after all, isn't opening those boxes Ricochet's raison d'être?

By this logic, it would seem that gays would not be allowed to vote on a same-sex marriage amendment.

A better question might be whether some ballot initiatives shouldn't be allowed on ballots at all?

Comment on this post

Can bullying be stopped?

Posted at 2:32 PM on October 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics, Schools

These are the faces of a crisis in the nation's schools.

bullies_mass.jpg

They're bullies, or at least alleged bullies. They're charged in Massachusetts with bullying Phoebe Prince, a 15-year-old student who hanged herself in January. They did it -- allegedly -- the new fashioned way: Away from school grounds. On Facebook.

A couple of state legislators say they intend to use the special session on flood relief to reintroduce a bill on bullying.

"This emergency is one of our own creation; we can respond," Sen. Scott Dibble said today. "We can change this. We can take those affirmative steps so that every kid who goes to school knows that they are valued, that they'll be safe, that they're loved, that they're going to get an equal shot at a good start in life."

The problem is that the bill doesn't tell schools how to "change this."

Here's what the bill, which Gov. Tim Pawlenty vetoed in 2009, says:

Subd. 2. Harassment, bullying, intimidation, and violence policy. (a) Requires a school board to adopt a written policy, consistent with Minnesota's human rights law and this section, that prohibits harassment, bullying, intimidation, and violence based on characteristics such as race, color, creed, national origin, gender, marital status, disability, socioeconomic status, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, or physical characteristics, or associating with a person having any of these characteristics. Requires the policy to address all forms of harassment, bullying, intimidation, and violence, including electronic and Internet-based forms among other forms. Requires the policy to be posted on the district's Web site. Requires schools to develop a process for discussing the policy and to provide school employees training on responding to harassment, bullying, intimidation, and violence.

The legislation is aimed at toughening anti-bullying legislation the Legislature passed in 2007, which also led to plenty of school districts scratching their heads wondering how?

Here's what I wrote (on the old Minnesota Fantasy Legislature site) at the time:

But that's not the part of the bill that caught my attention. It was this:

The policy shall address intimidation and bullying in all forms, including, but not limited to, electronic forms and forms involving Internet use.

Come again?

I watched the Senate Education Committee testimony on this a week or so ago and while there was some rumblings from the minority party about such things as how a school committee can possibly police the off-school-premises and off-school-hours activities of students, squirreled away in their rooms at home... banging away on the Internet, for the most part the response was "we'll let the school boards figure that out."

The biggest challenge facing anyone who wants to stop bullying (and that's mostly everyone except the bullies) is the technology that shields the bully from the long reach of those who can stop it. Bullying once happened only face-to-face, on school property. Those days are gone forever. There are also significant constitutional questions involved that the Legislature isn't addressing. Until the Legislature can figure that out, it's in a position to do little more than telling someone else to do something about it.

There's also another common theme in bullying incidents that aren't being addressed: Teachers who know about it and do nothing to stop it. That may be a matter for collective bargaining.

In the meantime, the torture continues.

Update 3:54 p.m. -- Colleague Tom Weber reminds me of this excellent discussion on the online aspect of bullying.

Comment on this post

Live-blogging: The Midmorning gubernatorial debate

Posted at 8:45 AM on October 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (12 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

I'll be live-blogging Tuesday's gubernatorial debate on MPR's Midmorning, starting at 9 a.m. The two-hour session will also feature fact-checking from the Poligraph team from the Humphrey Institute at the University of Minnesota. Join the conversation as you listen to the broadcast.

Update 2:54 p.m. - From Tom Scheck

Someone suggested that Emmer wrote some nasty things on Twitter a few years ago. He was actually on the end of attacks from Paul Gardner (along with Rep. Buesgens).

I would post it but figured I'd let you do it since it's your blog.

http://minnesota.publicradio.org/display/web/2009/05/29/twitter_complaint/

And the apology.

Comment on this post

Battle for the Democratic National Convention

Posted at 11:23 AM on October 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

By way of Democratic consultant Blois Olson, we hear Minneapolis has produced a spiffy new video to convince Democratic leaders to select the city to host the 2012 Democratic National Convention.

DNC Minneapolis 2012 from DNC Minneapolis 2012 on Vimeo.

Minneapolis is competing with Charlotte, Cleveland, and St. Louis for the convention.

There's no official video for Charlotte, yet. They've put up a Web site and are beating the drum via social networking.

Similarly, St. Louis has set up a Web site. There's no official video but they've got Chuck Berry and the rapper, Nelly. Don't make us trot out Prince, St. Louis.

Cleveland doesn't even have a website for the project; none of the visitor- and convention-themed organizations even mention it on their websites. There's a Facebook page that's never updated, and there's no official video. But, then again, why would Cleveland need one when they've got this classic already.

The early favorite to get the convention? Cleveland.

Comment on this post

Peace and the American consumer

Posted at 12:34 PM on October 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It's no surprise that China Daily didn't carry any mention about the Nobel Peace Prize being awarded to a Chinese dissident. Instead, the newspaper's Web site is leading with a story from the U.S. that even most people in the U.S. don't care about...

china_daily_nobel.jpg

Behind the scenes, however, China is playing rough with Liu Xiaobo, who was named the Nobel winner today.

"Liu Xiaobo is a criminal who has been sentenced by Chinese judicial departments for violating Chinese law." Giving him the prize "runs completely counter to the principle of the prize and is also a blasphemy to the peace prize," a statement said. At the same time, the New Yorker reports, China is obsessed with winning Nobels.

Meanwhile, plainclothes China police officers today forced Liu's wife -- they couldn't do anything with him, he's already in prison -- out of her home and probably to a prison to keep foreign reporters from talking to her, Reuters reports. Security officers sealed off her neighborhood.

AP101008111425.jpg

The subject is so important that the Washington Post has already written -- and published -- its Saturday editorial:

But the prize has enormous significance nonetheless. It should, first, inspire Western democracies to stand up to Chinese bullying, notwithstanding the growing economic power of the world's most populous nation. Chinese officials warned Norway and the prize committee not to give the award to Mr. Liu, but the committee didn't allow itself to be intimidated.

"Stand up to Chinese bullying." That's likely accomplished easiest with the American consumer than with the American government. But who's likely to step forward and say " I'm not buying goods from China"?

Comment on this post

Compromise is dying art, survey says

Posted at 9:34 AM on October 7, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Why is there gridlock in Washington and in state capitols? Because that's the way voters want it, according to a survey.

Forty-nine percent of those surveyed by the Pew researchers -- that's a plurality -- say they most admire politicians who "stick to their guns" and don't compromise. Forty-two percent say they admire those who are willing to compromise.

Democrats are more likely than Republicans to favor compromise, the poll says. Tea party supporters (71%) are most likely to favor the no-compromise politician.

Comment on this post

Moss gets in controversies even when it's not his fault

Posted at 12:38 PM on October 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Marketing and advertising, Politics

Things we never thought we'd see: Randy Moss appearing in an ad for a Senate candidate.

Things we were sure we'd see: The NFL getting upset about it if he did.

He did.

It is.

Comment on this post

Why don't Hispanic registered voters vote?

Posted at 11:59 AM on October 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

What's up with Hispanic voters?

The Pew Center, which puts out a dizzying number of surveys, is out with one today that claims Hispanic voters are less likely to vote in the upcoming election than they were in 2008, and hints that Latinos are the exception to the rule.

Says NPR:

In 2008, Hispanics' 2-to-1 support for Barack Obama's presidential bid was credited with making the difference in four crucial swing states: Florida, New Mexico, Colorado and Nevada. This year, analysts say Latinos could be key in dozens of congressional races. The Pew survey finds 65 percent favor the Democratic candidate in their local congressional district. By wide margins, Latinos also say the Democratic Party has more concern for Hispanics than the GOP does.

However, this lopsided show of support could have less impact if it turns out that 2008's strong showing was a blip, and Latinos revert to their traditionally lower turnout levels.

There's not a lot of surprise there. In mid-term elections, fewer people usually turn out to vote.

But it's this assertion by Pew that is most interesting:

However, Hispanic registered voters appear to be less motivated than other voters to go to the polls. Just one-third (32%) of all Latino registered voters say they have given this year's election "quite a lot" of thought. In contrast, half (50%) of all registered voters say the same. And when it comes to their intent to vote, half (51%) of Latino registered voters say they are absolutely certain they will vote in this year's midterm election, while seven-in-ten (70%) of all registered voters say the same.

In recent midterm elections, Latinos have voted at lower rates than white non-Hispanics and black non-Hispanics, Pew says. "In 2006, one-third (32%) of Latino eligible voters (ages 18 or older and a U.S. citizen) said they voted. In comparison, more than half of white non-Hispanic eligible voters and more than four-in-ten (41%) black non-Hispanic voters said they voted."

But while 70% of registered voters said they were "absolute certain" they would vote, 70% of all registered voters rarely do.

Even in Minnesota, which always has one of the highest turnout rates in the country (if not the highest), only about 60% of all voters vote, according to this graphic from the Minnesota Secretary of State's office.

turnout_minn.gif

When Pew last did a mid-term survey like this -- the last mid-term was 2006 -- it found that the percentage of Latinos who are eligible to vote, is quite low.

hispanic_2006.jpg

But that's not much of a factor in Minnesota, where 72% of the Hispanic population was eligible to vote.

So why don't they It's not because the immigration issue hasn't been talked about much in this campaign. Hispanic voters rank education, jobs and health care as their top three issues of concern for this year's congressional campaign, according to Pew.

The New York Times suggests that Latino voters are more disillusioned with the political process than whites, blacks, and Asians. It suggests that the furor surrounding the Arizona immigration law may have turned Latino voters off while energizing white voters.

MPR's Midmorning will tackle the issue tomorrow at 9:45.

Comment on this post

In the middle of Keillor vs. Bachmann

Posted at 10:32 AM on October 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (30 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

AP070413040828.jpg

Long-time readers -- especially those who go back to the early days of Polinaut and/or the "blogs" from the conventions in 2004 -- know that I'm a big fan of transparency in the media. I generally think it's a good thing if people know the secrets of those in a journalism organization. The fact that you may not know the existence of bias, doesn't mean there isn't any. Armed with the knowledge, you can detect whether it creeps into news stories. Truth is: Journalists -- most journalists -- vote and have opinions, just like everyone else. So what's the big deal?

I've come to understand how insanely naive that notion is.

A shudder went through the Minnesota Public Radio newsroom yesterday afternoon: Garrison Keillor went all DFL. Again.

Keillor wrote a fundraising letter on behalf of the DFL challenger to Rep. Michele Bachmann:

Thirty years ago, when I started telling stories about Lake Wobegon, I put it smack in the middle of Minnesota -- in Minnesota's 6th Congressional District, in fact -- where staunch Republicans and loyal Democrats know how to live together without yelling at each other and do what needs to be done to work out our problems.

It's embarrassing to me and a great many Minnesotans that Michele Bachmann, a politician who is so busy grandstanding and giving interviews on Fox News that she doesn't have time to serve the people who elected her, represents the 6th District in Washington.

(Update 12:37 p.m. : Bachmann spokesman Sergio Gor says, "The quota on comedy in Minnesota has been reached with the election of Al Franken. Garrison Keilor should stick to what he knows best, which is fabricating make believe stories. Instead of soliciting support from comics, Tarryl Clark should explain to voters why she voted for higher taxes and more useless government spending - every year. This is yet another sign of a desperate campaign.")

It was big news in Minnesota. "It's huge," WCCO political reporter Pat Kessler told a skeptical Dan Barreiro on KFAN yesterday afternoon. "People love him and where is Lake Wobegon? The 6th District."

He's right. It is big -- if predictable -- news. Lesser endorsements have made our news -- former state epidemiologist Mike Osterholm endorsing gubernatorial candidate Tom Horner comes to mind -- but you didn't read about Keillor's involvement here, or our political blog, or our Web site, or our newscasts or on any of our news programming.

Why not? Nobody, least of all me, wanted to touch it and open up the can of worms that is opened whenever Keillor talks politics in the news.

It's true that Keillor doesn't work for Minnesota Public Radio and it's obviously true that he doesn't work for MPR News. Even when he was based in our building, I never saw him converse with anyone from the newsroom unless it was on the air. He's his own boss at an office far away from MPR headquarters for his own company, which produces Prairie Home Companion.

He's not MPR. Except that the perception is that he is. And that's the problem. Perception.

Let's acknowledge that public radio has a long reputation among its detractors for being socialist bomb throwers. Most of it is undeserved. I've worked here for 18 years and even overhearing private conversations, I can't tell you the political leanings of most of the people who work in the newsroom. They work hard to provide a fair -- there's no such thing as objective -- portrayal of issues, although those who are looking for bias will find it, even when none actually exists. I also acknowledge that plenty of you don't believe a single word in this paragraph.

But Keillor's link to Minnesota Public Radio cannot be ignored based on the fact that he doesn't work for MPR. Let's face it: The joint is the network A Prairie Home Companion built. Even this Web site started as the Prairie Home Companion Web site. The fact that you can hear audio streams here has its origin in a gift to make it happen from the owner of a once-dominant Web browser company. He was a Prairie Home Companion fan.

Keillor is no stranger to politics anymore. His early battles with Jesse Ventura were legendary. As the person in charge of creating the MPR News Web site, I can admit they were also welcomed vehicles. Any story with both Ventura and Keillor in it was page-view gold, the currency of the digital age.

If Keillor's relationship with MPR hurt MPR's relations with Jesse Ventura, it didn't show. By the end of his term, MPR News was Ventura's favorite media haunt. He chose MPR's Midday as the place to announce he wouldn't run for re-election, proving that Gary Eichten's professionalism trumps Garrison Keillor's politics. (Incidentally, my colleague, Paul Tosto, notes that Keillor has not been above taking a few shots at liberals.)

He "came out" during the Democratic National Convention in Boston in 2004. It coincided with the release of his book: Homegrown Democrat. He gave pep talks to Minnesota delegates (photo) and held fundraisers while in Boston. I covered that convention. I hadn't read his book. I was, to coin a phrase, embarrassed by the perception that followed. I attempted to interview Keillor for a story about mixing a media organization's reputation with politics, but he wouldn't return my calls. I like to think it's because he didn't want to further link two organizations that -- technically -- weren't linked. Still, it didn't make covering the Republicans in New York a week later any easier.

And that brings us back to my discredited theory of media transparency. It was a selfish notion. It failed to consider that the public is quick to transfer knowledge of one person's politics in a news organization, to everyone else in the organization.

In time, perhaps, people may come to disassociate Garrison Keillor with Minnesota Public Radio and, by extension, Minnesota Public Radio News. From the vantage point of the low-end of the food chain, it's hard to see how or when that happens.

Comment on this post

Congress cuts through the noise

Posted at 2:59 PM on September 30, 2010 by Bob Collins (12 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Tech

Do-nothing Congress? We'll just see about that.

The Senate has passed a bill turning down the volume of TV commercials.

The Commercial Advertisement Loudness Mitigation Act -- get it? -- requires broadcasters to turn the volume of commercials down.

But, wait, there's more! It also permits the FCC to grant a waiver for one year if a broadcast station, cable operator, or other multichannel video programming distributor could demonstrate a financial hardship. Because we all know the financial hardship of turning the volume down.

"I think there is a certain contract when one decides to watch broadcast television that you're going to be sold stuff in annoying ways," Robert Thompson, director of the Bleier Center for Television and Popular Culture at Syracuse University, told the Los Angeles Times when the bill passed the House almost a year ago.

Comment on this post

Should government help flood victims?

Posted at 10:31 AM on September 30, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Weather

Two items on the flood patrol today.

First, the Minnesota State Patrol has posted some images of the flooding on Facebook. This is the St. Clair water treatment plant, which is currently encircled.

flight_st.clair.jpg

On a more political front, Ed Lotterman, the Pioneer Press business writer, brings up what few have mentioned, so far -- politicians calling for less government, turning to government in the wake of the flooding in Minnesota.


However, nothing in the Constitution authorizes the federal government to tax the general populace to help a few hurt by natural events. Nor did the feds do much of this until recent decades. There was virtually no federal aid after the 1906 San Francisco earthquake. During the 1927 floods in the lower Mississippi valley, federal action was largely limited to politicians exhorting the citizenry to give money to the Red Cross and other private charities to carry out relief.

This is not to say that individual states should not decide to help flood victims if their voters wish. But they should be aware that such assistance creates incentives for people to continue to build and live in areas where nature says they should not.

Discuss.

Comment on this post

Porn wave follows elections, study says

Posted at 2:09 PM on September 27, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Surveys and trivia

This might be a bad case of misinterpreting causation. Or not. A new study suggests that voting for the winning candidate makes a guy want to watch porn more, LiveScience reports today.

"We don't usually think that our testosterone might go up after elections, or that we become more sexually interested in our mates or pornography immediately following a win, but this suggests the environment changes us in ways that we don't think about," said Villanova University's Patrick Markey, who collaborated with his wife, Charlotte Markey of Rutgers University, on the study.

The study showed -- allegedly -- that there was a high testosterone drop in men who voted for Sen. John McCain in 2008.

The study involved analyzing Google search data. The "researchers" found that requests for porn-related words increased in 2004 in "red" states and 2008 in "blue" states (that would be you, Minnesota).


If we saw this just for one election, you might chalk it up to chance, but we saw a pattern with it happening three times," Patrick Markey told LiveScience. "It's also cool that we saw these results with both Republicans and Democrats -- that these were general results not just driven by one political party."

Now, for those of you who just landed on this page because you searched Google for porn, welcome! Don't tell me who won.

Comment on this post

Roxana Saberi's world

Posted at 11:44 AM on September 24, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

roxana_saberi_sep242010.jpg

It was impossible to miss the contrasts at Roxana Saberi's session with members of Minnesota Public Radio this morning.

There was Saberi, the journalist from Fargo who spent five months in an Iranian prison on charges she was an American spy, standing in the Minneapolis Club. Let's just say it will never be mistaken for a barren cell in Iran's notorious Evin Prison.

Saberi could say what she wanted to say, without fear that agents for the government would burst in and arrest her. In her book, "Between Two Worlds," she reveals the paranoia and oppression that is Iran, and gives the reader little hope that a reasonable dialogue between the U.S. and Iran is possible. And yet, she said this morning, she'd like to return someday. The women she met in prison are still there. They don't have parents who know how to get the world to focus its attention on them.

She didn't lecture, but her point was clear when she noted that her interrogators mentioned Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo Bay often: You can't walk the human rights walk with just talk.

And she noted the difficulty of calling attention in the U.S. to the human rights abuses elsewhere, when the American media -- and the people -- are consumed by trivia. When she tried to tell the story about her imprisonment to a TV network last July, her segment was delayed by a day, and then a week, then a month, and then it was canceled altogether.

America had moved on because Michael Jackson was dead.

Comment on this post

Did release of Buesgens' video violate his privacy?

Posted at 3:53 PM on September 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

Has Rep. Mark Buesgens' privacy been violated by Wednesday's release of video of his field sobriety test by Wright County authorities?

State Rep. John Lesch, former state representative Duke Powell, and I have been having a conversation about this on Twitter and the jury is still out... somewhat.

Powell contacted Wright County authorities in the belief that releasing the tape violates the state's Data Practices Act. The authorities said the tape could be released because their investigation is complete, according to Powell.

An inspection of the law doesn't answer the question because video is not mentioned. Here are the relevant parts of the law. It states that material used in an arrest is confidential while the case is "active."

Investigative data collected or created by a law enforcement agency in order to prepare a case against a person, whether known or unknown, for the commission of a crime or other offense for which the agency has primary investigative responsibility is confidential or protected nonpublic while the investigation is active.

Usually, law enforcement authorities stymie journalists' attempts to get information by claiming an investigation is "active." This particular controversy stems from the assertion that this one isn't.

A criminal investigation becomes "inactive" (that is, the video could be released) when the police or prosecutors decide not to prosecute or the time prosecutors have to file charges expires.

Rep. John Lesch, DFL-St. Paul, isn't happy with the release of the Buesgens arrest video. "Defendants are tried in court, not in the press. Just like reporters jealously guard the sanctity of their own sources," he told me via Twitter. Lesch chairs the House Crime Records/Criminal Records Division and says he'd like to have his committee take a look at the release of the video.

Getting a definitive answer from state officials in charge of the Data Practices Act isn't easy. Matt Gehring, a legislative analyst in the House of Representatives Research Department, wrote an overview of the act in July. He wasn't aware of a case involving the release of video but referred me to the Information Policy Analyst Division of the state Department of Administration. A recording at the office suggested leaving a message and they'd try to return the call within two days.

Wright County authorities did not ask for a determination by the Information Policy Analyst Division of the state Department of Administration, according to Jerrod Raulk, a policy analyst. He says the release of video is a "gray area" which is not specifically addressed in the law, but said there are several provisions a law enforcement agency could cite to justify its release.

But under the law, a criminal case can be considered "inactive" after the time expires for prosecutors to bring charges. That time came several days ago.

Comment on this post

A death sentence for blogging?

Posted at 3:07 PM on September 21, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

I've been reading Roxana Saberi's book this week since she's in town for the Broadcast Journalist series. After the first 20 or so pages detailing her arrest and jailing on spying charges, and details of her interrogation, it's clear living in Iran is like falling into the rabbit hole (Hear her account here).

Saberi was lucky. She got out, partly by confessing (falsely, she says) that she was a spy and agreeing to spy on others. Even so, she was sentenced to eight years in prison.

Hossein Derakhshan, an Iranian-Canadian blogger who was arrested after he returned to Iran nearly two years ago, hasn't been so "lucky". The New York Times says he could be sentenced to death.
Cyrus Farivar, an Iranian-American journalist, reported on Monday that a member of the detained blogger's family "has confirmed to me that he is awaiting a sentence in his trial in Tehran, and that the prosecutor is seeking the death penalty."
He fled Iran in 2000 after his newspaper was shut down. But he returned in 2008 and was arrested a few weeks later.

In 2006, MPR's Jon Gordon talked to him about the power of blogs for Iranians, a power the authorities seem to have successfully crushed.

Comment on this post

Who's not concerned about the economy?

Posted at 1:43 PM on September 20, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

President Obama went toe-to-toe with the business community today when CNBC hosted a Town Hall forum on business issues in Washington. NPR's politics blog reports the concerns of the little people didn't come up much when the opportunity presented itself, and it says Obama booted an opportunity to explain the difference between a government and a business.

In advance of the event, CNBC's online poll -- not scientific -- showed that by a margin of 2-to-1, most people think they're worse off now than they were two years ago.

And in another poll -- this one scientific -- 90 percent of the people say they're "worried" about the economy, which raises two questions: (1) Are people feeling worse off because they're worse off? Or are they feeling worse off because they're spending more time worrying about maybe being worse off soon? (2) Who are the 10 percent who aren't worried about the economy.

But most of the big economic news seems to be coming from a declaration that doesn't affect anyone but statistic geeks. The National Bureau of Economic Research says the recession ended more than a year ago. It's a good tidbit for winning a bet or comparing recessions, but it really doesn't mean that individuals are any better or worse off than they were during the "official" recession.

How the economy affects us often has more to do with emotional factors than statistical ones.

Comment on this post

Tea Party: Come for the anti-taxes, stay for the social issues

Posted at 11:40 AM on September 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Tea Party is heading for a civil war. The only question is whether it occurs before it sweeps into power in November, as some political experts seem to be suggesting.

That was affirmed by a revealing interview on NPR's Morning Edition today, which is trying to find out what the Tea Party stands for.

"The Tea Party stands for Taxed Enough Already," Toby Marie Walker, the president of the Tea Party of Waco (Texas), told NPR's Steve Inskeep. And, of course, much of the coverage of the movement has centered on dissatisfaction with the country's fiscal policies.

But it's clear there's a struggle underway over whether social issues -- abortion, same-sex marriage -- should be part of its agenda.

"What concerns us is if you have leaders in the Tea Party movement that start rejecting those values, because then you no longer have a holistic conservative view," said Brian Fisher of the American Family Association in Mississippi. "We got involved in this because the country needs to be called back to constitutional government, but also the cultural and social values embraced by the founders."

"We don't touch on the social issues and the reason we don't is right now the Tea Party is about the economy," Walker countered. "While the social issues are important to a lot of our members, we stay away from them because they're so divisive. We keep it about the taxes and the overspending of the government."

"The leadership of the Tea Party is in a fundamentally different place," Fisher said. "Morality and religion are indispensable (in government)."

Comment on this post

Who should be included in political debates?

Posted at 11:04 AM on September 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (12 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

One of the hardest decisions for news organizations which sponsor candidate debates is setting a bar for how a candidate qualifies to be included. It's one of the reasons a lot of news organizations don't bother sponsoring debates, anymore; it's a no-win situation.

The most common suggestion is "invite them all." It's good for entertainment value. Candidates with no chance of winning often are more inclined to give straight answers than those who are under the control of the political experts. But the more candidates who are involved in a debate, the fewer opportunities there are for detailed answers.

That's why some news organizations adopt a more controversial standard: A candidate has to have a chance of winning.

"People in charge of the debates have no business pre-judging election outcomes when they decide who to let in on a debate," Ralph Nader says.

WBUR, Boston's most popular public radio station, is addressing the issue today on its blog. A minor candidate wants in on gubernatorial debates in Massachusetts.

"Because Jill Stein will get one quarter of the time and camera and she has not a million-to-one chance to become governor. For her to be given a seat at the table is unfair to the voters, who will then have to wade through the clutter of a fourth candidate in the race," WBUR's political analyst says.

A commenter on the blog makes a fine point. "Third and fourth parties may not end up winning, but they often see their ideas co-opted by the eventual winner."

Comment on this post

School mandates hit list

Posted at 4:14 PM on September 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Rep. Tom Emmer, the Republican gubernatorial candidate, reiterated his K-12 education plan for the state today, promising to reduce state mandates for all school districts. He didn't say what state mandates should be eliminated.

For that I turned to Scott Croonquist, the executive director of the Association of Metropolitan School Districts. Here is his list of state mandates that school districts would most like to see eliminated:


· There is a maintenance of effort requirement for school support staff such as counselors, nurses, psychologists, etc. Current law requires school districts to maintain their spending on school support staff from year to year. The impact is that teachers can be laid off but support staff cannot.

· State law requires that 2 percent of basic funding be set aside for staff development. The law further dictates how that money must be spent.

· State law establishes a $25 per pupil penalty if a school district does not reach a contract agreement with it teachers by January 15.

· State law requires that school districts establish reserve accounts for various purposes and districts are not allowed to transfer funds between accounts without legislative approval

· There are several areas where Minnesota's special education mandates exceed the federal requirements.



Every Monday morning on Morning Edition, Minnesota Public Radio's political reporter, Tom Scheck, looks at what' behind the stump speeches. Next Monday, he'll tackle the question of mandates.

Comment on this post

What is the role of Minnesota government?

Posted at 2:22 PM on September 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

One of the most valuable aspects of the current gubernatorial campaign is it's leading to a necessary discussion on the role of government. There's nothing wrong with the country today that a good civics lesson can't cure.

Today, for example, Republican gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer appeared at the Humphrey Institute's candidate forum -- Mark Dayton was there the other day and Tom Horner will be there Monday -- and offered a comprehensive view of his vision for Minnesota's education future. It was a terrific discussion, as was Dayton's.

Invariably, the talk turned to the role of government and as he's done before, Rep. Emmer noted that the Minnesota Constitution requires government to provide two things: Public safety and education.

I couldn't find the specifics until my Republican friends on Twitter called my attention to Article 13, Section 1 (under the category of "miscellaneous subjects."

UNIFORM SYSTEM OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS. The stability of a republican form of government depending mainly upon the intelligence of the people, it is the duty of the legislature to establish a general and uniform system of public schools. The legislature shall make such provisions by taxation or otherwise as will secure a thorough and efficient system of public schools throughout the state.

In that same section, then, it says the role of government is to provide lotteries, give bonuses to veterans, and preserve hunting and fishing.

Rep. Emmer's suggestion -- he's used the line many times -- is that the role of government is quite limited and spelled out in the Constitution; anything beyond that is a promise our constitution never made.

If we are to use the Minnesota Constitution as our guide on this question, however, the water gets more muddied. One might suggest that the writers of Article I intended it to be a clearer direction than Article 13.

Here's Article 1:

Section 1. OBJECT OF GOVERNMENT. Government is instituted for the security, benefit and protection of the people, in whom all political power is inherent, together with the right to alter, modify or reform government whenever required by the public good.

Question: Of the many things government provides -- often over the objection of others -- which of them don't fit such a vague description?

It may well be that the Constitution provides no clear guidance on the role of government in our lives, which puts the question squarely back in our own laps: What do we want it to be?

Comment on this post

The gubernatorial campaign finally begins

Posted at 2:17 PM on September 14, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Most people don't pay attention to elections until after Labor Day. So today's announcement from Rep. Tom Emmer of the third part of his budget plan is just what the doctor ordered for a decent debate on the future of Minnesota. And it's right on time.

Up to now, it's been about taxes and how much they should be. That's a worthwhile discussion, to be sure, and it's not going away. But it doesn't lead to a discussion beyond sound bites of "efficiencies" in government or even the role of government.

In announcing his budget plan today, Emmer focuses attention on the biggest piece of the budget pie -- human services.

Here's the section of his budget plan (from his Web site) that will be vigorously debated:

Reprioritize unsustainable, run-away human services spending to focus on the most vulnerable.

Left unchecked, health and human services spending increases will destroy Minnesota's ability to fund schools, roads, public safety, and other core functions. Health and Human Services is set for a 32% percent increase in FY2012-13. If left unchecked Health and Human Services spending will more than consume current state revenue by 2020.

1. Refocus spending on programs for children and seniors which have been historically underfunded.
2. Work with the legislature to reform programs for adults.
3. Health and Human Services will total $9.6 billion; a $650 million increase in state funding.

The details are still to be debated, Emmer acknowledges. "Most vulnerable." What does that mean? Up until a year or so ago, it meant the poorest, but when Gov. Tim Pawlenty targeted General Assistance Medical Care in his last attempt to balance the state budget, he targeted the poorest Minnesotans. A budget deal this year kept the program alive for 30,000 Minnesotans.

He also says he'll cut state mandates to cities. Which ones? His plan calls for an end to "bureaucracies and programs which are not fundamental to state government's mission." Like what?

Clearly, there are people who will agree and disagree with Emmer's budget framework. Presumably, this ends the silly part of the campaign ---- $100,000 waiters and proposals that campaign trackers where T-shirts -- and puts real issues before the voters that will define the candidates.

It also forces us to address a key question: Four years from now, what exactly should Minnesota look like? It also might even lead to the question nobody ever asks. What part of state government that personally benefits us would we be willing to live without?

Comment on this post

Parties left out in political advertising

Posted at 10:58 AM on September 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Democrats who are running for office aren't touting their Democrat pedigrees, the New York Times reports today. Few Democrat incumbents are running on the major legislation they helped pass in the last two years.

If the images of Barack Obama and/or Nancy Pelosi appears in a political TV ad, it's usually a Republican ad.

Sen. Mark Dayton will ignore the template when he brings VP Joe Biden in for a rally in October, but that may be as much about shaking the DFL money tree as it is getting more votes.

Still, in Dayton's advertising, as this latest ad shows, the one word missing is: Democrat.

Is it significant? Maybe not. Tom Emmer doesn't mention a party affiliation in his TV ad, either.

Independence Party candidate Tom Horner is the only candidate to mention the word "Republican" or "Democrat" in his ad. But he doesn't mention his own party, either.

Comment on this post

Outside the Bachmann campaign

Posted at 9:19 AM on September 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

In a series of promos last week, CNN promised that its look at the Michele Bachmann campaign would be "beyond the sound bites," and would be "inside the campaign."

When the product was delivered yesterday, it looked very much like CNN was left outside, with a quick sound bite.

Comment on this post

Where'd all the issues go?

Posted at 12:01 PM on September 7, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The three major-party candidates for governor debated in Duluth this morning. As with past debates, the answers were predictable because they've been pretty much the same answers since the primary election. DFLer Mark Dayton, GOPer Tom Emmer, and IPer Tom Horner debated in a session organized by the Duluth News Tribune.

It doesn't appear that many issues other than those surrounding business will be debated in this election. Most of the debates sponsored so far, have been sponsored by business organizations.

There's no question that the economy is issue #1, but what are issues #2, 3, and 4?

Here's the list of issues which more than 32,000 people ranked (via Select A Candidate) in the gubernatorial election four years ago:

sac_gov_issues_06.jpg

2006 was pre-meltdown, of course. But 2008 wasn't. Here's the issues rankings by 44,283 who took the Select A Candidate survey in the Senate race that year in Minnesota.

sac_sen_issues_08.jpg

Curiously, "job creation" has not been the overwhelming issue ranked as "most important" by the 12,000+ taking this year's Select A Candidate quiz for governor.

gov_issues_10.jpg

Comment on this post

Too early for convention outrage?

Posted at 9:34 AM on August 27, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

One of the downsides of being in a city that's hosting a national political convention is the danger of "outrage overload."

Protesters and would-be protesters are always looking for an edge against "the man." There are usually plenty of actual transgressions during a convention to keep the news media busy documenting confrontation after confrontation. But it's a delicate balancing act. Timing is everything. The intended audience needs to be interested.

Is it too early to begin the outrage?

In Minneapolis, anti-war protestors are , err, outraged that the city of Minneapolis would not grant them a parade license to have a protest parade during the 2012 Democratic National Convention.

They said the city told them it's too early to be granting parade licenses for the convention that's still two years away.

And the Democrats haven't even awarded Minneapolis the convention, yet.

The organizers are holding a news conference this morning, which will also document just how a slow news day it is today.

Comment on this post

A thousand words: The naturalization ceremony

Posted at 2:48 PM on August 26, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There's something inspiring about naturalization ceremonies. Today, several hundred people became U.S. citizens in a ceremony at Landmark Center in St. Paul. Be sure to look at the images from MPR reporter Tim Nelson in all of their big-screen goodness on MPR's new photo blog.

Here are a few other pictures he took:


Comment on this post

Should 'sin taxes' be raised in Minnesota?

Posted at 3:06 PM on August 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (20 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Is it time to raise the tax on alcohol in Minnesota?

Independence Party gubernatorial candidate Tom Horner thinks so. He included an increase in per-drink alcohol taxes in his announcement of a sweeping budget plan today. His plan would increase alcohol by 10 cents a drink.

He also propose a $1.50 increase in per-pack cigarette taxes. That should gin up some opposition from people who say cigarette taxes hit the poor hardest. But what about alcohol taxes?

Yes, according to the Tax Incidence Study from the Minnesota Department of Revenue. The tax impact for alcohol taxes is highest for lower-income Minnesotans. In this chart (click for a bigger image), the "decile" is a population segment ordered by household income with the lowest on the left.

tax_rate_booze.gif

Horner also proposed a Racino. Here's the Tax Incidence Study breakdown of gambling taxes:

tax_rate_gambling.gif

The chart for every tax in the state looks pretty much like these two. In fact, the Minnesota Budget Project a few years ago studied the tax system here and determined that only two taxes -- the estate tax and the individual income tax -- are the only two progressive taxes in the state. That raises the obvious question: Should taxes be raised if they most impact those least able to pay? Should it matter in cases of "sin taxes"?



Incidentally, in the first hour of MPR's Midday on Tuesday (11:06 a.m. CT) , DFL Sen. Tom Bakk and GOP Sen. Julianne Ortman will take questions about tax policy.

Comment on this post

Is Minnesota becoming a judicial basket case?

Posted at 12:06 PM on August 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

It didn't take long for Pawlenty-appointee Lorie Gildea, the new chief justice of the Minnesota Supreme Court, to pick up on her predecessor's theme -- funding cuts are killing Minnesota's justice system.

According to the MinnLawyer blog:

Gildea called on the criminal law bar to join in grassroots effort to educate the public on the situation. "We must take our case to the people," she said.

In a panel discussion on the funding crisis following Gildea's remarks, State public Defender John Stuart outlined the dire situation faced by resource-starved public defenders. More funding cuts would likely mean defenders would no longer be able to handle cases involving out-of-custody defendants or to cover first appearances.

Gildea's predecessor, Eric Magnuson, a former law partner of Pawlenty's, spent much of his term railing against the lack of adequate funding for Minnesota courts.

"As delays in criminal case processing grow, so do the threats of having cases dismissed or convictions overturned because the state failed to provide a constitutionally guaranteed speedy trial. It happened twice last year on appeal in significant felony cases, because the courts were compelled to follow the provisions of the state Constitution," Magnuson wrote in an MPR commentary earlier this year.

The issue has yet to come up in this year's gubernatorial campaign.

(Justice Gildea will be on MPR's Morning Edition with Cathy Wurzer on Tuesday)

(Update 10:11 a.m. 8/24) - I asked Stuart what sort of crimes should be "decriminalized." He e-mailed a starting list:


Sure: I think we should use the "petty misdemeanor" treatment (like a speeding ticket) for most cases involving:

--theft under $100
--disorderly conduct
--fishing law violations
--trespassing
--loitering
--driving with a suspended license (currently this is a "payable misdemeanor")
--NSF check under $100

I'm sure there are a few more, this is for example.


Comment on this post

What's the problem here?

Posted at 11:51 AM on August 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There appears to be a disconnect somewhere between Washington and Main Street; not that Main Street in Nantucket is Anywhere USA. But Politico todaysays Democrats are ticked off at President Obama for not "taking a stand."

In interviews, a variety of political activists, operatives and commentators from across the party's ideological spectrum presented similar descriptions of Obama's predicament: By declining to speak clearly and often about his larger philosophy -- and insisting that his actions are guided not by ideology but a results-oriented "pragmatism" -- he has bred confusion and disappointment among his allies, and left his agenda and motives vulnerable to distortion by his enemies.

Meanwhile, at a B&B in Nantucket, where Obama is -- as we say in New England -- summering.

nantucket_sign.jpg

Comment on this post

Perjury and the U.S. Congress

Posted at 2:25 PM on August 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

Roger Clemens, a former favorite to enter the Baseball Hall of Fame, was indicted today for lying to Congress when he testified on the use of steroids in baseball. Clemens vehemently denied using steroids.

A month earlier he denied steroid use even more forcefully.

Had Clemens had a more favorable committee chair, perhaps he could have avoided the prospect of prison. Take this 2006 classic in which the late Sen. Ted Stevens refused to allow oil company executives to swear to tell the truth when they were called to answer questions about their ties to vice president Dick Cheney's "energy task force."

It is, actually, a crime to lie to Congress, even if you don't take an oath to tell the truth.

Comment on this post

The other candidate

Posted at 11:44 AM on August 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Every year around this time, we start getting questions about why candidates for some political parties aren't included in debates.

In past years, MPR has used a requirement that certain candidates poll a minimum percentage to be invited to debates it sponsors, which created a chicken-and-egg situation. How can a candidate poll a significant percentage if he/she can't get coverage from the media? It's a fair point.

The question arises today because the reaction to a show Monday "sizing up" the gubernatorial campaign.

"The Green Party is one of four parties listed on the Secretary of State's Web site, is there a reason they're not being included in your discussion or in any of the debates?" a caller asked.

"Well, they're not a major party," Midday host Gary Eichten responded.

"I think the interesting thing to me is why they still are a minor party," guest Dan Hofrenning, a professor of political science at St. Olaf said. "I think in this day and age, when you have Al Gore winning a Nobel Prize, lots of people thinking issues like global warming and energy, why is that the Green Party is still stuck in the 1, 2, and 3 percent?"

Listener Jim Ivey was the caller and follows up with this e-mail today:

"I was one of the callers with a question on Monday's Midday program. Specifically I tried to point out that there are four officially recognized parties in Minnesota (three major and one minor), and that the fourth is given no mention in any of the MPR discussions, much less an opportunity to participate in a debate. Gary's response was dismissive, saying that there are only three major parties, and the Green Party is just one of many minor parties. He was wrong, and should have known better. The Green Party is the only officially recognized minor party in Minnesota, and goes to great lengths to maintain that status. Have him read the secretary of state's website, which shows the registered parties and has a link to the definition of a minor party. As a taxpayer I'd appreciate it if MPR did a better job of avoiding the path taken by corporate-sponsored media in purposefully censoring any discussion of the Green Party and the issues that it tries to bring to the table. After the hundreds of hours of interviews with candidates from the other parties, the least you could do is invite the two state-wide Green Party candidates for separate short interviews on Midday, to allow them to briefly explain what they offer. Ideally you'd also have a separate show to talk about the challenges that the Green Party faces in terms of ballot access restrictions, which are draconian in comparison with most other states. Thanks for your consideration."

I'll save you the trouble. Here's the definition of a minor party:

(a) "Minor political party" means a political party that has adopted a state constitution, designated a state party chair, held a state convention in the last two years, filed with the secretary of state no later than December 31 following the most recent state general election a certification that the party has met the foregoing requirements, and met the requirements of paragraph (b) or (e), as applicable.

(b) To be considered a minor party in all elections statewide, the political party must have presented at least one candidate for election to the office of:
(1) governor and lieutenant governor, secretary of state, state auditor, or attorney general, at the last preceding state general election for those offices; or
(2) presidential elector or U.S. senator at the preceding state general election for presidential electors; and who received votes in each county that in the aggregate equal at least one percent of the total number of individuals who voted in the election, or its members must have presented to the secretary of state at any time before the close of filing for the state partisan primary ballot a nominating petition in a form prescribed by the secretary of state containing the signatures of party members in a number equal to at least one percent of the total number of individuals who voted in the preceding state general election.

(c) A political party whose candidate receives a sufficient number of votes at a state general election described in paragraph (b) becomes a minor political party as of January 1 following that election and retains its minor party status for at least two state general elections even if the party fails to present a candidate who receives the number and percentage of votes required under paragraph (b) at subsequent state general elections.

(d) A minor political party whose candidates fail to receive the number and percentage of votes required under paragraph (b) at each of two consecutive state general elections described by paragraph (b) loses minor party status as of December 31 following the later of the two consecutive state general elections.

(e) A minor party that qualifies to be a major party loses its status as a minor party at the time it becomes a major party. Votes received by the candidates of a major party must be counted in determining whether the party received sufficient votes to qualify as a minor party, notwithstanding that the party does not receive sufficient votes to retain its major party status. To be considered a minor party in an election in a legislative district, the political party must have presented at least one candidate for a legislative office in that district who received votes from at least ten percent of the total number of individuals who voted for that office, or its members must have presented to the secretary of state a nominating petition in a form prescribed by the secretary of state containing the signatures of party members in a number equal to at least ten percent of the total number of individuals who voted in the preceding state general election for that legislative office.

The Green Party candidate is Farheen Hakeem, who has also been a candidate in the Legislature, Hennepin County commissioner in 2006, and ran for mayor of Minneapolis in 2005.

The irony of the issue of access to debates is that a "minor party" candidate wants in on the debates and can't get in. A major party is in on debates, and wants out of one scheduled this week.

Comment on this post

MoveOn.org in new attack on Target-MN Forward donation

Posted at 4:16 PM on August 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

This video has surfaced on YouTube in the last 24 hours in the continuing controversy over Target Corporation's donation to MN Forward, the conservative political action committee which donated to the campaign of gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer:

Curiously, the video wasn't filmed at a Target in Minnesota. It was shot in Seattle, according to a MoveOn spokesperson.

Meanwhile, the Associated Press is reporting that Target has decided not to donate money to "gay-friendly causes to quiet the uproar" over the donation to Emmer, who opposes same-sex marriage.

Comment on this post

A difference of style

Posted at 1:36 PM on August 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Remember the warm and fuzzy TV ad from Sen. John McCain on the evening Barack Obama won the Democratic nomination for president at the party's convention in Denver?

The Minnesota Republican Party is not reading the John McCain playbook. It unveiled its first ad against Mark Dayton today.

It has a certain familiarity to it...

Comment on this post

Lessons from primary day (Five by 8: 8/11/10)

Posted at 6:55 AM on August 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (45 Comments)
Filed under: Five by 8, Politics

I'll suspend the usual collection of news items today for five thoughts about Primary Day over black coffee

(1) UNITY, SCHMUNITY

People who vote on Primary Day in August are more likely to be the most engaged, often activist party members. That's what makes Sen. Mark Dayton's win over DFL-endorsed Margaret Anderson Kelliher more shocking. There are plenty of campaigns and political careers in tatters today, but the value of a DFL endorsement is -- at least for now -- on the trash heap of history. And someone's going to pay. Political parties hate people who undermine the power of political parties. And both Dayton and Matt Entenza flipped off the party machine by undermining the endorsee. If you're a fan of Ultimate Fighting, you want a seat at the next DFL Central Committee meeting.

Entenza and his key party allies will likely be persona non grata in the party, at least for awhile. Entenza has two failed statewide races in a row on his resume, so it may not matter politically.

Mark Dayton gets to fight another day but grudges die hard in these circles and if he loses to Tom Emmer in November, a few party activists will have a difficult time deciding whether they should be happy or sad about that.

The story line will be that Kelliher couldn't defeat the money and name recognition of Dayton, but that doesn't explain how Entenza was able to draw almost half the votes that both Dayton and Kelliher were able to. Entenza had cash, but was never a serious threat to either Dayton or Kelliher. Still, Kelliher could've used those votes.

From a campaign point of view, Kelliher waited too late in the game -- Sunday night -- to get feisty. But even then, she tried to rewrite legislative history. What we learned yesterday was people who vote in a DFL primary know a legislative process that doesn't work when they see it.

Kelliher tried to turn one override victory -- the gas tax -- into an example of how she can build coalitions. But it was a weak argument and Minnesota knew it. Gov. Tim Pawlenty, armed with a Republican caucus that stayed together, schooled DFLers on how to make a party in power irrelevant and grind things to a halt. The DFL was mostly unwilling -- or unable -- to "go nuclear" in any showdown with Pawlenty's forces. That's not something you run on.

Instead she used "code" to call attention to a significant weakness in Dayton: He's kind of goofy. When she noted that "she doesn't quit" on Sunday night, what she meant was "Dayton does." She should have come right out and said it. Dayton's closing of his U.S. Senate office in October 2004 because of "terrorism concerns" was weird. At the same time, a national magazine named him the worst U.S. senator. How do you run a campaign against him and not use that?

Kelliher took one for the team in refusing to come right out and say what the Republicans will most assuredly say about Dayton between now and November. She had to protect a possible DFL challenge to the Republicans by not giving the Republicans ammunition to use. But the GOP already had it and Kelliher needlessly, if admirably, pulled her punches. In 2010, you don't win elections by pulling punches.

Dayton acknowledged his personal problems and the GOP and its allies will build an entire campaign around them, especially now that anti-Emmer forces have rolled out this bruiser:

There was to be a unity news conference this morning at which time all the DFL candidates would join hands. It looks like that's off. What happens through the day today will determine whether the DFL does what the DFL occasionally does best: self-destruct.

(2) PRIMARY POLLING STINKS

Let's face it: We can't help ourselves. Polls are fun for wonks. It's true, they're an indicator, not a predictor, so no one can come out and say the polls were wrong. But we can say that in our glee to talk about them, we failed to ignore the obvious: They were highly flawed.

The turnout yesterday was pathetic by any definition. But it's highly, highly unlikely that 9 out of 10 DFLers contacted by polling firms and organizations refused to take part in the survey because they didn't intend to vote.

The most-likely to vote are also the most informed and engaged. The least-likely to vote are not. We might complain about telemarketing calls, but when the pollster calls, we're not likely to say our response doesn't matter. So given a choice of names, and a less-than-scholarly knowledge of a campaign few are paying attention to, we're more likely to name the person we've heard of before. In this case: Mark Dayton.

(3) THE MOST IMPORTANT STAFF MEMBER

The most important person on a politician's staff (after the person who answers the phone and the chief of staff) may be the person whose job it is to write apologies. Sen. Satveer Chaudhary could've used one. Chaudhary got smoked in his re-election bid after the DFL pulled its endorsement. His latest ethical indiscretion was pushing a law specific to a lake on which he had a summer place.

Chaudhary never seemed to understand the perception problem he had, and it's difficult to figure whether people held the "crime" against him or his reaction to the crime, both of which suggested pretty poor political judgment.

In an interview with MPR's Tom Scheck, Chaudhary apologized for his actions but couldn't bring himself to stop there. "There is a small, and I emphasize small, handful of people who resent that I hunt and fish as much as I do," Chaudhary said. "And when you boil it all down, that's what you come up with."

Uh huh.

The only person who looks worse in the affair was Sen. Larry Pogemiller, who campaigned for Chaudhary a week or so ago (update: see comments) . Pogemiller, who has the luxury of a safe seat, also was in the "what's the big deal?" camp. As the Senate Majority Leader, Pogemiller never seemed all that interested in finding out .

(4) WHAT IS TOM HORNER THINKING?

Independence Party candidate Tom Horner is in a fairly strong position. He has almost sole claim to "the middle" in a general election of two candidates on the far end of their party's philosophy. He may be the first candidate, likely trailing in a three-way race, to act like a long-time incumbent.

The day after election night, Horner rejected every media invitations for free air time. WCCO's TV coverage this morning pointed out that it invited Horner to appear for a live interview and he rejected the invitation. "His loss," reporter Pat Kessler intoned. He's right. Normally, when you get free media time, you take it.

Horner scheduled a news conference this morning, and scheduled it well before the polls closed last evening. It's at 11:30 this morning. In Mankato.

Horner's message is clear: "I'll talk about the election on my terms." Fine. But MPR is not likely to provide live coverage of a news conference and neither are local TV stations. So why give up free airtime to get your name and face "out there"? I don't have an answer other than pure speculation that Horner intends to be the frontrunner merely by acting like one. He is, afterall, a public relations expert.

If we can make all the oil in the Gulf disappear, merely by saying "it's gone," who's to say the strategy won't work?

(5) NO COMPLAINING ABOUT TURNOUT

Politicians had a choice to make when they moved the primary from September to August, guaranteeing that fewer people would vote. They knew that fewer people would vote. So why didn't they move it until June, when more people would likely vote? Because they were more than willing to take their chances in an election few people would participate in.

The state had to move the primary because federal law requires overseas military personnel to get at least 45 days to vote by absentee ballot. But when the issue went to the Capitol this year, a proposal was made to move the primary to June.

Rep. Steve Simon, a supporter of the idea, told MPR's Tom Scheck why he ran up against a brick wall:

"Particularly some Greater Minnesota legislators who argued essentially this: 'Look, I'm here in St. Paul until the third week in May. If we have a primary in June, some young whippersnapper is going to come along and primary me while I'm stuck here and they're barnstorming the district,'" Simon said. "Even though when you look around the country, that hasn't been the case in states with early primaries necessarily more than other states, there's still that fear out there."

Some day, using primary as a verb will cost someone an election.

BONUS: THE MOST FRIGHTENING IMAGE FOR MAINSTREAM MEDIA FROM ELECTION NIGHT

Kelliher7.jpg

The future is Twitter. The future is now. (h/t: Nikki Tundel)

TODAY'S QUESTION

(Updated) Half of Minnesota's schools failed to make adequate yearly progress this year under the federal No Child Left Behind law. Are standardized tests the best way to measure the success of a school?

WHAT WE'RE DOING

Midmorning (9-11 a.m.) - First hour: A discussion of the outcome of the intense Minnesota gubernatorial primary election.

Second hour: A rebroadcast of a conversation on patient-centered care with Dr. Donald Berwick, the new head of Medicare and Medicaid, and Dr. Pauline Chen. Berwick and Chen talked about how to convince doctors to really listen to their patients and get them more involved in their care.

Midday (11 a.m. - 1 p.m.) - First hour: Election results and analysis from Mike Mulcahy, DFLer Todd Rapp, Republican Maureen Shaver, and Tim Penny of the Independence Party.

Second hour: From the Aspen Ideas Festival: What Makes a Great Teacher? Panelists include Howard Gardner, Kati Haycock and Linda Darling-Hammond.

Talk of the Nation (1-3 p.m.) - First hour: NPR's senior Washington editor, Ron Elving, parses political drama and intrigue.

Second hour: Would the relationship between the West and the Middle East be different if Islam had never existed?

Comment on this post

A rare moment of Washington honesty

Posted at 2:48 PM on August 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It's getting so you can't state an opinion anymore.

Robert Gibbs', President Obama's spokesman, complained to The Hill that the far left of the Democratic Party has been unfair in its criticism that Barack Obama hasn't been far enough left:

"I hear these people saying he's like George Bush. Those people ought to be drug tested," Gibbs said. "I mean, it's crazy."

The press secretary dismissed the "professional left" in terms very similar to those used by their opponents on the ideological right, saying, "They will be satisfied when we have Canadian healthcare and we've eliminated the Pentagon. That's not reality."

Of those who complain that Obama caved to centrists on issues such as healthcare reform, Gibbs said: "They wouldn't be satisfied if Dennis Kucinich was president."

In the end, the Democrats got together and delivered another public relations gift to Republicans.

It was a refreshing departure from the usual Washington method of taking shots at others -- on the record and honest as opposed to anonymously leaking.

It was also a softball for people like Rep. Keith Ellison who called for Gibbs to resign, according to the Huffington Post:


"This is not the first time that Mr. Gibbs has made untoward and inflammatory comments and I certainly hope that people in the White House don't share his view that the left is unimportant to the president," he said. "I understand him having some loyalty to the president who employs him, but I think he's walking over the line."

Nowhere in Gibbs' comments did he say the far left was unimportant. On the contrary, he was saying the middle has some importance, too. It took more than the left to get Obama elected.

Gibbs then returned to White House character, and backed down from the fight:

"I watch too much cable, I admit. Day after day it gets frustrating. Yesterday I watched as someone called legislation to prevent teacher layoffs a bailout - but I know that's not a view held by many, nor were the views I was frustrated about.

So what I may have said in-artfully, let me say this way - since coming to office in January 2009, this White House and Congress have worked tirelessly to put our country back on the right path. Most importantly, to dig our way out of a huge recession and build an economy that makes America more competitive and our middle class more secure. Some are frustrated that the change we want hasn't come fast enough for many Americans. That we all understand.

But in 17 months, we have seen Wall Street reform, historic health care reform, fair pay for women, a recovery act that pulled us back from a depression and got our economy moving again, record investments in clean energy that are creating jobs, student loan reforms so families can afford college, a weapons system canceled that the Pentagon didn't want, reset our relationship with the world and negotiated a nuclear weapons treaty that gets us closer to a world without fear of these weapons, just to name a few. And at the end of this month, 90,000 troops will have left Iraq and our combat mission will come to an end.

Even so, we will continue to work each day on the promises and commitments that the President made traveling all over this country for two years and produce the change we know is possible.

In November, America will get to choose between going back to the failed policies that got us into this mess, or moving forward with the policies that are leading us out.

So we should all, me included, stop fighting each other and arguing about our differences on certain policies, and instead work together to make sure everyone knows what is at stake because we've come too far to turn back now."

Comment on this post

KSTP loses absentee ballot case

Posted at 11:21 AM on August 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota Court of Appeals has a nice sense of timing.

On primary election day, the Court of Appeals today rejected KSTP's request that rejected absentee ballots in the Al Franken-Norm Coleman recount be made public.

"The plain language provides that when absentee ballots are sealed and have not been opened by an election judge, they are nonpublic or private. The rejected absentee ballots in possession of Ramsey County are indisputably sealed and have not been opened by an election judge. Under the unambiguous language of section 13.37, subdivision 2, the absentee ballots therefore are either nonpublic or private," the court wrote in its decision today (See pdf of opinion).

A lower court had previously ruled that KSTP could have access to the ballots to determine if their inclusion would've changed the outcome of the Senate race.

Comment on this post

The cop and the nurse

Posted at 12:24 PM on August 9, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

At last night's DFL gubernatorial debate, House Speaker Margaret Anderson Kelliher tried to pin former Sen. Mark Dayton on his plan to "tax the wealthy" by saying a Minnesota cop married to a Minnesota nurse would be subject to Dayton's tax increase plan.

Dayton countered by saying the couple would not be, because the average police officer's salary is $51,000 and the average nurse makes $73,000, for a combined $124,000, below Dayton's threshold for a tax hit.

Let's play with the numbers. The key to Dayton's rebuttal is both "average" and "salary." While the average may be $51,000, that doesn't mean there aren't cops who make more than that. And the average salary is just that: Salary, not including overtime, which is often the bread-and-butter for cops.

Salary.com's "Salary Wizard" for Minneapolis patrol officers shows the entire spectrum for base pay.

base_pay_cops.jpg

Look at the Pioneer Press' database of salaries for public employees. There are lots of police officers -- many from St. Paul -- making $70,000 in "base pay" with another 10 percent tacked on for overtime.

A similar database from the Star Tribune showed a police sergeant in Minneapolis made a base salary of $77,000 in 2007, but had a total salary of $105,000 once the overtime was factored in.
Are there cops making much less than that? Sure. But Dayton issued a blanket dismissal of the assertion based on statistical averages, not "real life."

What about the nurse spouse? Salary.com shows the base pay for a Twin Cities RN is about $70,000, but the upper 25 percent at that level makes around $76,000.

base_pay_nurses.jpg

In a 2009 report, the Bureau of Labor Statistics said the mean annual salary for a registered nurse in Minnesota is $72,760, with the upper level at about $97,000 a year. That doesn't include any overtime.

Dayton's tax plan dings couples making $150,000 a year, although that's believed to be the benchmark after deductions.

Could the mythical cop and nurse couple be paying a tax increase under the Dayton plan? Sure. But based on the salary statistics and the expectation of a sliding scale of increased taxes under his still-unformed plan, probably not much more.

Whether that couple of "rich," is a matter of debate.

And, of course, Dayton's opponents have not issued a blanket "no new taxes" guarantee for this couple, either.

Comment on this post

Live-blogging: The DFL debate

Posted at 6:48 PM on August 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Even more fun than the debate, was the post debate conversation in the live blog of the final DFL gubernatorial debate this evening. .

Comment on this post

Target: "On second thought..."

Posted at 1:01 PM on August 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Target Corporation's funding of Mn Forward, a political action group that's advertising in support of Republican gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer, may be affecting the company internally more than externally.

While laying low publicly, CEO Gregg Steinhafel has sent his second memo to his employees in a little over a week:

Dear Target Leaders,

I have heard from many of you, and our team members, over the past week regarding Target's contribution to MN Forward, and I appreciate your engagement and candor, both of which clearly demonstrate your loyalty and passion for our company.

In situations like this, it is often difficult to find the right words, but I would like to respond with the same honesty you have shown me.

The intent of our political contribution to MN Forward was to support economic growth and job creation. While I firmly believe that a business climate conducive to growth is critical to our future, I realize our decision affected many of you in a way I did not anticipate, and for that I am genuinely sorry.

We remain fully committed to fostering an environment that supports and respects the rights and beliefs of all individuals. The diversity of our team is an important aspect of our unique culture and our success as a company, and we did not mean to disappoint you, our team or our valued guests.

Going forward, we will soon begin a strategic review and analysis of our decision-making process for financial contributions in the public policy arena. And later this fall, Target will take a leadership role in bringing together a group of companies and partner organizations for a dialogue focused on diversity and inclusion in the workplace, including GLBT issues.

Thank you for sharing your input and for your continued commitment to making Target an even stronger company.

Sincerely,
Gregg Steinhafel
Chairman, President and CEO

Meanwhile, earlier today I asked a friend in San Francisco whether the issue is percolating in San Francisco, where Target is trying to open its first store in a city that hates big-box retailers and, obviously, has keen ear for perceived transgressions against the GLBT issues. She reported there hasn't been a peep about it.

From the sound of today's memo, that's not the case inside the company.

As for Mn Forward, they've apparently got their own internal woes (click for larger image):

mn_forward_aug_5.jpg

(h/t: Julia Schrenkler)

Comment on this post

Politics, Wisconsin style

Posted at 10:35 AM on August 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Last night, The Daily's Show's Jon Stewart launched a new segment called "I Give Up." Its inaugural segment focused on Congress' inability to agree on help for the families of the heroes of 9/11 because, apparently, it would require spending money. (Note: May not be suitable for the workplace.)

The segment has no shortage of candidates to portray how far the political process has descended. Here's one from today's news.

Ieshuh Griffin, running for the state Assembly in the great -- if occasionally pathetic -- state of Wisconsin, has lost her attempt to appeal to the finest instincts of voters. She wanted her campaign slogan included on the official ballot.

U.S. District Judge Rudolph Randa has ruled that ""NOT the 'whiteman's bitch'" is not a fitting description.

A candidate in Wisconsin can use up to five words to describe him/herself.

"A lot of people are telling me they support my stand," she said. (Here's a video of her testimony last month to the Government Accountability Board.)

She'll need five other words. Got any suggestions?

Comment on this post

Fact check: Emmer on ethanol

Posted at 11:23 AM on August 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The candidates for governor debated out at Farmfest near Redwood Falls today. One does not travel that far to say anything bad about ethanol or biofuels, given the audience. Were it not for his running mate's stumble on the issue four years ago, former attorney general Mike Hatch likely would be governor today.

Today the issue ensnared -- sort of -- Republican gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer, when his opponents said he voted against a biofuels mandate in the state. Emmer said he thought he voted for the mandate, adding he supports alternative fuels. MPR's Tom Scheck tweeted that
"Emmer says he voted for E20, but not biodiesel."

The truth? He voted for it before he voted against it.

The old MPR Votetracker (bless its now-dead heart) reveals that on April 27, 2005, Emmer voted for a bill that increased the ethanol content in a gallon of gasoline in Minnesota to 20 percent. The vote came after five hours of debate.

The House version of the bill gave fuel sellers until 2010 to show that they were meeting the new standard. If they are not meeting it by then, they would get until 2013 before the requirement becomes absolute, an MPR report at the time said.

The Senate version of the bill, however, required the changed by 2012.

A conference committee worked out a deal which doubled the percentage of ethanol beginning in 2013, if a separate renewable fuel goal is not met.

When that bill went back to the House for a vote, Emmer voted against it, according to Votetracker.

The bill also contained a provision to protect dealers and refiners from lawsuits alleging damages from defective gasoline. The immunity would not apply to situations of "simple or willful negligence or fraud" or environmental or public health damages.

Gov. Pawlenty signed the bill.

Comment on this post

Is a Woodbury ice rink a waste or a reward?

Posted at 3:12 PM on August 3, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Energy, Politics

The Freedom Foundation of Minnesota sent out a press release today noting that two Minnesota communities -- Woodbury and Eagan -- were singled out in a report "Summertime Blues, 100 stimulus projects that give taxpayers the blues." It was put together by Sen. John McCain and Sen. Tom Coburn.

Both communities installed geothermal heating systems in ice rinks.

In Woodbury's case, the system was built at the sprawling Bielenberg athletic complex.

Says the report:

When it comes to keeping the local ice rink up to date, Woodbury, Minnesota does not plan to just skate by. Woodbury has allocated more than $2.3 million to upgrade its heating systems at a local ice rink, using $503,900 in stimulus funding. Funding was provided by the Department of Energy through the energy efficiency block grant program to help install a geothermal heating and cooling system that would, among other things, "prevent heat from the roof from warming the ice surface," and "provide heat for the west rink spectators."

The phrase "among other things" invites the obvious question: What other things?

In Woodbury's case, the other things was the main thing: Saving taxpayers' money. According to a January article in the Woodbury Bulletin, the project will save more in energy use alone than the investment.

Bob Klatt, city parks and recreation director, said Woodbury expects $3.9 million in energy savings over 20 years. That should be achieved by eliminating the use of natural gas, reducing electricity use and cutting back operational costs because the new system is automated.

Whether a $3.9 million return on a $2.3 million investment (most of which was bonding money, by the way) is a good deal is worthy of scholarly debate, but it was more than just spending stimulus money for the benefit of a few tushes.

Shouldn't the critical elements of the discussion be pointed out in any evaluation of the investment?

Comment on this post

Dayton spends 28K on a social media consultant. Worth it?

Posted at 12:22 PM on July 27, 2010 by Jon Gordon (13 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Mark Dayton shelled out $28,000 to social media consultant Nicole Harrison this year, according to MPR's Tom Scheck.

What does $28,000 buy a candidate for governor? Is he listening to the expensive advice? Well, let's see. Dayton hasn't sent a message on Twitter since March (and it was a banal tweet at that):

daytonTWITTER.jpg


Dayton appears to have given up his campaign blog about the same time he abandoned Twitter. His Facebook profile lists 5,000 friends, but seems rather unexceptional:


daytonFB.jpg


Citing client privacy, social media consultant Harrison wouldn't say what she does for the Dayton campaign, except that she remains on retainer. Campaign spokeswoman Katie Tinucci refused to go deep into campaign strategy, but defends her candidate's social media efforts, saying Dayton maintains his own Facebook profile and wrote all his tweets.

"A year ago Mark had never heard of Facebook," Tinucci said.

But Twitter wasn't his bag.

"He found 140 characters to be extremely limiting," Tinucci said.

Still, Tinucci says if Dayton comes out on top August 10, he might become a tweeter again.

"Mark is now convinced that if he wins the primary he'll get back on the Twitter," Tinucci said.

What do you think? Is Dayton to be criticized for letting his social media efforts wilt, or did he make a good decision? Maybe all this Twitter, Facebook and blog stuff is really just a big distraction without much value for a Minnesota candidate?

Comment on this post

Targeting politics

Posted at 5:02 PM on July 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Is there a penalty when a popular business chooses sides in a political debate?

Maybe. But, apparently not a big one.

Target is under some criticism today for being one of the businesses bankrolling the latest TV ad supporting Republican Tom Emmer's bid to be governor of Minnesota. Target's top executives have been big contributors to the Republican Party for years, but last winter's Supreme Court ruling eliminating campaign finance limits for corporations has brought businesses out of the closet. Still, it's hardly a secret that the department store is the political version of a "red state."



Target isn't the first big-name to go all Republican in Minnesota. TCF Bank, for example, has been run for some time by Bill Cooper, the long-time godfather of the GOP in Minnesota. It's also one of the few banks that's regularly made a profit.

Target's main competitor -- WalMart -- reportedly worked hard behind the scenes in 2008 to torpedo a Barack Obama candidacy.

There have been attempts to push back against the political desires of corporations. A year ago at this time, the Whole Foods Warehouse CEO, John Mackey, offended much of his organic customer base when he wrote an op-ed piece for the Wall Street Journal criticizing the Obama administration's health care initiative.

Some customers vowed to boycott the chain. How'd that work out? Analysts predict a 55% growth in earnings for the company when they're released next month.

In California, proponents of same-sex marriage vowed to boycott businesses that contributed to the successful campaign to strip homosexuals of that right. It appears to have had very little effect.

"There are a lot of people who take politics very seriously and they take their views on issues very seriously, and they do not want to see their money going directly to fund somebody who is directly antagonistic to their belief system," Rep. Ryan Winkler told MPR's Tom Scheck about Target's campaign involvement.

No doubt that's true. But history says most people don't care. As the Whole Foods saga proved: Sometimes, people just want their tofu.

Comment on this post

Minnesota taxes by the numbers

Posted at 12:52 PM on July 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Any discussion about taxes in Minnesota inevitably begins with a statement of where the state ranks compared to the rest of the nation. According to a report today from the Minnesota Taxpayers Association, Minnesota ranks 13th. And 21st. And 15th. And 32nd.

In its annual "How Does Minnesota Compare" study (available here), the MTA says the state has dropped from 12th to 13th in total state and local tax collections, based on data from fiscal year 2008.

On a per-thousand-dollars-of-personal-income basis, however, the state ranks 21st.

Minnesota ranks 15th in per capita spending, and 31st in spending on a per-thousand-dollar-of-income basis.

The report also compares areas of spending with other states. Minnesota spends about the same amount on K-12 as other states. It spends more on libraries, welfare, highways, and natural resources.

It spends less than the U.S. average on fire, corrections, sewer, health and hospitals, financial administration, justice, public buildings, and interest on general debt.

There are a few surprises for the non-financial follower. Minnesota, which some politicians claim has the highest corporate tax rate in the world, ranks 11th in per capita corporate income taxes. Alaska ranks #1.

And several states described as "business friendly," have a high sales tax burden for its residents. On a per-capita basis, Wyoming, Florida, Nevada, Arizona, New Mexico, and South Dakota -- all often mentioned as more desirable tax states -- have higher sales tax burdens than Minnesota, the report says.

But Minnesota's reputation as being a high welfare state also is confirmed by the report. It ranks sixth.

Comment on this post

Tom Emmer's new best friend

Posted at 5:05 PM on July 14, 2010 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It was asking a lot to expect some opponents of Rep. Tom Emmer -- that is, those who aren't in the business of waiting on tables -- not to try to hijack today's odd showdown between Emmer and the people whose minimum wage he wants to cut -- or the people whom he wants to see succeed, depending on whom you believe.

One did, making it difficult for news consumers to know what part of today's event was with real wait staffers, and what part of a hostile crowd was orchestrated by Emmer's opponents.

And that makes Emmer's already-befuddling decision to keep an issue alive that's been killing his campaign for a week all the more puzzling; the likelihood that he'd walk into a trap set by his opponents was entirely predictable.

No doubt, there were legitimate waiters and waitresses in the audience to tell Emmer what they thought about his idea. But when Robert Erickson (real name: Nick Espinosa) of Minneapolis tossed 2,000 pennies at Emmer to protest Emmer's position on the Arizona immigration law, he hijacked an event that was supposed to belong to the waiters and waitresses, about whom so many people have professed to be concerned. They didn't need his help; by all accounts, they were doing fine without him.

Erickson is a performance artist who specializes in this sort of thing:

Ironically, in his opposition to Emmer, he did the Republican nominee a big favor: He took the minimum wage issue off the table, and replaced it with the immigration issue, an issue that is right in Emmer's political wheelhouse.

It's unlikely that many TV stations will be able to resist the image of Erickson's coin toss at meeting of waiters and waitresses who went to the meeting to talk about something entirely different.

If you didn't know any better after watching a rather clumsy performance by Emmer's campaign staff this week, one almost might think that was the plan all along.

Comment on this post

One last vote... from the grave

Posted at 1:19 PM on July 14, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Perhaps, you've heard the old Chicago "joke" about the number of dead people who vote for Democrats in elections. That apparently won't work in Nevada, where Democrat Harry Reid, the majority leader in the U.S. Senate, is in a tough fight.

How tough? Read this obituary that appeared in a Las Vegas newspaper.

antireid_obit.jpg

Comment on this post

Emmer giving up on minimum wage issue?

Posted at 10:42 AM on July 14, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It appears that Tom Emmer's gubernatorial campaign is giving up on the minimum wage controversy, after it inexplicably kept it alive over the last week, even after it clearly was damaging the Republican politically.

Today, David Strom, one of his advisers, posted this on Twitter, as captured by @mrwtweets:

Screenshot of hastily deleted @DavidStrom tweets re: Emmer se... on Twitpic

(Click for a larger image)

"We know this is a problem. Today is the last day. Over. Done. No mas. Just help us stay on message. Courage and willingness to listen." Strom wrote.

It's not clear if Emmer's willingness to listen to his advisers is what caused him to be a political pinata for the last week.

The tweet was deleted after a few minutes.

11:10 a.m. - AP's Brian Bakst reports the Strom post was not for public consumption and says an Emmer spokesman said Strom does not speak for the Emmer campaign.

Comment on this post

Speaking Tom Emmer's language

Posted at 12:32 PM on July 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Opponents of political candidates regularly follow them around the state, videotaping their every appearance and word. The flap over Republican gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer's comments about the minimum wage in the state is exactly why.

As I posted on 5x8 this morning, Emmer uploaded a video about his three hours as a waiter at a restaurant in Roseville, prefacing it with criticism of reporters -- including MPR's Marty Moylan -- and their coverage of his July 5th appearance at a St. Paul restaurant.

"There are a lot of people who've been misled by the less-than-forthright mainstream media here in the Twin Cities when the other day I talked with a couple of restaurant owners in downtown St. Paul who told me that, you know, they needed some help, government's not helping much," Emmer said. "They talked about how much their servers get. It's all on tape. And all I did is respond to them when they said, 'if it was offered would you advocate for a tip credit?' I said, 'yes.' But then the next question was not publicized very well. The next question was, 'Tom, so you're saying you'd reduce the minimum wage,' and my answer was, 'that would be foolish. Absolutely not. We're not talking about reducing anyone's wages, we're talking about making sure everyone could be successful..."

Today, the DFL further cashed in on the controversy, uploading its video of the event. Here's part one:

Here's part two:

Emmer's recollection of the questions and his answers is cloudy. Emmer was asked whether waiters making $100,000 a year with tips was simply the free market at work? "Yes, if it wasn't for the minimum wage law," he replied. Is that saying he'd like to get rid of the minimum wage law? He didn't appear to say "that would be foolish." He said, "I don't know that you can do that...that's why it's more in line with a tip credit." The reporters didn't raise the issue of a tip credit; Emmer did.

However, he also seemed to suggest repealing the minimum wage in the state isn't an option when he said, "Plus... you've got a federal law as well."

But isn't a "tip credit" a cut in the minimum wage? When Moylan asked "how would that work?", Emmer replied, "well, we'll talk about that." That question was a forthright attempt to accurately report Emmer's proposal. The problem is: Emmer didn't really have a proposal. When Moylan said, "I didn't hear any specifics, there," Emmer replied, "You did. You absolutely did."

Who else didn't report the issue the way Tom Emmer says he would've liked? Tom Emmer's campaign. Here's the video the campaign posted of the event:

There, obviously, is nothing there about Emmer stressing he's not trying to reduce anyone's wages, nothing about the idea of reducing the minimum wage being "foolish" and nothing that includes the words "absolutely not."

So basically, Emmer's criticism of the media centers around its refusal to accurately report a quote he didn't make.

Still, both sides, have some room for deniability in the parsing of Emmer's exact words, which is an entirely different -- and more illustrative -- issue that sprouts from the plethora of candidates in Minnesota making campaign appearances without specific proposals for solutions.

That's not the media's fault.

Comment on this post

Where's the innovation gone in online politics?

Posted at 12:08 PM on July 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

With just a month left until Primary Election Day and four months to go until the mid-term elections, a sad reality is making itself more obvious for people who use the Internet to follow political news: This campaign season is one of the worst for innovation in political coverage.

While use of previous ideas is providing plenty of campaign coverage value, we're hard-pressed to identify new significant apps, Web sites, or practices that could be a game-changer for political news coverage in 2010. Over the last ten years, the development of such tools was standard, possibly peaking in 2008. Many of those innovations have become so ingrained, that we don't think about them much anymore. But something has happened: innovation has slowed considerably and we may go through the entire campaign cycle without a significant new tool.

Twitter, perhaps, had the greatest possibility to change the relationship between candidate and voter, but it has yet to achieve anything close to its potential. Consider these typical tweets from gubernatorial candidates over the last week.

tweet_mak_july.jpg

tweet_horner_july.jpg

tweet_emmer_july.jpg

For a politician on Twitter, everyone is always happy and things are going great.

The dearth of political tools is most evident when you look at the history of the developing relationship between technology and politics.

2008

The St. Petersburg Times debuts PolitiFact, which "examines more than 750 political claims, separating rhetoric from truth to enlighten voters." It was so game-changing that it won a Pulitzer in 2009. Other media (including MPR with its PoliGraph) have copied the idea. That's a good thing.

Nate Silver, who made a name for himself analyzing baseball statistics, debuts fivethirtyeight.com, to use polling and other science to predict the election. It's a hit. In 2010, he agrees to be absorbed by the New York Times.

Barack Obama mobilizes an online team and creates an "Obama community" to rally support for his presidential bid. He announces his selection of Joe Biden as his vice president running mate via text messaging. Obama's free Obama08 app organized a person's iPhone contacts to enable supporters to call friends located in important electoral districts. After he's elected, some experts predict his large database of online supporters would change the way presidents seek support. The experts were wrong.

The Uptake provides citizen journalism with reports from Iowa. It would go on to become the go-to site for coverage of the Norm Coleman-Al Franken recount.

2007

CNN hosts the first YouTube debate.

2006

More candidates turn to online fundraising and add video capability to Web sites with the notion of removing the editorial filter of mainstream media.

But online video proves to be a two-edged sword for politicians as opponents begin following candidates. "Macaca moment" becomes a part of the language.

2004

A host of political blogs sprout around the presidential election, many fueled by disputes over the military careers of John Kerry and George W. Bush. The experts say the blogs, perhaps more than mainstream media, will influence political thought. The experts were right. Powerline wins Time's Blog of the Year for its role in uncovering phony documents used by CBS News in examining President Bush's military record.

Electoral-vote.com begins providing daily predictions of the electoral vote in the November election based on individual state polls.

2002

E*Democracy, an online-coordinated political community, harnesses a group of volunteers to work with the Minnesota Secretary of State to develop MyBallot.net, which allows people to enter their address and find out where they should vote, and provides them with links and sample ballots indicating what races are on the individual's ballot.

MPR unveils Select A Candidate, a tool which matches potential voters with candidates who most closely match their views. In 2008, MPR made Select A Candidate available to other Web sites in the nation.

DailyKos is created, which mobilizes liberal Democrats.

2000

A group of former staffers at the Federal Elections Commission begins posting the campaign finance reports of candidates, making them searchable. The tool changes the game for monitoring money in politics. Other Web sites -- the Center for Responsive Politics, for example -- begin providing monitoring tools.

1999

Candidates post their campaign ads online, which also inaugurates the "fact checking" of campaign ads. Within a few years, candidates respond by producing ads more quickly, and stress image more than facts.

1998

The Minnesota Secretary of State's office provides online election results. Over the course of the next decade, this developing technology would transfer election results to other media sites, much of which is then used to provide analytical tools.

Comment on this post

Street light savings time

Posted at 3:35 PM on July 9, 2010 by Drew Geraets (5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy, Politics


Photo by Rupert Ganzer

Tom Bodett would not be happy with Brainerd, Minn.

The City Council there voted to keep about a quarter of the city's 1,600 street lights dark, despite complaints from many residents.

The city would save $74,100 a year by keeping the lights off, according to a city official.

According to the Brainerd Dispatch:

Council members who toured the city on June 29 and June 30 with [Brainerd Public Utilities] officials said they found several areas where lights can be turned back on.

"Most of the areas were OK," said council member Lucy Nesheim. "Some were definitely, what some people would call ... spooky."

In 2009 Northfield, Minn. looked at adding a streetlight utility fee (pdf) to help address smaller amounts of local government aid from the state.

Other cities across the country have also flipped off the switch on their street ights, according to USA Today.

"Streetlights are more expensive than people realize," Northfield Mayor Mary Rossing says. Her city spends about $230,000 a year on street lights.

Would you mind if your city turned off your street lights to save money?

Brainerd and Northfield are not the only Minnesota city looking for ways to trim expenses.

The Royalton City Council voted to reduce the number of its meetings to once a month (having met twice a month for more than 30 years). That would save about $5,600 a year, according to council members.

But so far, nothing I've found has topped Edina's cost-saving effort of ending its free doggie-bag program -- which cost about $12,000 a year.

What has your city done to save money recently?

Related

Comment on this post

More on the art of the gratuity

Posted at 1:00 PM on July 9, 2010 by Eric Ringham (2 Comments)
Filed under: News, Politics

DFL gubernatorial contender Margaret Anderson Kelliher is making hay, understandably, out of Republican candidate Tom Emmer's remarks this week about tips and the minimum wage. She told Cathy Wurzer this morning that Emmer's proposal to cut the minimum wage for people who earn tips was akin to "stealing" their tip money.

What's lower than stealing somebody's tip money?

A couple of years ago, a young woman -- OK, the No. 1 daughter of the No. 5 substitute for Mr. News Cut -- was working as a barista at a well-known local mall. Yes, that mall. One day she called the No. 5 substitute to complain that none of her customers was putting money in the tip jar.

"Is there anything in the jar?" asked the No. 5 substitute.

"No, Dad," she said. "It's empty."

Ah -- a rare moment when the older generation actually has useful advice for the younger generation! Eagerly, the No. 5 substitute told the No. 1 daughter about the well-known stratagem of putting a few bucks in the jar as seed money. When they saw the bills in there, customers would get the idea. The No. 1 daughter said "Thanks, Dad," and hung up.

A little while later she called back.

"I did what you said," she said. "I put three dollars in the jar."

"Did it work?"

"No. Somebody took 'em."

Comment on this post

Hot or not?

Posted at 10:49 AM on July 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (16 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

A few eyebrows have been raised in the journalism community today with the Star Tribune's front page, specifically whether the Star Tribune is treating a couple of female candidates differently than they would if they were men:

MN_ST.jpg

Hot? Hot as in the race is close (There's no public polling in the race so far)? Or hot as if they're two attractive women? The answer might lie in the photographs. Rep. Michele Bachmann's picture seems to have been weirdly "adjusted," possibly to give her a hair color closer to her opponent's.

The picture is actually a "lift" from Bachmann's campaign Web site.

mb_red.jpg

Writing in NewsWeek this week, Julia Baird calls this "The Palin Effect."

There seems to be an insistent, increasingly excitable focus on the supposed hotness of Republican women in the public eye, like Sarah Palin, Michele Bachmann, Michelle Malkin, and Nikki Haley--not to mention veterans like Ann Coulter. The sexual references are pervasive: they come from left, right, and center, and range from gushing to highly offensive. The Atlantic asked, "Is Sarah Palin Porn?" as others quizzed the former governor about whether she had breast implants. Right Wing News compiled a list of the hottest conservative women in new media. Playboy even ran an outrageous piece titled "Ten Conservative Women I'd Like to Hate ****," which read like a sick attempt to make rape cool. "We may despise everything these women represent," wrote the author, "but goddammit they're hot. Let the healing begin." Moron.

Giving the Star Tribune the benefit of the doubt, the race is considered "intense." The story itself contained no reference to either candidate's appearance. Still it's hard to imagine a couple of guys beaming from the front page, along with a headline which, while technically accurate, could easily have another meaning.

Comment on this post

Conservative comedy

Posted at 4:05 PM on July 6, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Are conservatives as funny as liberals? We're about to find out.

A new comedy and entertainment channel is scheduled to launch this summer, NPR reports today. It is being promoted as having "pro-America, pro-business and pro-military sensibilities." There's probably a smarmy joke there about three people who walk into a bar, but I'll be darned if I can come with it.

Executives for RightNetwork say the network will fill a gap caused by most comedy efforts on TV being dominated by "left wing comedians."

Comment on this post

The caliber of our political discourse

Posted at 11:45 AM on June 30, 2010 by Eric Ringham (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It's clear that she's squarely in favor of protective eyewear.

Continue reading "The caliber of our political discourse"

Much ado about Franken

Posted at 7:56 PM on June 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Did Al Franken fall asleep during Elena Kagan's opening statement at her Supreme Court hearing on Monday? No.

Continue reading "Much ado about Franken"

State worker union pushes back

Posted at 11:17 AM on June 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

MAPE unveils a series of radio ads designed, essentially, to counter the assertion that government is a bad thing.

Continue reading "State worker union pushes back"

An apology to BP

Posted at 1:15 PM on June 17, 2010 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Rep. Joe Barton, R-Texas, is the face of the BP oil spill today. He apologized to BP executives testifying at a House hearing for the U.S. compelling BP to pay into a compensation fund for the victims of the spill:

Meanwhile, a new poll shows 74% of those surveyed disapprove of the way the federal government has handled the disaster. Only 5 percent said President Obama has been "too tough" on BP. And 82% approved of a BP-paid compensation fund.

Comment on this post

Entenza's media reach

Posted at 3:48 PM on June 15, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

Minnesota gubernatorial candidate Matt Entenza may be trailing in the polls, but he's been the runaway leader in using media to get his face in front of as many people as his deep pockets will allow.

Continue reading "Entenza's media reach"

The danger of the ambush interview

Posted at 12:03 PM on June 14, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Today's viral video, coupled with what we learned from Helen Thomas' man-on-the-street interview a week or so ago, is a good reminder that if someone sticks a camera in your face on the sidewalk, it's good for your career to keep walking:

Continue reading "The danger of the ambush interview"

The outdoors woman and the role of government

Posted at 2:08 PM on June 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

What's this program gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer is talking about that spends taxpayer money to take 'metro-area women on camping vacations'?

Continue reading "The outdoors woman and the role of government"

Washington: 12 square miles surrounded by reality

Posted at 6:44 AM on May 31, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

After listening to James Fallows this weekend on NPR and reading his column on The Atlantic's Web site, one wonders how America achieved its greatness while the U.S. Senate existed.

The Senate, one of the more secretive fraternal organizations in America, believes in giving individual members the opportunity to derail the desires of 99 other elected representatives.

It's a bipartisan game -- absolute power is like that. But Fallows pinpoints the actions of a single senator, upset about one of 80 appointments the Senate was to vote on:


On Thursday afternoon, just before its Memorial Day recess, the Senate had planned to consider about 80 of these nominations as a group. They all had been through financial and security vetting; they had been through committee consideration; they were headed for jobs that in many cases now stood vacant; they were ready to go. Sen. Tom Harkin, Democrat of Iowa, moved for approval by unanimous consent, apparently believing that a deal to clear out the huge backlog had been struck. Sen. Mitch McConnell, the minority leader, begged to differ. He was still sore about the recess appointment of Craig Becker to the National Labor Relations Board. Therefore he wouldn't agree to the en-bloc vote.

A nominee for one diplomatic mission, who got caught up in the tantrum, talked to Fallows later:

"I'm about as well positioned to handle this as anybody," the nominee told me this morning. "I don't have kids in school, I'm self employed, I can simply keep receiving briefings and working on the local dialects. But is it any wonder why people don't want to take these jobs when they get dicked around like this? I consider myself a patient person. But this is turning into a test of how long you can wait without going crazy."

Here's Fallows' entire segment on the week in Washington.


(News Cut's daily Five By Eight column returns on Tuesday.)

Comment on this post

Registering reporters

Posted at 11:36 AM on May 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

MPR's Tom Scheck calls out attention to this little piece of constitutional savagery as described in the Toronto Toldedo Blade.

A Michigan lawmaker crafted a bill that requires reporters to be registered.

Says the columnist:


"I mainly just wanted to stimulate discussion," he told me. "I didn't think the bill would be likely to pass, but I thought I'd put it out there and if there was any support from your profession, we'd move forward. Heck, I thought it might be helpful to legitimate journalists," he said.

Indeed, he made some valid points. "There are fewer legitimate reporters who cover the legislature all the time. I see stuff being written by people I never heard of, and I don't know whether they have any credentials.

"You have bloggers and editorial writers who write about what we are doing who never come up here and have no idea what's going on. If I need a plumber, I want one who has credentials and who is licensed by the state."

So, he reasoned, why not reporters? His bill would set up a governor-appointed board to determine who could be a Michigan Registered Reporter. According to his specifications, successful candidates would have to show that they had a journalism degree, three years of experience, or other qualifications, including letters from already sanctioned reporters.

The columnist -- an ombudsman -- points out the bill also requires registered reporters to be of good moral character.

Comment on this post

'He wanted to be normal'

Posted at 7:54 AM on May 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

As a rule, I don't go to fundraisers or benefit dinners for organizations that have lobbyists at the Capitol, even though I work for one.

The exception is the annual dinner for the Minnesota chapter of the National Alliance on Mental Illness, which was held last night in Golden Valley.

The only part of the evening that puts me in an uncomfortable position is when the executive director recounts the legislative battles of the just-concluded legislative session. This year, Sue Abderholden declared, NAMI MN stopped $50 million in cuts to mental health programs in the state. There was applause all around.

Bowing to my duty as a journalist to engage in the fraud of making you believe I don't have opinions and biases if you don't know about them, I don't applaud legislators or governors. The current crowd makes the task easy.

"Then why are you at a function like that?" I imagine people asking. I'm for whatever gets people help for their mental illness. Aren't you?

The evening often compels people to acknowledge their own battles. A marvelous speaker with bipolar disorder told of her journey with an illness that "feels like someone sticking pins at me from the inside."

At a pause in the music, the head of a jazz group revealed his diagnosis. Later, singer Charmin Michelle talked about her uncle who battled schizophrenia.

A gentleman grabbed a woman and danced in the dark by the tables through much of the concert, eliciting states of disapproval by some Minnesotans. If there's ever a Minnesota version of Apocalypse Now, the signature quote from it will be, "Minnesota don't dance."

They ate, they listened, some danced, they threw money in an envelope for a new computer server for the organization, and then everyone went home and if they combed through this morning's obituaries, they spotted this account of another battle well fought.

Sievers, Harold Thomas "Hal" age 34, originally of St. Paul, died unexpectedly May 10 at his home in Iowa City. He was a psychology student at the University of Iowa, had deep interests in schizophrenia and hypnosis and was nearing graduation. Hal loved his family, friends, art, cats, gardening, cooking, baggy floral shorts, movies, hockey and reading the Koran. He accepted others, was open to their ways and beliefs and was well regarded in return. He was active in AA. In recent years he opened his apartment on several occasions to people living on the street. He offered them safe haven, sometimes for many months. To his mother who expressed concern, he said, "I can't just talk about what I believe, I have to live it." Hal loved Frisbee golf and was a strong and graceful player. He organized the first annual Frisbee golf tournament, The Sweet Melon Open, in Muscatine, Iowa. For years Hal battled the lethal duo of schizophrenia and cocaine and fell, in the end, under their grip. He fought hard to be "normal". It is all he ever wanted. We are proud of him. We loved him well and will miss him forever. Hal is survived by his partner, Lori Steele of Iowa City; his parents, Mary Sievers (nee Huberty) and Jerry Sievers; his brother, John; his grandmother, Leona Miller; and a large extended family, including 15 beloved aunts and uncles, 22 cousins, and second spouses of his father and grandmother. Most of the family resides in Minnesota. A celebration of Hal's life will be held from 1-4 pm on Wednesday, May 26, at The Commodore Hotel, 79 Western Ave. North, St. Paul. In place of flowers or gifts, donations may be sent to New Beginnings at Waverly, 109 North Shore Drive, Waverly, MN 55390.

Comment on this post

Al Franken and the definition of harassment

Posted at 1:33 PM on May 20, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Sen. Al Franken introduced a bill today designed to protect gay and lesbian students from bullying at school.

There was a moment in his conversation with MPR's Cathy Wurzer this morning that caught some attention.

After Franken described the case of Alex Merritt, the Anoka-Hennepin student who was allegedly bullied by two teachers, Wurzer asked Franken to define what constitutes harrassment.

"I think that harassment and bullying is one of these things where you know when you see it," the senator replied. And that might be true, but the law usually requires a definition.

So Wurzer asked how it's defined in Franken's bill.

"I don't believe we have language in it to define bullying, but maybe I do. I'm not sure about that aspect of the bill."

Comment on this post

Bars and the burning effigies

Posted at 1:15 PM on May 20, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Bar patrons in West Allis, Wisc., are reportedly being investigated because they burned an effigy of President Barack Obama.

"In my eyes it's a form of racism," one person-on-the-street told the local TV station.

In January 2009, some college kids burned an effigy of George Bush:

And it's likely that most presidents since the discovery of fire (all of them ) have had their likenesses defaced in some way or another. But Obama, of course, is the first African American president and a racial meaning is often attributed.

If you're a bar full of drunken Wisconsinites, what would be the proper way to express dissatisfaction with a president?

Comment on this post

Rand Paul and the race question he wouldn't answer

Posted at 11:35 AM on May 20, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

rand_paul.jpg

If you want to get a Tea Party member's blood to boil, mention lingering concerns about the perception of a link between its philosophy and racism. Is there smoke there or is it a liberal media attack?

Senate nominee Rand Paul is in the thick of it today after last evening's conversation with All Things Considered host Robert Siegel. The key question was whether the 1964 Civil Rights Act was an overreach of federal authority.

"Well, actually, I think it's confusing on a lot of cases with what actually was in the civil rights case because, see, a lot of the things that actually were in the bill, I'm in favor of. I'm in favor of everything with regards to ending institutional racism," he said. "So I think there's a lot to be desired in the civil rights. And to tell you the truth, I haven't really read all through it because it was passed 40 years ago and hadn't been a real pressing issue in the campaign, on whether we're going for the Civil Rights Act."

So far so good -- except for not knowing what's actually in the Civil Rights Act. It's kind of an important piece of legislation in the history of the United States. And, of course, making a distinction of being opposed to institutional racism raises the obvious question of whether there's a form of racism you're OK with.

So Siegel asked if he thought "that business shouldn't be bothered by people with the basis in law to sue them for redress?"

I think a lot of things could be handled locally. For example, I think that we should try to do everything we can to allow for people with disabilities and handicaps. You know, we do it in our office with wheelchair ramps and things like that. I think if you have a two-story office and you hire someone who's handicapped, it might be reasonable to let him have an office on the first floor rather than the government saying you have to have a $100,000 elevator. And I think when you get to the solutions like that, the more local the better, and the more common sense the decisions are, rather than having a federal government make those decisions.

That got the wags talking, and not because he answered the question by talking about disabled people and elevators to the third floor.

It intensified when he went on MSNBC a few hours after that interview and wouldn't answer a simple question with a "yes" or "no".

"Do you think that a private business has the right to say we don't serve black people?" Rachel Madow asked.

Paul could've made the issue go away with one word, "no." He didn't. Which is why he put out a statement answering the question today, and said it was in response to "liberal media attacks."

"I believe we should work to end all racism in American society and staunchly defend the inherent rights of every person. I have clearly stated in prior interviews that I abhor racial discrimination and would have worked to end segregation. Even though this matter was settled when I was 2, and no serious people are seeking to revisit it except to score cheap political points, I unequivocally state that I will not support any efforts to repeal the Civil Rights Act of 1964.

"Let me be clear: I support the Civil Rights Act because I overwhelmingly agree with the intent of the legislation, which was to stop discrimination in the public sphere and halt the abhorrent practice of segregation and Jim Crow laws.

"As I have said in previous statements, sections of the Civil Rights Act were debated on Constitutional grounds when the legislation was passed. Those issues have been settled by federal courts in the intervening years

"My opponent's statement on MSNBC Wednesday that I favor repeal of the Civil Rights Act was irresponsible and knowingly false. I hope he will correct the record and retract his claims."

"The issue of civil rights is one with a tortured history in this country. We have made great strides, but there is still work to be done to ensure the great promise of Liberty is granted to all Americans.

"This much is clear: The federal government has far overreached in its power grabs. Just look at the recent national healthcare schemes, which my opponent supports. The federal government, for the first time ever, is mandating that individuals purchase a product. The federal government is out of control, and those who love liberty and value individual and state's rights must stand up to it.

"These attacks prove one thing for certain: the liberal establishment is desperate to keep leaders like me out of office, and we are sure to hear more wild, dishonest smears during this campaign."

What might have been a better answer? How about this one?


It ought to be possible for American consumers of any color to receive equal service in places of public accommodation, such as hotels and restaurants and theaters and retail stores, without being forced to resort to demonstrations in the street, and it ought to be possible for American citizens of any color to register to vote in a free election without interference or fear of reprisal.

That was John F. Kennedy's assertion on the day the Alabama National Guard was deployed to escort two black students to the University of Alabama.

In the speech, he announced his intention to ask Congress "to enact legislation giving all Americans the right to be served in facilities which are open to the public--hotels, restaurants, theaters, retail stores, and similar establishments."

Comment on this post

Bachmann vs. Twitter

Posted at 4:11 PM on May 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

A week or so ago, a Newsweek reporter followed Rep. Michele Bachmann around and dispatched his observations via Twitter. It's still not entirely clear what Andrew Romano's story was supposed to be about -- Twitter or Bachmann. But it had enough "legs," as we like to say in the dying-media business, that all of his "tweets" were retweeted with great regularity, as if they provided some insight.

They didn't, and in a Web column today, Romano let's on that that appears to have been the point.

I sounded, in other words, like a kneejerk Bachmann hater. But that wasn't really the case; I hadn't spent enough time with her to decide if she was unserious, or crazy, or whatever. Instead, I was simply doing what Twitter demanded: being pithy and provocative. Straightforward narration would go unnoticed. Quotes from Bachmann's old friends would seem un-newsy. Nuance would cost too many characters. So I became a color commentator, casting off the reporter's traditional cloak of detachment and publicly weighing in on the proceedings at regular intervals. And because observation and publication were now compressed into a single act, I spent a lot of time thinking about how to phrase my tweets that I otherwise would've spent absorbing a scene or speaking to locals. I don't remember much about the crowd in Monticello, the businessmen in Blaine, or Bachmann's larger themes. I do remember what I wound up tweeting, and that's about it. Real magazine profiles require more.

Still, Romano found reporting advantages to Twitter, including the somewhat scary notion that he didn't have to approach some people for comment; they came to him.

But the Bachmann camp also read his tweets and, suddenly, she didn't have time for an interview:


My guess is that her staff read my tweets and decided that it wasn't in Bachmann's best interest to talk to me. And that says as much about Bachmann as anything I observed on the road. Given her mastery of the provocative soundbite and her recent ranking as the most influential Twitterer in the House, I'd initially believed that Bachmann, love her or hate her, was emblematic of a new, niche-media breed of politician. But it turns out that she's just a louder-mouthed version of the old model: happy to attack her opponents from afar, happy to play the victim, but unwilling to engage, mano a mano, with anyone she deems insufficiently friendly. What Twitter revealed about Bachmann is that she's not democratic enough for Twitter--or the new era it embodies.

And so, Newsweek killed the print piece -- the in-depth look at one of the country's most polarizing politicians and leaving Romano with another online blog entry that sounded "like every other Bachmann hater."

Maybe Romano has stumbled on another story idea, though. In 2010, is that pretty much all we want anyway?

Comment on this post

Arizona law finds little favor with conservative evangelical leaders

Posted at 2:08 PM on May 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Religion

immigration_may_12.jpg

A group of conservative evangelical leaders today called for a "ratcheting down" of the rhetoric surrounding the immigration issue in the wake of the passage of the Arizona crackdown on illegal immigration.

"In 2010, people are willing to look the other way while other citizens are racially profiled," Rev. Samuel Rodriguez of the National Hispanic Christian Leadership Conference said. "Is the conservative movement exclusively for white people? Latinos are more socially conservative than white evangelicals," he said warning politicians by name, including Minnesota Gov. Tim Pawlenty, to "remember Reagan and remember Lincoln, and simultaneously eliminate threats of xenophobia from the conservative movement."

Pawlenty's pastor, Rev. Leith Anderson of Edina's Wooddale Church, said the group will take out a full-page ad in tomorrow's Roll Call newspaper that will call for "dignity for each person, unity of families, respect of the rule of law, secure borders, and the establishment of a path to legal status for those who wish to become legal residents." That's the part that appears to divide conservatives.

Anderson, who is also president of the National Association of Evangelicals, said the Arizona law is "not pro family and we're interested in what we can do to have intact and healthy families."

The Arizona law found little favor in the group. "This is not an issue that can be dealt with by one state," said Dr. Richard Land of the Southern Baptist Conference, who criticized some opponents of immigration reform who refer to pathways to citizenship as amnesty. " To say a person willing to pay a fine, learn English, take a civics course ... to say that's giving them amnesty, they need a course in remedial English. Amnesty is what Jimmy Carter gave the draft dodgers... this is not amnesty."

He took aim at conservative commentators who use the term. "They may be conservatives, they may be social conservatives, but they're not evangelicals," he said.

The pastors appeared to embrace the idea of a multiple approach in immigration reform that starts with securing borders, but also provides pathways to citizenship for illegal immigrants. They rejected mass deportations.

"The reality is that just doing one piece of solving a problem is going to unbalance the issue," Rev. Anderson said. "What we have already is a number of people whose families are divided who need to be reunited. We typically don't deal with other issues incrementally. What we need is Republicans and Democrats to come together and address the issue and not just shout opinions to a broader audience."

There may be little political payoff for many politicians to follow that advice. A poll out today shows most Americans favor the Arizona approach.

Comment on this post

Do national convention cities make a difference in elections?

Posted at 11:23 AM on May 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Republicans are expected to announce today that Tampa will be the site of the 2012 Republican National Convention, beating traditional Republican locales -- Phoenix and Salt Lake City.

"Florida remains a perennial swing state where a convention could sway undecided voters," the Associated Press says.

Really? People choose who will be president based on where a convention is held? History -- at least recent history -- doesn't support the conclusion, at least for Republicans.

It's been 20 years since a state that's hosted the Republican National Convention went Republican in the November election. Picking a "swing state" over a "solidly friendly" state is a relatively new tradition and it usually doesn't work. 1980 was the last time it did, when Ronald Reagan won Michigan over Jimmy Carter.

Here's the list:
YEAR LOCATION WHO WON THE STATE?
2008 St. Paul, MN Democrats
2004 New York, NY Democrats
2000 Philadelphia, PA Democrats
1996 San Diego, CA Democrats
1992 Houston, TX Republicans
1988 New Orleans, LA Republicans
1984 Dallas, TX Republicans
1980 Detroit, MI Republicans
1976 Kansas City, MO. Democrats
1972 Miami, FL. Republicans
1968 Miami, FL. Republicans
1964 San Francisco, CA Democrats
1960 Chicago, IL. Democrats
     

Comment on this post

How to form a government

Posted at 4:02 PM on May 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

In the span of just a few minutes, Britain switched prime ministers, and the new guy promised a coalition government. "Real change is when people pull together," David Cameron said.

It was an impressive display.

Cameron hit all of the right notes, reminiscent of the end of the last presidential campaign in the U.S.

All things seem possible on the day governments change leaders.

The UK will be back to this in no time:

Comment on this post

Playing 'chicken' at the Capitol

Posted at 1:26 PM on May 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Once you've seen the same movie four or five times, it doesn't become that interesting any more, as you probably know. The same is true for "showdowns" between Gov. Tim Pawlenty and the Legislature, most of which have the same ending. Today -- stop me if you've heard this before -- the governor vetoed the DFL's budget bill, which everyone knew was dead on arrival before it even arrived.

Now we'll tell you about an attempt to override the governor's veto, an effort that will likely fail. Next, we'll have a story with each side accusing the other of failing to serve the state.

Until something happens, this is what we're reduced to. Translating the governor's veto message into "Swedish chef."

Deer Speeker Kelleeher:

I hefe-a fetued un em retoorneeng Chepter 340, Huoose-a Feele-a 2037.

Es yuoo ere-a evere-a, Meennesuta und zee neshun ere-a ixpereeencing heesturic icunumeec chellenges. Um gesh dee bork, bork! Meennesutuns ere-a cuncerned ebuoot zeeur jubs und zee jubs ooff zeeur femeely members, neeeghburs, und freeends. Um gesh dee bork, bork! Meennesuta is elreedy oone-a ooff zee must heeghly texed stetes in zee neshun. Zee DFL prupusel tu edd a fuoort teeer incume-a brecket et a rete-a ooff 9.1 percent vuoold geefe-a Meennesuta zee 5t-heeghest incume-a tex rete-a in zee cuoontry. Bork bork bork! It vuoold elsu deesprupurshunetely herm smell booseeness oovners und hemper jub creeshun in oooor stete-a. Zee beell vuoold reeese-a texes fur eppruxeemetely 122,000 feelers, veet un eferege-a tex increese-a ooff $2,800 in 2010.

Mureufer, it is nunsenseecel tu increese-a texes oon jub prufeeders merely veeks effter I seegned a beell tu prufeede-a tex incenteefes fur Meennesuta booseenesses tu groo jubs. Um gesh dee bork, bork! Thees behefeeur sends a cunffooseeng und meexed messege-a tu cumpuneees luukeeng tu prudooce-a jubs in Meennesuta.

Zee beell elsu dues fery leettle-a tu eddress zee boodget deffeecit in zee next beeennioom, leefeeng a neerly $5 beelliun deffeecit fur zee next Legeesletoore-a und Gufernur tu eddress. Um gesh dee bork, bork! It is irrespunseeble-a leedersheep nut tu seencerely ettempt tu eddress thees creeticel issooe-a, es I deed in my Febrooery boodget prupusel.

I luuk furverd tu vurkeeng veet yuoo oon un epprupreeete-a boodget sulooshun thet dues nut reeese-a texes oon Meennesutuns und seegnifficuntly redooces zee boodget deffeecit in thees boodget cycle-a und zee next oone-a.

To which the speaker replied:


Vell, ve-a certeeenly ere-a luukeeng fur iff meybe-a zeere-a ere-a thuse-a Repoobleecuns vhu hefe-a idees ebuoot vhet tu du. Zeey certeeenly ere-a in a plece-a vhere-a zeey hefe-a a fery strung hund reeght noo. Iff zeey ceme-a furverd und seeed ve're-a interested deen sume-a furm ooff refenooe-a, ve-a vuoold prubebly be-a interested in telkeeng tu zeem.

We can learn a lot from the Swedish Chef about playing a game of chicken:

Comment on this post

Q&A on the DFL budget plan

Posted at 12:53 PM on May 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

House Speaker Margaret Anderson Kelliher (and late in the broadcast, Sen. Larry Pogemiller) joined MPR's Midday program this afternoon to answer questions about the DFL budget proposal unveiled today.

Q: How serious is the budget problem?
A: (Kelliher) As serious as I've ever seen it. If one of the other people affected by unallotment decided to sue for their money, we would not be able to pay that bill. Because the budget is unbalanced, it's difficult -- if not impossible -- to do any borrowing. This is a crisis situation.

This plan more than meets the governor, but it doesn't shortchange kids or people in nursing homes.

Q: Doesn't it set up the same dynamic that we've seen over the last few years. The DFL leaders are proposing a tax increase. The governor threatens a veto, and there you all sit?:
A: (Kelliher)The governor created this financial straitjacket. He's been raising property taxes. Those who've been doing well in this economy -- they're earning over $200,000 a year after deductions. It (the tax increase) is pretty reasonable to most people.

The governor by this delay is borrowing from school districts to float the state.

Q: You say Gov. Pawlenty has raised property taxes. Shouldn't local governments reduce spending rather than scream entitlement to state funding?
A: (Kelliher)A lot of what we ask counties to do is fulfillment of work we do at the Legislature. Cities and counties don't get to say "we're not going to do that anymore." We've had a lot of reductions to local government aid that holds down property taxes.

Q: Why not just adopt the unallotments the governor proposed and next year they'll be a a new governor and another Legislature?
A: (Kelliher) The problem is the budget wouldn't be balanced. It's kicking it down the road. You might have another $300 to $400 million to balance in January.

(Pogemiller) Even if we adopted all of the governor's recommendation -- which we're proposing doing by and large -- you're still short of solving the problem. The level of cuts we're adopting are almost equal to the governor's. The level of borrowing he's willing to undertake, we're willing to do that. And we're still $400 million short of solving the problem. You could adopt the entire proposal from the governor, it doesn't balance the budget.

Q: Why does the Legislature continue passing bills that will certainly be vetoed?
A: (Kelliher) We'd love for the governor come to the table and negotiate in good faith, but his answer is always "my way or the highway." The court said, "get in a room, work together, and get this done." We don't have enough votes for an override on our own, but if three Republicans want to come over to make sure we keep our kids learning and not losing money, then we would be interested in that. Last Friday, we voted on the governor's proposal and it had bipartisan opposition. The Republican leadership in both the House and Senate did not vote for it.

(Pogemiller) I understand people's frustration; that has to do with the messaging. There is no solution that is politically viable in which this problem is solved just with budget cuts. I'm concerned that this level of borrowing that's going on is very dangerous for the long-term fiscals of education. The property tax implications for this situation are very severe.

Q: Why not?
A: (Kelliher)When the rubber meets the road, the governor has made bad decisions and they know it, too.

Q: Why did you settle on an income tax increase rather than other proposals -- broadening the sales tax, for example?
A: (Kelliher) It's the most fair for most Minnesotans to understand. If Minnesotans want us to do more tax reform, it's going to take more time and a different governor.

Q: Why are we always looking to the wealthy to fund everything?
A:(Kelliher) Everyone is paying here. They're paying through property taxes. The cuts that have happened -- over $2 billion just this year -- will affect Minnesotans and it's a form of taxation when they don't get a good K-12 education or good services for their disabled child. The higher income Minnesotans have not been paying their fair share.

Q: If you've been spending our money wisely, how can you come up with $2 billion in cuts in the blink of an eye.
A:(Kelliher) We have seen a major fall-off in the revenue coming into the state. We are in the process of a continual restructuring of the services we are delivering.

Q: Don't we have a 'rainy day' fund?
A: (Kelliher) We still have the rainy day fund, it just has nothing in it. We've used that money already and the economy has not improved enough to pay into it.

Q: Would it be easier to reach an agreement if the governor wasn't running for president and you weren't running for governor?
A: (Kelliher) It's up to the governor to decide if his presidential ambitions are influencing how he's negotiating. My job is to put what's best for Minnesota above politics.

Q: Is there likely to be a special session or government shutdown.
A: (Kelliher) A government shutdown could happen immediately if someone who was unallotted now demanded to be paid. We have enough time to solve this problem.

Q: How do you get out of this mess?
A: (Kelliher) It'll take three courageous Republicans.

Comment on this post

The DFL solution

Posted at 10:26 AM on May 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Let the debate begin! Are there enough rich people to close the state's newfound $3 billion budget gap?

The DFL, which released its budget plan this morning, thinks there is. The Minnesota House today will vote on a plan to raise the income tax rate on people making more than $200,000 (after adjustments on tax returns). It says that will provide $400 million.

Last year, the Minnesota Senate tried to raise the tax rate on the wealthy to 9.25%. This plan raises it to 9.15%.

Arthur Laffer, the guru of the supply-siders, predictably is opposed to the concept. He wrote in the Wall St. Journal last year that in state's where rich people are taxed more, rich people move out:

Finally, there is the issue of whether high-income people move away from states that have high income-tax rates. Examining IRS tax return data by state, E.J. McMahon, a fiscal expert at the Manhattan Institute, measured the impact of large income-tax rate increases on the rich ($200,000 income or more) in Connecticut, which raised its tax rate in 2003 to 5% from 4.5%; in New Jersey, which raised its rate in 2004 to 8.97% from 6.35%; and in New York, which raised its tax rate in 2003 to 7.7% from 6.85%. Over the period 2002-2005, in each of these states the "soak the rich" tax hike was followed by a significant reduction in the number of rich people paying taxes in these states relative to the national average. Amazingly, these three states ranked 46th, 49th and 50th among all states in the percentage increase in wealthy tax filers in the years after they tried to soak the rich.

But the DFL plan is more about cutting than revenue increases. It provides big cuts in local government aid, the Department of Natural Resources, it reduces county mental health payments, grants for chemical dependency treatment, and the Metropolitan Council (kiss your bus route goodbye).

The budget deficit over the next biennium grows to $4.6 billion, according to the House Fiscal Analysis Department.

The idea is probably dead on arrival and sets up another round of vetoes and veto override attempts.

The two legislative leaders -- House Speaker Margaret Kelliher and Senate Majority Leader Larry Pogemiller -- will be on MPR's Midday at noon.

Comment on this post

Racism in the anti-tax crowd

Posted at 7:43 AM on May 9, 2010 by Bob Collins (17 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Race

Two firebrands of the anti-tax movement in Minnesota -- Michele Bachmann and Tom Emmer -- headlined a rally at the Capitol in St. Paul on Saturday, the Star Tribune reported.

But a photograph in the Star Tribune revealed an obviously racist message that muted the message protesters wanted to deliver.

1TAX0509.jpg

The rally at the Capitol was organized by Jason Lewis of KTLK. To be clear: Most of the signs were merely political in nature. But, at some point, doesn't someone have to say, "Hey, buddy, ditch the sign; you're killing our cause, here"?

Earlier this week, the Washington Post reported that the Tea Party movement, in particular, is battling a perception of racism:

Judson Phillips, the founder of Tea Party Nation, said that at the heart of the effort to counter racism accusations is dissociating from protesters who cross the line. Around the time of the health-care vote, FreedomWorks and Tea Party Nation worked to form a federation of tea party groups to coordinate strategy and do a better job sticking to a similar message, organizers said.

At a protest in Nashville, Phillips said, there were "a couple of signs -- which I'm not convinced weren't plants from the other side -- that were really tasteless and inappropriate." The people who carried them "were told to put their signs down and leave. . . . They were literally thrown out of the event," he said.

Comment on this post

Arizona-style immigration law proposal for Minnesota is nothing new

Posted at 12:47 PM on May 7, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

There's no chance of State Rep. Steve Drazkowski's Arizona-style immigration bill becoming law in Minnesota anytime soon. There's no chance it'll even get a hearing in the remaining days of the legislative session. The only purpose it has is reigniting a debate that had started to die down a little as the nation got distracted by oil spills and incompetent terrorists.

But reignite it, it has.

Today, the police chiefs of St. Paul and Minneapolis responded with this press release:

We believe that mobilizing local police to serve as primary enforcers of federal immigration laws will throw up barriers of mistrust and cause a chilling effect in immigrant communities, impairing our ability to build partnerships and engage in problem-solving that improves the safety of all members of the community. The culture of fear that this bill will instill in immigrant communities will keep victims of crime and people with information about crime from coming forward, and that will endanger all residents.

It is a mistake for our state to try to fix our nation's immigration system. We urge Minnesota lawmakers and the people of our state to join with us in denouncing HF3830. We believe this bill runs contrary to the values of community policing and problem-solving that the people we serve have rightly demanded and will make our communities less safe.

In reality, this debate about the role of local cops predated -- by a lot -- Arizona's new law.

Gov. Tim Pawlenty proposed a statewide team to crackdown on illegal immigrants in 2006. It included a proposal that would require police to check immigration status. It got the same reaction from then-Minneapolis police chief William McManus.

"It's difficult now to get members of those communities to report crime and to work with the police," said McManus. "So I can see that magnifying exponentially if local police were given the authority of INS officers."

But not all police chiefs were against the idea.

"We have these second-class issues that, because of illegal immigration and the need for the workforce to get here, it seems like we've winked and nodded at some of these issues. and now we need to rein in what we've created," said Worthington police chief Mike Comiskey of Pawlenty's proposal.

Both St. Paul and Minneapolis have ordinances restricting police officers' ability to ask about immigration status unless it relates directly to a criminal investigation.

Whatever happened to Pawlenty's idea? It passed the Minnesota House easily in March 2006 with plenty of DFL support, but never got a vote in the Senate.

Comment on this post

Prayers and politicians

Posted at 1:53 PM on May 6, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Religion

prayer_pols_may6.jpg

In the shadow of mourning at the Cathedral of St. Paul today, about 100 people were in a more celebratory mood.

The Minnesota version of a National Day of Prayer was held on the grounds of the Minnesota Capitol. Minnesota politicians were not at all shy about participating, despite the ongoing controversy about linking government with religion. Last month a federal judge in Wisconsin ruled that a federal government declaration of a National Day of Prayer violated the U.S. Constitution.

Lt. Gov. Carol Molnau, subbing for Gov. Tim Pawlenty, read his proclamation declaring a day of prayer for Minnesota, then stood by as a pastor prayed over her and declared the superior power of Jesus.

House Speaker Margaret Kelliher was asked to speak, but declined, opting instead to join other lawmakers as the pastors prayed over them. Before that, however, Sen. Terri Bonoff, who is Jewish, offered a Hebrew prayer, "so we can feel included."

Not everyone was thrilled with the event's timing. Sen. Linda Higgins posted this on Facebook:

facebook_higgins_may6.jpg

Disrespectful? You decide.

After the funeral at the Cathedral, the cortege did not pass the Capitol grounds where the rally was being held.

Comment on this post

Unallotment: The dissent

Posted at 3:58 PM on May 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

With our Internet connectivity woes today, I've been unable until now to dive into the "other side" of the unallotment decision from the Minnesota Supreme Court. That is, the dissent filed by Justice Lorie Gildea. Like Chief Justice Magnuson, who wrote the decision, Gildea is an appointee of Gov. Tim Pawlenty.

Gildea, in her dissent, does everything but use the term "judicial activists" to describe the four justices who ruled against the governor.

The judiciary's duty is simply to apply the law as written by the legislature.The majority is unable to do so because the language the Legislature used in the unallotment statute leaves the majority with uncertainty and ambiguity. The majority therefore rewrites the statute to insert additional conditions, and then finds that the Commissioner of Minnesota Management and Budget (Commissioner) violated the statute because he did not comply with the conditions the majority has added.

Gildea says she did not find the law ambiguous, she also says she does not find Pawlenty's actions unconstitutional, an interesting distinction since the majority pointed out they weren't ruling on the constitutionality of the case.

Because I would hold that the executive branch complied with the plain language of the statute, and that respondents have not met their burden to prove that the statute is unconstitutional, I respectfully dissent

Justice Gildea points out that it wasn't until after the legislative session ended, that state finance officials reported the state budget was still $2.7 billion in the red for the biennium. She said because state officials found the budget deficit higher than the anticipated revenues, the power to "unallot" belonged to the governor.

Of course, it's worth pointing out, the financial wizards of the state had been wrong for many months, consistently underestimating the problems in the state budget. It's also worth noting that the governor first threatened unallotment (though not with the programs specifically mentioned in the court case) in December 2008. All the more reason, perhaps, why it might've been nice if the Supreme Court had considered the general constitutionality of the process. But it didn't, so let's move on...

Of course, all of this ignores a certain reality. The court case hinges on the timing of the actual unallotment. In reality, the Pawlenty administration had been using the threat of unallotment as a hammer for months. In reality, nobody was surprised that the governor did what he did. But a court challenge couldn't be mounted, apparently, except on the question of the timing of when the budget was sent to him, and when it was officially known that it wasn't balanced.

Respondents argue, and the district court held, that the Commissioner's unallotments violated the statute because the budget deficit was not ―previously unforeseen.‖ Respondents' argument is based on the fact that the budget deficit was known in February when the Commissioner prepared the forecast. Moreover, respondents contend that when the Governor signed appropriation legislation and vetoed revenue legislation, the Governor (and therefore the Commissioner) knew that the state would not have funds sufficient to satisfy the financial obligations in the appropriation legislation. Therefore, respondents argue, the budget deficit was not unanticipated.

Gildea comes down on the side that says the administration had all the power in this dispute:

Moreover, even if the judicial branch were inclined to wade into this dispute, it would be irrelevant in this case because there is nothing in section 16A.152 that limits the Commissioner's authority to unallot depending upon what or who is most responsible for the budget shortfall. The judiciary cannot rewrite the statute to add such restrictions.

Justice Gildea also turns the "separation of powers" argument on its head, noting that if Gov. Pawlenty has no power to unallot, then the budget power rests entirely with the Legislature.

Where one branch purports to perform completely a function assigned to one of the other branches, such encroachment violates the separation of powers principle... We have recognized that such encroachment into the judiciary's sphere of constitutional responsibility is unconstitutional. For example, where the Legislature purports to remove from the judiciary a class of cases that the constitution vests in the judiciary, the Legislature has violated the separation of powers doctrine.

She goes on to note that the Minnesota Constitution clearly delegates budgetary responsibilities to both the executive and legislative branch.


Because the function is one that the constitution commits to both branches, the unallotment statute--which simply acknowledges this joint responsibility--does not delegate pure legislative authority to the executive branch and it does not violate separation of powers. There are many instances in the operation of government, such as the prohibition against deficit spending, where the function at issue requires responsible effort from both of the political branches.

By the way, sometimes with unallotment, those affected get their money eventually. Not often, but it happens. Ethanol producers got a pile of cash in 2008 when the Legislature gave them money it took away in a previous budget crunch. That, Gildea points out, shows the Legislature retains budgetary power if it chooses to use it.

Finally, the Legislature, of course, remains free in the next legislative session to undo the unallotments as it has done in the past. The fact that the Legislature retains, and has exercised, the authority to undo the Commissioner's unallotments provides an important check on the Commissioner's exercise of discretion.

So what will this mean for the future? Here's one scenario: A government shutdown. Clearly, the Legislature did a poor job of playing "chicken" with a governor in the 2009 session, by sending him a budget and painting him into a corner. It could've simply done what it did in 2005, when it forced Pawlenty to consider a shutdown.

But there's political blood to be paid for such things and, besides, Gov. Pawlenty has shown over the years that he can make DFLers look impotent, even on matters of threatened shutdowns.

In any event, DFLers in the Legislature won a war today, and now have a very large battle to fight among themselves: How to turn their victory into a balanced budget.


Comment on this post

Q&A with Tom Emmer

Posted at 1:29 PM on May 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

MPR's Web site was down during Rep. Tom Emmer's appearance on Midday today (We're told it had something to do with Qwest). So many may have missed it between that and people running around on the unallotment story. So here's a recap of the GOP-endorsed gubernatorial candidate's appearance, without the pledge drive interruptions.

Q: Did you expect to win endorsement on the second ballot?

A: We expected three ballots. It was hard work.

Q: What's your reaction to the state Supreme Court ruling?

A: It puts the Democrats in a hot spot because they're the ones who are supposed to be leading, balancing the budget. We've got literally a week from Monday as the constitutional deadline. I haven't had a chance to read the decision. A couple of things that caught me quickly: It was a 3-3 decision. In effect they're reading timing issues into the statute that aren't there. We've got concerns about the judiciary when they read things into a statute that doesn't exist. Judge Gearan said at the beginning of her ruling, the unallotment statute is constitutional.

The bigger issue is: now what do we do? What is their solution?

Q: Would you recommend that the Legislature adopt the program that the governor instituted? Adopt the delays in the state-aid payments etc?

A: Tim Pawlenty has done a good job trying to hold the line. There's a lot of politics in this. There was a $6.4 billion deficit when we came into session in 2009, we worked on native earthworms, indigenous peepers and cocoa bean compost. There's a proposal I put in January 2009 called first-things-first. The governor would have the ability to declare a fiscal emergency and if it has been declared, the Legislature would have 45 days to put its balanced budget out on the table. Now you have everyone's cards out on the table and you can focus on those areas of disagreement for the rest of the session.

Q: Tom Horner said you're the most conservative candidate for governor ever. True?

A: I don't know. I'm just a guy from Delano. If conservative is just being consistent, I'm very consistent. People know best how to take care of themselves and should be given the opportunity to do that. We're mainstream Minnesota. Government ... there's a lot of duplication. There are priorities to be set. You have to put people back in charge of creating their own opportunities and that's not happening right now. The two issues that keep coming up around the state are taxes and regulation.

Q: Last week on Midday, you said you wanted to cut the state budget by a third. Still sticking with that?

A: What i said was we could do that. You have to listen to what people are telling you. There are a lot of people out on Main Street Minnesota who don't think government is listening. My answer to you last week, I think you can do that. You have to look at the entire amount we're spending, and not just the General Fund. We have a Department of Human Rights and an EEOC. They do the same thing.

Q: Does the government have any role to provide a safety net?

A: If you're a constitutional purist, that's not set forth in there. Article I says government will protect the citizens and their property, it says the government will provide an infrastructure, and it says the government will provide uniform education. But let's be realistic. What's happened in this country and in this state over many decades is the social safety nets that were originally provided by faith communities and community networks, more and more we became conditioned to believe the government was supposed to provide the safety nets. It's not that we're going to say "no' to these in the future, it's simply that we've seen that they're not sustainable in their current form. I think you have to start moving back to solutions that don't involve all-encompassing bureaucracies. MinnesotaCare was intended to be a health-care safety net for people who are between jobs. Rather than have a turn-key insurance program, we literally have taken into the program. We need to start looking at going to a private health care voucher system. We would still qualify for a certain level of benefits but we'd take that voucher and participate in the private health care insurance market with other Minnesotans.

Q: DFL leaders say there's no support, even among Republicans, for further local aid cuts. Is that true?

A: I would change the question and be more direct. I would ask "why are we talking about cuts?" Why don't we talk about the problem with it and why it's become a political football. LGA was created with the intent that it provide for the #1 function of government: that we'd have basic police and fire services throughout the state. Now, you've got only half the cities in the state get local government aid. And only a handful get the lion's share.

When I was on the Delano City Council, our general fund budget was about $2 million. I think Chisholm was close to that in local government aid. That's not the way it's supposed to work.

Q: Is there any circumstance where you would sign a statewide tax increase of any sort?

A: No, not under the circumstances we face. We've got to be able to go to the people and say it's not a problem of revenue. It's a problem of spending. Colorado, a state of similar population and size, is spending almost a third less than we are as a state. We've got to take a step back and say "why"?

Q: (Caller) I was a former criminal investigator for unemployment in Minnesota. What would you do as a candidate to return to the taxpayers of the state, all the six fraud investigator positions that have been eliminated?

A: This gets to the #1 priority of government: Protecting citizens and their property. We have other areas of fraud as well, and we've not been filling the positions internally. Agencies have been eliminating positions like yours.

Apparently our DNR is taking buses of metro women on camping trips. I think that's great, but it shouldn't be a priority of government.

Q: (Caller) Do we really need 855 cities in this state?

A: We may disagree on this. The problem isn't the number of cities or counties, but we've consistently pushed authority up from the most local level -- the individual -- up to the county, up to the state, and the state is collecting everything and sending mandates down. You need to get rid of those mandates and give more authority at the local level. It's really easy for someone in St. Paul to spend your money. It's a lot harder for the person you see in church or the grocery store.

Q: (Caller) We've become reliant on government but at the same time are you going to ask people if they're sure that's what they want? (Caller cited floods, hurricanes, health crises etc.)

A: We have become conditioned as a society to believe we go to government for help. But it's not sustainable. What you leave out of your statement is the fact that why is this happening? Why can't we sustain the safety nets? You can't sustain it because of something called wealth. The trailer that they're pulling is way overburdened. That ultimately is what creates wealth. You have to have jobs that allow people to improve their quality of life.

Q: Would Gov. Emmer kick grandma out of the nursing home?

A: No, this isn't about kicking grandma out of the nursing home. What Gov. Emmer would do is recognize that what the federal government created may not exist when our children are ready to access it.

Q: What makes a good governor?

A: A good leader is someone who can articulate where they need to be. Someone who is willing to stand up against strong public opinion that may lean a different way. It's somebody who can draw others to the message and help move it. It's not one person who's going to change anything.

We're at a crossroads and we can't afford to continue doing things as we've been doing them. It's time for a fresh, new view. We have to take control of our own future again.

Q: Is it going to be tough to get your message out this summer with the Democrats having a lively primary that will get media attention?

A: We have the benefit of reality and people are with us. The Emmers are just another family. We'll do it one handshake at a time. The truth has a wonderful way of coming to light.

Q: What about the people who tell you we need to raise taxes. Do you listen to them?

A: i do. But that's where leadership comes in. Everyone's got a program. We have plenty of revenue in this state if we're willing to set our priorities. Do I expect every person in Minnesota is going to agree? No. The question is who is going to be most credible over the next few months.

Comment on this post

Unallotment via Twitter

Posted at 12:33 PM on May 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Let's drop in on Capitol insiders to see how the unallotment ruling is playing. I'll add to this through the early afternoon.

First up: Rep. John Lesch:

tweet_1.jpg

Really? Impeachment? That's the tone you want to set for the final two weeks of the legislative session when some big problems are facing the state?

Gov. Tim Pawlenty:

tweet_2.jpg

Over here, governor.

Comment on this post

The unallotment decision

Posted at 9:59 AM on May 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

The Minnesota Supreme Court is releasing its decision in the case challenging Gov. Tim Pawlenty's authority to cut the state budget on his own. The case was argued in March.

10:05 a.m. - The Court says the unallotment was unlawful.

10:08 a.m. - Here's the decision. I'll be highlighting key points in a few minutes.

10:12 a.m. - Chief Justice Eric Magnuson wrote the decision, which must be a cruel blow to the Pawlenty administration. The governor appointed Magnuson to the position. He has announced his retirement after several years of feuding with the administration over court funding.

10:17 a.m. - The court did not address whether the governor's actions were unconstitutional. It said that it avoids constitutional decisions if there's another basis on which to rule in the case. That would certainly appear to invite more unallotment actions by the governor if the court's uneasiness with the other "basis" can be settled.

The inherent authority of the executive branch concerning actual spending decisions once appropriations are made is not, however, directly implicated in the issue we decide today, that is, whether Minnesota's unallotment statute was properly invoked in this case
.

10:21 a.m. - The court hints that it might not be a bad idea for the Legislature to fix the law under which Pawlenty exerted his perceived authority:

Although the competing interpretations advanced by the parties are each reasonable, that fact simply brings into focus the failure of the statutory language to clearly answer two questions: (1) probable receipts anticipated when? and (2) amount available for what purpose? Because we determine the language of the unallotment statute is ambiguous, we must employ the canons of construction to determine what the Legislature intended by the language it used.

10:25 a.m. - The "money quote". Literally.


In the context of this limited constitutional grant of gubernatorial authority with regard to appropriations, we cannot conclude that the Legislature intended to authorize the executive branch to use the unallotment process to balance the budget for an entire biennium when balanced spending and revenue legislation has not been initially agreed upon by the Legislature and the Governor. Instead, we conclude that the Legislature intended the unallotment authority to serve the more narrow purpose of providing a mechanism by which the executive branch could address unanticipated deficits that occur after a balanced budget has previously been enacted.

10:26 a.m. - While not addressing the constitutionality of the governor's actions, it certainly portrays a constitutional question of whether unalloting items approved by the Legislature neuters the Legislature.


The unallotment authority so construed would result in an alternative budget-creation mechanism that bypasses the constitutionally prescribed process. There is nothing to suggest that was the purpose for which the unallotment statute was enacted


10:30 a.m.
- So, here's the "perfect storm" for DFLers that gives them the "win" on this issue. They didn't balance the budget and the unallotment authority, the court said, is used to adjust unanticipated deficits:

The unallotment statute provides the executive branch with authority to address an unanticipated deficit that arises after the legislative and executive branches have enacted a balanced budget. The statute does not shift to the executive branch a broad budget-making authority allowing the executive branch to address a deficit that remains after a legislative session because the legislative and executive branches have not resolved their differences.

Which, presumably, means that if the Legislature had delivered a fully balanced budget, and there were no major disagreements, and then the deficit appeared, Gov. Pawlenty's actions could have been legal.

10:33 a.m. - Justice Alan Page takes on the constitutional question:


I write separately to highlight my concern that the unallotment statute confers on the executive branch such broad and uncircumscribed authority to rewrite legislative spending decisions that it may constitute an unlawful delegation of legislative authority in violation of the separation of powers principle in our constitution.

10:35 a.m. - It might not be a bad idea, Justice Page signals, for the Legislature to work on cleaning up the language of the process to avoid a constitutional question. Perhaps it could get fast-tracked as if it were a stadium bill. He didn't write that part. I did.

The lack of direction in the Minnesota statute about how unallotment authority may be exercised once it is triggered leaves the executive branch with virtually unfettered discretion to decide which funds to cut entirely, which to reduce in some measure, and which to leave fully funded. Such decisions inevitably change the legislative priorities established in the properly enacted appropriations laws, and the grant in subdivision 4 of section 16A.152 to the executive branch of broad and uncircumscribed authority to make such changes may run afoul of the separation of powers principle. Although we need not decide that issue today, the legislative and executive branches should be aware of that potential problem.

Rest assured, of course, that Minnesota Public Radio will be providing plenty of coverage of this during the day. In a few minutes, on MPR's Midday, state rep and gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer will appear. My guess is he'll have something to say about this decision.

Comment on this post

The Independence Party candidates for governor

Posted at 11:03 AM on May 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Independence Party has played a critical role in the last three elections for governor of Minnesota. In 1998, Jesse Ventura came from nowhere to win the corner office. In 2002, Democrat-turned-Indepdendent Tim Penny attracted enough DFL voters to get Tim Pawlenty elected governor. And the same could be said for Peter Hutchinson's 2006 bid for governor.

So it's possible -- even likely -- that the IP will influence this election, too. Will it be as a spoiler? Or as a winner.

MPR's Midday is featuring the three IP candidates for governor for Rob Hahn, John Uldrich, and Tom Horner today.

Who you are

Rob Hahn - Resident of Winona and a true outsider. I offer not just an alternative, I'm going to set forth why I'm a better alternative.

Tom Horner - I bring 30 years of business and public policy. I also bring an extensive political network and that's what it's going to take to win.

John Uldrich - Native Minnesotan. Business began in 1960. My specialty is creating jobs and I've been doing this all my corporate life.

Q: Will you run in the primary if you don't get the party's endorsement this weekend?

All three said "yes".

Q: What do IP delegates need to know about you?

Horner - I have the stature to win. I have the political network to go toe-to-toe with the Republican and DFLer. It's going to take $2 million to win. I offer combination of expertise in public policy and the ability to mount a winning campaign.

Uldrich - They need to understand there's going to be a lot of pain out there. Everything is on the table to be cut. On the positive side is the creation of jobs. I have experience in business on an international level.

Hahn: I'm the most electable. The only candidate who's won as a third-party candidate is the true outsider. They know when a Republican is masquerading as an independent (a shot at Horner). I'm a true independent.

Q: Republican Tom Emmer said if he's elected, he'll cut state spending by a third. As a percentage, how much would you cut?

Hahn: At least 8 and closer to 15 percent. But we have to beyond that. We have to do it with a combination of cuts. We have to look at tax reform. I would support an additional income tax on the uber rich. I favor riverboat gambling and a "fat tax" on fast food.

Uldrich: As governor, I will take a 20 percent pay cut. I don't even know what the governor makes. Anyone who is an appointee, they'll have to take a 20-percent pay cut. That's the figure that is realistic. One-third isn't possible.

Horner - Minnesota is tired of slick answers and evasiveness from politicians. The fact is the state has a 20-percent shortfall. We cannot solve the budget shortfall with budget cuts alone without devastating Minnesota. Minnesota is the largest purchaser of health care. We can fix how we purchase it and save $750 million in doing it. We cannot continue to think that every problem has a government solution.

Q: (Brian from Winona calling) What do you propose for K-12?

Uldrich: We have to try to maintain and improve our educational standards. It is going to be a tough call. Everybody is going to have to get into the trenches and work harder, think smarter, and try to take advantage of any economies that come through IT/electronic area. There's going to be less money available for K-12.

Horner: I disagree with that. The budget shortfall doesn't automatically mean we put less money in education. We need to say more money isn't the answer; we need smarter money. We have to change structure of K-12. It's structured around clocks and calendars. June comes and a student is done. If the student gets a "C", that's enough to move on. We need to invest more money in early childhood education and we need to make sure they're leaving 12th grade ready for success. We need more money in research at the University of Minnesota and have a tax credit. Recommends moving more money from the institution to the students. We need more honest conversation with the unions.

Hahn: The cost of higher education is out of control. Need partnerships between higher education and local businesses. Re: K-12: More performance pay for teachers. We need to phase out the tenure system. We have to look at charter schools that are working. The governor is going to have to work with Education Minnesota. Tom Dooher, the head of Education Minnesota, needs to recognize that he represents teachers, not just himself. (This is the ad he's referring to.)

Q: Would you favor an Arizona-style immigration law?

Horner: Absolutely not. It's a law that addresses a political need. Do we as Minnesotans need to make sure we are providing opportunities for legal immigrants? Absolutely. But you don't sacrifice constitutional rights for the sake of driving a political agenda.

Hahn: It's not only a joke, it's a bad one. I'm embarrassed. We need to look at an immigration bill that allows those who are here illegally to have a certain amount of time to file papers to become citizens. We have to tighten our borders and remember this country was founded on the backs of immigrants.

Uldrich: It's a horrible proposition. But I understand the force that allowed the governor to put the bill into effect and get the support she's getting. This a step toward a despotic, Nazi-based concept.

Q: (Online question) I voted for Peter Hutchinson because of his policy. His personality didn't carry the day. Will you withdraw if it's obvious you can't win in the general election?

Hahn: No. I don't believe polls. Look at Jesse Ventura.

Uldrich: I'll hang in there with creating jobs.

Horner: No, I'm in this to win. This is the question -- Is a vote for an IP candidate a spoiler vote. I think it's the Democratic and Republican parties that have spoiled things. It wasn't a lack of personality. Peter was running in a year when there were two very skilled politicians and an incumbent. That incumbent was able to shut off a lot of exposure opportunity for Peter Hutchinson.

Q: (Caller Sean) If you had to endorse one of the candidates -- Kelliher or Emmer -- which would it be?

Uldrich: In good conscience, I couldn't endorse either one.

Hahn: Neither.

Horner: I'm not even certain Speaker Kelliher is going to win the nomination. But I didn't get in the race and then all of a sudden wake up one morning with the opportunity to run against Tom Emmer, or a candidate on the far left. I got into it with the presumption that the Democrat would march to the left and the Republican would march off to the right.

(Bob notes: That's a sucker question. The minute a candidate answered it, one political party would've been cranking out a press release.)

Hahn and Horner spar. Hahn says Horner speaks in platitudes. "This is a man who has been tied to Republicans for years. His firm benefitted from a contract in the wake of the I-35W bridge collapse. It was a job for the Pawlenty administration to clean up its image."

"Rob knows better than that," Horner countered. That contract had nothing to do with Gov. Pawlenty. If you go to those businesspeople, community, people affected by construction of the bridge and ask 'was the fast-track option successful?' to a person they would say 'yes.'"

Horner criticizes Hahn's riverboat gambling idea and says the state should not be increasing the amount of its revenue from gambling. He also says the "fat tax" is a great idea, unless you run a fast food restaurant.

"I haven't heard any ideas here for how we raise revenue," Hahn countered.

Q: Are any changes needed in abortion laws?

Uldrich: The law has been written. If people want to change the law, I'll respect their willingness to do battle.

Horner: We have to be focused on reducing the number of abortions, but not through the laws Minnesota has passed that harass women and doctors. Make sure women have access to contraception.

Hahn: Abortion is a federal issue. But I'm pro-life. It starts with protecting the living, such as more stem cell research.

Q: Would you support public funding for a Vikings stadium?

Hahn: I'd leave it up to the county. I would support state public money as long as there's revenue sharing on the back end.

Uldrich: I don't think it's going to get out of the system in the next two weeks. Would I support it? No, I couldn't support any movement of tax dollars to support the Vikings at this point in time.

Horner: This is the issue where the governor needs to step up. The Vikings are an important asset in Minnesota's quality of life and need to be preserved. We should look at financing schemes that are responsible and fair. If state investment is the only way to get it done, we're going to have to figure out how to do that.

Q: Realistically, how much money will you be able to raise to run a campaign?
Uldrich: "I'll raise in the half-million-dollar range."

Hahn: Looking to raise between $500,000 and $1 million. It's preposterous to spend more for an office that pays $137,000 a year.

Horner: It's not reckless spending to engage in a campaign that allows a candidate to speak to the people of Minnesota. I'm confident I can raise $2 million.

Final statement

Hahn: Voters are going to have a clear-cut choice. They can vote either for a Republican, even one on the IP ticket, or a Democrat. If voters want someone who'll bring the same-old same-old, they'll have plenty of choices. If they want someone who can lead, I'm the choice.

Horner: The Independence Party is going to have to grow to be a viable force. That's going to take Republicans, Democrats and independents.

Uldrich: Jobs, jobs, jobs and jobs. That's my skill set. I also understand the state, nation, and global macroeconomic dynamics that are involved. We've got some horrific problems. The oil spill is one of them and I'm working on a Minnesota solution.

Comment on this post

The Vikings stadium bill

Posted at 9:18 AM on May 3, 2010 by Bob Collins (18 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports


Strange things can happen late in a legislative session. The 2003 abortion legislation, known as the "women's right to know' bill, was tacked onto a bill regulating circuses. The law requiring law enforcement officials to issue gun permits to people requesting them was added to a funding bill for the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. And the legislation creating funding for the Minnesota Twins' stadium came late in a session, when lawmakers ganged up on their colleagues from Hennepin County.

Today, a Vikings stadium bill was born, with just a few weeks left in the 2010 session of the Minnesota Legislature.

Proponents are citing the relatively low cost of interest rates and construction costs, saying waiting would cost $50 million.

Rep. Loren Solberg called the Vikings a "state legacy" and said they're an asset to the state. Solberg, who is chair of the House Ways and Means Committee, said one Vikings playoff game -- the one with Dallas -- indirectly contributed $9 million to the economy.

But at the same time, Solberg said that only "people who benefit from the stadium," should pay for it. Theoretically, that would be everyone if the Vikings are a major contributor to the Minnesota economy.

Sen. Tom Bakk, who voted against the Twins stadium bill in 2006, said it's appropriate to bring a Vikings bill forward because other major bills have passed out of their committees. True, but the Senate's health and human services bill cut $114 million in health care cuts.

"This is the year to do it," Bakk said. "When you look at the unemployment we have in this state, someone has to do something to put Minnesotans back to work."

Sen. Julie Rosen, a Republican, pointed to Target Field and the Xcel Center in St. Paul. "Once the facilities are built, there's job creation and a lot of excitement. Rosen was a supporter of the Twin stadium bill, which she pointed out today, was passed at 4 in the morning.

"Imagine Minnesota without the Vikings," she said.

Rep. Morrie Lanning, a Republican from Moorhead, said the key to the Vikings bill is not having it paid for with general revenue money. But he noted there's still not a local community that's stepped forward to host the Vikings, and contribute the money that will be required. He said the state will lose $20 million in taxes if the Vikings leave when their lease at the Metrodome is up at the end of next season.

"Our ability to market the destination will be enhanced by a multi-purpose stadium," said Melvin Tennant, the CEO of Meet Minneapolis, the tourism agency in the city. "Many other events could be attracted if we have the stadium."

Tim O'Connor, the chair of the Minneapolis Downtown Council, suggested the Vikings need to stay in Minnesota to keep CEOs of companies wanting to live in the region.

ELEMENTS OF THE PLAN

* The stadium will cost $791 million.
* The Vikings contribute $32 million to pay off debt for 40 years. The team's total contribution is $264 million.
* There will be taxes on hotels, sports jerseys and memorabilia, and car rentals.
* A lottery game would be created.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

Q: If not Minneapolis, where?

A: "No decisions have been made," Solberg said. There are two proposals; one is site-specific and one is not. "Any of the 'fees' would not be imposed by the Legislature, but by someone else."

Q: The governor will not sign bills with new taxes. Why propose them?

A: Bakk: "What I like about it is taxing sports memorabilia. They're taxed at the wholesale level. The governor was opposed to taxes at the regional level."

Q: The governor would be opposed to car rental taxes.

A: Bakk: "I haven't had a meeting with the governor on this subject."

Q: Should the Vikings be contributing more?

A: Solberg: "They should pay for it themselves. That's not going to be happening. This is a facility that's used by more than just the Vikings."

Q: Do you have the votes to pass this?

A: Solberg: "It'll go through the committee process. The budget had to be done first. And we're there. The other part of the timeline as it goes through committee, those who benefit will be a funding source. People will judge and vote their conscience on that. "

Q: Have you talked to leaders of the Legislature?

A: Bakk:" I had a brief conversation with Sen. Pogemiller on this weeks ago." ( Bob notes: How do you propose a bill like this and not talk to the governor and legislative leaders?)"

Interesting to note that officials with the Minnesota Vikings were not part of today's news conference, but an official was meeting with reporters after the news conference.

Q: Is there a reason the only legislators here today are non-metro?

A: Lanning: "I understand the reluctance of local government officials in the metro area wanting to stand up and cheer. They have lots of pressures. We need to make it clear that unless there is some local government partner and partner with the state of Minnesota and the team, it's not going to happen. We're elected to solve problems. Minnesota has a problem, not just with the budget, but we're going to lose one of the major assets in the state."

Is Moorhead interested?

Q: Is a racino part of this?

A: "Thanks for coming everybody"

Comment on this post

The complexities of the Arizona immigration law

Posted at 2:44 PM on April 29, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

We've had a good conversation on Twitter today about the Arizona immigration law, specifically the question of whether legal citizens could get caught in questions over their citizenship, and -- if so -- would they feel compelled to carry, say, a passport?

Respondents via Twitter are smart people, pointing out the standards of "probable cause" and "reasonable suspicion" are still in effect and aren't waived by the law.

And that, of course, is true, but it's also true that if police want to stop you for something, they'll often find a reason. Back in the days when I was delivering newspapers before coming to work, I'd get stopped on a fairly regular basis by the police in Woodbury on Radio Drive. Why? Because my tire briefly touched the white "fog line." That's what the cops needed to suspect I might be drunk.

Years ago, Minnesota Public Radio reporter Brandt Williams went on a ride-along with some African Americans for a piece on "driving while black." Here was a typical story:

"I saw a cop come onto Emerson and I looked in my rear-view mirror, saw it was a police officer, I checked my speedometer immediately, I was doing 30. Ok, I'm cool. My license is fine, I don't have any warrants. Insurance is cool, everything is hunky dory. I shouldn't have any problems. Well they got behind me. You know, that close, tailgating, following you. You know you feel like they're scanning you. You're like 'Oh, Lord, what are they trying to find out?' And she pulled me over, it was a female officer," he recalls.

Eric says he thinks this was an example of racial profiling. He says when he drives he always makes sure his blinkers, headlights and taillights are working. He says he doesn't want to give police officers an excuse for pulling him over.

"If that's the line of criticism, then I think people have a problem with police officers, not the law," Kris Kobach, a constitutional law expert, told Neal Conan on NPR's Talk of the Nation this afternoon when asked about these sorts of scenarios that make it obvious the issue isn't decided by probable cause and reasonable suspicion interpretations.

Kobach wrote a column in today's New York Times defending the law as constitutional.


Over the past four decades, federal courts have issued hundreds of opinions defining those two words. The Arizona law didn't invent the concept: Precedents list the factors that can contribute to reasonable suspicion; when several are combined, the "totality of circumstances" that results may create reasonable suspicion that a crime has been committed.

For example, the Arizona law is most likely to come into play after a traffic stop. A police officer pulls a minivan over for speeding. A dozen passengers are crammed in. None has identification. The highway is a known alien-smuggling corridor. The driver is acting evasively. Those factors combine to create reasonable suspicion that the occupants are not in the country legally.

And that's the point of opponents. There are 2 million Hispanic people living in Arizona - 1.5 million of them were born in the United States. Let's suppose 11 of them were in a van on a church outing? They are now suspects because.....?

Kobach, a former advisor to Attorney General John Ashcroft, says there's clearly an economic reason for the Arizona law.

"The notion that we should just ignore the fact that we should ignore so many citizens who are out of work, and one way to get them back to work is to be sure they're not competing with illegal labor," he told NPR.

The reality is that Arizona is a different beast from flyover country. Laurie Roberts, an Arizona Republic columnist says the law clearly will infringe on the rights of U.S. citizens, she says "chasing landscapers and dishwashers won't do a thing to keep us safe," but she says she completely understands why the law was necessary:

It was not so long ago that Napolitano thought that having a Guard presence at the border was crucial to our security. Just two years ago, as the previous administration's Operation Jump Start was ending, then-Gov. Napolitano pleaded with her predecessor, Michael Chertoff, to leave troops at the border until the "virtual" fence became operational in 2011 (or as it now turns out, never).

"The federal government has no excuse to scale back the program," Napolitano wrote to Chertoff in March 2008. "Common sense dictates that the drawdown should stop and that a continued high National Guard presence should be maintained."

A month later, she warned congressional leaders that halting the operation would be "irresponsible."

And on Tuesday? Not one word about the need for troops on the border.

In fact, Napolitano, with a straight face, actually declared that the border is "as secure now as it's ever been."

Which is, of course, precisely the problem.

Comment on this post

Live-blog: The Seifert-Emmer debate

Posted at 11:54 AM on April 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics


There's been very little coverage so far to help voters determine the difference between two Republican stalwarts, vying to be the Republican-endorsed candidate for governor of Minnesota. Issues have taken a backseat to some very unusual (for Republicans) mudslinging in the battle between state representatives Marty Seifert and Tom Emmer.

Both are Gary Eichten's guest on MPR's Midday and I'm live-blogging the conversation starting at 11:06 a.m. Feel free to provide comments below but, for the record, I'm not blogging from the studio and passing them along.

Opening statements

Emmer: I'm a 49 year old, married, father of seven kids from Delano. Been serving in the Minnesota House for five years, engaged in defending people and their business in civil court for 20 years. The next governor should understand what it's like to run a business and meet a payroll successfully.

Seifert: I was born and raised in SW Minnesota, my wife and I have two kids. We have a property-management business in Marshall. Have been a teacher and worked in mission. Have been in the Legislature for 13 years. I have experience in downsizing government. We face the challenge of unemployment and juicing up the private sector.

Q: How would you differ as governor from your opponent?

Seifert: We've laid out what a Minnesota economy looks like -- agriculture and health care. When it comes to government, I've been able to downsize government. I'm the only one either side of the aisle who's downsized government. I'm more electable. I'm the only candidate with a team in every single county. You have to attract conservative independents and Democrats.

Emmer: Marty's a good guy, but I don't think it's what Minnesota needs right now. We need people who've been trained outside of government how to negotiate for the people. People like Seifert put out policy; they tell people in the real world 'this is what you need to do to succeed.' People need government getting out of the way. I've had to run my own business. I've never been guaranteed a paycheck. In my office, we look at Friday as two more working days until Monday.

Q: How much weight should be put on Rep. Emmer's DUI? (See link above)

Emmer: Every once in awhile it's not bad to have someone who stumbles and gets back up. People recognize that.

Seifert: It's a factor but it's not the factor. It's the judgment issue that delegates have talked to me about. It's the authoring of a bill that prosecutors are opposed to... that all of the folks are saying we've got problems with the law. Why would you end up erasing people's records after 10 years.

Emmer: Let's be honest. This was brought to my be prosecutors. Politicians like to play fast and loose with the way things are authored. This is political doublespeak when we're offering this supposedly for the purpose of honesty. For the most part, our campaign has stayed on focus about what we need to do to put Minnesota back on the path to prosperity.

Seifert: If people want to look at it's HF1035. Make your own decision.

Q: Discuss the taxpayer's pledge against no new taxes.

Seifert: I've signed it. This is the worst time to be raising taxes.

Emmer: Marty signed this pledge a few years ago; he broke it. Now he's signed it again. You don't pledge to third parties, you pledge to the people of Minnesota. We'll reduce the state workforce. We'll reduce taxes. Let people keep their own money.

Q: Critics say the no new taxes environment has resulted in huge local property tax increases. Will property taxes continue to go up if you're elected?

Emmer: You have to get rid of the mandates. You can't allow government programs to grow and then say you're cutting spending. You must redesign a smaller government. We have government duplicated at every level. The issue is redesigning government so it's smaller and meets the priorities with the ample resources we have. This state spends almost $60 billion every two years. Colorado spends almost a third less. It's not an issue of whether we have enough revenue; it's a matter of what priorities we should fund.

All taxes should be local.

Seifert: We have to reduce spending at all levels. You can't say we need to get rid of local government aid, and then be on the city council and lament not having local aid. We cut the governor's office, the department of IT, we wiped out commissions. Out of 10 finance committees, mine was the only one that downsized government in a meaningful way. We should have a tax cap.

Q: How do you maintain a commitment to the environment and the Pollution Control Agency?

Seifert: We have the Legacy Fund. But politicians in St. Paul are putting in bills to fund dog parks. That money was intended to be for clean water. We're dumping raw sewage into Lake Superior. It's time for us to prioritize cleaning up polluted waters. That's what the money should be going for.

Emmer: We all believe in clean water and clean air. When you talk about a strong Pollution Control Agency, I'd say the agency has gone beyond what it's original mission was.

Q: Recently we saw Arizona pass a law targeting illegal immigrants. Where do you stand in connection to that law and what are you going to do in connection with illegal immigration?

Emmer: I don't know that it's targeting illegal immigrants. It's enforcing the law. Illegals cost all of us. We have to be human, but you also have to enforce the law. What Arizona did was a wonderful first step. I'm disappointed at the federal government that's taking issue with the state of Arizona.

(Gary asked if Minnesotans should carry papers) This is the scare tactic. Right now, anybody can be asked under certain circumstances to establish U.S. citizenship. I've carried the photo ID bill for the last five years in this state.

Seifert: We're unveiling our position paper today. You can find it on the Web site -- the ending of sanctuary cities in Minnesota, the ability to work with ICE to be sure local law enforcement can work with this. When people are released from prison, you have to make sure they're deported.

(Gary repeats question asked to Emmer) There's states like Colorado, we're going to take their laws and try to pattern after it. I vote against a bill giving illegal immigrants driver's licenses in Minnesota. Your driver's license should have a way to determine if you're here as a legal citizen.

Q: Would your administration consider government to be efficient or inefficient and what is a moral standard for government in Minnesota if people don't have enough food or health care. Is that a moral failing of government?

Seifert: Pull out your Constitution. It establishes the role of government. Charity by government has been so overblown. I was taught in terms of true charity, look to yourself, then your family, then non-profits, and the government last. We look to government only now. If you think we're attracting thousands to Minnesota now because of welfare programs, have us be the only state that has socialized medicine and see what happens.

Emmer: Go look at the Constitution. Article I says the government will protect the citizens and their property, a system of roads and bridges, a uniform system of education. People have come to believe the government is supposed to provide social safety nets. That's well-ingrained in the mindset of the public. Government can't provide charity. Only human beings can provide real charity. Only human beings can be virtuous. Government perpetuates poverty.

Q: The state is facing a $5 billion deficit, should K-12 be protected from cuts?

Emmer: No area should be off limits. We're going to redesign every agency. Our constitution says one of our priorities is to provide a uniform education. It does not say it has to be the way it is today. The more money we throw at the system, the worse the system becomes.

Seifert: If you have a dropout rate in Minneapolis of 28 percent, that's unacceptable. We're going to have to revise policy and funding.

Q: How would you align yourselves w/Gov. Pawlenty's policies?

Seifert: I'm going to talk about the future. Gov. Pawlenty has served us well. There are some fantastic initiatives that he's started, but if you take a look at what we need to do, we have to have a downside of government.

Emmer: Neither of us is running against Tim Pawlenty. All we've been doing in the last few decades is putting Band Aids on this boat. You can't just rearrange the deck chairs on the Titanic. The Department of Human Rights should be cut. We have an EEOC that does the same thing. We have to start looking at duplication.

Seifert: I've heard this at the last three debates. Where's your plan? Getting rid of the Department of Human Rights gets rid of $2 million out of a $5 billion deficit. The delegates are looking for more substance.

Emmer: When you talk to us and you tell us you've redesigned this by yourself in the middle of the night, that scares us.

Q: You talk about downsizing and reorganizing. Let's say the biennium budget is $30 billion. If you could wave a wand, what should be the size of the budget?

Seifert: I don't have a specific number; it has to be smaller than today. A 10-15% reduction is achievable.

Emmer: A cut of a third. But you can't just talk about it at the state level. You can reduce state budget by 20 percent easily.

Q: Was it a good idea to use public money to build Target Field?

Emmer: No

Seifert: No

Q: Should there be any changes in Minnesota's abortion laws?

Seifert: Yes. I've authored numerous pro-life pieces of legislation. The tax-funding of abortion is wrong.

Emmer: We have seven kids. Life begins at conception and ends at death. This next election is about the economy.

Q: Would you extend the JOB-Z program?

Emmer: No. You shouldn't be creating winners and losers within the state of Minnesota.

Seifert: No. Marvin Windows has gone to North Dakota. It's got to be a statewide plan.

Q: (Caller) What's your position on medical marijuana?

Seifert: I voted no on the bill. There are too many concerns from law enforcement.

Emmer: What we've been offering for health care bills, they're not the right answer. We have to put competition back in the market. We have to put patients back in charge of their own decisions.

No on marijuana. If it were presented as a true medicine, the vote might've been different.

Q: The 5th District delegates approved resolution supporting secession. Would you consider it a legitimate option for Minnesota?

Emmer: No

Seifert: Absolutely not.

FINAL COMMENTS

Emmer: I started out coaching the T-ball team, then ended up on a church finance council. That's called community service. Someone said I should run for the Legislature and I've seen people there who make it a career. It's time to go back to servant-leaders, to lead the state and then return to the business they had before they got there.

Seifert: We have a serious contest. We have a lot of problems. We have plans in place. We have the ability to win the election. People are looking for serious solutions. I'm going to humbly stand before people on Friday and ask for their endorsement.

Comment on this post

Unemployment and the race for governor

Posted at 4:57 PM on April 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Minnesota Public Radio is providing coverage today and Saturday of the DFL convention in Duluth, the focus of which is mostly on the race for governor.

It's horse-race coverage, to be sure, but occasionally you hear some claims that make a nice jumping-off point for some research. Here's one I heard today: "R.T. Rybak should be governor because the Minneapolis unemployment rate is lower than surrounding communities."

It's a fascinating assertion, especially if one likes to dig into the numbers. Let's dig into the numbers.

I took several random "surrounding communities" of Minneapolis, including Woodbury, "our fair city."

And the claim is correct, Minneapolis does have a lower unemployment rate than the surrounding communities. Here are the totals for March 2010.

Community
Unemployment rate
Eden Prairie
5.6%
Chanhassen
5.9%
Woodbury
6.1%
Shoreview
6.3%
Eagan
6.4%
Apple Valley
6.8%
Minneapolis
6.8%
Burnsville
7.3%
Bloomington
7.4%
St. Paul
7.8%
Maplewood
8.0%
Oakdale
8.0%
White Bear Lake
9.1%
 


Now, let's go back to March 2006:

Community
Unemployment rate
Eden Prairie
2.8%
Chanhassen
2.9%
Eagan
2.9%
Woodbury
3.0%
Shoreview
3.2%
Apple Valley
3.3%
Bloomington
3.6%
Burnsville
3.7%
Minneapolis
4.0%
Maplewood
4.1%
Oakdale
4.1%
St. Paul
4.4%
White Bear Lake
5.3%


Minneapolis moved from 9th to 7th in the last four years, but the relationship with other communities is generally the same.

Let's go back four more years -- to March 2002:

Community
Unemployment rate
Chanhassen
3.6%
Woodbury
3.8%
Shoreview
4.0%
Eden Prairie
4.2%
Eagan
4.2%
Apple Valley
4.3%
Maplewood
4.4%
Oakdale
4.7%
Burnsville
5.0%
Bloomington
5.1%
Minneapolis
5.3%
St. Paul
5.4%
White Bear Lake
6.1%


Minneapolis, as you can see, ranked 11th.

Here's a look at March 1998:

Community
Unemployment rate
Chanhassen
n/a
Woodbury
1.1%
Eden Prairie
1.4%
Eagan
1.4%
Shoreview
1.6%
Apple Valley
1.6%
Bloomington
1.7%
Burnsville
1.8%
Maplewood
1.9%
Oakdale
2.2%
White Bear Lake
2.5%
Minneapolis
3.0%
St. Paul
3.2%


Minneapolis was 12th on the list.

What does all of this prove? Not a lot. Minneapolis' place in the region -- at least where unemployment is concerned -- is on the upswing. And the next governor probably won't come from White Bear Lake.

Comment on this post

Politics makes strange co-workers

Posted at 11:15 AM on April 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There's quite a workplace cocktail being mixed in St. Louis County.

Mark Rubin, an assistant county prosecutor, is announcing today he's running for St. Louis County attorney. That means he has to run against Melanie Ford, the current county attorney who is also Rubin's boss.

How does one do that and keep one's job? I'll try to find out later today.

Rubin is making the announcement at news conferences this afternoon in Virginia and Duluth.

In 2006, Ford beat a 28-year incumbent by just 88 votes out of more than 80,000 that were cast.

Comment on this post

Live-blogging Midmorning: The people and their government

Posted at 8:45 AM on April 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (20 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

A new study by the Pew Center sparks a debate on the role of trust and mistrust in American political life. Less than a quarter of Americans polled say they trust their government. Some experts say people in this country rarely express confidence in Congress and the executive branch. Others note a disturbing trend of increased polarization in government and among voters.

Guests
Paul Gronke: Associate professor of political science at Reed College and co-author of "The Skeptical American: Revisiting the Meanings of Trust in Government and Confidence in Institutions."
William Galston: Senior Fellow in Governance Studies at the Brookings Institution and co-author of "Democracy at Risk: How Political Choices Undermine Citizen Participation and What We Can Do About It." Galston served in the Clinton administration as executive director of the National Commission on Civic Renewal.

Comment on this post

Gov. Pawlenty, Mike Huckabee, and religion

Posted at 2:12 PM on April 19, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Religion

Two months ago, Gov. Tim Pawlenty held the door wide open for reporters to examine his religious views and the extent to which they influence his decisions on state policy, such as his plan to cut health care for the poor and mentally ill.

He did so by declaring to a conservative convention in Washington, "God's in charge. There are some people who say 'Pawlenty, don't bring that up. Its politically incorrect.' Hogwash! ...I say to those naysayers that try to crowd out God from the discussion, if it's good enough for the founding fathers it's good enough for us."

At the time, I wrote that reporters should use the opportunity to quiz Pawlenty about his religion. His spokesman later wrote on Twitter that none did, then turned aside my request to ask the questions of the governor.

From the sound of a piece in the National Journal today, others aren't having any better luck at getting the gov to open up about his religion. A post -- "Evangelicals for T-Paw?" tries to make a case that presidential candidate Pawlenty could be the next Mike Huckabee, but it falls woefully short. The article notes only that Pawlenty is an evangelical Christian by marriage, but does nothing to indicate what that means to the governor or what principles he brings to the "discussion."

Until he sits for a discussion on religion, there'll always be a difference on the question of evangelical Christianity between Tim Pawlenty and Mike Huckabee.

(h/t: Hart Van Denburg, City Pages)

Comment on this post

Race and the tea party movement

Posted at 12:03 PM on April 14, 2010 by Bob Collins (15 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Race

Sarah Palin held a rally on Boston Common today on behalf of the tea party. Here's a picture of the crowd. Click on the images to see the larger versions.

tea_party_1.jpg

tea_party_2.jpg

tea_party_3.jpg

More shots of the crowd can be found at Boston.com.

The last time Boston had a big rally, the dastardly Red Sox won a World Series. Compare the face of Boston.

rally_bosox.jpg

According to the census bureau, only 56% of Boston is white.

Today's crowd was -- as it was at the Palin rally in Minneapolis -- exclusively white. That doesn't make the tea party racist -- an accusation that precludes a scholarly discussion -- but it does indicate that the tea party doesn't resonate with non-whites (and/or that it's not as popular in Boston as the Red Sox).

What does this mean for the movement? Why doesn't it resonate across race? And can it be a national party without creating -- or at least, illuminating -- a racial divide?

By the way, this sign at the rally should get some attention:

divil_war_2012.jpg

For more on the tea party, listen to today's MPR Midday, which featured an analysis of the tea party movement.

Comment on this post

Key provision of health care law for business unresolved

Posted at 3:33 PM on April 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

The Obama administration has insisted that Americans will see the benefit of the new health care law if it does a better job of explaining to the American people what's in it.

Who will explain it to the Obama adminstration?

MPR's health care law reporter, Elizabeth Stawicki, has been trying to update this presentation, which we posted on News Cut while the House and Senate were debating separate proposals. It explained the impact of each law on a typical small business.

Now that the law is finalized, it seemed like a good time to update the presentation.

She found a discrepancy on the upper limit of employees to get a small business tax credit under the law. One government site said 25. Another government site said 24. The law, itself, says 25 (Page 120 or 906 here).

But a release from the Internal Revenue Service says it's 24 or fewer.

The Web site for Health and Human Services Secretary Kathleen Sibelius also says the credit goes to businesses with fewer than 25 employees.

When quizzed by Stawicki about the discrepancy, Sibelius' spokesman, Nicholas Papas, said the correct answer is "fewer than 25."

"Do I have the wrong version of the law, then?" Stawicki asked in an e-mail.

Papas referred her to a White House fact sheet that confirms the credit goes to businesses with fewer than 25 employees.

There's only one problem. That's not what the law says.

"Check with Treasury on this," Papas advised.

Update 3:50 p.m. - The Treasury Department's ruling: It's available to small businesses who employ up to 24 full-time employees. Nonetheless, the law as passed actually says 25 "fulltime equivalent" employees.

Comment on this post

Is it a fee or a tax?

Posted at 12:27 PM on April 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

When Gov. Tim Pawlenty created the "health impact fee" on a pack of cigarettes years ago, there was plenty of wailing that the "no new taxes" governor had raised taxes by couching it as a "fee."

There's been -- at least so far -- very little similar kvetching about the fees for renewing your license tabs in Minnesota. And, today, the Minnesota House of Representatives' Finance Committee passed along a bill that raises one of the fees -- the "administrative fee" from $4.50 to $6.

It's either that or raise the actual registration tax, which is at least deductible on federal income taxes for filers who itemize their deductions. Fees are not deductible.

Rep. Rick Hansen said the bump is needed to keep locally based deputy registrars afloat, according to the Associated Press.

Where does the fee money go? Into the "vehicle services operating account," which -- according to the state statute is used for:

(1) designing, producing, issuing, and mailing vehicle registrations, plates, emblems, and
titles;
(2) collecting title and registration taxes and fees;
(3) transferring vehicle registration plates and titles;
(4) maintaining vehicle records;
(5) issuing disability certificates and plates;
(6) licensing vehicle dealers;
(7) appointing, monitoring, and auditing deputy registrars; and
(8) inspecting vehicles when required by law.


?

Comment on this post

Nebraska's new abortion law

Posted at 11:05 AM on April 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

Nebraska has became the latest battleground in the war over abortion. The Legislature this week passed a bill that requires a full physical and mental assessment of any woman seeking an abortion.

Says the Omaha World Herald:

Under the bill, women would have to be assessed for any indication they felt pressured to have an abortion, as well as for risk factors that could predispose them to mental or physical complications.

Risk factors could include any identified in any research report published a year or more before in any peer-reviewed journal indexed by one of two major scientific indexing services.

The bill may be aimed at creating more pressure for the abortion provider. In the bill (available here) the only requirement on the woman is that she undergo the assessment. However the bill, which is to be signed into law today, includes penalties for doctors who don't comply.

The burden would also rest with the doctor to prove that the reason parents weren't notified of an abortion by a minor is that the minor was fully capable of making the decision herself.

The doctor also has the burden "of proving that the pregnant woman had sufficient reflection time, given her age, maturity, emotional state, and mental capacity, to comprehend and consider such information." It's not clear how one goes about proving that.

Comment on this post

Earmarks and the Minnesota delegation

Posted at 3:06 PM on April 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Office of Management and Budget today released an analysis showing Washington lawmakers obtained about 2,000 fewer "earmarks" in the last year. The earmark process is a way for congresspeople to stuff pet projects into often-unrelated bills. Several Republican lawmakers in Minnesota (and elsewhere) have vowed not to use earmarks anymore.

Still, 9,192 earmarks, costing taxpayers more than $11 billion, made it it into legislation.

Some of the locals and their projects follow (Source: OMB spreadsheet):

James Oberstar $236,055,000
Predator control programs to protect livestock, Beyond the Yellow Ribbon program, corrosion training simulation program, electric ATVs for the National Guard, in-squad digital cameras for the State Patrol, Northern Lights Express, pedestrian bridge for City of Isanti, Tucson Public Broadcasting solar arrays.

Amy Klobuchar $179,689,000
An instructional program on the Constitution, Northstar and Central Corridor rail projects, 9-1-1 radio system in rural Minnesota, National Guard counter-drug program, Beyond the Yellow Ribbon soldier reintegration program, Midwest Poultry Consortium.

Keith Ellison $54,395,000
Projects included water quality analysis of Minnehaha Creek, equipment for the Hormel research facility, Coe mansion restoration, and transit station in Minneapolis.

Collin Peterson $31,536,000
Tire to track transformer system for light military vehicles, 21st St. underpass project in Moorhead, Minnesota Valley Regional Rail Authority. (See details)

Betty McCollum $28,214,000
Central Corridor study, Czech and Slovak hall restoration, Ramsey County juvenile detention alternative program, College of St. Catherine (now St. Catherine University) for health professions training.

Erik Paulsen - $25,037,000
Beyond the Yellow Ribbon, facilities and equipment for Children's Hospital, Brockton Lane interchange on I-94.

Tim Walz $25,100,000
Soybean genomics, Hormel institute equipment, Allina heart disease prevention program,

Al Franken $5,800,000
Facilities and equipment for Children's Hospital, equipment for the Hormel institute research facility, and College of Saint Scholastica for a rural health technology project.

Members of Congress are supposed to list details of their earmark requests on their Web sites, but few make it very easy to find them.

Comment on this post

Politics at the gas pump

Posted at 11:11 AM on April 6, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

pump_fees.jpg

These signs have started sprouting at the pumps of some area gas stations. What's it all about? It's an attempt by the companies to get Congress involved in the credit card company practice of charging merchants every time a credit card purchase is processed.

The companies are making more money off the fees now that recent card card reform in Washington has limited some of the profits from high interest rates and fees charged to people who carry a balance.

Robert Shapiro, a former Clinton administration advisor and author of a study on swipe fees wrote on Forbes.com in February that the credit card legislation should've included limits on "swipe fees."

While free market competition tends to drive prices down, the kind of cartel-like competition that goes on between the handful of major credit card companies--Visa, MasterCard, American Express and Discover account for 85% of the market--drives up these fees. The credit card companies recruit banks to their networks by promising them higher fees paid by consumers and merchants, and the banks try to attract new, well-to-do subscribers by offering rewards that are then financed through these fees. All of these costs are hidden from consumers.

"Credit card fees are hidden to our customers and have increased at a double-digit annual compound growth rate during the past decade," Tony Kenney, the head of SuperAmerica Speedway said.

Shapiro's "report" said without the fees, up to 250,000 jobs could be created. Not everyone is buying that, including Mike Duff, writing on BNET.

Besides the inherently dubious nature of the assertion that X amount of money translates into Y number of jobs, the retailers ignore the other side of the transaction. To wit: If banks are deprived of profiting from credit-card transactions, which is what the study bases its numbers on, how many bank jobs will be lost?

The retail organizations face other problems if they want the government to intervene with the credit-card industry. First, the government is propping up the banking system. Taking money out of the finance system, as in reduction of credit card fees, could mean money out of the U.S. treasury system.

Plus there's the philosophical question in the wake of recent health care and banking legislation: Is there a compelling public interest for Congress to intervene? Or is it a matter between private businesses?

Comment on this post

Mysteries of the tea party

Posted at 3:38 PM on April 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

tea_party_silohuette.jpg

The Associated Press today tried to define the movement known as the "tea party," by canvassing many states to get a definition.

They couldn't. Why? Because, it seems clear, the tea party is whatever a particular member wants it to be:

"That's the beauty of it," says George Burton, a Minnesota electrician and history buff who dressed in period garb for a rally he organized in Brainerd, "We don't take any orders from anybody."

The tea party has no single issue around which people rally -taxes comes closest - and it has no clear leader who drives the organization's message, motivates followers and raises money. Indeed, the hundreds of tea party chapters and tens of thousands of
its activists cannot agree on the most basic strategic goal: whether to try to influence the current political system or dismantle it.

It raises significant questions about at least one poll, cited by the Powerline blog which purports to show the tea party has more followers than President Obama. "The key datum, as usual, is that independents prefer the Tea Party over Obama by 50-38 percent," Powerline said.

The blog cited a Rasmussen poll which said...

On major issues, 48% of voters say that the average Tea Party member is closer to their views than President Barack Obama. The latest Rasmussen Reports national telephone survey found that 44% hold the opposite view and believe the president's views are closer to their own.

But what the Associated Press seems to have determined is there's no such thing as an average tea party member.

Comment on this post

Here's the pitch

Posted at 12:54 PM on April 5, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

A few years ago, I was one of several people who threw the "first pitch" at a Saints game. Then-Senate-candidate Al Franken was one of the others (as was then-congressional-candidate Erik Paulsen). He brought an aide and warmed up on the sideline while mere mortals approached the mound cold. There are, as far as I know, no pictures of the moment but as I recall, I threw a strike, Franken threw something that might have been a strike.

Warming up doesn't always help as President Obama showed today...

Obama claimed he warmed up with aides at the White House.

Some of Obama's detractors are calling it the worst opening day toss ever.

It's not.

obamaq f

Comment on this post

The sports-politics index

Posted at 11:40 AM on April 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

sports_party.jpg

The Web site, Gawker, highlights some fascinating marketing research that identifies sports with the political persuasion of the people most likely to be fans of a particular sports league.

The surprise is that golf fans are a bigger Republican target than NASCAR, because golf fans, who tend to be Republican, are much more likely to vote.

Basketball, wrestling, and tennis are the big Democratic sports, according to the National Journal.

Stuck in the middle are the NFL and Major League Baseball.

There's a joke there somewhere.

(Click the image for a readable survey result.)

Comment on this post

Lieutenant governor trivia

Posted at 11:42 AM on March 31, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Gubernatorial candidate John Marty today selected Patricia Torres Ray as his running mate. The lieutenant governor's job in the state is the political equivalent of being in witness protection. Voters usually hear about them on the day they're picked by a candidate, on the day they're elected and on the day they're.... well.... let's just say if a governor doesn't go toes up in office -- or a lt. gov. candidates doesn't talk about ethanol -- that's the last you hear about them.

Here are recent Minnesota lieutenant governors. Put them in the order of their service. No peaking:

Joanell Dyrstad, Alec G. Olson, Mae Schunk, James B. Goetz, Carol Molnau, Karl Rolvaag, Rudy Perpich, Joanne Benson, Alexander Keith, Lou Wangberg, Marlene Johnson.

Extra credit: Match three lt. governor candidates with their 2006 gubernatorial hopefuls.

Comment on this post

Tax breaks for angels

Posted at 2:35 PM on March 29, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Almost a year ago, a Minnesota company announced it would move to Wisconsin because of the tax policies of Minnesota which made it difficult to attract investment.

"We're not getting the job done in Minnesota," said VitalMedix CEO and president Jeff Williams told the Star Tribune at the time. "Angel investment in the Twin Cities has almost dried up. People are just sitting on their money. The past year has been the most difficult that I've ever seen in my career. It's extremely difficult and frustrating."

An "Angel investment" tax credit rewards investment in companies with tax breaks. Investing in a start-up company, especially in the high-tech world, is risky. The angel investor credit provides a cushion for the investor, its proponents argue.

Wisconsin has such a program. Minnesota doesn't.

In December, VitalMedix made the move to Hudson. How's it going for the firm in its new state? It's not. A month ago it filed for bankruptcy.

Other companies, however, have been able to get the green in Wisconsin. Rapid Diagnostek, which moved from St. Paul to Hudson in 2008, recently received a $4 million investment.

The Minnesota Legislature this session has been debating whether to offer the tax credit to the investors and, if so, whether it would be paid for by removing tax credits to some low-income individuals.

The House is debating a bill this afternoon that includes the angel investment. You can watch the debate here.

3:39 p.m. - The House passed the bill 112-20.

Comment on this post

Fireworks bill fizzles

Posted at 10:58 AM on March 29, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Freedom from government interference ran into the sanctity of a religious holiday in South Dakota today. The sanctity of a religious holiday won.

The South Dakota House failed to override Gov. Mike Rounds' veto of a bill that would have allowed the sale of fireworks in the state during the last week and a half of December.

"While I would have no objection to the idea of allowing the discharge of fireworks on New Year's Eve and New Year's Day, I believe allowing the discharge of fireworks during Christmas Eve and Christmas Day is inappropriate," Rounds said in his veto message.

Presently, fireworks can be sold in South Dakota only between June 27 and July 5.

Comment on this post

Internet congressional myths

Posted at 8:51 AM on March 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Where did people get their misinformation before the Internet came along?

An aviation friend -- violating my personal rule against talk about politics, religion, and whether primer should be used on metal surfaces -- sent a chain letter around today that's picked up speed on ye olde Internet since last week's health care bill vote.

Subject: An idea whose time has come

For too long we have been too complacent about the workings of Congress. Many citizens had no idea that members of Congress could retire with the same pay after only one term, that they didn't pay into Social Security, that they specifically exempted themselves from many of the laws they have passed (such as being exempt from any fear of prosecution for sexual harassment) while ordinary citizens must live under those laws. The latest is to exempt themselves from the Healthcare Reform that is being considered...in all of its forms. Somehow, that doesn't seem logical. We do not have an elite that is above the law. I truly don't care if they are Democrat, Republican, Independent or whatever. The self-serving must stop. This is a good way to do that. It is an idea whose time has come.

Have each person contact a minimum of Twenty people on their Address list, in turn ask each of those to do likewise..

In three days, most people in The United States of America will have the message. This is one proposal that really should be passed around.

Proposed 28th Amendment to the United States Constitution:

"Congress shall make no law that applies to the citizens of the United States that does not apply equally to the Senators and/or Representatives; and, Congress shall make no law that applies to the Senators and/or Representatives that does not apply equally to the citizens of the United States ".

FactCheck.org destoyed this thing in January, when it first started circulating.


That's a lot of very old baloney packed into a few words.

It never has been true that members of Congress could retire with full pay after one term. That's a false allegation that has been circulating for at least a decade. As we reported back in 2007, lawmakers can qualify for very good pensions, but nowhere near that good. A lawmaker might qualify for a pension of 80 percent of final salary, and only after many years of service.

An even older Internet myth is the claim that members of Congress don't pay into Social Security. That was true once -- but not for the past quarter-century. They have paid Social Security taxes since 1984, as we reported in a separate article, also in 2007.

The claim that members of Congress would be somehow "exempt" from the now-stalled health care legislation is a more recent absurdity. It's a twisted claim based on misrepresentations of the House and Senate bills, neither of which exempts lawmakers. We explained how that false notion got started on the Internet rumor mill in an article we posted on Jan. 20.

Finally, the claim that Congress is exempt from "many" of the laws it has passed is 15 years out of date. In the 1980s there were news stories prodding members of Congress for putting themselves "[a]bove their own laws," as a 1988 Time magazine story put it. But following the "Republican Revolution" of 1994, which put Republicans in control of both House and Senate, Congress passed the Congressional Accountability Act (PL 104-1), which applies a dozen civil rights, labor and workplace safety regulations to the legislative branch. Here's a list compiled by the independent, nonpartisan Office of Compliance, which was set up to enforce the laws in Congress:

Laws Applied to the Legislative Branch by the CAA

* The Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967
* The Federal Service Labor-Management Relations Statute
* Veterans' employment and reemployment rights at Chapter 43 of Title 38 of the U.S. Code
* The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
* Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
* The Employee Polygraph Protection Act of 1988
* The Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938
* The Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993
* Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970
* The Rehabilitation Act of 1973
* The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1989

In addition, the CAA was amended in 1998 to include certain provisions of the Veterans Employment Opportunities Act of 1998.

According to the Office of Compliance -- and contrary to the claim in this e-mail -- sexual harassment is specifically covered by Section 201 of the CAA.

The e-mail complains that Congress shouldn't be an "elite that is above the law." But that's not the way the authors of the Constitution saw it. They worried that presidents might try to bully House or Senate members by threatening to arrest them on trumped-up charges. So to preserve the separation of executive and legislative powers, the founders gave elected lawmakers a certain degree of immunity.

U.S. Constitution
Article I, Section 6

They shall in all Cases, except Treason, Felony and Breach of the Peace, be privileged from Arrest during their Attendance at the Session of their respective Houses, and in going to and returning from the same; and for any Speech or Debate in either House, they shall not be questioned in any other Place.

There very well may be good reasons for ratifying an amendment to the Constitution as proposed in this message. We take no position on that. But as a matter of fact, just about all the claims this message makes in support of the idea are false.

You can find all the answers with links here.

On the health care aspect, WCCO's Pat Kessler "reality checked" an ad critical of Rep. Michele Bachmann using -- ironically -- the same assertion.

Comment on this post

Playing both sides of the health care debate

Posted at 3:37 PM on March 25, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

If there's one feature that has stood out in the health care debate, it's the ability to argue in circles, the role of the federal government in health care offered by private business.

Today provides one such example.

The National Republican Congressional Committee today sent an alert to area media:

With the Democrats' healthcare takeover now the law of the land, we're slowly starting learn that these so-called "reforms" come at a steep price for the nation's job creators. Construction manufacturer Caterpillar, which has a parts distribution center in Owatonna, is bracing for a $100 million tax increase, compliments of the Democrats' healthcare bill:

Caterpillar Inc. said Wednesday it will take a $100 million charge to earnings this quarter to reflect additional taxes stemming from newly enacted U.S. health-care legislation. The world's largest construction equipment manufacturer by sales, warned last week that provisions in the legislation would subject the company to federal income taxes on the subsidies it receives for providing prescription drug benefits for its retirees and their spouses. ... "From our point of view, a tax increase like this cannot come at a worse time," said Jim Dugan, a Caterpillar spokesman.

(Bob Tita, "Caterpillar Takes Hit on Health Care," Wall Street Journal, March 25, 2010)

These tax increases, which are part of a bill that Rep. Tim Walz proudly supported, come at a time where many businesses, especially manufacturers, are struggling to make ends meet. With Tim Walz heading home this weekend to kick his spin machine into overdrive, it's important to keep in mind that Walz's healthcare takeover will put the squeeze to Minnesota employers.

Reality check. It's true that the companies are being taxed under the legislation. But the complaint challenges the underlying argument of health care opponents that the federal government shouldn't be messing with people's health care.

Caterpillar -- and some other large companies such as John Deere and Boeing -- get a federal subsidy -- about $665 per retiree -- to provide prescription drug benefits to retirees that are far more attractive than what Medicare recipients get. Where does the money come from? The U.S. taxpayer.

It's free money that corporations get from the federal government and under the health care law, it will now be taxable as income.

There are arguments for the subsidy. It keeps retirees off a Medicare Part D plan. And taxing it may force companies to cut benefits to retirees, eliminating anticipated revenue under the tax.

But in opposing the subsidy's taxation, Republicans are faced with turning their back on a principal principle upon which much of their opposition to the health care law is based in the first place -- that taxpayers shouldn't be paying for health care provided by private corporations.


Comment on this post

Health care backlash

Posted at 12:46 PM on March 25, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

It likely will never see the light of day, but three Republican Minnesota lawmakers have filed a bill for a constitutional amendment inspired by passage of the new health care law.

The bill, from Rep. Steve Drazkowski, Rep. Bruce Anderson, and Rep. (and gubernatorial candidate) Tom Emmer would prevent any federal law from taking effect in Minnesota unless two-thirds of the Minnesota House and Senate approve it The bill says:

An amendment to the Minnesota Constitution is proposed to the people. If the amendment is adopted, a section shall be added to article I, to read: Citizens of Minnesota are sovereign individuals, subject to Minnesota law and immune from any federal laws that exceed the federal government's enumerated constitutional powers. A federal law does not apply in Minnesota unless that law is approved by a two-thirds vote of the members of each house of the legislature and is signed by the governor. Before voting to approve a federal law, each legislator must individually affirm that the legislator has read the federal law and understands it. Citizens of Minnesota enjoy inherent, natural, God-given rights as reflected in the Bill of Rights of the United States Constitution and the Minnesota Constitution. Minnesota citizens have the right to seek redress for any alleged violation of these rights committed by the state of Minnesota exclusively through a jury trial in a Minnesota court and through enactment of a change in Minnesota law.

And the question that would be put to voters is:

Shall the Minnesota Constitution be amended to affirm the sovereignty of Minnesota citizens by requiring two-thirds legislative approval before a federal law becomes effective in Minnesota, and by ensuring the right of citizens to seek redress for any alleged violation of constitutional rights?

The proposed bill could easily be called the Constitutional Lawyer Full Employment Act of 2010.

Comment on this post

Live-blogging Midday: Is the health care law constitutional?

Posted at 11:05 AM on March 25, 2010 by Bob Collins (22 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

Driving through Colorado and Nebraska the other day, I had the pleasure of listening to a fascinating debate on whether the new health care law is constitutional. Today, MPR's Midday is debating the question with South Dakota Attorney General Marty Jackley and former Minnesota AG Mike Hatch. South Dakota is one of the state's challenging the constitutionality of the new law.

On the WBUR debate the other day, one professor kept insisting the "it's not constitutional" position is not a principled one, because other federal mandates -- Medicare, for example -- have gone unchallenged.

I'll provide the poll here now, but encourage you to keep an open mind, listen to the debate and then respond.


Here's a live blog of today's debate:

11:10 a.m. - Here's the background piece from Nina Totenberg at National Public Radio:

11:12 a.m. Jackley: Says he joined the lawsuit because of federal encroachment on state's rights. The Commerce Clause gives the federal government wide realm to be involved, but this goes too far. The issue of the impact on the state budget 'goes hand in hand.' Congress has exceeded its authority and the legislature in South Dakota is in better position to make the reform.

11:14 a.m. Hatch: It's no more than a political stunt. (David) Rivkin, the lawyer representing the challenge, argued the Senate had no right to investigate torture. We've had COBRA, that extends insurance for people who lose their jobs.

Q: This is the first time the government has said, "You have to buy this product."

Hatch: This doesn't take effect for four years. The person making $50,000 would pay a fine of $500, unless they can't find a policy. It's a mandate in a sense that the IRS is a mandate.

11:17 a.m. - Jackley: This is the first time the federal government has come down and said, 'you shall buy a private product.' This is economic unactivity. That is why the Lopez and Morrison line of decisions -- which limit Congress -- come into play. (Here's Lopez. Here's Morrison.)

Hatch: Companies aren't going to build auto plants in the U.S. without health care. A state can opt out of the law if it provides some sort of coverage.

11:20 a.m. - Caller from Roseville: The federal government tells me if I travel outside of the country, I have to have a passport. If I own a home, I have to have insurance. How is this different.

Jackley: Those are individuals making personal choices to enter into economic activity. We're talking about penalizing folks for not taking certain actions. If you allow Congress to regulate both economic activity and economic inactivity, that's not what the Founding Fathers said. Those powers not enumerated in the Constitution, revert to the state. While there needs to be health care reform, that should be left to the states. They're in a better position to understand their constituents' needs and their state budgets. That's the real big push for the lawsuit.

Hatch: We have Social Security. You can be drafted if the federal government wants. To say that health care isn't related to interstate commerce, that's a stretch. We have COBRA and ERISA. Over 60% of Americans have their health care through the government one way or the other. The idea that somehow the other 40% is going to be pure and unregulated is a little absurd.

Jackley: If you allow this extent of involvement by Congress, there is nothing to prevent them from getting involved in every area of our lives. This is a bipartisan litigation. Look at the 13 states in the litigation, four have Democratic governments. You have bipartisan agreement that there are colorful claims.

Q: What is a colorful claim?

Hatch: It means you're not going to get sanctioned by the court for making a ridiculous claim. All of the states involved are heavily Republican. The only one who's a Democrat is in Louisiana, which follows the Napoleonic Code, for cripes sake.

Q: Why bring in a controversial figure like David Rivkin in this?

Jackley: When you talk about this group of attorneys general, it's a pretty diverse group. I was a former U.S. attorney. So were two others. Beginning back in December, my governor was aware of the discussions and I, as attorney general, made Sen. Thune and Rep. Johnson aware. We had to pull the trigger Sunday night at 9 o'clock. I was on the phone e-mailing the chief of staff on Tuesday. I wanted to make sure it was the right decision for South Dakota. I know there's talk about Rivkin and what we're paying and I looked at what it's going to cost our state. I've set a budget of $25,000 for my state. Rivkin is not germane to the issue of whether this is constitutional.

(news break)

11:35 a.m. - Q: How long will it take to determine whether the law is constitutional?

Jackley: It will have to move through the district court, then it will be appealed to the 11th Circuit. That will take a couple of years. There'll likely be more states joining and the suit will be amended. The court will likely be asked to enjoin federal officials. The penalties don't start kicking in until 2014, but some of the measures kick in sooner than that (closing the Medicare "doughnut hole" for example)

Hatch: There's 30 million people going around... they're going to a doctor to get treatment. They don't just stay home and die. They go to emergency rooms and they're breaking the bank of the hospitals and, frankly, some insurance policyholders. It's clearly interstate activity.

11:38 a.m. Q: Will reimbursement make up for South Dakota's Medicaid costs.

Jackley: No. Our governor says we're looking at a known cost of $57.3 million increase. That's pretty substantial for South Dakota. Forty-three cents of every dollar goes toward education.

Hatch: If your state already has Medical Assistance, I don't see why this would require a new bureaucracy.

Jackley: Are you saying there's a funded Medicaid mandate after 2016?

Hatch: I don't know if I'm going to be alive after 2016?

Jackley: I think that answer is 'no,' Mike.

11:42 a.m. Q: How does this mandate differ from other federal mandates?

Jackley: When you look at Medicaid, it's a federal-state partnership that has a lot of opt-out provisions. This one turns from a partnership to a dictatorship. There are points at which you cross that line. Requiring all Americans to purchase insurance or be taxes crosses that line.

Hatch: President Bush brought up No Child Left Behind and no money. And I didn't see any states file a lawsuit seven minutes after he signed the bill claiming it was an unfunded mandate.

>> Gary Eichten brings up an interesting case: Gonzales v. Raich, which answered the question of whether the federal government can prosecute someone for smoking marijuana -- in violation of federal law -- in a state which has allowed the use of medical marijuana.

11:49 a.m. - Hatch: In this case (above) we're dealing with health care, which is already heavily regulated by the federal government. There's all sorts of direct regulations of hospitals and doctors. It's one of the most heavily regulated areas of commerce and to say at this late stage that it's not is wrong.

11:51 a.m. - Q: Could the court issue an order preventing the law from taking effect?

Hatch: They could. It should be resolved before it fully takes effect. Small businesses will get a 4% credit. Is that going to be enjoined?

Jackley: The judge is going to be looking at this. We'll be talking about irreparable harm. As this thing kicks in and we get the detriments, it should come soon. One nice thing is that it's really a legal question, we're not looking at extensive fact-finding and depositions. We used a fillet knife to put together our arguments. This case can move forward fairly quickly.

11:55 a.m. - Q: Is this a state's rights issue?

Jackley: Somewhat, it is. We concede the courts have said Congress can regulate economic activity, if you take it the next step and say Congress can regulate economic inactivity, it really will lead to all sorts of new regulations. If it's not in the Constitution, the rights belong to the states.

Hatch: This is the whole Tea Bag thing.

11:56 a.m. - Q: If it goes to the Supreme Court, can we assume the court will uphold the lawsuit 5-4?

Hatch: The toothpaste can never be put back in the tube if they rule this way.

Jackley: I don't like to make assumptions. The question needs to be asked. "When does Congress go too far in regulating our lives?" When you look at the argument that Mike has been presenting, my question to Mike is 'when do we draw the line?'

Hatch: If we're going to draw the line and say Congress shouldn't regulate health care, then I guess we should file suit to stop Medicare, Medical Assistance, COBRA -- the right to continue insurance after you leave an employer.

-- end --

Comment on this post

Final word on the Census letter

Posted at 6:22 AM on March 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The last word on the Census letter calculations before I head out this morning on the drive to spring training.

If you've been following the discussion up to now(here and here), you know that I've been asking Census Bureau officials to break down their calculation that they'd save $510 million by sending out the letter with advance warning that Census forms would arrive next week. That letter (and a follow-up postcard) will cost about $85 million.

The effort is expected to prompt 7 million people, who otherwise would not have sent in the Census form without the letter, to send it in.

I've been asking how the Census Bureau's math calculates out to a $75 cost for someone to knock on a door and get the form from each one of those people, suspecting that the Bureau is using the cost to get the hardest-to-convince people to send in their forms, and that it could be much less expensive to get the second-most-easy-to-convince people to send in theirs.

It's taken several requests to get specifics, but an e-mail from Shelly Lowe of the Census Department arrived this morning, an indicates that the numbers do not come from Census Bureau experience:

Bob, it costs .42 when someone mails back the form, and about $57 / household if we have to send an enumerator to collect the response. For every 1% increase in mail response, there's a savings of approx. $85 M. If mail response increases by 6%, savings would be about 6*$85M, or about $510M. This is standard "multiple contact strategy" and well-researched. Note that we are also sending a reminder postcard, and, for the first time, we are sending a replacement questionnaire to targeted areas with historically low response rates. Our research indicates these mailings more than pay for themselves.

All of the responses to this issue have been fascinating to read, especially the ones where I learned I'm not the only "census geek" (as one person put it) who was momentarily excited that the Census forms had arrived. Now, I'm thinking we should have a News Cut "census party" to fill out our forms.

Comment on this post

Gun bill fails at Capitol

Posted at 5:43 PM on March 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

With little fanfare or attention today, a Minnesota House committee defeated an attempt to close the so-called "gun show loophole" in the state.

The bill would have required background checks for people who buy guns at gun shows. It failed in the House Crime Victims/Criminal Records Division on a 5-to-3 vote.

According to Session Daily:


Rep. Paul Kohls (R-Victoria) and Rep. Dave Olin (DFL-Thief River Falls) said no evidence was presented showing a definitive connection between gun show sales and crimes with a firearm.

That's true. But why is that? One reason might be because Minnesota doesn't track the origin of guns used in crimes, according to a spokesman for the Department of Public Safety. If guns bought at gun shows are used in crimes, there isn't a mechanism for knowing it or how often (or not) it happens.

Only in some high-profile case would such a connection occur.

One did in 2003 when a woman bought a gun at a gun show, then used it to shoot two people -- killing one -- in Hennepin County Government Center.

Opponents of the bill said a background check wouldn't have prevented the woman from buying the gun.

Comment on this post

The Census Bureau's response

Posted at 12:50 PM on March 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The analyzing of this week's letter from the Census Bureau about the cost-effective way it increases its response rate to the Census forms that arrive next week continues.

What we've learned so far is the estimated $45 million spent on the letters you received this week is more than offset by the estimated $500 million the Census Bureau says it would otherwise have spent getting them. I calculated yesterday that it would cost about $75 for Census workers to snare the forms.

What was still left unresolved, however, is how the Census Bureau calculated that $75 figure. I suggested today that if a letter motivated 7 million households to return the form, it might well cost less than what it costs to retrieve the forms from people who don't respond to three phone calls and three personal visits.

So I've been asking the Census Bureau to break it down for me. A few minutes ago, I got its response:

Thank you for your email. We here at the Census Bureau certainly understand your concern, and I want to assure you we care a great deal about being good stewards of the taxpayer's money.

The short answer to your question is that even on the eve of census forms arriving next week, as many as 45% of Americans are unaware that this month is when the Census starts. That's probably due to the fact we only do a Census once every ten years. Based on historical response rates, we expect roughly two thirds of households will mail back their form. The rest we will have to send an enumerator to collect the data required by the Constitution. You can imagine that follow-up is an expensive proposition.

In fact, every one percent increase in the number of households who mail back the form saves the taxpayers about $85 million in expensive door-to-door follow up. That's why we advertise and promote, to increase the mail back response rate and help save on expensive labor to follow up.

We have extensive research that shows additional mailings alerting households to the arrival of the census form increase response rates by about 6 to 12 percentage points. The savings from that increase more than pay for these mailings. It costs about $85 million to print and mail the advance letter and reminder postcard. The potential increase in response rates demonstrated by our research could result in a savings of more than $500 million.

After the 2000 Census we returned to the Treasury some $305 million in savings. Then Secretary of Commerce Don Evans testified in 2001 to the U.S. Senate that those savings came about from our advertising, promotion and PR efforts encouraging households to mail back their forms, increasing response rates over the prior census for the first time in three decades.

The total we spend on all promotion and advertising is about one dollar perperson in the U.S. It costs just 42 cents to mail back the form. But it costs $57 for follow up with non-responding households, many of which we must visit several times to reach someone at home. We wish we did not have to advertise, and that 100% of households mailed their form back, but that is just not the case. Not everyone is as active and engaged as yourself.

We appreciate your civic minded spirit, and your concern for our current fiscal situation. I hope this information helps explain the steps we are taking to reduce the burden on taxpayers of meeting our Constitutional mandate to count every person in the country.

And that answer led me to another question that I've sent:

Thank you for your response. Unfortunately it didn't answer the question I asked. What I'm trying to determine is how the Census Bureau calculates that it would take $75 worth of work to get the forms from the -- in this case -- 6 percent of people who wouldn't have sent it back, were it not for the letter? (You quote a $57 figure below which contradicts -- a little bit -- some of the information I received via some Census press releases earlier this month. But in any event, I'd be interested in how that $57 figure is reached)

In the comments from the previous post on the subject, I indicate my reason for asking the question:

As I said above, the EASIEST people to get to return the survey, are people like me who were excited to think that's what was in the envelope.

The NEXT most-easy is the 7 million households that will send it in because they were sent a letter.

My theory is that they came up with the $500 million figure by calculating how much time/overhead it takes to get the LEAST-likely respondents to respond. That could take three phone calls and three personal visits and that COULD cost $75 per household.

But that figure may not -- and logic says it DOES not -- apply to the targets of this letter.

In other words: The more work you have to do to get people to send back their forms, the more expensive it is. As people have pointed out, sending out a letter a week ahead of time to get a response rate increase is an easy -- and acceptable -- method. But in determining whether it's the most cost-effective method can only be concluded by determining how much it would cost to get the forms from those same people, not how much it costs to get them from people who don't respond to the "a letter is coming" letter.

Is it dwelling on the trivial? Maybe. But it's also an exercise in questioning the answers we get when ask questions to be sure they're correct and add up. That's never a bad thing.

Comment on this post

Ex-cops and guns

Posted at 12:41 PM on March 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

If there were an award for unfortunate timing at the Legislature, it might go today to Rep. Tony Cornish, R-Good Thunder.

Cornish today introduced HF 3428, which allows retired peace officers to carry a pistol without a permit.

Here's his bill:

A permit to carry a pistol is not required of: (1) any officer of a state adult correctional facility when on guard duty or otherwise engaged in an assigned duty.; or (2) a person who: (i) within the past five years has received the training in the safe use of a pistol described in subdivision 2a; and (ii) was a peace officer and retired or separated from service in good standing from a law enforcement agency, other than for reasons of mental illness or chemical dependency, after being regularly employed as a peace officer for at least 15 years or for any period beyond the agency's probationary period if the person retired or separated from service due to a service-related disability. (c) A law enforcement agency shall issue a photographic identification to a person who retired or separated from service from the agency and who meets the criteria described in paragraph (b), clause (2), item (ii). The agency may charge the person a processing fee not to exceed the actual and reasonable direct cost to the agency of issuing the identification.

Meanwhile, in Chisholm the investigation is continuing into the weekend shooting in which a former cop shot up a table at a bar from where he'd been kicked out minutes earlier.

Skoogman said the suspect, a former police officer in the '80s, returned minutes after being kicked out of the bar with two handguns.

"He fired off 5 shots, injuring two people and fatally shooting a third person," Skoogman said. "All three were sitting at the same table as his ex-wife and all three were shot at close range.

It's not known yet whether the 47-year-old alleged shooter had a permit for the guns used in the attack or whether he would've qualified to carry without a permit under Cornish's legislation. He was a police officer for about six years. He left voluntarily when layoffs were looming back in 1989, according to Andy Skoogman of the Department of Public Safety.

Comment on this post

A tax on plastic bags

Posted at 12:07 PM on March 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Should Minnesota impose a 5-cent tax on plastic bags? A bill creating one was filed today at the Capitol in St. Paul.

Under Rep. Karen Clark's bill, the retailer keeps a penny of the tax, and two pennies if the store allows customers to bring plastic bags back for a 5-cent credit. Basically, it's a bottle-bill for bags.

Here's the salient part of the bill :

Disposable carryout bag. "Disposable carryout bag" means a bag of any material, commonly plastic or kraft paper, which is provided to a consumer at the point of sale to carry purchases. Disposable carryout bag does not include:
(1) a reusable bag as defined in subdivision 5;
(2) bags used by consumers inside stores to package bulk items such as fruit, vegetables, nuts, candy, grains, or small hardware items, such as nails and bolts;
(3) bags used to contain or wrap frozen foods; meat or fish, whether prepackaged or not; or flowers or potted plants or other items where dampness may be a problem;
(4) bags used to protect prepared foods or bakery goods;
(5) bags provided by pharmacists to contain prescription drugs;
(6) newspaper bags, door-hanger bags, laundry or dry cleaning bags; or
(7) bags sold in packages containing multiple bags intended for use as garbage, pet waste, or yard waste bags.

The basis for the proposal is similar to attempts in other states, plastic bags don't degrade, according to the New Haven Advocate:


Plastic bags are "the most ubiquitous form of litter on the planet and are among the greatest causes of marine mortality, especially turtles, which confuse the bags for jellyfish," says Allen Hershkowitz, a senior scientist at the National Resources Defense Council and head of the group's solid waste team. "We support limiting the free distribution of plastic bags at supermarkets, especially in coastal regions like Connecticut."

The statistics Hershkowitz cites are staggering: Five hundred billion plastic bags are used each year around the world, and one million plastic bags are produced every minute in this country from imported petroleum. The United Nations estimates that there are 46,000 pieces of plastic in every square mile of ocean, and this transmits pollutants to the fish, which humans then eat, Hershkowitz says.

The Minnesota proposal for a bag tax mirrors one that's been imposed in Washington, D.C., the only other place where a tax exists. San Francisco has banned plastic bags altogether.

"Many of our customers ask for plastic bags when they're in our stores," Aaron Sorenson, a spokesman for Lund's and Byerly's told MPR's Ambar Espinoza in a 2008 story. "Of all the bags that we used in 2007, over 30 percent of them were plastic bags. So to just get rid of plastic bags at this time would likely upset many of our customers who ask for them."

Comment on this post

Is Pawlenty a hypocrite on the stimulus?

Posted at 3:05 PM on March 2, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Gov. Tim Pawlenty today deflected suggestions that he's hypocritical on the issue of the federal stimulus -- objecting to it on the one hand, while using the money in his budget on the other.

He said he favored a stimulus, but one with more money for roads and bridges and tax cuts; not the one that became law.

Is he on shifting ground? Not really.

A look at the record shows that Pawlenty has been fairly consistent in the nature of his opposition to the stimulus. Just a week after it was signed into law, he told PRI's The Takeaway:
"That's a concern, but I wouldn't say the overriding concern. But of the total infrastructure in the bill, including roads and bridges, it's only $150 billion. We've got fish hatchery money in there, there's art endowment money in there, there's spending on every kind of government program. We're going to get more money for programs in our state than we would've spent on the programs even in good times. The bill clearly has meandered and that was the tipping point for many Republicans to say, this is not a good enough stimulus bill. But only four Republican governors supported it, the rest were either concerned or opposed. Most are going to end up taking the money. In Minnesota's case, we're going to take the money, because we're a major subsidizer of the federal government. For every dollar we send in, we only get 72 cents back, so we're going to accept the money, because we're paying the bill.

"Again, I support a stimulus bill, I just think this one should have done better. So I'm not arguing the general premise of can we benefit from a stimulus bill and should we have had a stimulus bill. I say to those questions, yes, I just am disappointed in this one.
A few days later, he against said he supported a stimulus bill, just not this one:

(More below the fold)

Continue reading "Is Pawlenty a hypocrite on the stimulus?"

Live-blogging: The (failed) override vote

Posted at 3:08 PM on March 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (21 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The Minnesota House of Representatives debated overriding the governor's veto of a bill extending GAMC, the health care program for the poorest of Minnesotans today.

Here are some of the main points of the debating parties (live-blog)

Rep. Leon Lillie (DFL-North St. Paul)
- "Many of these folks are people who have served our country. They stood up there and we clapped for them. We owe them this. This makes me sick... There's no shame in me or anybody voting 'yes' on this. There's no shame for anyone who votes for the needy in our society."

Rep. Jerry Newton (DFL-Coon Rapids) - "We have 8,000 veterans who are on GAMC. There's an invisible brigade of these people who come out seemingly from the woods. We have to make sure that we take care of these people. We had the Red Bulls here the other day and we applauded their service. Let's show these 8,000 that we support their service, too"

Rep. Larry Howes (R-Walker)
- "If we wait 48 hours and we get a good financial report, then you've got my vote. But not today."

Rep. Phyllis Kahn (DFL-Minneapolis)
- "The people who don't see the emergency, haven't ... talked to the people who see how important this is."

Rep. Steve Gottwalt (R- St.Cloud) - "The green votes were a show of good faith to say 'let's work together.' The expectation is it would go to conference committee. Some of us may be guilty of naivete or trust, but we're not guilty of being dishonest... The calls I've received even before session have been to take care of GAMC recipients. We all want to solve this problem. There are reforms we need to do to this program, and there's a chance here to put those changes in place."

Rep. Erin Murphy (DFL-St. Paul)
- "If we put this bill into law, we will help our budget situation. The cost of the old program is $1 million a day. If we put this into law, we cut that in half."

Rep. Rod Hamilton (R-Mountain Lake) - "The override addresses one side of the issue. When we think with our hearts, we fail to recognize the details... We have people getting benefits that they do not pay for, and people paying for benefits that they do not receive. People are struggling; times are tough." (Hamilton was one of the Republicans who voted to override the governor's gas tax veto a few years ago)

Rep. John Ward (DFL-Brainerd) - "When I vote, I vote my conscience, my constituents, and my caucus, in that order. The governor was quoted as saying, 'God is in charge.' I couldn't agree with that more. My faith and the God that I serve taught me early in my life that I need to take care of and fight for my brothers and sisters less fortunate than me."

Rep. Doug Magnus (R-Slayton)
- It's a sad day when 25 percent of the homeless single males are veterans. We increased the funding for the Minnesota Assistance Council for Veterans last year. The message we're hearing today is 'homeless veterans with no place left to go.' That is not true. I can't stand silently by and have my fellow veterans raised up as a flag as the poster child for homelessness."

Rep. Erin Murphy (D- St. Paul) - 2200 veterans died last year because they didn't have health care.

(Bob notes: Today's debate is showing a reality of politics at the Capitol this year. It's all about the veterans.)

Rep. Tony Cornish (R-CornishGood Thunder) - "Nobody is going to make me feel shame today no matter how many times you mention 'God.' Don't pull the Bible out any damn time it's convenient. Pull it out when we talk about abortion or gay rights. I went to church yesterday, too. Just because I vote against the override, doesn't mean I'm any less a Christian."

Rep. Carol McFarland (R-White Bear Lake)
- "The ones (calls) that have been misled is the faith community."

Rep. Matt Dean (R-Dellwood)
- "We want a bill the governor could sign. The outcome of this vote is certain; we know we're going to uphold the governor's veto. The members of this caucus are doing so to return to the negotiating table."

Rep. Doug Magnus (R-Slayton) - "The Red Bulls get five years of medical coverage when they return."

Rep. Paul Thissen (DFL-St. PaulMinneapolis) - "The choice before is not to stop negotiating; we can continue to do that. Our decision today is simply a choice today is whether we're going to go forward with... the more expensive version, or Rep. Murphy's bill. We've been working on this for nine months."

Rep. Denise Dittrich (DFL-Champlin) - "This solution is far less expensive than the governor's plan. This plan covers more people. Our deadline has arrived."

Rep. Laura Brod (R-New Prague) - "There's a false choice being offered...that we can override the governor today or all these people go unserved tomorrow. The choice we have today is whether we continue negotiations and find a solution that we all agree on... I don't know whether government can be moral or compassionate. That's for the people."

Rep. Larry Hosch (DFL-St. Joseph) - "Many of the people on GAMC have become disabled. Our most vulnerable people... we may be the next ones who have to rely on GAMC. I have my values rooted in my faith. Our bishop sent a letter about the importance of maintaining the dignity of all people... "

Rep. Steve Gottwalt (R-St. Cloud) - "Many of us on our side are saying, 'enough.'"

Rep. Andrew Falk (DFL-Murdock) - "What happens if we lose these small community hospitals. If you have a farm accident, a car accident, a stroke or heart attack, where do they go if they're not there to provide the care? For me this is an easy vote. I'm voting to protect my hospitals."

Rep. David Bly (DFL-Northfield) - "We're trying to help someone else out. Our side believes government spending can be a good thing. What I hear from the other side is government spending is bad in good times and bad times."

Rep. Kurt Zellers (R-Maple Grove) - "The people who worked hard to come up with fix are being short-circuited today. Not for one minute do I believe anyone in this room does not want to find a solution for those who need it the most. I will not question your motives, I will not question your morality, I will not question your commitment to solving this problem."

Rep. Tony Sertich (DFL-Chisholm)
- "We have to be honest with ourselves. These are the two choices that were before us when the governot vetoed the program last may, when we started work on it 9 months ago, when we took a vote on it a few weeks ago, when we worked on it over the weekend, and they were the two choices we have today. I wish there could be a bridge between these two solutions... there is not."

MOTION TO OVERRIDE VOTE (90 votes are needed):

YES 86
NO 47

There's still a chance another override vote can be taken later. Rep. Sertich changed his vote to "no" so that he could be on the "prevailing side." Only a member on the prevaling side can move for reconsideration.

Comment on this post

Health care and homelessness

Posted at 3:17 PM on February 25, 2010 by Bob Collins (35 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

IMG_1801.jpg

Douglas and Anita "Annie" Gervais weren't watching the big health care summit in Washington at their St. Paul apartment this afternoon. There's not much they need to know about health care that they haven't learned firsthand. And there's nothing going on there that will save them from what's going to happen here in the next 24 hours.

A couple of miles away from the Gervais' apartment, the Minnesota Senate overrode Gov. Pawlenty's veto of a bill that would extend a program providing health care to the state's poorest citizens. The fate of the override effort in the House, however, is less clear. "If they would get out and see the people he (Gov. Pawlenty) is trying to shut the door on..." Douglas Gervais says, without finishing the sentence.

Annie has breast cancer. Douglas, who has had a kidney transplant, has mental health issues. They'd be wondering how they're going to provide for themselves when MinnesotaCare cuts them off if they weren't preoccupied with where they're going to live after tomorrow.

Mrs. Gervais, 48, was a victim of the collapsing economy before the cancer moved in. She was an assembly line temporary worker at Colder Products Company in St. Paul until the hours started drying up last spring. "Finally, they didn't call at all," she said today. A few months later, she felt a lump in her breast. A mastectomy followed, and now she's undergoing once-a-week chemotherapy.

"I put applications for work in, but that chemo really knocks me out," she says. Her husband works as a building manager but his hours have been cut to about 10 a week. He's trying to care for his wife, but his mental health issues have flared with every piece of bad news. He recently checked himself into the mental health unit at Regions Hospital.

"My nerves are completely shot. I have to work around her appointments," he says. "When she's down, I'm the caregiver. I'm a lunatic trying to care for her."

MinnesotaCare has been providing coverage for most of the health care costs. Their $40 monthly premium had been cut to $16 and now to $8. "I've got the monthly bill here," she says, "but I don't have $8."

She also doesn't have the $720 rent payment that's overdue. Last week, the couple went to court to learn that they have to be out of their apartment by Friday if they don't come up with the rent, plus penalties, which now totals $1,145. The Minneapolis-based Angel Foundation, which provides financial assistance to cancer patients, helped pay last month's rent but while it bought them some time, it didn't buy an answer or a job.

"If we have to, we'll live in the truck," Douglas says. They'll have to. Even if that's a solution to their housing, it's not a solution to their health care. "Look at all these medications we have to take. A $3 co-pay doesn't sound like much, but it adds up pretty quick."

They may qualify for free health care. Annie has an appointment with a Ramsey County financial aid worker on Friday morning. But most other efforts are stuck in a fact of life -- it takes time, and the couple doesn't have it. A disability application with Social Security hasn't been processed yet and even if everything fall into place, the earliest they can get help is April.

(Disclaimer: The East Metro Adult Crisis Stabilization Partnership is trying to assist the Gervaises. My wife, Carolie, is one of the E-MAC team members on the case.)

Comment on this post

Did the stimulus work?

Posted at 12:55 PM on February 23, 2010 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

The verdict is in: The stimulus plan created 1 - 2.1 million jobs through December 2009.

The report comes today from the Congressional Budget Office, a non-partisan office that is cited as reputable by both sides when it suits them. Here's the full report.

That's quite a wide range of numbers there. The CBO says while 600,000 jobs were reportedly created in the 4th quarter, the actual number might be higher or lower than that. Lower, because the jobs might've already existed, and higher because the reports measured only the jobs created by employers, not by subcontractors.

That's a nice way of saying that when Democrats say the stimulus has worked, and Republicans say it hasn't, both are just guessing and cherry-picking data.

For its part, the CBO reports tax cuts are going to be $7 billion more than it originally estimated because tax changes were carried out more quickly than it expected. It also said spending was lower -- albeit slightly lower -- than it had predicted.

Incidentally, here's a moment of serendipity in reading an otherwise dull government report. In a typically bland preface, the report credits various people who worked on it, including Lenny Skutnik who was in charge of printing it. Does that name sound familiar? Maybe this will help.

It's the answer to the "whatever happened to Lenny Skutnik?" question. A non-descript government employee who became internationally famous for jumping into the Potomac to rescue victims of a plane crash in a "rousing act of courage," then went back to being a non-descript government employee. It's too bad. He's not a guy who should be forgotten:

Comment on this post

Minnesota and marriage

Posted at 5:46 PM on February 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Same-sex marriage returned as an issue to the Minnesota Capitol on Monday when a House committee heard from several lawmakers who have bills before the Legislature to make it easier for same-sex couples to marry here or have their marriages recognized in Minnesota. These are the first hearings ever on the subject in Minnesota.

Proponents used economic arguments for easing restrictions on same-sex marriage in the state.

"One of the things we need to do is attract high quality, high-talent employees to move here," Rep. Ryan Winkler told the House Civil Justice Committee, advocating his bill that would require Minnesota to recognize same-sex marriages performed in other states. "If you have a highly-talented employee who is working in Iowa and is married there, you're asking them to give up a civil right to move to this state.

Rep. Phyllis Kahn said Winkler's bill will be easier to pass than hers. It would allow same-sex marriage in Minnesota. Among other things, her bill states:

The state should not interfere with the religious beliefs of its people. Just as a church or religious denomination that objects to same-sex marriage has the right to refuse to solemnize those marriages, a church or religious denomination that believes in the valueof same-sex marriage should have the right to solemnize those marriages.

Bouncing his daughter, Olivia, on his lap, Chris Dolan told the committee about why a birthmother selected him and his husband, Ryan, out of all the prospective couples.

"She said the best example of her life of a healthy relationship was a gay relative and her partner," he said, also making an economic argument by noting that both pay higher tax rates and have to buy additional insurance because neither is entitled to Social Security spousal benefits.

"Failure of this state to recognize our marriage is financially hurting our daughter," he said.

"Does she need a mother?" Rep. Steve Drazkowski, R-Wabasha asked.

"In the world we live in today, families come in all shapes and sizes and Olivia sees the love and support. I think we're doing a good job," he said.

"Our state seems to have codified one interpretation of Scripture into its laws," said Rev. Doug Donley, pastor of University Baptist Church in Dinkytown. "It seems to be a violation of the freedom of religion."

Dale Carpenter, professor at the University of Minnesota Law School, said he's a lifelong Republican and conservative. "Conservative support for sex-sex marriage can best be summed up by P.J. O'Rourke: 'Gays want to get married , have children, and go to church. Next thing you know they'll be advocating for school vouchers and be protesting HBO.'"

Carpenter said the rise of gay families has changed the debate over same-sex marriage because children do not have protections that children of heterosexual couples do. "The debate has largely been a duel of abstractions and unsupported claims," he said. "Sap still runs from maple trees in Vermont, Massachusetts still taxes its citizens with abandon, Canadians still don't have a national identity, and Iowa is just as boring as it was a year ago. There have been no negative effects on homosexual families are the children raised in them."

"Marriage is a faithful, exclusive, lifelong relationship between one man and one woman," countered Michael Becker of St. John's Divinity College Seminary at the University of St. Thomas, speaking on behalf of Catholic bishops. "Marriage between one man and one woman forms a nucleus. It forms a strong and healthy environment for children to be raised up. Marriage is a fundamental building block of our culture. Same-sex marriage contradicts the nature of marriage."

"They feel trapped by a brain that gives them no choice but to participate in a dysfunctional way of life," Dr. Bill Harley said of homosexuals The marriage counselor said homosexuality is a choice. "They can change that orientation if there's a good reason to do so," he said.

At least two other bills at the Capitol would provide for a Constitutional amendment banning same-sex marriage but sponsors said they did not want the bills aired today, committee chairman Joe Mullery said.

Comment on this post

Caption contest: Pawlenty and Obama

Posted at 12:27 PM on February 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

pawlenty_obama_feb_22.jpg

Gov. Tim Pawlenty and President Barack Obama came glass-to-glass during a dinner at the White House on Sunday.

The picture is begging for a caption.

Submit yours below.

Comment on this post

Same-sex marriage issue resurfaces at Capitol

Posted at 12:03 PM on February 22, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There won't be a vote taken, but today a bill that would recognize same-sex marriages in other states gets a hearing at the Capitol in St. Paul.

The bill, from Rep. Ryan Winkler, would strike this provision in current state law on prohibited marriages:

A marriage entered into by persons of the same sex, either under common law or statute, that is recognized by another state or foreign jurisdiction is void in this state and contractual rights granted by virtue of the marriage or its termination are unenforceable in this state.

It's been a few years since same-sex marriage was a significant issue in Minnesota. The idea of a constitutional amendment banning same-sex marriage surfaced in the 2006 gubernatorial race. Opponents of the amendment said it was unnecessary because current state law already bans same-sex marriage.

Since then, of course, Iowa and several New England states have approved same-sex marriage.

The House Civil Justice Committee meets at 4:30 to consider changing the law.

Meanwhile, two bills aimed at expanding rights for domestic partners were filed today. One would allow workers' compensation benefits for domestic partners.Another would give probate rights to domestic partners.

Comment on this post

God and the Minnesota state budget

Posted at 11:01 AM on February 21, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Religion

Religion and state government are on a collision course over Gov. Pawlenty's decision to cut General Assistance Medical Care, the program for the poor and disabled Minnesotans; and MinnesotaCare, the health care program for working Minnesotans that's running low on cash because the Pawlenty administration has raided the fund that pays for it to cover shortfalls in other spending areas. MinnesotaCare is paid for by a tax on doctors and health care providers.

Failing on matters of policy, some religious leaders in Minnesota are turning to the Bible to explain why the state shouldn't whack the budget on the backs of the state's most vulnerable.

"From the Scriptures and church teaching, we learn that the justice of a society is tested by the treatment of the poor," Catholic bishops wrote in a pastoral letter back in 1986. "The justice that was the sign of God's covenant with Israel was measured by how the poor and unprotected -- the widow, the orphan, and the stranger -- were treated. The kingdom that Jesus proclaimed in his word and ministry excludes no one. Throughout Israel's history and in early Christianity, the poor are agents of God's transforming power."

Minnesota's Catholic bishops wrote to state lawmakers last week

bishops_letter_feb_18.jpg

Religious underpinnings of state policy have been mirrored in comments on the budget here on News Cut and on our Facebook page after Gov. Pawlenty vetoed an extension of GAMC benefits last week.

Said one reader:

The party that touts traditional Christian values needs to take the Christian scriptures a little more seriously. Deuteronomy 15:7-8: "If there is among you anyone in need, a member of your community in any of your towns within the land that the Lord your God is giving you, do not be hard-hearted or tight-fisted toward your needy neighbor. You should rather open your hand, willingly lending enough to meet the need, whatever it may be."

Perhaps, as some have argued, religious direction should not influence state public policy. But Gov. Pawlenty isn't one of those people. He told conservative leaders in Washington last week:

"God's in charge. There are some people who say 'Pawlenty, don't bring that up. Its politically incorrect.' Hogwash! ...I say to those naysayers that try to crowd out God from the discussion, if it's good enough for the founding fathers it's good enough for us."

Pawlenty, raised a Catholic, is now an Evangelical, a member of the Wooddale Church in Edina, where senior pastor Rev. Leith Anderson is also head of the National Association of Evangelicals. Anderson, unlike his predecessor -- Ted Haggerty -- tends to steer away from political involvement, but made his moral direction on the subject of the poor clear in an interview a few years ago.

"I would extend that to other evangelicals and wish that they would share those concerns. I'm concerned for the poor. I'm concerned for justice for the disenfranchised. I have a great concern and the church of which I am a part is deeply involved in the HIV/AIDS issues in Africa and concerned that we be responsible in providing aid and sustenance and encouragement and everything that we can possibly do."

But evangelicals do not approach the issue with one voice. There are adherents, for example, to the "prosperity gospel," in which God is said to favor those who are the most faithful with wealth and health.

While most reporters focused on the political horse race of the presidential election, they missed the more important story : Gov. Pawlenty is either simultaneously inviting God's word to be part of the discussion while ignoring it, or he has a different interpretation of it. After last week's speech and invitation, nobody called his office looking for a clarification, his spokesman said.

It doesn't appear it came up today on NBC's Meet the Press, either. David Gregory, like many other journalists, is more obsessed with whether Pawlenty is running than what makes Pawlenty run.

To be fair, Gregory did ask Pawlenty about God, but failed to press the governor beyond the stump-speech answer he gave:

Well, the founders of this nation embraced the same perspective. They said, we are endowed by our creator. They didn't say by Washington, D.C. or the local or state government. I believe there is a divine power. I believe there is a god and that God is in charge. If it's good enough for the founding fathers of this country, it's good enough for me.

In the meantime, the most substantive -- if not the most compassionate -- guidance for those who are about to lose their safety net in Minnesota probably came from Cal Ludeman, who said the poor need to rely on "ingenuity" to survive.

Comment on this post

Republicans voted for health care extension before they voted against it

Posted at 8:55 PM on February 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

There was back-patting all around at the Capitol on Thursday as Republicans and Democrats joined forces to approve a 16-month extension of a state health care plan for thousands of low-income adults, many of them mentally ill.

Republicans and Democrats didn't get everything they wanted, but that's the way compromise worked before it became a dirty word.

Then Gov. Pawlenty vetoed the bill:

pawlenty_letter.jpg

The Senate will vote to override the governor. Then it will go to the House, where it passed 125-9, more than enough votes to override the veto.

But late this afternoon the Republican caucus in the House announced they'd vote against the bill and vote to uphold the governor's veto.

Here's the statement from Rep. Kurt Zellers:

"Governor Pawlenty wants to push for more reforms to the state's health care programs, and our caucus will support that effort. We will uphold the Governor's veto.

"Representatives Matt Dean and Steve Gottwalt offered real reform ideas during today's floor debate and we will bring those ideas back to the table as we try to achieve a solution. This is difficult work. We'll roll up our sleeves and get back at it."

What does this mean? It means Zellers' caucus voted for a bill they thought was bad, or intend to vote against a bill they think is good.

Ninety votes are needed in the House to override the governor's veto. There are 87 DFLers in the House.

Suppose you have three Republicans sitting with you now who say they're on the fence. Given your opinion of the bill, what would you tell them to get them to your side?

Comment on this post

In search of Hollywood

Posted at 12:29 PM on February 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

If you didn't know any better, you'd swear that the partisan gridlock in Washington is something new. Sen. Evan Bayh, of course, is the latest politician to blame partisan rancor for the failure to get something done. "Brain-dead partisanship," he called the system in Washington, while announcing he's done with it.

The Atlantic's James Fallows has had it with pols using this as an excuse. For Bayh, in particular, he suggests naming names.

Unlike everyone else up for election this year, you don't have to worry how this or that bout of truth-telling will look on Election Day. Let 'em bitch! You don't need an interest group to endorse you or a civic club to applaud you any more. Do you think hyperpartisanship is destroying the Senate? Why not call out people -- by name, by specific hypocritical move -- when you see them doing what they should be ashamed of? I guarantee that the press would eat this up. Why not a ten-month public seminar, through the rest of this year, on who is doing what, and how it could be different? Do you object to personal "holds" on nominations? Make it an issue! You have an idea of some issue where Republicans and Democrats might agree? Be specific about it and see what you can do. Again, if I know anything about the press and the melodrama of public life, I know you could turn it to your advantage -- and the public's, Mr. Smith style.

But Congress has been sending the disillusioned home for generations. Sometimes, it keeps them from even trying.

Here's Mike Ciresi's take when he announced in February 2006 that he wouldn't run for the Senate:

"I'm an individual who likes to get things done. The more I watch what was going on in Washington over the past few months, I felt that as soon as I got there, it would be very difficult -- with the way the Senate is presently composed and the way the process is -- to get things done. I think the Democratic Party needs to stand up and say what it stands for. And it's not doing that; it's not getting the leadership out of the Senate, and I think the inertia is overwhelming."

Back when deficits were the #1 issue, former congressman Tim Penny also gave up. In retiring from Congress at the end of his term in 1995, Penny said the pork-barrel brand of politics was a system too ingrained to change. In his co-written book, The 15 Biggest Lies in Politics, he documented the differences Republicans and Democrats don't have in exploiting the system to stay in office and spend money.

When announcements like Bayh's come, this clip gets a good workout in the media:

Perhaps politicians go to Washington looking for Hollywood, only to be disappointed when they find Washington instead.

Comment on this post

Fact Check: Why businesses leave Minnesota

Posted at 10:53 AM on February 16, 2010 by Bob Collins (19 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

state_farm_building.jpg

Unquestionably, Minnesota is one of the highest-taxed states in the country for business, and that fact is being used by lawmakers who see cutting those taxes as the first step in creating and maintaining jobs.

Usually, anecdotal stories of companies folding up shop in the state are used to prove that taxes cause companies to leave Minnesota. But there have been few -- if any -- comprehensive (and objective) studies asking them why they left.

On Minnesota Public Radio's Midmorning broadcast this morning, a caller asked why taxes couldn't be raised to give Minnesotans a "21st century education" (whatever that is). That, the caller said, gives Minnesota an advantage over other states.

Rep. Marty Seifert, R-Marshall responded that politicians aren't the ones to answer that question, but "it's best to ask the people who create the jobs."

"We lost the world headquarters of State Farm out of Woodbury. In my area, we've lost divisions of Schwann's, Viessman Trucking, Anderson Trucking, Luverne Bumper Company, Luverne Fire Apparatus, Hill Stainless Steel, and the list goes on and on and on. Can can talk about Dayton Hudson and divisions of Honeywell. The reality is if you raise taxes and these folks leave, there'll be no one to educate."

Seifert is correct that State Farm moved out of Woodbury, fewer than seven years after building a huge campus in the city. Fifteen-hundred jobs were lost in the city; 350 of them moved to Mendota Heights. But he's wrong that it was because of the state's business climate. He's also wrong that it was the world headquarters of State Farm, a company that calls Illinois home. The Woodbury office was a regional service headquarters for six states.

Before the company consolidated its operations in Lincoln, Nebraska, the company announced the two sites would combine, but at the time it didn't say where. Area officials offered tax breaks to State Farm, but the company rejected negotiations, saying the decision wasn't about taxes, it was about efficiency to save $26 million.

The theory that taxes prompted the move tends to ignore Nebraska's business tax ranking at 33rd in the nation. That's better than Minnesota's, but not by a lot.

Dayton Hudson became Target, which is still headquartered in Minnesota. It sold its department store chain to May Department Stores, which eventually sold it to Macy's, a company based in New York, another high-tax state.

This isn't too suggest, of course, that taxes aren't part of the mix. But to the original question of the caller, it's unclear what the balance is between taxes and other factors.

Meanwhile, there were plenty of people e-mailing their commentaries during the show on the subject of the state budget Here's a sample:


From Saginaw, Mn.

As a former employee of MSOP in Moose Lake, I here nothing of finding cuts within the state system. Currently in MSOP, consultants are utilized when there are qualified people within the state. Directors of a health facility, do not have any health care experience. They have been taken from the DOC system, where the emphasis is incarceration not patient wellness. It is a needed evil to have such a facility, however I think it could be managed more efficiently. Note the employee turnover in the last 4 years, also I think the taxpayers would like to know the amount of wages earned by the directors/consultants. How many state employees were laid off versus terminated in recent years? Look into cost overruns during the last construction phase, and see if the same expenditures are projected to the new construction phase. Thank You

From Alexandria:

Tax breaks might keep companies here, but how does cutting public services, education, health care impact the quality of living and the workforce? What happens when our most qualified and our best educated don't want to live here because the standard of living decreases? People don't come or stay in Minnesota just because of the jobs. They come and stay here because of the overall standard of living.

From Rochester:

If lawmakers are so concerned about lower corporate tax rates why aren't state tax laws conformed with federal depreciation tax deductions to give small business the same faster write-off for capital expenditures that they enjoy for federal tax purposes?

(Photo: Loopnet)

Comment on this post

Tim Pawlenty's XFL moment

Posted at 1:16 PM on February 9, 2010 by Bob Collins (22 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

In the wake of MPR reporter Tom Scheck's story that Gov. Tim Pawlenty acted as the delivery man for a big campaign contribution from a Texas Republican to someone in Alabama, it's possible that some Jesse Ventura-style attention will now be focused on where/when a sitting governor stops being a governor during the course of a week.

Up until now, Pawlenty's role as both a governor and a likely presidential candidate/courier have gone largely unexamined from an ethical/appropriateness standpoint.

Why is a governor from Minnesota, picking up a check from a donor in Texas, and delivering it to someone in Alabama? Pawlenty told Scheck that he was acting in his capacity as vice chairman of the Republican Governor's Association.

Can you be both? Is it unseemly to have a state's governor being a courier for campaign donations?

When Jesse Ventura was in office, Republicans and Democrats upbraided him for spending weekend time as a broadcaster of the XFL football games.

Former congressman Tim Penny, who was a Ventura ally, tried to alert us to the double standard in a September article in his hometown paper:


In contrast, the media was routinely and extremely tough on Governor Jesse Ventura for his out-of-state trips. For example, Ventura left the state - only occasionally - to show up on the David Letterman or Jay Leno shows (and for a few Saturdays to announce games for the fated and short-lived XFL football league). But without exception on each of these occasions, the Minnesota media loudly blasted Ventura!

My question is this: How are Ventura's out-of-state excursions any different - or any worse - than Pawlenty's purely political travels? In both cases these trips have NOTHING to do with our state's business. Yet, the Minnesota media seem to write only glowingly about Pawlenty's trips (apparently because they believe the trips are evidence that he is a contender on the national scene). Whether he has the potential to be a presidential contender (a disputable assumption), is also largely beside the point.

What matters is this: There are serious challenges to be dealt with here at home (like honestly balancing the state budget rather than burdening the next Governor with cleaning up the budget mess). Yet, Pawlenty, instead of providing leadership and solutions, is essentially using the time remaining in his current job to seek another job. Most people would at the least have their pay deducted for the days they don't show up for work. In contrast, the Minnesota media provide Pawlenty with flattering headlines. Go figure.

Let's go to the Wayback Machine. It's March 2001, and not-yet-governor Tim Pawlenty is on CNN talking about Jesse Ventura's extracurricular activities.

Well, I think that our governor is a media supernova, and I think when people elected him, they knew they were signing up for something unusual. The moonlighting, though, perhaps was a step over the line, and I think it's not a technical conflict of interest or anything like that, but it is bad judgment. I think when people elect a governor, they more or less expect him or her to be around full-time.

... as a general proposition, if you're going to be governor, it's probably a full-time job, and we think you should full-time time and energy to it.

Comment on this post

Tempest in a Tea Party

Posted at 9:06 AM on February 7, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Sarah Palin gave a speech to the Tea Party convention on Saturday.



The day-after analysis is focusing on allegations she read notes written on her hand.



This Web site has put together the evidence. But it's evidence of what, exactly? That politicians' answers aren't spontaneous and unrehearsed?

Oh.

The Daily Show With Jon StewartMon - Thurs 11p / 10c
Obama Speaks to a Sixth-Grade Classroom
www.thedailyshow.com
Daily Show
Full Episodes
Political HumorHealth Care Crisis

Comment on this post

The case for a Vikings stadium discussion

Posted at 10:37 AM on February 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (26 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Sports

The Minnesota Legislature begins its 2010 session today (MPR's Midday is originating its entire show from the Capitol today) and the chief topic is how to to close the state's budget deficit.

But the slightly smaller gorilla in the room is a stadium for the Minnesota Vikings. Still, it has no significant chance of coming up for discussion this year.

Gov. Pawlenty tried to put the discussion in play yesterday during his appearance on MPR's Midday when he offered several possible ways to raise some revenue for the Vikings, whose lease at the Metrodome expires at the end of next season.

Sooner or later, the issue has to come up for discussion. The question is: Should it be sooner? Or later?

Minnesota politicians specialize in waiting until the last minute to solve problems and make decisions, and from the pre-session talk, they're likely to put off a stadium discussion until next year. Part of that is a hope something will change between now and then. But all of the economic reports say nothing will likely change.

"As soon as the topic comes up, it sucks the air out of the room," my colleague, Kerri Miller, a former Capitol reporter, said to me this morning while we were arguing about whether the issue should be discussed this session.

She's probably right; legislating is hard, especially in an election year.

Why should the topic come up? Two reasons. One, is someone -- somewhere -- has to have a long-range vision for Minnesota. What exactly do you want Minnesota to look like in five years? And, once we settle on that, how do we get there? Is an NFL team part of that vision? What's the dropout rate in Minnesota in 2015 (A proposal is to increase the age at which we let kids drop out)? What industry -- bioscience, for example -- do you think Minnesota should try to attract as a dominant industry?

This is not an entirely foreign concept at the Capitol. In one of the few bipartisan efforts on major legislation, lawmakers and the governor set benchmarks for reducing greenhouse gasses in the state by 2015. They didn't wait until 2014 to do it; they did it in 2007.

Reason two: If you're not talking about solutions, you don't generally find them. There are, of course, the obvious and longstanding opinions on whether the state should have any role in keeping an NFL team in Minnesota. "Why should taxpayers have to pay to have an NFL team?" is one. The answer is simple: Whether we like it or not, that's the way it is. If someone else is willing to build them a stadium, NFL teams move. Whatever Minnesota decides, it has to understand the reality of sports economics.

It's true that the Legislature has big issues that need to be discussed that may have more priority than deciding the fate of the Minnesota Vikings. But legislators in the House today filed 337 more bills for consideration, most of which are far less significant, that also get to the issue of how the state spends its money: A pedestrian walkway at Minnetonka Beach, an airport hangar for Thief River Falls, a campground in Two Harbors, and renovation of Orchestra Hall in Minneapolis among them.

Someone must think a pedestrian walkway, an airport hangar, a campground, and an orchestra are part of a vision and are prepared to discuss it in this session. Why not add the Vikings' stadium to the debate?

"People need jobs in this state; it's an important part of what's going on in the economy," House Speaker Margaret Anderson Kelliher said last month. "However, public money going towards this is a very difficult sell in a budget crisis."

She's right. It will be. But talking about it and considering solutions doesn't preclude saying "no" to any of them. Otherwise, the state is dealing with a problem by ignoring it. How's that strategy worked out in the past?

Comment on this post

Live-blogging: The people who would be governor

Posted at 11:03 AM on February 1, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

MPR's Midday with Gary Eichten is hosted a gubernatorial candidate forum from the UBS Forum at News Cut's World Headquarters today. The DFLers are up first, then the GOP. Republican candidate Tom Emmer pulled out of today's forum two hours before it was to start.

Can we learn much about candidates in these sorts of forums when there are so many candidates? Let's find out as I live blog both hours.

Here's Gary's introduction:

Tomorrow night, all three of Minnesota's major political parties hold neighborhood meetings -- or caucuses -- around the state to begin the process of selecting each party's candidate for governor. Tim Pawlenty is not running for re-election this year so the field is wide open and there is no shortage of men and women who want to succeed him. Today, to help you get ready for the caucuses tomorrow night, we've been joined here in Minnesota Public Radio's UBS Forum by all of the DFL and Republican Party candidates. We'll hear from the DFL candidates this hour, the Republicans at noon. And we should note that even if you aren't a party activist, you can still stop by your caucus tomorrow night, cast a ballot for governor in your party's straw ballot, and leave. So, stay tuned. We might be able to help you decide who you want to vote for tomorrow night.

The format for the hour is pretty simple. No stopwatches or formal statements. But we have encouraged the candidates to keep their comments relatively short so everyone gets a chance to speak, we've encouraged the candidates to talk with each other as we go along, and we've also encouraged the candidates to identify themselves before they speak so you folks listening on the radio know who is speaking. It sounds a little stilted but it makes it easier to follow and I'll also try to do a play-by-play as we go along.

One more note before we get started. There are three major political parties in Minnesota, and the Independence Party is also holding precinct caucuses tomorrow night. There is also a contest for the IP Party endorsement, but there wasn't a contest when we set up this program so we weren't able to incorporate them into the program today. However: if you go to your IP Party caucus tomorrow night, you now have a choice of five candidates. In alphabetical order, the IP candidates for governor are: Rob Hahn, Tom Horner, John Uldrich, Joe Repya, and Rahn Workuff. We'll hear from them as the campaign goes along. We don't want to give anyone short shrift.


THE DEMOCRATS

These are the candidates: Tom Bakk, Mark Dayton, Matt Entenza, Susan Gaertner (no show), Steve Kelley, Margaret Anderson Kelliher, John Marty, Felix Montez (no show), Tom Rukavina, R.T. Rybak, Ole Savior, Paul Thissen.

Q: Why should Democrats pick you?

Entenza: People are tired of not seeing things accomplished. We need a leader to stand up for core principles. I've got a proven track record who'll put white-collar criminals in jail. We saved MinnesotaCare.

Thissen: Health care is a huge issue; it's the thing that's going to bankrupt Minnesota and I don't think there's anybody in the race with as much knowledge to solve that problem. We've fallen into a routine of looking to the past for our candidates and our ideas.

Rybak: I'll support whoever gets the nomination but we have to remember what the governor's job is. It's to be chief executive of a multi-billion dollar corporation. It's a job similar to mine. I walked into a city in a mess and showed you can have strong management.

Kelliher: Our economy is on the ropes and we don't need someone who has to learn the ropes. I've put together three consecutive state budgets. The next governor will have 12 weeks to put the budget together and six of those weeks you're not the governor.

Dayton: I offer 35 years of public service. I'm the only DFL candidate who's headed a state agency and I've headed three of them.

Rukavina: I've walked the walk. I've done a lot of innovative things at the Capitol. I have a proven track record.

Savior: Republicans want to cut the budget and affect poor people. They don't care about that. My idea is to bring more money into the state. A lot of Democrats want to raise our taxes and I don't. It's not necessary.

Marty: I have the vision to put together a health care plan that covers every Minnesotan and gives health care as a right to people.

Bakk: My theme is jobs, jobs, jobs. I'm the candidate with the most believable message. Spent my entire working career as a carpenter. In the '80s, I ran out of unemployment. I know what it's like not to have a paycheck.

Kelley: I'm the candidate who can win in November. I won five teams in a swing suburban district. I had opponents, but not enemies and that's the leadership we need in the governor's office.

Q: Should it matter to DFLers whether you honor the endorsement?

Thissen: Yes. I'm going to honor the endorsement.

Rukavina: I've been going to precinct caucus since 1972. It's very important we have an endorsement process. I can't run against my good friends who got a million bucks in this race.

Rybak: With this crop of candidates, whoever comes out of that endorsement, I'm going to support.

Dayton: The delegates at state convention comprise less than 1/3 of one percent of DFL primary voters want not to just recommend who the candidate should be, they want to dictate who the candidate should be. I'm running in the primary.

Bakk: I intend to abide by the endorsement. Both parties should pick their candidates by the first of May.

Savior: My views are similar to Mark Dayton's. I will be in the primary. The Star Tribune and Pioneer Press have excluded me.

Kelley: Sen. Dayton has too narrow a view of what democracy is.

Marty: It matters some.

Kelliher: It matters. An endorsement process is important to have a diversity of candidates. The Republicans are not going to have a primary.

(Susan Gaertner has arrived. Describes why she should the choice. "I have executive experience and lots of experience making tough decisions.")

Q: Many people would like to see an end to partisan gridlock. Is there an idea that Republicans have been promoting that's a good idea?

Kelliher: An angel investor tax credit to promote biosciences. It attracts private capital.

Rybak: (Talks about what he's done in Minneapolis, but doesn't really answer the question other than to says both parties should "invest in Main Street.")

Entenza: Says he'd get rid of No Child Left Behind. (Cleverly notes that some Republicans agree)

Savior: None.

Dayton: Says he worked with Sen. McCain on "Beyond the Yellow Ribbon," to provide services to Iraqi war veterans.

Bakk: We have to look at regulatory environment. Taxes matter but every year we pile more rules on business community and if Minnesota is going to grow jobs, we have to look at environmental regulations.

Rukavina: Republicans have a lot of good ideas and I vote with them on a number of bills. We have different philosophies and we shouldn't be ashamed of that.

Gaertner: Says she's heard Republicans embrace consumption-based taxes. And use of ignition locks for drunk drivers.

Thissen: Says he's been working with Republicans on initiatives to help people save for retirement.

[ Rybak just tweeted: Listen to me right now on MPR 91.1. Last debate before Caucuses!!] Does he tweet his own material or does someone else?

Kelley: Talks about high-speed Internet and a metro-wide public radio system.

Marty: Republicans have come to me to carry bills for consumer protection. Says the Republican who asked me said "it doesn't really fit with my philosophy of government." (Names, senator, give us a name!)

Rybak: I spend a lot of time talking to mayors. We have too much government in the state of Minnesota. Government needs to get back to basic: Police, fire, roads etc. (Well, that does get to the issue, doesn't it. Since the bulk of the state budget is human services, how does that square with "getting back to basics"? Is that code?)

Kelliher: I respect people as individuals. That's where that bipartisanship can start again. "We've seen too much name calling out of the governor's office."

Q: Should teacher pay be tied to student performance/test scores?

Kelley: There should be a team approach in schools. Music can contribute to a student's learning of mathematics. Radically connecting test scores to teacher pay wouldn't incorporate role that music teacher plays.

Entenza: The obsession with tests is completely nuts.

(Let's go back to this item from today's Five at 8: One of every four graduating high school boys can't understand a newspaper article)

Rukavina: 99% of our teachers do a good-excellent job in our state. We should just let teachers teach again.

Gaertner: The teacher is held accountable for the student no matter what his/her background. But we need to come up with a way to evaluate project. The method needs to come from teachers themselves.

Dayton: We need to give teachers more tools.

Savior: You can't always blame the governor. Between the governor and legislature, they're against poor people. (Didn't answer question)

Kelliher: Stresses need for early childhood education.

Thissen: This points out the need for experience.

Rybak: I don't know a parent, teacher, or student who's afraid of being measured. The challenge is we're measuring too narrow and we're not measuring community.

Dayton: The tests aren't fair.

REPUBLICANS

Robert Carney, Leslie Davis, Bill Haas, David Hann, Phil Herwig, Marty Seifert.

Q: Why should caucus-goers choose you?

Haas: Because I have experience and knowledge of state budgeting process. I've got the energy it will take to get the job done.

Seifert: I have experience, knowledge and vision to lead this state. I downsized government.

Davis: People are tired of the misery. People who support me support the history of Minnesota. Vote for someone else and you support the misery.

Carney: I want to work with people of all party or no party who are independent minded. We have to talk about how to restrain growth of government, but governor can't act as the third house of the Legislature.

Herwig: When the party was founded, they decided to call it Republican because it best expressed the idea of equality. For years, I've been active in the party. Heard people say they'd reduce government, do something about Pro Life issues... and I haven't seen anything yet.

Hann: I've demonstrated my interest in voting for conservative principles. Have a strong commitment to education and reform of education.

Q: Do you see yourself as a Tea Party conservative or traditional Republican conservative?

Hann: I'm a traditional Republican with a commitment to limited government. Focus on doing the right thing.

Seifert: Says government shouldn't spend more than it takes in. That resonates with both. A lot of it is about putting a demonstrable movement together.

Herwig: I started out demonstrating and protesting back in 1963 when I was on a Freedom March with Martin Luther King Jr. I protested Obama health care bill. The Tea Party has an open letter to Republicans. We are conservatives, capitalists, and political people. I see myself as a freedom fighter.

Hass: Tea Party people are good people. People want their voice heard.

Davis: Tea Party people are the guns and rumbling crowd.

Carney: Moderate, progressive candidate. I'm the MPR candidate. (huh? MPR has no horse in the race.) Republican Party is rooted in local government.

Herwig: It bothers me to hear Republican Party is rooted in federal and local government. The Republican Party is rooted in freedom (I don't think Carney mentioned "federal")

Q: Will you sign a "no new taxes" pledge?

Davis: Yes.

Carney: No

Hann: Yes

Herwig: Yes (and feeds)

Seifert: I haven't been offered one. I've signed on in the past.

Haas: I'm not real high on signing pledges. I stand on my integrity that I won't raise taxes.

(This brings up an interesting point. If a matter of integrity is saying you won't do something, what does signing a pledge matter?)

Q: Can you name a good idea that Democrats have?

Seifert: We're all for jobs. But we're for less government and less welfare. Democrats are interested in some reforms. I want to be more aggressive.

Hann: Cites a John Brandl book and says there must be other Democrats who believe that money isn't the answer to everything. Says Democrats have too strong an allegiance to government employee groups.

Hass: Elderly care, as cited by Paul Thissen. We've got baby boomers coming through the system and our elderly care system is not prepared for it. Also cites health insurance costs.

Davis: Just naming problems isn't an idea. I didn't hear them outline any solutions. Talk about pie-in-the-sky ideas. Jobs don't grow. You can't create jobs without money; none of them indicate where we're going to make the money. You can't cut and tax.

Carney: Sen. Bakk talked about deregulation; that's something we want to look toward. He talked about ethanol plants getting built in Iowa because of regulations here. (Side note: Minnesota has a producer payment program for ethanol producers, however. How does that square with less government?)

Herwig: The question gets back to Republicans and Democrats working together. Because of the times we're in, both will be more interested in working together.

Q: Should federal government spend more money on education?

Hann: No, there's nothing in the Constitution that authorizes the federal government to set education.

Davis: He's right. The idea of putting more money into it. In Minneapolis they convinced voters to approve a bill that would give them another half-billion dollars. If you look at math, reading, science scores, in both of those cities, they're "F" in every category.

Haas: Too many strings attached. Outcome-based education, Profiles of Learning, all failed programs. We have to have more control at the local level with parents having a voice in the education of their children.

Seifert: It's a local responsibility. 20-30 percent of children in Minneapolis drop out. We have old laws that allow 16 year olds to drop out.

(Seifert just pointed out that he voted to withdraw from No Child Left Behind. He did. I wonder if he brought it up because his perceived main competition -- Tom Emmer -- was one of 9 legislators who voted against it. Here's the roll call.)

Q: Give one area where you could see the state making a substantial savings by cutting the budget?

Davis: Get rid of all the PR people at the Dept. of Commerce. There'd be some trimming. I'd trim the Judiciary staff.

Hann: You have to look where the money is. Half the money is in education. Another 20 percent is in human services and health care. We could look at meeting education objectives at a lower cost.

Seifert: Contract out administrative functions like MinnesotaCare. There's hundreds of millions to be saved by cutting entitlement programs. Wants crackdown on people who move to Minnesota for social service programs.

Carney: If you set budget caps and provide stability, organizations will adjust to the budget. (Didn't really hear an answer there).

Herwig: Pawlenty administration doesn't have any ideas; they're busy running for another office. Recommends fewer school districts. Would save $600 million per biennium.

Haas: Why is health and human services going up $2.5 billion? You can't say you're go after just one program?

End of the program.

Comment on this post

American politics UK style

Posted at 4:30 PM on January 29, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Fresh Eye on the Radio (with Mary Lucia), Politics

I've long wondered what it would be like if debate among American political leaders was more like that in Britain...



Today we got a glimpse of what that might be like. It's a long way away from the UK style of conversation, but it's also a long way from what we're used to hearing.



Meanwhile, here's today's Fresh Eye on the Radio, more calmly delivered:

Comment on this post

Minnesota comes up short in high-speed rail program

Posted at 11:45 AM on January 28, 2010 by Bob Collins (6 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

hi_speed.jpg

Minnesota hasn't been able to make a decision on a route for high-speed rail service to Chicago. Today the federal government gave it the equivalent of the home version of its "let's build high-speed rail" game: $1 million to "study" the situation. It put itself in a position to do little else, and got a little less than what it had asked.

"I have always advocated for a data driven process to determine the route for high-speed rail that's in Minnesota's long term best interests," Congressman Tim Walz, vice chair of the House Transportation Committees Subcommittee on Pipelines, Railroads and Hazardous Materials said in a press release. "This funding will be used to study possible routes that Minnesota outlined in its recent Statewide Rail Plan - including the River Route and the Rochester Route and put Minnesota in the running for future rail construction funding that will create jobs across our state."

Other politicians said the usual things, but advocates of high-speed rail in these parts can't be too happy, not when they've seen how other regions got a big chunk of cash for routes elsewhere.

Even Maine -- Maine! -- got $30 million -- to extend service from Portland to Brunswick.

"We're thrilled," said Patricia Quinn, the executive director of the Northern New England Passenger Rail Authority that operates the service. "It's a great thing for tourism to be able to take a train to the doorstop of LL Bean without having to add any cars and congestion."

Missouri got about the same amount for service between St. Louis and Kansas City. Washington state got $590 million. Wisconsin received over $800 billion million for service between Milwaukee and Madison.

Comparatively, Minnesota has stumbled on this effort. The big players in this drama are Rochester and the Mayo Clinic. They favor a route that takes it through Rochester. State officials favor a route along the Mississippi through Winona, mostly because it's more direct and there are already tracks (though it's anybody's guess how a train is supposed to zoom through downtown Red Wing at 90 miles per hour).

It's not clear how $1 million for a study will settle a standoff here. But one thing is clear: When it comes to competitive funding: You snooze, you lose. It's true, as my colleague Dan Olson (who's covered this issue) reminds me, the Minnesota-to-Madison portion of the plan was a low priority anyway (compared to, say, Chicago to Milwaukee to Madison), But today's comparative shutout comes with a free dose of reality: You've got a far better chance of getting to Brunswick, Maine by high-speed rail in your lifetime than Chicago.

Here's the full list of projects.

Comment on this post

State of the Union guests

Posted at 11:17 AM on January 27, 2010 by Bob Collins
Filed under: Politics

The stories of the people invited to sit with the First Lady at the State of the Union speech are usually more interesting than the speech itself. The White House has just released the list:

Clayton Armstrong (Washington, DC)
Clayton was a DC Scholar with the White House Office of Intergovernmental Affairs during the summer of 2009. He is currently a freshman at the University of Arizona. Clayton grew up in Southeast Washington, DC and graduated from Ballou High School where he was the captain of the football team.


Li Boynton (Bellaire, TX)

Li is a 18-year-old senior from Bellaire, Texas whose passion for science and global health has led her to new and potentially ground-breaking methods for testing the quality of drinking water. Almost one billion people lack access to safe drinking water, and 3.5 million people die each year from water-related diseases. Observing the limitations and significant expense of conventional chemical-specific tests, Boynton saw a need for a broader, more efficient assay for testing - and developed a bacteria bio-sensor. Li's work, which has the potential to be significant in improving public health worldwide, received the Intel International Science and Engineering Fair award for 2009.

Li has always had a passion for science and invention: in 5th grade, she designed a solar-distillation device after reading Life of Pi in case she ever got stranded in the middle of the ocean. Li is also an avid painter and participates in high school debate, which is where she originally developed her environmental interests.

Jeffrey Brown (Philadelphia, PA)
Jeffrey Brown is the founder, President and CEO of Brown's Super Stores, Inc., a growing ten-store supermarket chain trading under the ShopRite banner. As one of the leading supermarkets in the Philadelphia area, the company employs 2,300 associates who are committed to making a difference for their customers and the local communities they serve.

(Here's his story)

Mayor Mick Cornett (Oklahoma City, OK)
Mick Cornett became Oklahoma City's 35th mayor on March 2, 2004, and was re-elected on March 7, 2006. In 2007, he was elected as a Trustee of the U.S. Conference of Mayors. Cornett is also the national President of the organization representing Republican Mayors and Local Officials.

Cornett is a graduate of the University of Oklahoma, where he earned a degree in journalism, and after graduation embarked on a 20 year career in broadcast journalism. In 2001, Cornett was elected to City Council, where he served until becoming mayor.

Cornett was born and raised in Oklahoma City, and together, he and his wife Lisa have raised three sons - Michael, Casey and Tristan.

He's there to highlight his city's anti-obesity program.

Tina Dixon (Allentown, PA)
Tina is currently employed by Lehigh Valley Health Network as a Technical Partner Trainee, a job that she was able to secure through the EARN program (Employment Advancement and Retention Network - a program focused primarily on Paid Work Experience placement) at the Allentown, Pennsylvania CareerLink in preparation to re-enter the workforce after years as a stay-at-home mother to three girls, Olivia, Allison, and Lauren.

It was at CareerLink that Tina met President Obama on the first White House to Main Street Tour in December 2009.

Gabriela Farfan (Madison, WI)
Gabriela is a 19-year old from Madison, Wisconsin whose passion for geology started at a young age - collecting rocks as a seven-year old with her father. In 2009, as a senior in high school, her hard-work and research won her one of the top awards in the Intel Science Talent Search, winning a scholarship for her independent research describing why certain gemstones appear to change color when viewed from different angles--a finding that directly affects the gemstone industry and may have applications in the nano and materials sciences. Gabriela is now in college as a freshman at Stanford University, and a declared geology major.

Gabriela is also a National Hispanic Scholar awardee, has two very proud parents, Abigail Farfan and Carlos Peralta, and has a real dedication to the arts: singing, drawing, painting, speaking French and Spanish, and following operas and musicals.

Julia Frost (Jacksonville, NC)
Julia is a former Marine bandsman trumpeter, a wife of an active duty Marine, and current student at Coastal Carolina Community College. She served a four year term with the United States Marine Corps stationed at Marine Corps Base Hawaii. Her husband, Sergeant Ryan Frost, is also a Marine bandsman, stationed at Camp Lejeune North Carolina.

With the aid of the GI Bill, Julia is currently enrolled in the Elementary Education program through a partnership between Coastal Carolina Community College and the University of North Carolina, Wilmington. Julia hopes to complete her associate degree this summer and bachelors in the spring of 2012.

Dr. Biden, a community college professor, first met Julia when she visited her campus last October as part of the Administration's ongoing efforts to support America's community colleges and their students.

Ping Fu (Chapel Hill, NC)
Ping Fu co-founded Geomagic, a company which pioneers technologies that fundamentally change the way products are designed, engineered and manufactured around the world from automobiles to medical devices. Geomagic, under her leadership, has been an active participant in the SBA's Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) program. Fu has led Geomagic to deliver broad-based economic impact to the US economy with tangible results - the company tripled its customer base and employment while achieving high growth and profitability. As such, the NSF awarded Geomagic the prestigious Tibbetts Award for exemplifying the very best in SBIR.

Fu has more than 25 years of software industry experience in database, internet technology, and visual computing. Before Geomagic, she was the Director of Visualization at the National Center for Supercomputing Applications and is also, actively involved in promoting entrepreneurship and women in mathematics and sciences.

Janell Holloway (Washington, DC)
Janell was a DC Scholar with the White House Domestic Policy Council during the summer of 2009. She is currently a freshman at Harvard University where she is a member of the Harvard College chapter of the American Red Cross, dances with the CityStep dance troupe, and is active in the Black Student Association. Janell is interested in the connection between child abuse and youth violence and has served as a volunteer at Safe Shores: DC Children's Advocacy Center for more than three years. She is a native of Washington, DC and graduated from Benjamin Banneker Academic High School.

Ambassador Raymond Joseph
In 1990 Raymond Joseph was called to be Haiti's Chargé d'Affaires in Washington and his country's representative at the Organization of American States. After helping with the first democratic elections in December 1990, he returned to the Haiti Observateur where he remained until he was called back to Washington in March 2004, where he is currently the Ambassador.

Joseph is a graduate pastor from the Moody Bible Institute in Chicago, a B. A. holder in Anthropology from Wheaton College, Wheaton, Illinois. He also has a Master's degree in Social Anthropology/Linguistics from the University of Chicago.

Don Karner (Phoenix, AZ)
Don Karner is the President, CEO, and Co-Founder of eTec (Electric Transportation Engineering Corporation). As President of eTec, Don provides strategic direction, conducts research and leads the company's development of new products and services.

eTec received $99.8 million from the Recovery Act's Battery and Electric Vehicle Grant program, which the company will match with another $99.8 million in locally raised funds. The funding will be used to manufacture and implement the charging infrastructure for an 11 city pilot program intended to research electric vehicle charging infrastructure. Cities involved are Phoenix, Tucson, San Diego, Salem, Portland, Eugene, Seattle, Nashville, Knoxville, and Chattanooga. The award will create at least 50 new permanent clean economy jobs working directly at eTec, has already saved numerous positions, and will require construction workers across the country to implement the project.

Don participated in a Recovery Act roundtable discussion with Vice President Biden in Phoenix in November 2009 where they discussed the importance of the public/private partnership to a green economy.

Janell Kellett (Sun Prairie, WI)
Janell has served as a lead volunteer within the Wisconsin Army National Guard for approximately six years, including during her husband's fifteen month deployment from 2005-2006 and recent twelve month deployment from 2009-2010. Janell's husband, Major Michael Hanson, serves with the 32nd Infantry Brigade Combat Team and recently returned home to Wisconsin. During Major Hanson's deployment, Janell served the 3,200 families of the 32nd Brigade and over 50 volunteers of the 32nd Brigade with dedication. Janell was honored for her service with a 2009 Wisconsin National Guard Volunteer of the Year award by the Wisconsin State Family Program. Under Janell's leadership, the 32nd Brigade was selected for the prestigious Department of Defense Reserve Family Readiness Award in December 2009 for the Army National Guard. Additionally, Janell served as the Battalion Volunteer for the 2nd Battalion, 128th Infantry when it received the same award, the Department of Defense Reserve Family Readiness Award, in 2006.

Janell and Michael have two children, Jaclene and Lucas.

Rebecca Knerr (Chantilly, VA)
Rebecca is representing her husband, Captain II Joseph Knerr, the Task Force Leader of Fairfax County's Virginia Task Force 1 serving in Haiti. Having worked as a Fairfax County Firefighter for 15 years, Joe currently serves as Station Commander at Fairfax Fire and Rescue Station 18. He initially joined the USAR team in 1998 serving in a variety of operational capacities and now in leadership positions. Joe is also involved in the coordination, teaching and training of other international rescue teams. A former Fairfax County Firefighter and Paramedic herself, Rebecca works as an Emergency Physician's Assistant in a Northern Virginia Hospital and for Fairfax County Fire and Rescue Department developing and delivering emergency medical services education to uniformed personnel. Rebecca, 24 month old son Jackson, and 12 week old daughter Grace are eager to welcome Joe home.

Chris Lardner (Albuquerque, NM)
Chris Lardner is a patient service manager at the New Mexico Heart Institute and her husband, Scott, owns a small family business. Together they have three children, two daughters in college at Regis University in Denver, Danielle and Caitlin, and a son in 7th grade, Sean. As a result of the economic downturn they resorted to paying for some of their daughters' education with a credit card. Lardner realized she was close to reaching the card limit, so she contacted the college to change the card on file. The school mistakenly charged another payment to the original card, which then put her above the limit. In response, the credit card company more than tripled her rate to nearly 30 percent, despite of record of responsibility with her finances and payments. Lardner submitted a letter to the President online expressing her frustration with the rate hikes leveled as a result of the mistaken charge.

Chris shared her story when she introduced the President at a Town Hall in May 2009 - since that time her issue with the credit card company was eventually resolved; their rate was lowered to 7 percent and the company returned the over-the-limit fees that had been charged.

Anita Maltbia (Kansas City, MO)
Anita Maltbia is a native of Kansas City, Missouri, and has over 30 years experience in city government, and community activism. In August 2009, at the request of Congressman Emanuel Cleaver II, Anita assumed the director position of the Green Impact Zone. This initiative works with the residents of a 150 square-block area in the urban core of Kansas City to raise the quality of life environmentally, economically and socially. Energy efficiency and environmental conservation, including home weatherization and energy upgrades are critical goals as is job training and acquisition.

The Green Impact Zone in Kansas City, Missouri is an urban success story that reflects President Obama's national urban policy vision of breaking down silos and building strong communities of opportunity that will, in turn, contribute to the economic prosperity and the sustainability of cities and metropolitan areas.

Kimberly Munley (Killeen, TX)
Kimberly was born and raised in North Carolina. In 1999, she completed Basic Law Enforcement Training and began her career in law enforcement. Kimberly spent the next 11 years working as a University of North Carolina, Wilmington undercover vice/narcotics agent, a Wrightsville Beach uniformed patrol officer and beach patrol officer, a Special Police Officer for New Hanover County Regional Medical Center, a Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear Operations Specialist Soldier in the United States Army, and is currently a federal police officer serving on the Special Reaction Team for the Fort Hood Police Department in Fort Hood, Texas.

Cindy Parker-Martinez (Belle Isle, FL)
Cindy is a mother of two young children, who shared her story of the problems her family faces with the current health care system at a Health Care Community Discussion held at the University of Central Florida in Orlando, one of thousands of discussions held nationwide in December 2008. In April 2008, Cindy, her husband, and her son were all denied insurance coverage on the individual insurance market because of pre-existing conditions. Her 11-month old daughter was also denied coverage due to an insurance company age requirement of 12 months. Both Cindy and her husband are currently uninsured because they cannot afford the insurance offered at her husband's employer. Although they previously paid their premium, they could not afford to keep up the monthly payments after receiving thousands of dollars in medical bills from her husband's unexpected 6-day hospital stay for pneumonia. Their family's income is too high for them to qualify for Medicaid. Cindy and her husband currently have no insurance and have thousands of dollars in medical debt.

Deborah Powell (Hugo, OK)
Deborah Powell is a Native American Development Specialist for the Housing Authority of the Choctaw Nation of Oklahoma. Having earned only a high school diploma, Powell built her experience outside of college and soon became interested in accounting and finance. After spending 43 years of her life in her hometown of Flagstaff, Arizona, she moved to Oklahoma in April 2004 for a change of pace and is currently working on a project funded by the Recovery Act. A member of the Choctaw Nation, she is currently helping to track budgets and ensure bids for independent elderly homes. This project, which is still under construction, will provide homes for more than 86 elderly people in the Choctaw Nation. Powell is recently remarried, and enjoys hunting, fishing, and spending time with her family.

Sergeant First Class Andrew Rubin (Savannah, GA)
Sergeant First Class Andrew Rubin entered the Army in 1997 from Boston, Massachusetts and completed One Station Unit Training, Airborne Training and Ranger Assessment and Selection at Fort Benning, Georgia before becoming a Ranger assigned to the 75th Ranger Regiment.

Andrew has spent his entire military career serving in the 75th Ranger Regiment in positions of increasing responsibility. He is currently assigned to 1st Battalion, 75th Ranger Regiment, headquartered in Savannah, Georgia, which recently redeployed from a combat tour supporting operations in Iraq and Afghanistan in December 2009.

SFC Rubin currently leads 45 Rangers as a Rifle Company Platoon Sergeant. In the Regiment, he has also served as an anti-tank gunner, sniper, sniper team leader, sniper section leader, and rifle squad leader, Ranger Assessment and Selection Instructor, and Rifle Platoon Sergeant.

SFC Rubin has served four combat tours in Iraq and two combat tours in Afghanistan. He has been involved in countless fire fights, was wounded on two separate occasions and has received two awards for Valor. During his recent deployment to Iraq, he was shot by enemy forces while risking his life to save one of his Rangers who lay wounded and immobilized in the streets of As Sadiyah, Iraq during an intense firefight. For that action, he received the Bronze Star with Valor and the Purple Heart. Previously, he was wounded in Afghanistan when he was hit by a rocket propelled grenade during an enemy ambush.

SFC Rubin and his wife Megan have three children, Michael, Joseph and Kendal.

Mark Todd (Killeen, TX)
Mark Todd was born and raised in San Diego, California. Todd enlisted in the United States Army as a Military Policeman in 1985. He was selected to attend Military Working Dog Handlers Course and later assigned as a K-9 handler at Fort Devens, Massachusetts, Fort Polk, Louisiana, and Wurezburg, Germany. Later he was assigned as a K-9 Trainer and Instructor at Lackland Air Force Base Texas. Todd earned an Associate in Applied Science - Instructor of Technology and Military Science from the Community College of the Air Force in 1997. His last two assignments were Grafenwoehr, Germany and Fort Hood, Texas. In 2007, he joined the Directorate of Emergency Services and is currently the Lead Police Officer, Military Working Dog Branch - Acting Chief at Fort Hood Texas. Todd is married to Lisa Dalton and together they have three children; Jennifer, Mark Jr., and Kristyn; and two grandsons.

Army Specialist (ret.) Scott Vycital (Ft. Collins, CO)
Specialist Scott Vycital served as a paratrooper in the 82nd Airborne Division. Vycital spent 8 months deployed in Iraq as a Specialist with 2nd Platoon, Bravo Company, 3-505 Parachute Infantry Regiment and was medically retired due to injuries received in defense of Operation Iraqi Freedom. On February 15, 2004, while on patrol of suspected mortar sites, his fire team was engaged by enemy fire and he sustained gunshot wounds on the right side of the face, neck, and shoulder. As a result of his injuries, the right side of SPC Vycital's face has been paralyzed and he lost the hearing in his right ear. After spending some time rehabilitating from injuries, SPC Vycital returned to school and with the assistance of the VA and the Army Wounded Warrior (AW2) program. He completed his degree in Business Administration with an Accounting concentration from Colorado State University in December 2008. Following graduation, with the help of his AW2 advocates SPC Vycital landed a position within the Federal Highway Administration. He has since been promoted to the position of Programs & Planning Financial Specialist and will have been with the Agency for one year in March. The President's executive order on employing Veterans in the Federal Government has made employing Veterans like Vycital a priority. Vycital resides in Fort Collins, CO with his wife of 7 years, Jarah, and has a 4 year old son, Breccan, and a 17 month old daughter, Micah.

Trevor Yager (Indianapolis, IN)
Trevor Yager began his career in 1995 while in college by founding TrendyMinds, a full-service advertising/public relations firm. He earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in psychology from Anderson University and went on to work with various motor sports sponsors, team owners and sanctioning bodies. Today, at TrendyMinds, Yager provides strategic planning, business development, marketing and technology guidance and support to various local, national and international clients. In 2009 the agency grew by more than 200 percent, doubled the number of employees and gained 15 new accounts. Yager credits President Obama's welcoming climate for small businesses, including the many initiatives under the Recovery Act, for this success.

He is also passionate about helping non-profits and TrendyMinds is committed to giving back to the community by donating in-kind services to organizations throughout Indiana.

Yager resides in Indianapolis with his partner of seven years, Tyler Murray. The two have recently started the process of adoption and look forward to adding a new member to their family.

Juan Yépez (Lawrence, MA)
Juan Yépez, and his brother Luis, are Ecuadorian-natives, who in ten short years, have built a successful and growing commercial real estate company in addition to growing Mainstream Global, a worldwide distributor of computer products, consumer electronics, and electronic components, in mills once inhabited by earlier generations of immigrants.

The Yépez brothers were the recipients of the 2009 Small Business Administration Phoenix award for recovering from a major flood that destroyed almost $400,000 of inventory while still managing to flourish in the midst of an economic downturn. They believe that doing business in an area hit by 17 percent unemployment is more than just giving back and that hiring first generation Americans like themselves who want to work and contribute to society is the cornerstone of long-term success.

Change meets its match

Posted at 9:34 AM on January 21, 2010 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Politics

A funny thing happened to the concept of 'reform' in Washington. Health care is headed for the status quo, and now so is the idea of campaign reform.

In the most awaited decision in this term, the Supreme Court ruled this morning that corporations (and unions) may spend freely to support or oppose candidates for president and Congress. Here's the full opinion. Warning: It's 183 pages long.

No surprise here. The court's decision came on a 5-to-4 vote.

But the court did uphold a few provisions of the campaign contribution law. If a corporation spends more than $10,000 a year for a campaign ad, the names and addresses of anyone contributed $1,000 must be revealed.

And the court upheld that provision that requires non-candidate organizations to identify that they are the ones who paid for the ad.

This case stems from an organization called "Citizens United," which produced a "movie" called "Hillary: The movie." But opponents claimed it amounted to a campaign advertisement, and was subject to the expenditure limits. A campaign ad by any other name is still a campaign ad.

The court said "First Amendment standards, however, 'must give the benefit of any doubt to protecting rather than stifling speech.'

"The censorship we now confront is vast in its reach," Justice Anthony Kennedy said in his majority opinion.

The more liberal wing of the court, headed by Justice John Paul Stevens said, in effect, "nonsense."


Neither Citizens United's nor any other corporation's speech has been "banned." All that the parties dispute is whether Citizens United had a right to use the funds in its general treasury to pay for broadcasts during the 30-day period. The notion that the First Amendment dictates an affirmative answer to that question is, in my judgment, profoundly misguided. Even more misguided is the notion that the Court must rewrite the law relating to campaign expenditures by for-profit corporations and unions to decide this case.

If that sounds like someone criticizing "activist judges," it is.

Comment on this post

Sen. Franken on Midday

Posted at 11:56 AM on January 18, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Sen. Al Franken was on MPR's Midday with Gary Eichten today.


The highlights:

Massachusetts Senate election

Passage of the health care bill will be more complicated if/when a Republican is elected. "The House would have to vote for the Senate bill," Franken says.

What is likely to cause Martha Coakley's defeat? "(She) took it for granted. A lot of misinformation has been put out there" on health care. "It's not going to add to the deficit," Franken insisted. "People are dissatisfied with the way things are up there." (A little Washington perspective there. Massachusetts is "up there" there; not here)

Health care

Q: Is there anything in health bill that holds people accountable for their lifestyle decisions?

"Smoking... an insurance company is allowed to charge you extra if you smoke. We're not going to say 'if you're obese, you're going to be charged more.' There's going to be preventive care and chronic care. Doctors will be paid for that and they haven't been." He credits programs like Allina's Heart of New Ulm.

Q: Do you support Senate tax on union health plans? How can they be exempted?

"They're exempted until 2018. Cadillac plans are very high cost... luxurious health care plans. In some cases they aren't. Many unions had negotiated their contracts by negotiating away salary increases... for health care plans."

"I went to bat for medical device companies. They were to pay a $40 billion tax over 10 years. We have one of the largest medical device industries here. They create good jobs. They're a job creator."

(But doesn't this confirm that taxes to pay for health care will end up costing jobs?)

Q: Why aren't health care discussions taking place in public?

"A lot of it was... I watched five days of hearings (mark-up) on C-SPAN. I don't imagine many Minnesotans watched it, but it was there. And so was the Finance Committee. With 60 Democratic senators, we had a blessing and a burden. The blessing was you need 60. You also need every one of them. Every one had a veto. As a result Harry Reid had to deal with a number of individuals who were willing to scuttle this thing... what would have happened is you would have had kabuki theater on C-SPAN."

Q: (Caller) If there's so many people opposed to health care plans... when you see polls, people are against it... why you're voting for something when you're supposed to represent the people?

"I do represent the people of Minnesota so by your line of logic, I should vote for the bill. But this is a good bill. A lot of people really don't understand what's in the bill. We could elect pollster and just have them... someone to vote for whichever the wind is blowing. Forty-four percent of Americans favor this bill. "

Q: Are there sufficient health care cost containment provisions in the bill?

"I think there is... any kind of thing that you can do to contain costs is included in this bill," Franken said, quoting an MIT analysis from Jonathan Gruber. He's been the subject of some controversy when it was alleged he's on the government payroll.

Q:Should the president have set aside health care to work on jobs.

"He 'misunderestimated' how long this would take."

Q: (Caller) How will self-employed people be affected?

"You will be able to join the 'exchange,' in which you can change your risk pool from one person to several hundred thousand or million people. It doesn't get up until 2014 so you're going to have to wait for that. That will work for all small business, too. If you work for a small business and one person gets sick, your premiums go way up."

Afghanistan

Acknowledges there's a possibility of the U.S. getting into a Vietnam-style open-ended war. He just returned from the region and says he came back more optimistic "about where we are." He says there was a spike in recruitment after President Obama's West Point speech.

"We're paying for 8 years of neglect in this place," he said.

Franken said "we shouldn't take anything off the table" when asked whether the U.S. should send troops to Yemen.

Terrorism

Q: Should we be conducting full-body scans at airports?

"I don't think we should be doing that routinely." He says it's easier to Google Gary Eichten and get immediate results than it is to search the U.S. no-fly list. He believes those on the watch or no-fly lists should get the full body scans.

Q: Should terrorists be tried in U.S. courts?

"The guys who bombed the World Trade Center the first time were tried and convicted in U.S. courts. We can do this."

Economy

Q: When will there be a jobs bill?

"There was a Minnesota Emergency Employment Department in the '80s. The government would pay for -- through tax credit -- any new employee. If we do that with $10 million, this will pay half the salary and jump-start.... people are waiting to hire. It was very successful. We need to be spending money on infrastructure."

Q: At a time when the government is in such dire straights should we put more money into a failed approach?

"Some of the TARP money can be lent to small businesses. Part of it is the banks on Wall Street aren't lending, and they should be required to. They're making money by borrowing money from the government at no interest and investing it in very safe bonds. They should be lending it to Main Street and it has nothing to do with the deficit."

"If you look at the money that's come to Minnesota, so much has been used to keep police and keep teachers. If we didn't have the stimulus package, I believe we would have gone into a depression."

Politics

Q: Who should be elected governor?

"I'm staying out of that and so many of my friends are running that it'd be ridiculous..."

Q: What about Norm Coleman's decision not to run?

Not surprised. "I saw him this morning at the Martin Luther King breakfast and we had a couple of nice exchanges. That's his choice."

Q: Are you expecting Republican gains in November?

"I'm not a prognosticator. My job is to go to Washington and represent Minnesota... I've got way, way too much work to do to be a prognosticator."

Comment on this post

The press and private lives

Posted at 9:05 AM on January 13, 2010 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

MPR's Midmorning is exploring where to draw the line between the public's right to know and a political candidate's private life. The show is motivated by the Star Tribune's questioning of all gubernatorial candidates about their substance abuse and mental health, which followed and acknowledgment by Mark Dayton that he suffers from alcoholism and depression. (I've written about this issue here)



The guests are:
Carol Dahmen: Political strategist who worked for former California Gov. Gray Davis. She also advised Gary Condit and the California secretary of state Kevin Smalley, who resigned in 2005 amidst charges of sexual harrassment.
Florence Graves: Founding Director, Schuster Institute for Investigative Journalism at Brandeis University.
Frank Farley: Psychology professor at Temple University. He studies risk taking and mental health issues.
Bob Shrum: Longtime Democratic political strategist. He's now retired and teaches at New York University. He has worked with many campaigns including John Kerry's presidential bid and Sen. George McGovern's in 1972. He also advised Mark Dayton's first Senate campaign.

LIVE BLOG
Graves: "It's a legitimate query. It might affect his right to govern and the public has the right to know." She says the question should be directed at whether or not there's been treatment. She says Bush acknowledged being close to being an alcoholic. If he had not addressed it, she thinks it would've become a bigger issue. "The fact he did address it allows people to move on."

Should politicians ask whether candidates have ever had sex with a woman not the wife? "No," she says. "That's over the line."

Dahmen: "Once they (politicians) drink the Kool Aid of the power, they become cloaked in invincibility and they don't recognize the behavior they're engaging in is bad." Do more mainstream media organizations feel more compelled to ask these questions? "Mainstream media ... is no longer around," she says. Oh. I thought this show was based on the actions of a mainstream media organization.

Dahmen says "everything is on the table." Graves nodded (verbally), but didn't Graves just say asking a candidate whether they've had an affair is "over the line?" If everything is on the table, there isn't a line.

9:18 a.m. - One of the guests just repeated that the stigma of alcoholism and mental health disorder isn't what it was. I hear this a lot but few people ever offer any evidence to prove it. And Kerri Miller points out that a recent survey said at least half of those surveyed would hold it against a candidate.

Caller:: If a candidate can't abstain from these things, how would they be able to govern? (Not sure how one abstains from mental illness)

Online comment: Just knowing whether a person has depression doesn't say anything about a person's ability to governor.

9:23 a.m. - Miller says there's a perception to facing down cancer and beating it. But there's not the same perception about alcoholism. Guest notes that certain conditions have been hidden from the public, such as FDR having "paralysis issues." And JFK was on many drugs. Did we have a right to know that? She says we did. She says people need to be educated to know that people need to be educated.

9:26 a.m. - Caller Sarah notes that JFK was blackmailed by J. Edgar Hoover because of an affair he had. "If this is not public information, then this is information that can be used against certain politicians."

Carol Dahmen acknowledges it's a concern but "we may be missing a larger piece when it comes to politicians. There needs to be more research done on narcissistic personality disorder. Seventy-five percent of men suffer from it," she says. Here's the Wikipedia entry on that.

9:28 a.m. - Online comment: "The only thing that matters is can they do their job."

Right, Graves says. "Can they do their job in light of these things." She says Justice Brandeis said politicians have renounced their right to privacy.

Graves, who broke the Robert Packwood story, says "you could not have gotten the story into the Washington Post pre-Anita Hill.... Times have changed."

(News break. Then Farley and Shrum)

9:36 a.m. - We're bringing up the Sen. Tom Eagleton situation in which Eagleton, the VP pick of George McGovern in 1972, was dumped after he acknowledged treatment for depression. "We need to grow up as a society," Shrum says. "We need to understand that mental illness is an illness."

9:37 a.m. - Miller says that implies there's still a stigma associated with that. Could a candidate today disclose what Eagleton did and stay on the ticket? "It'd be difficult for the presidency and vice presidency," Shrum says. "For other offices, the problem would've been much different today than a generation ago."

Farley: "We're becoming more sophisticated about mental health and mental illness." (Bob: If that's true, why did the Star Tribune separate mental health from "normal" health and associate it with substance abuse?).

"Fifty percent of Americans would be nervous about someone who might be bipolar," Farley says. "If someone has been treated in the past, it's in the past. Treating mental illness as other illnesses, if the candidate says 'I've been successfully treated for more illness, the electorate should move on."

Shrum says if a candidate discloses the information, it shows they're honest. "We wouldn't elect a candidate who has a debilitating physical illness that could result in incapacitation or death."

(Bob notes: By the way, several guests here have indicated Bush acknowledged alcoholism. Technically, he didn't. He insisted he wasn't an alcoholic, only that he "drank too much' before a religious conversion).

9:42 a.m. - What would happen if we asked a woman candidate if they'd had an abortion?

This brings up an ethical situation in the past. When Alan Quist was running for governor, his wife acknowledged she had had an abortion many years ago. Was that relevant to the campaign?

Farley and Shrum disagree. "Abortion is off the table," Farley says. Again, this brings up the question: Why?

"You may have changed your views," Farley says.

"Then you state that," Shrum replies. "If rank hypocrisy is involved, things that aren't relevant become relevant."

9:45 a.m. A fascinating observation in the comments section:
As a psychologist who often has to write evaluations of people for work or disability applications, I can tell you that there is almost no diagnosis that makes a prima facie case for disability. Churchill led the British through WWII on two quarts of brandy, several martinis and a bottle of champagne per day. Lincoln's depression was extremely severe but didn't keep him from leading the country with wisdom, grace and beauty. I thinbk perhaps the best contribution of your guests this morning is to light a fire under the mental health professions to do a much better job of educating people about the meaning of these diagnoses.
9:47 a.m. - This e-mail just arrived:
The Midmorning guest's comment that 75% of men had Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD) was grossly in error. Presumably the guest was mislead by a published estimate that as many as 75% of the sufferers of NPD might be men, which is quite a different thing. Even that estimate may be too high, though the evidence does indicate a higher prevalence among men than women:

"Prevalence of lifetime NPD was 6.2%, with rates greater for men (7.7%) than for women (4.8%)."

(Stinson FS, Dawson DA, Goldstein RB, Chou SP, Huang B, Smith SM, Ruan WJ, Pulay AJ, Saha TD, Pickering RP, Grant BF. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV narcissistic personality disorder: results from the wave 2 national epidemiologic survey on alcohol and related conditions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008 Jul;69(7):1033-45.)
9:48 a.m. - A caller with bipolar disorder asks, "If all things are equal, why would you pick the candidate with a mental illness?"

Farley says mental health is directly related to decisions in an emergency situation, "so you want a clear mind and a rational thinker."

Bob notes: But that's the problem, the fact someone acknowledges he/she has had a mental illness, doesn't really tell you anything about that ability. We've got a lot of people coming home from war who are now getting into politics. If they answer "yes," to the question the Star Tribune posed, how is the distinction made about counseling they had for their war experiences, and any number of other mental health issues?

-- End of show -- 11:11 a.m. - An e-mail from Eden Prairie:
I was so offended by Kerri Miller's coverage of this topic that I had to turn off the radio. Although it is very common and highly treatable, depression still has a stigma which prevents many from seeking treatment. I see Mark Dayton's openness as a role model. Yet Kerri and her guests aligned this with infidelity - "Do we have the right to know if someone has suffered from depression? How about if they lack integrity and ethics?" Wow! I see this more as akin to FDR and the press hiding the fact that he was in a wheel chair. Today we wouldn't do that with a physical disability, but we feel the need to shame someone for having a very common illness like depression.

Comment on this post

Why Norm Coleman is running for governor

Posted at 3:28 PM on January 12, 2010 by Bob Collins (11 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Norm Coleman is going to run for governor. The signs are almost as obvious as the ones that say Tim Pawlenty is running for president.

There's no greater indication of what a political insider is planning to do, than other political insiders getting out of his/her way, and today gubernatorial candidate Pat Anderson became, instead, a candidate for state auditor, 24 hours after she talked to Coleman.

But Coleman had already given indications he'll get into the race. A few days ago, he went on the defensive when a man told him to stay out of the governor's race:

"The beauty of democracy is that one person doesn't decide. The public decides," said Coleman. "Right now I'm not a candidate. I'm thinking about it. A lot of people, unlike you, but a lot of people have come to me and knocked on my door."

Look at his statement today:

In the near future, my decision about which path I intend to pursue to help Minnesota and its citizens address our state's challenges and opportunities will become clear.

Refreshing as it might be, a politician doesn't announce his intention "to help Minnesota and its citizens..." by not running for office.

Coleman automatically becomes the favorite to win the Republican nomination and enters the general election with 1,211,590 votes, the number he picked up in his race for U.S. Senate against Al Franken. The bitterness escalated during the protracted recount with Franken, but it's unlikely Coleman supporters defected to the DFL side because of it.

Keep that vote number in mind because it's almost 200,000 more than Tim Pawlenty got in 2008, and 300,000 more than Pawlenty got in 2002. In both cases, the Independence Party (previously the Reform Party) fielded a strong candidate. That isn't the case this year. It's also true, of course, that those Independent votes don't automatically go to a Republican.

On the other hand, look at Barack Obama's win in Minnesota last year. A lot of Republican districts voted Democrat at the top of the ticket, and Republican in the Senate race.

Coleman has the ability to raise cash (Anderson had previously indicated the big money is sitting on the sidelines until Coleman indicates whether he's in the race), name recognition, and one poll already showed he's the Republican front-runner if he gets in the race.

But whether he'd win a head-to-head race with a DFLer is another matter entirely. A poll last summer showed he wouldn't, but that was also at the height of the Senate recount.

Coleman's biggest challenge is his own party. Former party chair Ron Eibensteiner, in a commentary for the Star Tribune, said winning the endorsement "is a virtual impossibility." He's not far enough to the right.

We've been here before, Minnesota. In the '90s, Republican power brokers regularly turned their backs on then Gov. Arne Carlson -- a Republican -- in favor of farther-right candidates like Alan Quist. All Carlson did was win general elections. Easily.

So that's what the situation comes down to. Is Norm Coleman willing to buck the Republican core and run in a primary? That'd be a great way to woo independent voters.

But Coleman is in a position to satisfy disgruntled party insiders. He could add Rep. Laura Brod, a rising star in Republican circles who has been mentioned as a possible gubernatorial candidate, to the ticket.

Much can -- and perhaps, should -- be made about the fact Coleman has lost two statewide races in his career. That might be a factor. But Democrats running for governor haven't been appealing to the voters since the last time one was elected... in 1986.

Comment on this post

A second take on a government bailout

Posted at 1:42 PM on January 11, 2010 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

The opening of the Detroit Auto Show put some members of the Tea Party in a bad spot today: reconciling the political philosophy with hometown reality. Few people showed up to protest the government intervention in the auto business, apparently after a Tea Party leader urged them to stay away because the government intervention helped Michigan and Michiganders, according to the Associated Press.

Joan Fabiano, who has organized several Tea Party events in Michigan called the protest "ill conceived."

"Why must some Americans boycott G.M. and throw innocent people, such as myself, out on the street trying to find another job in this economy? Did I do something wrong? Would you like to see yourself out of a job if your company's leadership made the errors and you had nothing to do with it?" she said in a statement urging the Tea Party to stay away.

Counter-protesters, made up mainly of auto workers, outnumbered the Tea Party groups, the Detroit Free Press reports.

Comment on this post

Is there a double standard in the Reid reaction?

Posted at 10:11 AM on January 10, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

obama_reid.jpg

U.S. Senate Majority Leaders seem given to racist comments. Here's Trent Lott, a Republican, in 2002, embracing segregationist policies:

"I want to say this about my state: When Strom Thurmond ran for president, we voted for him. We're proud of it. And if the rest of the country had followed our lead, we wouldn't have had all these problems over all these years, either."

This is an account of current Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid during the presidential campaign of 2008, detailed in a new book:

He was wowed by Obama's oratorical gifts and believed that the country was ready to embrace a black presidential candidate, especially one such as Obama -- a "light-skinned" African American "with no Negro dialect, unless he wanted to have one," as he said privately. Reid was convinced, in fact, that Obama's race would help him more than hurt him in a bid for the Democratic nomination.

Reid, like Lott, has apologized for his comments. Lott then resigned his post. Reid hasn't. Should he?

GOP chairman Michael Steele said if it had happened to a Republican, Democrats would "call for his head." Democratic Party chairman Tim Kaine says the remarks should not affect Reid's leadership position.

During an appearance on WCCO on Sunday, Sen. Amy Klobuchar, D-Minn., agreed. "Sen. Reid has put it out there, he's apologized, and he called President Obama," she told WCCO's Esme Murphy. "I think it's significant since the president is the one he was talking about, I think it's significant that the president said the book was closed. I know Sen. Reid has also caused over 30 African American leaders and has apologized to them."

Is there a double-standard here? It's an answer the Democrats have yet to perfect.

When a politician begins an answer to a question with, "Let me respond to that this way...", they're buying time and searching for an answer. It's also a flag that they're about to say something spectacularly wrong. Sen. Diane Feinstein did not disappoint during an appearance this morning on CBS' Face the Nation, when she was asked if Reid, like Lott, should resign.

"I don't think so. First of all, all of us are imperfect," Sen. Feinstein said. "The president has accepted the apology and the matter should be closed." She then said when Lott's controversy raged, "I saw no Democrats jumping out there and condemning Senator Lott."

Sounds like an invitation to head for the News Cut Wayback Machine. We'll set it for 2002.

"Trent Lott made a statement that I think is a racist statement, yes. That's why I think he should withdraw those comments or I think the United States Senate should undertake a censure of those comments." --Al Gore
"I could not believe he was saying what he said. StromThurmond was one of the best-known segregationists. Is Lott saying the country should have voted to continue segregation, for segregated schools, 'white' and 'colored' restrooms? . . . That is what Strom Thurmond stood for in 1948."-- Rep. John Lewis, D-Georgia.
"It is profoundly disturbing that Sen. Lott's statement last week was not an isolated incident. Such statements were unacceptable in 1980, and they are no less so today," - Senate Democratic leader Tom Daschle.
''I simply do not believe the country can today afford to have someone who has made these statements again and again be the leader of the United States Senate.'' Sen. John Kerry.
"When connected to past comments and votes, this statement casts a dark shadow over Sen. Lott's ability to be a credible party leader." - Sen. Diane Feinstein.

Not the same thing, argues Joe Klein at "the Swampland."

But it is just so much baloney to find moral equivalency between Reid's support of a black man for President (in large part because Obama--light-skinned, militantly middle class--defied the racial caricature) and Trent Lott's wistful regret that Strom Thurmond, a stone segregationist for most of his career, hadn't been elected President. These sentiments, both crude, are at the opposite ends of the political spectrum: Reid stands for the ultimate symbol of racial equality, a black man as President; Lott would have voted for a candidate who wanted black people at the back of the bus.

Reid's comments were documented in a book, "Game Change," by Time Magazine's Mark Halperin and New York magazine's John Heilemann. The book is to be released on Monday. In it, Reid's comments overshadowed those of former President Bill Clinton. According to the authors, Clinton tried to convince Ted Kennedy to support his wife's presidential campaign. Kennedy recoiled when Clinton told him that if it had been a few years earlier, Obama would be serving the pair coffee.

Comment on this post

NPR's Tea Party cartoon

Posted at 3:14 PM on January 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

In the last few days, some of my conservative online friends have sent me the link to a cartoon on the npr.org Web site as proof of the anti-conservative nature of National Public Radio.

I don't work for NPR, and I don't spent much time reading the opinion/editorial sections of most online news sites, so I wasn't aware of "Learn to Speak Teabag" and, having read it, didn't think it was funny and reinforced my belief that most political discourse in America isn't going to be mistaken for challenging intellectual endeavors.

Today, NPR ombudsman Alicia Shepard gave her colleagues the chance to explain how it got on the npr.org site, and then noted the obvious:

That said, there are problems with the Tea Bag animation. Chief among them is it doesn't fit with NPR values, one of which is a belief in civility and civil discourse.

Fiore is talented, but this cartoon is just a mean-spirited attack on people who think differently than he does and doesn't broaden the debate. It engages in the same kind of name-calling the cartoon supposedly mocks.

And why is NPR running a cartoon from just one perspective?

NPR is a lightning rod in the ongoing political struggle. But it's a credit to that organization -- and others -- that in a time of big cutbacks, they employ someone to answer complaints from the audience and hold people accountable to explain editorial decisions to the people who matter most -- the readers and listeners.

Comment on this post

The art of negotiation

Posted at 1:27 PM on January 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The leaders of the Minnesota Legislature and Gov. Tim Pawlenty are doing something they rarely did in last year's stalemate at the Capitol: talking to each other. But Republican leaders told MPR's Midday today that nothing much has changed.

"I don't think so," Senate Minority Leader Dave Senjem said. "As we go home and as we survey the landscape, from our position we want to see jobs and we want to see prosperity in Minnesota and that's a question of how you get there," Sen. Senjem said.

"The $1.2 billion (deficit) ... 70 percent came from personal income. That means someone lost their job or they took a big cut," Rep. Kurt Zellers, the House minority leader, said.

Host Gary Eichten asked whether there are enough spending and service cuts to balance the budget. "I'm not going to suggest it's going to be easy, but I think we have to," he said, naming human services and -- possibly -- K-12 as targets.

Last week, DFL leaders suggested cutting the number of political appointees in the administration as an area to cut. "It's cheap political shots," Zellers said.

Zellers and Senjem disagreed on wheether a "budget gimmick" of delaying payments in state aid to schools will be eventually repaid. Senjem there's a chance that won't be. Zellers said schools shouldn't have to "eat" the cut.

Today's meeting comes on a day of poor economic reports, leading more analysts to suggest we've ended one recession, and are about to head into another.

Comment on this post

Giuliani's war on the facts

Posted at 11:37 AM on January 8, 2010 by Bob Collins (14 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

How does the man who was mayor of New York on September 11, 2001 forget September 11, 2001?

Rudy Giuliani was on ABC's Good Morning America this morning when he compared the war-on-terror records of George Bush and Barack Obama, noting there's been one terrorist attack on Obama's watch.

"What he [Obama] should be doing is following the right things that Bush did -- one of the right things he did was treat this as a war on terror. We had no domestic attacks under Bush. We've had one under Obama," Giuliani said.

Another question worth considering. How does a news interviewer not call Guiliani on his statement?

Comment on this post

Where's the governor?

Posted at 11:33 AM on January 4, 2010 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics



The DFL leaders at the Minnesota Legislature are scheduled to be on Midday today. House Speaker Margaret Kelliher and Senate Majority Leader Larry Pogemiller will discuss the upcoming session as well as the unallotment case.

A third member of the process is missing, however. Gov. Tim Pawlenty is not appearing on the program.

That set off this message on Twitter from Rep. Laura Brod.

brod_tweet.jpg

As I've pointed out here several times, however, the story is in the details where Pawlenty's involvement with MPR is concerned. Both Gov. Arne Carlson and Gov. Jesse Ventura made it a point to appear once a month with Gary Eichten on Miday. Ventura, you may recall, made his announcement that he would not run for governor again on Gary's show, mostly because -- he said at the time -- that he realized how fair Eichten had been during his term, his preconceptions notwithstanding.

Pawlenty isn't in a position to make that discovery. He hasn't been on Minnesota Public Radio to take questions from the audience since last April, and his handlers have rejected regular requests for his time since.

Here's his last appearance.



He also appeared on Midday several months earlier, just before he was to announce his budget. Some of the callers were pretty supportive of the gov.



But at the traditional live Midday broadcast from the Capitol on the first day of the session, Pawlenty did not appear. Governors traditionally have

The program did run a speech that Pawlenty gave to Republicans last summer. That prompted cries that Midday was favoring Pawlenty.

I've sent an e-mail to Brian McClung, the governor's staffer who subs for Pawlenty on several interview shows, for his take on the situation.

Update 12:23 p.m. Here's the response from Mr. McClung:
Governor Pawlenty has appeared on Minnesota Public Radio several times during the past seven years and previously as a legislator. As you can imagine, our office receives many interview requests that we are not able to accept. The Governor continues to be frequently interviewed by MPR reporters.
HIGHLIGHTS OF THE BROADCAST

11:15 a.m. - Both Kelliher and Pogemiller dismiss the idea of a special session to deal with delayed payments to schools. Pogemiller says if the state were to delay payments, he sees nothing coming in the future that would allow the state to catch up on the payments. "Even under the best scenario, it might take us 6, to 8, to 10 years to pay this back," Kelliher said.

11:18 a.m. - Pogemiller says the state is coming out of recession earlier than the rest of the nation and the Legislature should "reformulate our entire job creation strategy that has not been working well in the last 5, 7, 8 years." He didn't say what the strategy should entail.

11:20 a.m. - What about extending the sales tax to food and clothing? . "It's not where we're going to start," Pogemiller said. He indicated he'd start with spending cuts. Kelliher says she's not a fan of extending the sales tax but thinks the liquor tax should be increased.

11:25 a.m. - Nothing has changed at the Capitol since last year, Eichten notes. Won't you end up in the same place this spring as last spring? Kelliher says lawmakers of both parties don't like to see what's happening. "We know we have to come together and work is being done bipartisanly on creating jobs, basic health care. We are going to work our hardest to both do what Sen. Pogemiller is talking about...."

11:27 a.m. - Pogemiller says he intends to ask Gov. Pawlenty to give a budget address to the Legislature.

11:29 a.m. - Pogemiller: We have an $8.3 billion problem in the state. You can't just manage that; you have to make tough decisions. The three plan to meet with the governor "some time this week."

Eichten: "We've invited the governor to come by, but so far no luck on that front."

11:34 a.m. - Should there be a tax increase? "The 'no-no-no' part sounds like what I've been hearing out of the minority caucus... I hope the minority caucus is not taking a page out of the national playbook (of obstructionism)."

11:41 a.m. - On governor's plan for a constitutional amendment to limit spending. Pogemiller: "It has been tried...in Colorado and they suspended it after awhile... Gov. Pawlenty has never submitted a budget that would accomplish what he's proposing."

Kelliher: "Our constitution already requires us not to spend money we don't have."

11:48 a.m. Eichten: Can you give us one area where the state might've spent money but now we can't afford it anymore?

Kelliher: Confirmation authority is "a little out of whack" with other organizations.

Pogemiller: "We're talking about the professionalization of departments. There's been an overpoliticization of the agencies."

11:55 a.m. - Will money be used for a Vikings stadium? Kelliher: "There's no plan out there that does that; It's very hard to justify public dollars at this point. Can we attract more private dollars. I'd like to see the Vikings stay, but when you look at what we've been talking about, it's a difficulut sell."

Pogemiller: "Without the governor leading and dragging the Legislature to a solution, I don't see it happening."

Comment on this post

A news release from the White House

Posted at 2:44 PM on December 31, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The White House released a statement from President Obama today on the investigation into how the attempted bombing of Northwest Flight 253 could have happened.

It reads...

This morning, I spoke with John Brennan about preliminary assessments from the ongoing consultations I have ordered into the human and systemic failures that occurred leading up to the attempted act of terrorism on Christmas Day and about our government-wide efforts at continued vigilance on homeland security and counterterrorism efforts. In a separate call, I spoke with Sec. Napolitano to receive an update on both the Department of Homeland Security review of detection capabilities and the enhanced security measures in place since the Christmas Day incident.

I anticipate receiving assessments from several agencies this evening and will review those tonight and over the course of the weekend. On Tuesday, in Washington, I will meet personally with relevant agency heads to discuss our ongoing reviews as well as security enhancements and intelligence-sharing improvements in our homeland security and counterterrorism operations.

It's an odd statement designed not so much to tell us anything other than "I'm working." It's not unusual to have press releases that don't really say anything, of course. But it does raise the question of what exactly is the issue that concerns the White House most?

Comment on this post

Illinois politics

Posted at 10:36 AM on December 29, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Media, Politics

The Republican Party of Illinois has condemned one of its own for running a radio ad suggesting the candidate's Republican opponent is gay .

Candidate Andy Martin's defense is particularly stunning:

Martin says his ad is based on a "solid rumor on the Internet," CBS 2 reports. The attack is the latest of many over-the-top claims from Martin, yet WBBM Newsradio 780 is required to run the ad because it cannot censor political advertising.

A "solid rumor on the Internet"?

Martin knows something about Internet rumors. He started the "Obama is a Muslim" rumor on the Internet.

Back to the radio ad. Why can politicians get on the air and assassinate a person's character on the basis only of an "Internet rumor?" Because politicians changed the law in 1978. Under a 1971 law, radio stations were given the the responsibility for determining when a political commercial was unacceptable. That was taken away in 1978, despite objections by broadcasters that it was an unwarranted government intrusion. Now, radio stations can lose their license for refusing to air a commercial like Martin's.

Former presidential candidate Barry Commoner exploited the law two years later by purchasing political ads for his campaign that started with an obscenity.

Comment on this post

Depression and the art of honesty

Posted at 3:47 PM on December 27, 2009 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Former Sen. Mark Dayton revealed in a Sunday column that he's suffered from alcoholism and depression. It's now an issue in his quest to become governor. In politics, there's often a price to be paid for honesty.

On Sunday afternoon, a Star Tribune reporter asked Dayton for more details of his admission, but Dayton reportedly said such details are "private."

Few afflictions can kill a candidacy faster than mental illness. In many ways, it's still 1972, when Missouri Sen. Tom Eagleton was whisked off the ticket with George McGovern after he acknowledged he suffered from depression and had undergone shock therapy.

John Hottinger, the former president of the Senate, confided after he left office that he suffered from clinical depression. He now speaks occasionally on the topic, "Mental Illness is a Disease Not a Character Defect."

Lawton Chiles retired from the Senate, and then announced he was suffering from depression. Patrick Kennedy was treated in Rochester for depression.

In 2002, an advocacy group called the Depression and Bipolar Support Alliance released a poll that showed that 24 percent of all Americans would not vote for a political candidate with a mood disorder, according to the Washington Post. An equal percentage said they "might not vote" for such a candidate.

The Star Tribune's following up on Dayton's acknowledgment, however, now raises another question in the governor's race. Should all current candidates now be asked if they're being treated for any illness or have ever been diagnosed for it?

If people believe that it's none of our business, then Dayton's mistake -- politically speaking -- was in being honest.

Comment on this post

Presidential election shows little impact on gun registrations in Minnesota

Posted at 2:20 PM on December 23, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Worried that the Obama administration would stage an assault on the 2nd Amendment, people around the country have been rushing to stock up on guns and ammunition. That's the narrative from several stories by the national media in recent months.

"Gun permits surge in state," the Boston Globe reported this week, as a "steady decline" in gun permits ended after a decade. There, however, the economy was cited as the primary reason.
"I think it's a sign of the times,'' said Mike Burchman, who teaches gun courses in Hopkinton, where the number of permits rose 25 percent. "There's a general insecurity, and people are looking for personal protection. In the past two years, I've seen a real shift.''
What about Minnesota? The number of concealed carry (handgun) permits in the state is up only 9.2%. 22,697 "permit to carry" permits have been issued through yesterday. The number includes people renewing their five-year permits. New gun-carrying permits accounted for 17,000 of that figure, an increase of 24.2%.

But, as the chart below show, 24.2% is not a significant increase in the year-to-year growth of gun permits in the state. The largest one-year jump was 2006, a year of relatively comfortable economic news during the Bush administration.

Year 
Permits Issued
Change
2009
17,000
24.2%
2008
13,687
54.2%
2007
8,877
-2.1%
2006
9,064
26.8%
2005
7,148
-54.4%
2003
15,677
 


The large jump in 2008 is mostly attributed to the expiration of the initial five-year permits issued in 2003, after the Legislature approved the concealed carry legislation.

With just a few days to go in the year, 22 of Minnesota's 87 counties have recorded a drop in gun permits, including the state's largest counties. Hennepin has recorded the same number as last year. St. Louis and Ramsey counties have recorded declines.

The relationship between politics and guns may be further diluted by comparing the counties to the 2008 election for president. Of the counties carried by President Obama in 2008, 69% reported an increase in the number of gun permits issued this year. Of the counties carried by Sen. John McCain in 2008, 68% reported an increase in the number of gun permits issued this year.

Comment on this post

The effect of health care reform on small business

Posted at 12:26 PM on December 22, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

MPR's Elizabeth Stawicki has a short series this week explaining the effect of health care reform on small business. She visits several small businesses and analyzes the two health care reform plans -- House and Senate versions -- and their impact.

As part of the effort, we've created this element to help small business owners gauge whether and to what extent the legislation will affect them.




Comment on this post

Assessing Obama

Posted at 11:59 AM on December 18, 2009 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

"Better than average for a president." That was the assessment of Barack Obama by NPR commentator Juan Williams during today's Midday on MPR. The show analyzed the performance of Obama in his first year in office. That's also code for "if the election were held today, could he win again?"

A Rasmussen poll last month suggested 49% of those surveyed said they were not likely to vote Obama for re-election if the election were held today. But those polls are usually pretty inaccurate until you start adding the names of opponents to the question.

Clearly, the enthusiasm for Obama has waned. But that was "irrational exuberance," according to Williams.

"There will be a greal deal of exultation, especially among Democrats, if you get a health care bill passed," Williams said, predicting passage of "something" by the State of the Union. But then the question is whether the American people. "That could be a huge problem," he said.

"Independents are moving away from Obama on two issues: health care and stimulus. When people hear about limits on Medicare spending, people say, 'No, we don't want that,'" he said.

Eichten asked Williams if perhaps Obama should be a little tougher on Democrats in Congress, invoking the legend of Lyndon Johnson, who took no prisoners. "There's no reason to be afraid of him," Williams said. "People don't fear this White House because they realize ever vote is so critical if you're going to hold that 60-vote majority in the Senate. Every senator is king so it's less about punishment than inducing carrots. He's going to have to break some legs at some point; the famous LBJ response."

"Who's to blame for the lack of bipartisan cooperation?" host Gary Eichten asked.

"It's fair to say Republicans came to the conclusion that there's very little in their self interest in working with the president," Williams said. "It would just guarantee that President Obama would be re-elected. Now, as we see some of the difficulties on the Democratic side, they've been able to point out the flaws. The other side of this is you have people like Rahm Emanuel, who is a hardball player, and not willing to compromise." Williams said Emanuel has made clear that by compromising, nothing will be done and people will vote Republican in the next election.

That's a response that's worth considering further, of course, because it concludes that's what's in the best interest of the people in Washington, is politicians getting re-elected. That may be the only bipartisanship happening.

Williams also noted that the people who supported Obama a year ago, have disappeared from elections since.

What does the electorate say? Here's a sample of some of the callers' opinions.

"One year? This is nothing."

"I don't think this guy has really done anything that he said he was going to do. He came out on a theory of change; nothing has changed."

"The Republicans have abdicated their duty and aren't interested in the political process; they're just interested in preventing Obama from getting any victories."

"The Senate reworked their rules so that it would be more divisive. Americans are fickle. They say they're for family values, but they're only interested in the almighty dollar."

"I think he's had an exceptional year given the circumstances... the financial markets have rebounded, unemployment claims are down, retail's expecting a higher volume."


Comment on this post

Spinning the marijuana story

Posted at 3:39 PM on December 14, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Science

If you didn't know any better, you'd think marijuana is making a big comeback among teenagers.

Study shows pot more popular among teenagers, the headline on the Associated Press story (on the MPR Web site) says today. The story claims "smoking marijuana is becoming even more popular among U.S. teens." It cites a news conference held by the National Institutes of Health, based on research from the University of Michigan.

But is marijuana use really on the upswing? It depends on whom you listen to.

According to the NIH news release, "no."

Marijuana use across the three grades has shown a consistent downward trend since the mid- 1990s, however, the decline has stalled, with rates at the same level as five years ago. In the 2009 survey, reported past year marijuana use was about the same as the previous year: 32.8 percent of 12th graders, 26.7 percent of 10th graders, and 11.8 percent of eighth graders. However, marijuana use is still down significantly from its peak in the mid-late 1990s.

But the University of Michigan news release suggests otherwise:

Marijuana use among American adolescents has increased gradually over the past two years (three years among 12th-graders) following years of declining use, according to the latest Monitoring the Future study, which has tracked drug use among U.S. teens since 1975.

Two agencies, same data, two different headlines. Which is it?

It's all in how you characterize things. The "increase" cited by the Michigan researchers was only for two or three years, and it averaged a 2-3 percent increase over that time. That may be statistically insignificant, so the NIH compared the current results to five years ago and found a less troubling trend.

Both, however, acknowledge that marijuana use by teenagers is well off the highs -- so to speak -- of the '90s.

Keep in mind that these sorts of studies can be 'spun" to accomplish political goals. Take the AP story, for example:

"The increase of teens smoking pot is partly because the national debate over medical use of marijuana can make the drugs seem safer to teenagers, researchers said."

Researchers said that? What researchers? The University of Michigan news release mentions nothing about the effects of the debate over medical marijuana. And the data it provides indicates no such research took place.

Today, Dr. Lloyd Johnston, the principal researcher for the study, told me in an e-mail:

The issue you mention came up in answer to a question at today's press conference. We know that there has been a decline in the degree to which young people see marijuana use as involving a risk to the user, what we have called "perceived risk". I was asked why I thought the change in this belief has taken place. I said that one possible explanation is that the widespread debate about the desirability of medical marijuana use may well have led some teens to think that is is not as dangerous as their predecessors did, since it is now being portrayed as a medicine. It's a conjecture on my part.

That's something to keep in mind if debate over the issue resurfaces when the Minnesota Legislature resumes its work in February. Medical marijuana has been an issue in the last several sessions and last spring Gov. Tim Pawlenty vetoed a measure that would have allowed it in Minnesota.

The other thing to keep in mind is we're not necessarily talking about the same kids here. Since the surveys don't appear to track the same kids from year to year (I couldn't find the actual methodology), we don't really know whether the individual opinions and attitudes toward pot have changed. We only know that the kids surveyed last year may have had different attitudes than the kids who were surveyed this year. That doesn't mean that individual attitudes have shifted.

Comment on this post

A senator's Hanukkah gift

Posted at 8:28 PM on December 8, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Sen. Orrin Hatch, R-Utah, tonight unveiled his latest work, and it's not legislation. It's a song called Eight Days of Hanukkah.

Eight Days of Hanukkah from Tablet Magazine on Vimeo.

He wrote the song at the request of Jeffrey Goldberg, who writes for The Atlantic.
"I am willing to serve as a Semitic song muse for any United States senator," Mr. Goldberg told the New York Times. "God forbid any of the Jewish senators write a Hanukkah song."

Comment on this post

Should there be a restriction on lobbying by ex-lawmakers?

Posted at 4:29 PM on December 8, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Sen. Dick Day, R-Owatonna, announced today he's leaving the Senate to become a lobbyist for the group trying to bring a "racino" -- a horse track and gambling casino -- to the Twin Cities.

Minnesota doesn't have a law -- as Congress does -- banning legislators from lobbying activities for a year after they leave office.

The Star Tribune's Capitol expert, Lori Sturdevant, thinks it might be time to consider the idea:

Day is by no means the first legislator to leave office at midterm and take a lobbying job. But as a former minority leader, he is making a particularly visible move -- one that's sure to renew calls for restrictions on lawmakers' ability to abruptly become pleaders among their former colleagues. The ability of interest groups to dangle offers of lucrative positions in front of the legislators whose votes they are soliciting has come under fire from reformers both in St. Paul and in Washington.

But the lobbying world is not of much interest to former lawmakers, judging by the relatively few who are registered lobbyists. A very quick glance today revealed:

Kevin Goodno (91-02)
John Hottinger (91-02)
Phil Krinkie (91-06)
Gary Laidig (73-82)
Bert McKasy (83-88)
Mary Joe McGuire (89-02)
Roger Moe (71-02)
Steve Novak (75-00)
Douglas Peterson (91-92)
Leonard Price (83-02)
Julie Sabo (01-02)
Russ Standon (73-78)
Robert Vanasek (83-92)
Charles Weaver (89-98)
Tim Wilkin (99-06)
Tom Workman (93-02)

A 2005 Center for Public Integrity survey put the number at 50, but very few had gone directly from legislating to lobbying.

Could some organization dangle a job in front of a legislator in exchange for favorable action on legislation? Sure, but why would you make it obvious by taking a lobbyist position, where your ties are right out there in the open under current Minnesota law?

Comment on this post

Do taxes kill jobs?

Posted at 10:02 AM on December 3, 2009 by Bob Collins (14 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

In the aftermath of Wednesday's announcement that the state is again facing a massive budget deficit, it's clear that the debate over taxes is going to be repeated, with little chance that either side is going to cave.

Gov. Pawlenty said he's prepared to work with the DFL-controlled Legislature, but made it clear it's conditioned on the Legislature doing it his way.

"State government needs to live within its means," Pawlenty said. "We must also take steps to make Minnesota more competitive for private sector jobs, not just government jobs. That includes holding the line on taxes."

"We can't solve the whole problem by raising revenues, but it is unsustainable to continue to address budget deficits almost entirely by relying on one-time resources, spending cuts and budget gimmicks," counters the Minnesota Budget Project.

How are states with lower taxes doing in this economy? Not very well. Here's a comparison based on their tax rank and their current unemployment rate. Those rows in orange are states with unemployment rates higher than Minnesota's. (Update: I should've added: "and a lower tax collection per person.")

State Total Taxes Population Taxes per person Unempl.
South Dakota $1,321,368,000 804,194 $1,643 5
New Hampshire $2,251,179,000 1,315,809 $1,711 6.8
Texas $44,675,953,000 24,326,974 $1,836 8.3
Missouri $10,965,171,000 5,911,605 $1,855 9.3
Tennessee $11,538,430,000 6,214,888 $1,857 10.5
Georgia $18,183,117,000 9,685,744 $1,877 10.2
South Carolina $8,455,463,000 4,479,800 $1,887 12.1
Oregon $7,250,033,000 3,790,060 $1,913 11.3
Alabama $9,070,530,000 4,661,900 $1,946 10.9
Colorado $9,624,636,000 4,939,456 $1,949 6.9
Florida $35,849,998,000 18,328,340 $1,956 11.2
Arizona $13,705,901,000 6,500,180 $2,109 9.3
Utah $5,944,879,000 2,736,424 $2,172 6.5
Mississippi $6,618,349,000 2,938,618 $2,252 9.8
Iowa $6,892,026,000 3,002,555 $2,295 6.7
Ohio $26,373,813,000 11,485,910 $2,296 10.5
Oklahoma $8,484,227,000 3,642,361 $2,329 7.1
Indiana $14,916,295,000 6,376,792 $2,339 9.8
Nebraska $4,175,471,000 1,783,432 $2,341 4.9
Nevada $6,115,584,000 2,600,167 $2,352 13
Kentucky $10,056,293,000 4,269,245 $2,356 11.2
Virginia $18,408,276,000 7,769,089 $2,369 6.6
Idaho $3,651,917,000 1,523,816 $2,397 9
North Carolina $22,781,199,000 9,222,414 $2,470 11
Illinois $31,890,597,000 12,901,563 $2,472 11
Michigan $24,781,626,000 10,003,422 $2,477 15.1
Louisiana $11,003,870,000 4,410,796 $2,495 7.4
Montana $2,457,929,000 967,440 $2,541 6.4
Kansas $7,159,748,000 2,802,134 $2,555 6.8
Pennsylvania $32,123,740,000 12,448,279 $2,581 8.8
Rhode Island $2,761,356,000 1,050,788 $2,628 12.9
Arkansas $7,530,504,000 2,855,390 $2,637 7.6
Wisconsin $15,088,662,000 5,627,967 $2,681 8.4
West Virginia $4,879,151,000 1,814,468 $2,689 8.5
Washington $17,944,925,000 6,549,224 $2,740 9.3
Maine $3,681,614,000 1,316,456 $2,797 8.2
New Mexico $5,674,530,000 1,984,356 $2,860 7.9
Maryland $16,605,830,000 5,633,597 $2,948 7.3
California $117,361,976,000 36,756,666 $3,193 12.5
New York $65,400,355,000 19,490,297 $3,356 9
Delaware $2,930,955,000 873,092 $3,357 8.7
Massachusetts $21,836,357,000 6,497,967 $3,360 8.9
Minnesota $18,320,891,000 5,220,393 $3,509 7.6
New Jersey $30,616,510,000 8,682,661 $3,526 9.7
North Dakota $2,312,056,000 641,481 $3,604 4.2
Connecticut $13,367,631,000 3,501,252 $3,818 8.8
Hawaii $5,147,480,000 1,288,198 $3,996 7.2
Wyoming $2,168,016,000 532,668 $4,070 7.4
Vermont $2,544,163,000 621,270 $4,095 6.5
Alaska $8,424,714,000 686,293 $12,276 8.9


Tax data is for 2008 and it comes from the Census Bureau. Unemployment rates are through October and come via the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Is that the end of the argument? Of course not. There are any number of ways to break down taxes and tax burdens. There's obviously an argument to be made -- though it requires some proof -- that lower taxes in a state might bring down unemployment in that state. And, besides, all states aren't created equal. Some are agrarian states, some are sitting on piles of oil, and some make cars. Some states' economies are more diverse than others. By the way, I can't explain Alaska's figures, but I suspect it has something to do with oil revenue. The tax-per-person figure isn't the same as the tax burden per person. But it does show that -- at least for this narrow amount of data -- a low per-person tax total -- isn't any guarantee that your state's economy will be better than a high per-person tax total.

In other words, it's part of the discussion on the philosophies which will be at the heart of the coming debate.

So, go ahead! Discuss!

Comment on this post

Live-blog: The health care debate

Posted at 2:58 PM on November 30, 2009 by Bob Collins
Filed under: Health, Politics

The Senate is taking up the health care bill today. The session will last longer than my ability to follow it for the duration, but I'll be following it nonetheless.

What's going on behind the debate? The Wall St. Journal has interesting analysis:


What's happening on the floor may not bear much resemblance to the ideas being discussed privately, and the bill could take a sudden shift if the private ideas become part of Reid's official plan. Case in point: On Feb. 6, the Senate spent most of the day debating a $930 billion stimulus package. But that night, Senate Democratic leaders reached a deal with three Republicans on a leaner package that ultimately was valued at $787 billion. That's the one that passed the Senate.

So the floor session today may be being held primarily for the benefit of The Daily Show?

1:56 p.m. - Sen. John Kyl says Republicans will try to amend the bill, otherwise they'll vote against it.

2:00 p.m. - The Senate is still working on morning business. Sen. Amy Klobuchar (DFL-Minn.) is making a statement on three Americans -- including a Minnesotan -- being held in Iran.

2:05 p.m. - Debate has begun. Sen. Harry Reid speaking. In the typical style of Congress, the description of HR 3590 gives no indication of what's actually in the bill:


To amend the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to modify the first-time homebuyers credit in the case of members of the Armed Forces and certain other Federal employees, and for other purposes.

Here's the full text of the bill. Don't try to print it.

It's always hard to tell on CSPAN, but it appears few senators are in the Senate chamber at the moment.

2:14 p.m. - Reid says "each and every American has had the opportunity" to read the bill online. He then offers an amendment to require amendments to be available on the senator's Web site before it is considered. It's worth pointing out that, at least in comparison to the Minnesota House and Senate Web sites, the congressional Web sites are a joke when it comes to following legislation as it's offered and debate.

2:19 p.m. - A CSPAN wide shot reveals an empty chamber. We're not likely to get any interesting debate anytime soon.

2:20 p.m. - One of Reid's amendments would have prevented money set aside from Social Security from being used for anything but Social Security. Sen. Mike Enzi says the one program that needed to be protected from siphoning funds wasn't in the amendment -- Medicare.

2:24 p.m. - The Congressional Budget Office today released a report on what will happen to health insurance premiums if the health care bill passes. Here's the full report. Premiums on non-group policies would increase by an average of 10 percent to 13 percent before figuring in the federal subsidies that are designed to defray the cost, the report said. Once the government aid is included in the calculations, average premiums would be as much as 59 percent lower than is now the case.

2:26 p.m. - Sen. Barbara Mikulski, D-MD: "Simply being a woman is a pre-existing condition." She's offering an amendment requiring access to screening by eliminating copays and deductibles. "Women will have access to the same preventive health services as women in Congress have," she said. She cited mammograms, screening for cervical cancer, and diabetes checks. She said the current bill does not provide for these preventive services.

2:34 p.m. - Sen. Max Baucus, D-Mont., says 80 percent of the health care decisions in families are made by women. "Women themselves are often discriminated against," he says.

Baucus says every 30 seconds, another American files for medical bankruptcy. FACT CHECK: Not likely true, at least as far as a medical reason. The number is actually for total personal bankruptcies. It was much higher in 2005.

Baucus wrote the Senate version of the health care reform legislation. He's describing the highlights of the package. He says the bill prevents insurance companies from raising rates for an entire small business just because one employee got sick. He says the legislation repeals the "hidden cost" of treating the uninsured in hospital emergency rooms. He pegs the cost at $1,000 per year per family.

Tangent time: Six hospitals sue Massachusetts over that state's universal health care law. They say the state is shortchanging them for treating patients with public insurance.

2:54 p.m. - Sen. Mike Enzi, R-Wyoming, leads the opposition. Calls the Democrats' amendments "a stunt." I should point out that none of the amendments have been posted on the Democratic Senate sponsors' Web sites.

3:03 p.m. - Enzi says nobody will see any benefit from the bill until 2014. "The Reid bill mandates that Washington bureaucrats ration care," he said. Mikulski admitted as much, he suggested, by offering an amendment that clearly was a response to the government's medical panel that recommended women not have mammograms as part of routine screening until age 50.

3:10 p.m. - Sen. Chris Dodd, D-Ct., invokes Ted Kennedy. "The idea that this is being jammed down peoples' throats... is not born out by the facts."

Tangent time: 7 Things You Didn't Know About Senate Health Bill (NPR)

3:21 p.m. - Dodd relays tale of a youngster in Connecticut who needed a medical device but couldn't get it. "That won't happen under our bill," he shouts. "Millions of Americans go to bed knowing that if they wake up sick, they might not be able to get care."

3:42 p.m. - Sen. Chuck Grassley, R-Iowa. Says the health care plan as a "revenue neutral" bill requires 10 years of taxes for 6 years of program.

3:46 p.m.
- We have the first chart of the debate: Grassley's graph of the federal debt. Grassley says the CBO report -- referenced above -- "confirms our worst fears." He points out the part that says premiums will go up, but he leaves out the part about premium subsidies from the government.

Grassley says the government shouldn't force people to buy insurance. "Never in the 200-plus years of our country has the government forced you to buy anything," he said. He also called for medical malpractice reform, and a denial of benefits to undocumented workers.

Tangent time: Illegal immigrants becoming a flashpoint in health care reform (Christian Science Monitor)

4:05 p.m. - Sen. John McCain, R-AZ., says Democrats are asking "us to commit to cuts that are unspecificed." He says hospice care funding is also being cut under Medicare. He calls on Democrats to explain how "half a trillion" in cuts can be implemented without removing programs under Medicare.

"Seniors all over America... are outraged and the more they find out about it the more angry they've become," Sen. McCain said.

4:11 p.m. - McCain cites this story via the Associated Press:

President Barack Obama's top aides met frequently with lobbyists and health care industry heavyweights as his administration pieced together a national health care overhaul, according to White House visitor records obtained Wednesday by The Associated Press.

The records disclose visits by a broad cross-section of the people most involved in the health care debate, weighted heavily toward those who want to overhaul the system.

"Health care reform should've been about both sides sitting down and fixing what's broken," McCain said. "Somewhere we've lost sight of what's wrong with health care in America and that's the cost of health care in America."

McCain says when the bill is signed, "immediately programs start being cut... and you don't get any benefits of the program for three years."

4:34 p.m. McCain: "I don't think the American people want their health care decisions coming from a panel in Washington." He's pushing the impact on senior citizens hard.

4:42 p.m. - Sen. Bob Casey, D-PA., is up. He says Medicare will go broke in 8 years "if we don't take action." He asks why the GOP hasn't proposed its own health care reform bill.

The debate continues. Not a lot of new content is being provided, so I'll discontinue the live blog for now.

Apples-to-oranges polling

Posted at 7:49 AM on November 27, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

Quick! What do the latest polls show about Americans' attitudes toward health care reform?

Pollster Scott Rasmussen doesn't blame you if they've provided no clarity. The commentary surrounding the polls is to blame, according to Rasmussen, who writes a treatise today explaining why one of his and one from the Kaiser Foundation appear to show two entirely different results.

For example, the Rasmussen Reports poll found that in late November 38% favored the plan working its way through Congress and 56% are opposed. At the same time, a majority of Americans say that major changes are needed in the health care system.

The Kaiser Foundation poll found that 35% want reform and like what they hear about the current proposals in Congress. Fifty-nine percent (59%) either don't like the current proposals (33%) or don't want Congress to pass health care reform at all.

The difference between 35% who like the current plans in the Kaiser poll is essentially the same as the 38% who favor it in the Rasmussen poll. So is the opposite--59% in the Kaiser poll and 56% in the Rasmussen poll. Both polls show a majority desire to pass some kind of reform.

So, how did the blog posting conclude that the results were so different? Because they compared a Kaiser question about health care reform in general to a Rasmussen question about the plan working its way through Congress. At a time when people want reform but don't like what they're hearing about the Congressional plan, that's a pretty big difference. Compare apples to oranges and you make a mess.

Here's Rasmussen's post.

Meanwhile, a poll out today shows 57 percent said their access to health care would stay the same under the reform plans. And 61 percent said their personal financial situation would stay about the same

Comment on this post

Should Sarah Palin have a platform?

Posted at 1:03 PM on November 17, 2009 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

MPR Midday featured a fascinating -- if slightly uncomfortable -- moment today when the question came up of whether news organizations who talk about Sarah Palin are being irresponsible.

The question also revealed that the Tim Pawlenty vs. Sarah Palin camps may already be forming.

National Public Radio national political correspondent Mara Liasson was Gary Eichten's guest to talk about Palin's new book, "Going Rogue: An American Life."

It started when a caller to the show made this point:

"Aren't you by giving this person and this book the kind of coverage that you're giving right now on this program and consulting a national correspondent and so on, aren't you lending a cachet to this sort of mental lightweight that she doesn't deserve? We have... there are very good people on all sides of issues -- qualified people; Tim Pawlenty is one of them. Tim Pawlenty is a guy I don't agree with very often, but he's served many terms in office. He's knowledgeable. He's well spoken. He's well traveled. He understands gray matters and complicated issues. This person does not deserve a national spotlight or the limelight. This is showbiz. This is not how we need to be conducting national politics."

It brings up an interesting question: Do listeners learn more by hearing about people in the news? Or should it be filtered and should someone decide which political players -- we're not seriously arguing that Palin isn't a political player, right? -- deserve to be heard? Are we interested only in hearing our own views reflected back at us?

It's bait that Eichten usually doesn't take. And he didn't.

"Well, obviously Willie is not going to be supporting Sarah Palin."

But Mara Liasson specializes in this sort of thing:


"Well, no, but that's a good question for you. By doing this aren't you giving her a platform... by doing an hour-long show about her?"

Eichten still didn't take the bait:


"No, I'm quizzing a national political correspondent... who covers national politics why Sarah Palin is such a polarizing and interesting figure to America?"

The answer to the caller's question seems obvious. Palin is going to run for president, and Nate Silver at fivethirtyeight.com today explains why.

But the original point sets up an either/or scenario. You can either talk about Palin or you can talk about Pawlenty. To the extent that's true -- and for the most part, it's not -- the blame has to go to Pawlenty. He rejects most every request from Midday for an interview. The last time he accepted was April 13, 2009.

But both Pawlenty and Palin have similarities. Both claim not to be thinking about being president, even as the actions of both clearly suggest they are:

Comment on this post

The presidential bow

Posted at 1:05 PM on November 16, 2009 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

obama_bow_nov16.jpg

You knew this was going to get folks going, didn't you? President Obama bowed when greeting Japanese Emperor Akihito with Empress Michiko over the weekend.

True, it might be an act of tradition and manners but there are two long-standing tenets of protocol in America: The flag never flies lower than any other country's and the president bows to no one. Others disagree, of course.

The usual suspects said the usual things, according to AFP:


The gesture appears to have touched a particularly raw nerve among Obama critics who said the president has hastened America's decline as a world superpower by being too apologetic and too deferential in his dealings with other world leaders.

While most of the commentary about the bow in Japan was decidedly negative, some political observers, like longtime Democratic activist Donna Brazile, came to the president's defense.

"I think it's a gesture of kindness," she told CNN, adding that the bow appeared intended to show "goodwill between two nations that respect each other."

Both comments pretty much mirror those uttered last spring when the president appeared to bow to a Saudi king:

And some even said he showed too much deference to Queen Elizabeth:

Comment on this post

Health care: Better than nothing?

Posted at 11:40 AM on November 11, 2009 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

The health care reform effort at the Capitol is raising an old dilemma for some politicians: Is a bill always "better than nothing"?

North Dakota Nebraska Democrat Sen. Ben Nelson is the latest facing the issue, and he's decided it's not.

"Faced with a decision about whether or not to move a bill that is bad, I won't vote to move it," Nelson told ABC News.

Nelson is opposed to a public option.

Minnesota politicians may be faced with the same dilemma, only this one is over a tax on the medical device industry that's in the House bill, according to MPR's Elizabeth Stawicki.

Comment on this post

Bucks for the buck

Posted at 5:54 PM on November 10, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Minnesota's deer hunt is big business for the state, but promoting it doesn't come all that cheap.

It creates 5,300 jobs and $260 million in retails sales according to the International Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies.

Last weekend, Gov. Tim Pawlenty held his 7th Governor's Deer Opener. He took the state airplane to Thief River Falls, where he attended the Friday luncheon, went out and shot -- maybe -- a buck on Saturday, then left on another plane (paid for by Iowa Republicans) to make a speech to Republicans in Iowa, home of the first-in-the nation test for would-be presidents.

The $3,144 tab for the state plane to ferry the Pawlenty party to the hunt wasn't charged to Pawlenty's budget, but to the Minnesota Department of Tourism and the Department of Natural Resources. The flight took only an hour but the plane and pilots had to stay for a day in case an emergency required the governor to fly back to St. Paul. The cost of their time, hotel, and meals isn't known.

But the plane didn't fly back empty after the governor left. Deputy Chief of Staff Paul Anderson, Greater Minnesota Press Secretary Alex Carey, the governor's security personnel, a representative from the Office of Tourism, and one from the DNR hitched a ride back.

The cost is likely a wash over commercial air service to Thief River Falls from the Twin Cities, which costs $500 round trip. But you have a 15-minute layover in Chisholm/Hibbing.

Comment on this post

Behind the health care vote

Posted at 8:46 AM on November 8, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

The House last night voted 220-to-215 to pass the health care bill. The vote was not surprising. All but one Republican voted against it, joined by mostly conservative Democrats, including 7th District Rep. Colin Peterson of Minnesota.

The New York Times, however, has a fascinating graphic showing the "no" Democrats. Peterson had the 4th largest margin of victory in his last election of those who voted no (and weren't unopposed).

Not far behind was Stephanie Herseth Sandlin of South Dakota.

Eight of the Democrats represented districts carried by Barack Obama in the last election, an increasingly questionable yardstick for political punditry, since the presidential election is at least as much about the opponent who's running (and his vice presidential pick, occasionally) as it is about the candidate who carried the district.

The Times attempted to link the percentage of uninsured residents of each district (who weren't elderly) with the "no" vote. In Peterson's district, for example, only 11% of non-elderly residents don't have insurance.

The intent of the graphic appears to be to show the factors that went into the "no" vote besides the bill itself. But it actually suggests that most of the "no" votes among Democrats had more to do with their opinion that it's a bad bill.

The Washington Post, meanwhile, took a different approach to linking external factors to the votes. It provides a graphic showing campaign contributions from the health care industry. Curiously, however, it shows that most of the lawmakers with the biggest war chests from the health care industry voted "yes."

And with all of the votes displayed, rather than just the Democrat "no" votes, the Post does a better job of relating the percentage of uninsured in a district, with the representative's vote.

Comment on this post

The "awesome" candidate

Posted at 2:33 PM on November 3, 2009 by Bob Collins (13 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The state that gave us the Lizard People has done it again. At the bottom of the Minneapolis mayoral ballot, we learn that there is an "Is Awesome" political party.

is_awesome.jpg

Here's Joey's Web site statement:

Unlike other politicians, Joey has no experience and is thus unable to have become corrupted. Furthermore, Joey has a proven record of awesomeness that can be counted on should the city face natural disaster, war, famine, Act of God, or any of a hundred other things that other candiates aren't busy thinking about.
Should Joey be elected this year, he will be sure to express his gratitude by humbly taking office and putting his years of playing Sim City to use. He'll not only improve the city but will do so with a smile.

But he gets serious on his blog describing his party choice:

What if we just got rid of the party system? Everyone runs independently, based on what they think will be best for the district they will be representing. And those constituents could vote for the person they think will do the best job for their district. And everything would probably work out a whole lot better I think. But that's just my opinion, maybe I'm just off in my own world, but I'm really sick of having 2 main parties and a couple ones that no one listens to. Let's scrap it entirely. George Washington didn't need to be party-endorsed to be a great leader...

(h/t: Derek Schille)

Comment on this post

Should presidents salute?

Posted at 12:07 PM on November 3, 2009 by Bob Collins (10 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

obama_dover.jpg

No presidential deed goes unpunished anymore. The latest controversy appears to be whether President Barack Obama should have saluted when he went to Dover Air Force Base to meet the "transport cases" of dead soldiers and DEA agents arriving home.

Carey Winfrey, the editor of Smithsonian magazine, says Obama's salute was impeccable, but he's discomforted with the act. He says it was President Reagan who started the practice:

"He had sought advice on the matter from Gen. Robert Barrow, commandant of the Marine Corps. According to John Kline, then Mr. Reagan's military aide and today a member of Congress from Minnesota, General Barrow told the president that as commander in chief he could salute anybody he wished. And so it began."

A few years ago, Garry Wills, then a professor at Northwestern, suggested presidential saluting reinforces that the president is commander in chief of everyone.


The glorification of the president as a war leader is registered in numerous and substantial executive aggrandizements; but it is symbolized in other ways that, while small in themselves, dispose the citizenry to accept those aggrandizements. We are reminded, for instance, of the expanded commander in chief status every time a modern president gets off the White House helicopter and returns the salute of marines.

We used to take pride in civilian leadership of the military under the Constitution, a principle that George Washington embraced when he avoided military symbols at Mount Vernon. We are not led -- or were not in the past -- by caudillos.

Presidential salutes range "from halfhearted to jaunty," according to Winfrey.

Let's see:

bush_w_salute.jpg

Perhaps no president saluted more than Billl Clinton.

clinton_salute.jpg

hw_salute.jpg

reagan_salute.jpg

To the untrained eye -- mine -- none of those look particularly unappealing. But maybe the key is not in the show of a salute but in the sincerity of what's behind it. Jack Lucas' salute here is pretty pitiful, by the standards Winfrey described. He was the nation's youngest Medal of Honor winner. He lied his way into the military at age 17, then jumped on a grenade on Iwo Jima to save the lives of three others.

medalofhonor_salute.jpg

"I hollered to my pals to get out and did a Superman dive at the grenades. I wasn't a Superman after I got hit. I let out one helluva scream when that thing went off," he recalled in 2008, shortly before he died. How should he have saluted? Any way he wanted to.

Political arsonist Rush Limbaugh is behind this latest "controversy" with his comments on Sunday about Obama. He said Obama's salute was "a photo op precisely because he's having big-time trouble on this whole Afghanistan dithering situation," Limbaugh told "Fox News Sunday."

Then again, Limbaugh once proclaimed that Michael J. Fox was faking his Parkinson's.

Comment on this post

How much will health care cost you?

Posted at 3:29 PM on November 2, 2009 by Bob Collins (20 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

How much will the middle class pay for health care under the House bill being considered in Washington?

The Congressional Budget Office today released its assessment of how much you and your family will pay for health insurance under the various plans being considered in Congress. You can read the entire letter to Rep. Charles Rangel, the chair of the House Ways and Means Committee here, but here are the major examples it gives under the House bill:

♦ A single person with income of $26,500 in 2016 (225 percent of the FPL) would pay a premium of about $1,900 (after getting a premium subsidy of 64 percent) and could expect to pay another $900 in cost sharing (net of federal subsidies); thus, the average payment by such a person for the premium and cost sharing combined is projected to be $2,800, or about 11 percent of income.

♦ A family of four with income of about $54,000 (also 225 percent of the FPL in 2016) could expect to pay about the same share of its income for premiums and cost sharing.

♦ The average premium for a family policy would be $15,000 -- $9,500 after subsidies.

♦ A family of four making $102,500 (four times the current federal poverty level) would pay $15,000 a year plus $5,500 in "cost sharing" (such as co-pays and percentages not covered by insurance) for a total of $20,500 per year.

Question: How many of you keep track of what your health care is costing you now? If so, would you care to share? I'll be happy to go first. It's about half of these numbers, but my plan is shared by my employer).

Meanwhile, a North Carolina congresswoman had an interesting take on this today. Rep. Virginia Foxx said health care reform is a greater threat to the country than any terrorist in any country.


Comment on this post

Live-blogging Midday: Mayoral debates

Posted at 11:48 AM on November 2, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

This is, of course, the last full day of campaigning for mayoral candidates in both St. Paul and Minneapolis (Not sure where to vote? Go here.) and MPR's Midday is hosting a mini-debate for each city.

Up first is St. Paul, where DFL-endorsed incumbent Chris Coleman is being challenged by Republican-endorsed Eva Ng. Then, it's Minneapolis' turn with incumbent DFLer R.T. Rybak is being challenged by Papa John Kolstad, who has both the Independence Party and Republican Party endorsements.

I'm live blogging (starting at noon) and you can listen to the debate here.

COLEMAN VS. NG

12:07 p.m.- Coleman introductory. Says "we've done a good job" getting through the worst economic times in the country.

Ng introductory. Says she found she could not make a living as an engineer during the oil bust. Became a business consultant, turning businesses around.

12:09 p.m. - Q: If elected, can residents expect tax and fee increases?

Coleman: The challenge we've had is since 2003, we've lost over $160 million in local government aid. "If the state continues to balance the budget on the backs of the cities, it'll be hard to do that (not raise taxes)"

Ng: Says she'd freeze raises and budget. "LGA is not a fixed number. It's a false thing to say we lost $160 million; it's a variable number every year."

Q: Where would you cut city budget?

Ng: This is what consultants do. They look for efficiencies and look to grow the revenue. "Properties and assets need to produce income." (Didn't really answer the question)

Coleman: If you're going to say you're going to freeze/cut taxes, you have to have a specific program. Are you prepared to close libraries, cut firefighters, police? In a business you can close unprofitable businesses. But you can't get out of the firefighting or snowplowing business.

12:14 p.m. Q: Is Central Corridor light rail line good for the city?

Coleman: It's the most important project that the city has ever seen. "It puts the East Metro on a part with what's happening in Minneapolis. If St. Paul is going to continue to thrive, we have to be part of a first-class transportation network.

Ng: This plan that we have is not the best one I've ever seen. We're taking an existing system, compromising it -- safety, cost, businesses losing parking. I project it will cost $2 billion by the time we finish. We should consider it doing north of there.

Q: Is the project so far down the tracks that you can't make those kind of changes?

Ng: We talked to Ray Lahood, the Transportation Secretary, and he says it's not too far down the road.

Coleman: The project has to have enough weight behind it that President Obama puts it in the budget. Says it won't cost more than $914 million.

12:17 p.m. Q: You (Coleman) made education a top priority when you ran four years ago. Had education improved in the last four years?

Coleman: We've received national recognition for the out-of-school programs. We've seen growth of new daycare facilities. We've opened college-access centers in libraries and have been able to leverage a network to provide out-of-school time for our children. We have made significant progress in helping people understand that one of the most important things we can do is provide quality out-of-school time.

Ng: The mayor's role is an advisory one. The mayor is saying he has funded three, four and five-year olds and that program is an overreach because the school department controls that budget; we shouldn't be spending city budget money. It's good to take kids off the street, but that program is not well administered. People on the East Side watch empty buses going up and down the street every hour. Our kids have a bigger achievement gap than ever. We have a 62% graduation rate.

Coleman: The money we spent on out-of-school programs is out of parks and recreation and library budget. The mayor has to be a critical and integral partner with the school district.

Ng: The mayor needs to convene the resources, but spending the city's money as opposed to the school board... there is budget in there to take care of the children.

12:22 p.m. Q: Should garbage collection be operated by city or individual contracting?

Ng: Residents like having choice. But they don't want to see wear-and-tear in their alleys. But they like their freedom of choice. The mayor should do listening and arrive at a solution.

Coleman: The city got out of the garbage business in the mid-'70s. You don't put that back in the box. Where people don't have garbage service, though, it impacts the neighborhood. We've tried to be aggressive on garbage cleanup.

12:25 p.m. Q: GOP National Convention. Success, failure or in-between?

Coleman: In between. There was a regional impact. Let's remember why we asked both parties to bid on it. If someone has been here, they rate is as one they want to come back to. If they've never been here, they rate it as one they don't want to come to.

Ng: Abysmal failure. To this day a lot of St. Paulites won't forgive the fact the banner at Xcel Center put Minneapolis on top of St. Paul. Guests were bused out of here.

12:27 p.m. Q: What the biggest challenge?

Ng: Taxes

Coleman: Transportation and Central Corridor.

Q: Your opinion of instant runoff voting.

Coleman: No opinion.

Ng: "We can chill on that for awhile."

RYBAK VS. KOLSTAD



There are 11 candidates, Gary Eichten says, but "this being radio, we couldn't feature all 11 candidates so we chose the two endorsed by the major parties."

12:35 p.m. Introductory statements

Kolstad: I'm president of Mill City Music. I've done A Prairie Home Companion show when it was a morning show. The last 20 years I've been more active in civic life.

Rybak: When I ran for office, I said we'd be very focused, and we have been. We've had lower juvenile crime, we've created jobs, and we've created systems to help our young people for out-of-school time.

12:36 p.m. Q: What are the major issues:

Rybak: Public safety and job creation.

Kolstad: Increasing business, and the cost of a special election if Rybak runs for governor.

12:36p.m. How much of the lower crime rate is because of mayoral policies?

Kolstad: It's a national trend; it's not something controlled by what's going on in Minneapolis. This happened during the Great Depression. The most important thing to do to prevent crime is to have good jobs available. If you have that, they're not going to get involved with crime.

Rybak: If you ask the citizens of Chicago if it's a national trend, they'd say absolutely not. Minneapolis has led the nation in so many areas. We put 100 more police officers on the street. "They took down some key gangs." Launched youth violence prevention initiative.

12:38 p.m. Q: What would you do about complaints about the relationship between police and minority communities.

Rybak: We've made tremendous progress, but when police officers step over the line, they have to be accountable. Chief Timothy Dolan has removed three times as many police officers as any recent police chief. We'll continue to diversity police force, which is 18.6 officers of color. The recruit class is 50 percent officers of color.

Kolstad: There's mismanagement going on. The police are not being held accountable. There's a track record of the Minneapolis police ... there's serious cases of police violating civil rights, using excessive force, being absusive. If an officer does that, it's a criminal act and they should be held accountable. Too often, it's dealt as an internal affair.

12:41 p.m. How would you increase business?

Kolstad: Ninety percent of new jobs come from small business. They're being so burdened with taxes and fees and penalties. Their biggest problem is capital and when you rob them of that capital,you're harming business.

Rybak: John is wrong. Small business has a lobbyist in city hall and it's me. My parents ran a corner drug store. The first thing I did was to make it more efficient to get a business opened in Minneapolis. Before I took office, it took 37 days to get a permit. Today, it takes about nine days. We've done a tremendous amount for small business.

12:44 p.m. What would you do to make unemployment situation better?

Rybak: When I came into office, we merged programs and it's worked. The Sears building has 1,400 jobs for Allina. We've done things for smaller businesses. Standard Heating was thinking about moving out of the city; now we have 80 news jobs for Minneapolis. Wants more attention on job centers. Will continue to look at green and clean energy and medical technology.

Kolstad: He says small business has declined in the city. "I wish what he was saying was true, but East Lake St., looks like Detroit in the '70s. Things are not going well."

We have to find ways to support businesses. Green jobs is a great opportunity for the city. I'd like to turn it into a center for green technology. If I become mayor, I'd want to have an empowerment zone just for cities doing that and focus on small and independent businesses.

12:47 p.m. Can we assume taxes will go up?

Kolstad: Some people are hurting very badly. It's taking almost all of my capital to pay taxes, fees, and fines. They just started a new 20 percent penalty for fees that aren't paid on time. There are non-essential things; there hasn't been an internal audit in more than three years.

Rybak: The city is audited every year by the state auditor. Over the last eight years, I've made a series of tough choices and significant cuts. We cut $1.4 million out of budget last year. The city has navigated through incredibly difficult time. When I came into office, the city's debt rating was going down. First thing we said is we'd cut spending, then reform services and lay out a five year plan that would require people to put more money in. I'm very concerned about property taxes. Part of this issue rests on my shoulders. People who want property taxes should propose any cut they want to make, but we're not going to retreat on the process we've made. Not going to take cops off the street, or cut job creation strategies.

12:51 p.m. Why should people vote for you if you're going to run for governor?

Rybak: They knew three years ago when I became first mayor to endorse Obama that I would spend a lot of time campaigning for Obama. The years when we lowered unemployment, I was campaigning for Obama, but I was also working hard as mayor. The only thing I don't love about my job is the fiscal chaos.

Kolstad: He's appeared at three governor forums already. It's clear from what he's doing that he'll run. We've tried to get him to mayoral debates and he hasn't attended a single one. In 2001, there were 20 debates, in 2005 there were 10 debates for mayor. This year there were none. The mayor should make a choice.

12:54 p.m. Q: Do you support Republican and Independent Party platforms?

Kolstad: I'm endorsed by the GOP of Minneapolis, which is a little different than the statewide party.

FINAL STATEMENTS

Kolstad: I'm heading up a broad coalition across the political spectrum. These people are tired of mismanagement in Minneapolis. Are we better off than we were eight years ago? Most of us are not and it has to do with mismanagement by mayor and city council. Will remove regulatory burden on small business. I have 30 years of experience.

Rybak: I walked into our workforce center at Chicago and Lake and found something in short supply: hope. If that was the only sign of hope, I'd say our work has been successful. But then you look at Allina in the old Sears building, the streets are cleaner, in North Minneapolis you see crime dramatically down and improvements on West Broadway. There's been strong fiscal management. When a bridge collapses, when a tornado goes through a neighborhood, I've been a mayor who shows up.

Comment on this post

For many in Congress, it's not the economy

Posted at 9:24 AM on October 29, 2009 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

At this hour, an utterly amazing exchange is taking place on Capitol Hill on an issue that is clearly the most important and fundamental issue facing the nation.

It's a brutally honest discussion between Tim Geithner, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the few members of the House Financial Services Committee who showed up for work today.

Geithner is, basically, calling out Congress for its inaction on closing loopholes that led to financial meltdown in the first place

It's a rare honest debate in which both sides are speaking frankly.

For example, Geithner was incredulous when one member of the committee suggested the "too-big-to-fail" banks should not be subject to the same regulation that smaller, community banks are.


"The important thing to recognize is -- and it's just worth going back to what it was like last fall -- without the ability for the government to step in and manage the failure of a large firm, to contain the risk of the fire spreading, we will be consigned to repeat the experience of last fall. It's a stark, simple thing. And there is no... I know of no person who has stood in my seat -- this is true of (Fed) Chairman Paulson -- in any central bank in any major country that would say the country should be run with no authority to step in and act in that case."

"They are getting into the fundamental issue of regulatory reform and that is the issue of pre-emption by the authority; do they have the right to go in and tell a bank they can't do a certain business, what is the right to take over a certain company if there's deemed to be a systemic risk?" a CNBC analyst noted. "This whole concept of prevention has been out there for, really, decades, that Congress has decided not to do because of these issues that have just been brought up."

Is that an important discussion -- the fundamental philosophical on the role of government -- for the people who were elected to Congress to hear? Not for many of them.

geithner_banking.jpg

I count at least seven empty chairs. Even the committee chair, Rep. Barney Frank, left after his opening statement, in which he defended Congress by saying the committee has passed legislation that further regulates the banking industry. In fact, however, that legislation has not become law.

Three Minnesotans -- Rep. Michele Bachmann, Rep. Keith Ellison, and Rep. Erik Paulsen -- sit on the committee.

Comment on this post

Was Rudin wrong?

Posted at 1:32 PM on October 27, 2009 by Bob Collins (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

NPR "Political Junkie" Ken Rudin has apologized for comparing Barack Obama to Richard Nixon.

NPR ombudsman Alica Shepard calls attention (via Twitter) to her column today, in which she says what Rudin said "was a dumb thing to say."

Here's what Rudin said about the Obama administration's spat with Fox News.

"Well, it's not only aggressive, it's almost Nixonesque. I mean, you think of what Nixon and Agnew did with their enemies list and their attacks on the media; certainly Vice President Agnew's constant denunciation of the media. Of course, then it was a conservative president denouncing a liberal media, and of course, a lot of good liberals said, 'Oh, that's ridiculous. That's an infringement on the freedom of press.' And now you see a lot of liberals almost kind of applauding what the White House is doing to Fox News, which I think is distressing."

Rudin caught it pretty quickly, and apologized:

"Comparing the tactics of the Nixon administration --which bugged and intimidated and harassed journalists -- to that of the Obama administration was foolish, facile, ridiculous and, ultimately embarrassing to me."

Rudin played it well to settle the matter quickly, but it's worth pointing out he didn't compare Obama's tactics with Nixon's intimidation of the media via illegal means. He compared it to Nixon's "enemies" list and their (presumably rhetorical) "attacks on the media."

It was Steve Benen of Washington Monthly who extended the meaning of Rudin's comments:

Now would be an excellent time for a reality break. Has the Obama White House ordered the Justice Department to spy on Fox News employees? Has the administration ordered the IRS to start digging through Fox News' books, hunting for irregularities and auditing on-air personalities? Has the president directed thugs to break into Glenn Beck's psychiatrist's office?

"As he noted in his apology, what the Obama administration is doing is a "far cry from illegal and unconstitutional activities," Shepard wrote. She said "it was a dumb thing to say." But what was dumb? What he said as fact, or saying it imprecisely so that it could be misinterpeted?

Back to Benen:

And what as (sic) the Obama team done? They've dared to point out a simple reality: an obviously-partisan propaganda outlet in (sic) not a legitimate news organization. That's it. That's the totality of the White House's efforts -- criticizing a network that operates as an arm of a political party. There's no boycott, no punishment, no vendetta. All we have here are some White House aides who've criticized a network.

Not exactly. The White House has also frozen out Fox News whenever it could. That's their right.

"We're going to treat them the way we would treat an opponent," Anita Dunn, the White House communications director, told the New York Times. "As they are undertaking a war against Barack Obama and the White House, we don't need to pretend that this is the way that legitimate news organizations behave."

Regardless of whether you like or hate Fox News (and you either like or hate it; there's no middle ground), you have to at least consider the comment from Tom Edsall, the author of Building Red America:

"Reacting to criticism is a very dangerous thing for any kind of publication to get involved in, especially when the criticism is ideological... I do think that Fox has often been tilted to the right, but if they're now inhibiting their coverage - if these Tea Parties [that they didn't cover] were newsworthy - that's not good."

Curiously, the director of the First Amendment Center at the University of Kentucky, Mike Farrell, invoked the same language that Rudin did:

"The White House has basically said that they don't believe in the marketplace of ideas, they're not willing to engage in debate, and they are going to be associated with John Adams and the Sedition Act and Richard Nixon and his 'enemies' list - is that the company they want to be in?"

Comment on this post

Patients or prisoners?

Posted at 3:08 PM on October 20, 2009 by Bob Collins (8 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

Gov. Tim Pawlenty's reaction to a Star Tribune story on TVs for sex offenders confirms the reality of Minnesota's "treatment program" for sex offenders -- it's really just a jail for people who haven't been charged or convicted of crimes they might commit in the future.

"They don't need 50-inch, flat-screen plasma televisions for sex offenders," Pawlenty said today of the $1,576 TVs in the Moose Lake facility."Clearly, somebody just made a bonehead decision, and I'm going to reverse it."

The reversal comes over the objection of some of the staff at the facility who say there is a clinical benefit to the TVs. Indeed, the Associated Press refers to the people housed in the facility as "patients," not inmates.

"Patients" in Minnesota's sex offender "treatment" program have already served their jail time. They're housed under the guise of being in treatment, even though experts say there is no evidence that there's a treatment for sex offenders, and nobody who was committed under state law has ever come out of the program.

Dennis Linehan came closest. In 1965, Linehan kidnapped, raped, and killed a Minnesota teenager, was sentenced to 40 years in prison, escaped and was captured after sexually molesting a 12-year-old in Michigan. When he was scheduled for supervised release in 1994, then Gov. Arne Carlson ordered him held until he could get the Legislature to enact the Sexually Dangerous Persons Law, which allows Minnesota to lock up people who haven't been charged, under the theory -- upheld by the courts -- that the rights of the public outweigh the rights of the individual.

The Moose Lake "treatment" facility is, in fact, a wing of a prison. Whether the "patients" are pampered -- as suggested by the Star Tribune's TV story -- is a matter of some dispute, especially considering a complaint from the ACLU earlier this year:


* Detainees are subjected to strip searches and are handcuffed and shackled as part of standard operating procedure whenever detainees are transported (for example, to attend patient advisory committee meetings at the MSOP facility) and after contact visits in violation of their Fourth Amendment right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures.

* Detainees' incoming legal mail has, on numerous occasions, been opened outside the presence of the detainee in violation of their Sixth Amendment right to counsel.

* Detainees allege that they are not allowed incoming calls and that their calls are monitored in violation of their First Amendment right to telephone access.

* Detainees are denied their right to Procedural Due Process by being deprived of their access to freely move around the Annex without escorts, and, consequently, access to the privileges afforded to all other civilly committed detainees including daily access to the gym, access to library services, the ability to communicate with other Annex detainees, and free access to outside activities. The conditions imposed on Detainees are similar to what the Minnesota Department of Corrections imposes on inmates who are in Administrative Segregation. Inmates in A-Seg are entitled to procedural due process before being housed in that restrictive setting.

* Detainees are subjected to potentially severe health risks due to inadequate sanitation in violation of their Eighth Amendment rights includinng:

1. Communal showers and bathrooms are only cleaned once a day;
2. Urine and fecal matter are frequently found on the bathroom floor or toilet seats;
3. No sanitizer is readily available to disinfect the floors and toilet seats;
4. Dining room tables are not adequately sanitized prior to serving each meal;
5. Mops and brooms used to clean the bathrooms and showers are also used to clean cells, thereby spreading germs to their cells;
6. Towels, blankets and cleaning rags are washed in one unit washer and the water does not reach a temperature needed to properly sanitize them.

* Detainees who had purchased 20 inch televisions at the Annex had their property seized and were forced to send them out of the facility at their own expense to comply with a MNDOC rule allowing only 13 inch clear televisions on the Moose Lake prison property.

* MSOP retaliated against two of the plaintiffs (Beaulieu and Yazzie) for their participation in litigation challenging their access to religious activities while civilly committed to the MSOP. The retaliation took the form of a reduction in their access to religious services, attorneys, the court and visitation by family; unreasonable restraint of Yazzie leading to injury; unreasonable searches of Beaulieu's property; and the seizure and copying of Beaulieu's legal papers.

"It has to be treated like a hospital -- it is not a prison," said Rep. Thomas Huntley, DFL-Duluth.

Wink.

Comment on this post

Wither Vermilion

Posted at 12:03 PM on October 13, 2009 by Than Tibbetts (2 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Lake Vermilion State Park mapA little more than 2 years ago, Gov. Tim Pawlenty announced a plan to create a state park at Lake Vermilion, about 90 miles north of Duluth. By May 2008, the governor had secured $20 million from the Minnesota Legislature to pay for the park, all 3,000 acres and five miles of shoreline.

Except that price wasn't good enough for U.S. Steel, the current owner of the land, and since then, Britt Robson reports for the Capitol Report, not much has been done.

Yet even now, the proposed state park has its die-hard supporters, and they remain convinced that the land sale can eventually be completed. They are heartened by the fact that, nearly six months after getting the bureaucratic green light to develop the site, U.S. Steel has not turned a shovel's full of dirt to further the project.

"I drive by it at least 10 times a week, and I haven't seen any improvements on the road going in, or any other activity," reports Mike Forsman, one of the St. Louis County commissioners who voted for the development last spring. "My own suspicion is that the downturn in the economy has made it harder to buy and build housing up here. It certainly is not like it was three years ago. I imagine [U.S. Steel] will wait for the market to improve."

It was poor market timing by U.S. Steel, but they have time on their side. Gov. Pawlenty will likely have other things on his hands this legislative session. The state's revenues are running millions of dollars short and Pawlenty seems intent on running a practice presidential campaign.

In short, unless the market for high-value lakeshore developments makes a spectacular recovery in the near future or Pawlenty reopens negotiations, it will likely mean little closure to the state park question until after the next governor of Minnesota is seated in 2011.

Despite the political gamesmanship, or lack thereof, this never addresses the fundamental question: Do we need a new state park on Lake Vermilion?

Comment on this post

Capitol showbiz

Posted at 10:05 AM on October 1, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Congress hasn't done much in the last year to close some of the loopholes in the nation's banking system that led to the worst economic crisis in America since the Great Depression, and it's not hard to figure out why. They're not that interested in the subject.

Today, Federal Reserve Board Chairman Ben Bernanke testified before the House Financial Services Committee, which is "considering" changes in regulations.

Bernanke did something, however, that a lot of members of the committee didn't do: He showed up. Here's the revealing image off CNBC this morning:

finserv_oct1.jpg

What's the point of being on an important committee, if you don't show up -- preferably for the entire hearing -- to listen and participate in the discussion?

But discussions are rarely part of these hearings. Congresspeople show up for a few minutes when it's their turn to ask questions, then use most of their time to make a speech, and leave.

Rep. Michele Bachmann, R-Minn., for example, had five minutes to quiz Bernanke this morning, but used all but 3 seconds of her time to read a statement criticizing the possibility of the dollar not being the international standard, criticizing President Obama for saying he 'inherited' the financial mess, and wondering whether a new regulatory agency would regulate funding to ACORN. She then invited Bernanke to respond.

That earned her a rebuke from committee chair Rep. Barney Frank, D-Mass. "I've asked you before... there's only 3 seconds left in your time.... This practice of going right up to the end and then taking another minute or two is unfair to the other members."

Frank gave Bernanke 30 seconds to answer Bachmann's "questions," and said the dollar is in danger and punted on the question of funding for ACORN.

People watching on TV tend to get more information about the state of the economy and the options for fixing it than people who are elected to fix it. That might explain why it's broken.

Comment on this post

Did money talk?

Posted at 2:04 PM on September 29, 2009 by Bob Collins (7 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

sen_fin_sep29.jpg

The so-called "public option" component of health care reform died today when the Senate Finance Committee's Health Care Subdivision (essentially the entire committee) rejected an attempt to include it in legislation the panel is considering. Other bills circulating at the Capitol still have "public option," but Sen. Max Baucus removed it from his bill under pressure from Republicans, who considered it Socialist. The number of Democrats refusing to support the idea pretty much sinks it.

The vote was 15-to-8, with Democrats Baucus, Sen. Tom Carper, Sen. Kent Conrad, Sen. Blanche Lincoln, and Sen. Bill Nelson joining all of the committee's Republicans with "no" votes.

Most of the Democrats voting against the bill, were among the biggest Democratic recipients of health care cash in campaign fundraising. Coincidence? Who can say? The campaign finance system is such that one can only speculate what role it plays when legislation is considered that affects the campaign contributors. So you have to decide.

Here's the breakdown by committee members. The numbers in parentheses represents its rank for that senator in the grouping of contributions by industry. Keep in mind, these numbers are the amount raised through the end of June, well before the health care issue dominated the national dialogue.

DEMOCRATS

John D. Rockefeller
, West Virginia (Chairman) - $255,950 from health professionals (2nd),

Jeff Bingaman, New Mexico - $210,563 from health professionals (3rd) and $92,000 from pharmaceutical industry (7th).

Sen. Kent Conrad, North Dakota - $239,533 from health professionals (3rd), $233,625 from the insurance industry (4th).

John Kerry, Massachusetts - $91,036 from insurance industry (7th). $64,948 from health professionals (13th)

Blanche Lincoln, Arkansas - $298,700 from health professionals (2nd), $153,304 from pharmaceutical industry (5th) and $131,850 from insurance industry (8th).

Ron Wyden, Oregon - $173,475 from health professionals (1st), $83,299 from insurance industry (7th).

Charles Schumer, New York - $155,300 from insurance industry (5th) , $108,650 from health professionals (9th).

Debbie Stabenow, Michigan - $338,455 from health professionals (4th). Second-biggest contributor was Blue Cross Blue Shield ($59,700)

Maria Cantwell, Washington - $206,001 from health professionals (11th).

Bill Nelson
, Florida - $332,179 from health professionals (6th)

Robert Menendez, New Jersey - $256,950 from health professionals (7th)

Thomas Carper, Delaware - $238,680 from insurance industry (2nd), $139,520 from pharmaceutical industry (7th).

REPUBLICANS

Sen. Charles Grassley, Iowa - $241,856 from health professionals (1st), $201,148 from insurance industry (2nd), $152,650 from pharmaceutical industry (3rd), $139,137 from hospitals and nursing homes (4th). Blue Cross Blue Shield ($26,750) is second-largest contributor. Select Medical Group is third-largest contributor ($23,000).

Orrin G. Hatch, Utah. Ranking member - $481,081 from insurance industry (1st), $242,550 from health professionals. Blue Cross Blue Shield is second-largest contributor ($45,603)

Olympia Snowe, Maine - $174,074 from health professionals (2nd), $163,585 from insurance industry (3rd). Aetna Inc., is second-biggest contributor.

John Ensign, Nevada - $269,325 from health professionals (3rd), $211,462 from insurance industry (7th).

Michael Enzi, Wyoming - $218,700 from pharmaceutical industry (1st), $144,049 from health professionals (2nd), $124,250 from insurance industry (4th). Blue Cross Blue Shield is fifth-largest contributor ($15,000).

John Cornyn, Texas - $759,113 from health professionals (4th), $350,294 from insurance industry (9th).

John Kyl, Arizona - $649,383 from health professionals (4th).

Jim Bunning, Kentucky - $86,433 from insurance industry (1st), $63,650 from health care (3rd). Kindred Healthcare is fourth-largest contributor ( $12,100).

Pat Roberts, Kansas - $178,299 from pharmaceutical industry (9th).

(Source: OpenSecrets.org)

Comment on this post

Creative writing, politics style

Posted at 1:19 PM on September 29, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Tomorrow marks the end of the quarter for politicians to report their campaign contributions, so today their fundraisers are sending out solicitation letters to try to pry money out of some wallets by creating straw men and challenges.

Rep. Keith Ellison raised the specter of "special interests."

ellison_qtr_end.jpg

"Special interests," of course, are in the eye of the beholder. This summer, Ellison was in the spotlight for accepting a privately-funded gift of a trip to Mecca.

Rep. Michele Bachmann meanwhile is using Nancy Pelosi as the "boogeyman" in her fundraising letter.

bachmann_qtr_letter.jpg

"I must show a solid bank account to keep the Democrats from pouring millions into my opponents' campaigns," Bachmann said in her letter, as if anything could prevent Democrats from pouring millions into the 6th District race.

If you've gotten a fundraising e-mail today, please forward it to me.

Comment on this post

A tax to love?

Posted at 2:17 PM on September 28, 2009 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The great thing about being governor is you can vehemently oppose a bill, and then take credit for its accomplishments later.

Gov. Tim Pawlenty's office sent out a news release today with a fair amount of back-patting for traffic congestion-relieving projects:

Motorists and transit riders in the south Twin Cities metro area will have an improved commute as several key components of a traffic congestion relief initiative open this week.

Governor Tim Pawlenty, Minnesota Department of Transportation Commissioner Tom Sorel, Metropolitan Council Chair Peter Bell, and Federal Highway Administrator Victor Mendez celebrated the opening today of two new transit stations in Lakeville and the launch of a new MnPASS Express Lane on I-35W.

"Moving people and goods efficiently around the Twin Cities is important for our economy and our quality of life," Governor Pawlenty said. "Over the past several years we've made significant investments to improve our transportation system, including an additional lane on 494/694, MnPASS on I-394, the 'Unweave the Weave' project and many more improvements around the metro area. Now, thousands of people who use I-35W will have additional options to get to work or home faster."


Let's hit the Wayback Machine to find out where many of these projects came from.

What we have here is one example of what can happen when you raise taxes, for many of these projects came from the most contentious issue of the 2008 legislative session: The gax tax increase. You may recall Gov. Pawlenty vetoed the bill and it was one of the few times he lost a showdown with the Legislature.

Pawlenty called the bill "ridiculous."

Update 4:18 p.m. Here's the press release list of projects being cited by Pawlenty:

Express Bus Service

Lakeville residents now have new commuting options to downtown Minneapolis as Metro Transit began service today on I-35 from the new 750-space park-and-ride ramp at Kenrick Avenue in Lakeville, and Minnesota Valley Transit Authority (MTVA) also began offering express bus service today. MTVA began service this morning from a temporary park-and-ride at Crossroads United Methodist Church until the Cedar Avenue park-and-ride lot opens in two to four weeks.

"The UPA grant allowed us to accelerate the debut of Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) in the metro area, helping to grow transit ridership, ease congestion and improve mobility. We also welcome the City of Lakeville to metro-area transit services," said Council Chair Bell

Metro Transit express route 467 will offer nonstop service, with six morning trips to downtown and six return trips in the afternoon. Buses will travel on the new I-35W MnPASS lanes. New coach buses, which seat 57 customers, will be used on the route, featuring high back chairs, reading lights and overhead storage compartments. Travel time to downtown Minneapolis is about 30 minutes.

MVTA Route 477V offers five morning and five afternoon trips each weekday, also on coach buses.

MnPASS on I-35W


On Wednesday, almost 12 miles of a new MnPASS Express Lane will allow solo drivers the option to pay a toll to use the high occupancy vehicle lane on I-35W. Car pools with two or more occupants, motorcycles and transit buses will still use the Express Lanes free of charge. Similar lanes are in operation on I-394 and have proven popular with commuters with up to 150,000 vehicles a day driving on some portion of the 11 miles of roadway that runs from downtown Minneapolis to the western suburbs.

"The I-35W MnPASS Express Lanes will provide commuters with a more reliable commute between the south Twin Cities metro area and downtown Minneapolis," said Commissioner Sorel

The new I-35W MnPASS Express Lanes include two segments: from Highway 13 in Burnsville to I-494 and from I-494 to downtown Minneapolis.

On the segment from I-494 to downtown, transit vehicles, carpools and MnPASS customers will be able to use a converted shoulder lane north of 42nd Street during certain times when traffic is congested. Electronic signs will alert drivers when the shoulder is open or closed. Construction on the Crosstown project continues, and the MnPASS Express Lane segment between I-494 and 42nd Street will open in fall 2010.

MnPASS drivers lease a small electronic transponder that attaches to their windshield behind the rear view mirror. The toll is automatically deducted from their pre-paid MnPASS account by toll recording equipment located on the road. Fees vary in amount by the level of traffic congestion in the MnPASS lanes. Commuters can open a prepaid MnPASS account in less than 10 minutes online at www.mnpass.net or by calling the MnPASS Customer Service Center at 1-866-EZ-RIDE4

Urban Partnership Agreement


The Urban Partnership Agreement is a series of transportation projects aimed at improving traffic conditions by reducing congestion on Interstate 35W, Highway 77/Cedar Avenue and in downtown Minneapolis. Through a combination of transit, road pricing, technology and telecommuting, project partners anticipate that commuters will experience more transportation choices, less traffic congestion and reduced commute times on some of Minnesota's busiest roads.

Minnesota's UPA partnership includes Mn/DOT, the Metropolitan Council/Metro Transit, Minnesota Valley Transit Authority, University of Minnesota; Anoka, Dakota, Hennepin and Ramsey counties; the city of Minneapolis, and Transportation Management Organizations. This innovative partnership allows Minnesota to leverage federal dollars and keep project costs low while pioneering new ways to move traffic. Project components include:

Transit

· Expansion of the single-bus lanes to two-bus lanes on both Marquette Avenue and 2nd Avenue in downtown Minneapolis will nearly triple the capacity for the number of buses while reducing bus travel time by up to 10 minutes through the 16-block downtown area.

· Construction of nearly 2,700 new parking spaces at six new or expanded park and ride facilities along the Highway 77/Cedar Avenue and I-35W corridors north and south of downtown Minneapolis.

· Purchase of 27 new buses for new or expanded express service from the Highway 77/Cedar Avenue and I-35W corridors to downtown Minneapolis.

· Construction of a transit-only left turn lane at Highway 62/Crosstown and Highway 77/Cedar Avenue, completed in November 2008, is resulting in more predictable and quicker rides.

Road Pricing

· Existing high occupancy vehicle lanes on I-35W from Burnsville Parkway to I-494 are being converted to MnPASS Express lanes.

· Upon completion of the Crosstown project, a new I-35W MnPASS Express lane from I-494 to 46th Street will be opened.

· From 46th Street to downtown Minneapolis on northbound 35W, current bus-only shoulders are being replaced with priced dynamic shoulder lanes. Buses travel at free-flow freeway speeds instead of the current 35 mph limit on bus-only shoulders. The priced dynamic shoulder lanes will be used during peak periods and will operate as shared rapid transit lanes for buses and carpoolers and MnPASS express lanes for single occupancy vehicles.

Technology

· Electronic signage above the lanes on I-35W that provides real-time information that improves safety and keeps traffic moving to avoid congestion.

· Lane guidance technology using global positioning satellites and other techniques will be installed on ten buses to keep transit vehicles centered in narrow shoulder lanes, ensuring safe and fast operations on highway shoulders.

· Real-time electronic commuter information signage is being used at select locations along the I-35W corridor to alert motorists about the estimated time of the trip by auto and bus, and how many parking spots are still available at the nearest park and ride.

· Real-time bus arrival and departure signage will be used on Marquette and 2nd Avenues and at select transit facilities along the Cedar Avenue/Highway 77 and I-35W corridors to alert transit customers about arriving and departing buses.

· Transit signal priority on Central Avenue from 2nd Street to 53rd Avenue will provide an advantage for transit and help maintain transit schedules.

· Cameras and instrumentation on Highway 13 connecting to the I-35W and Cedar Avenue/Highway 77 corridors will provide traveler information for motorists and improve traffic flow.

Telecommuting

· Partnerships with major employers along the I-35W corridor and in downtown Minneapolis will be established to promote flex-time and telecommuting programs with a goal to increase the number of telecommuting workers by 500 individuals by 2011.

Comment on this post

What do you want?

Posted at 8:42 AM on September 27, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Republicans in Minnesota have long criticized the Star Tribune's Minnesota poll for inaccuracy -- against the protestations of DFLers and the Star Tribune -- but we're wondering today how they feel about this headline:

Obama's support declines sharply

Accurate? Inaccurate? Who knows? But at the very least it's somewhat misleading. Why? Because the high point of the Obama presidency was in April, according to the poll, when Obama's popularity hit 63%. How hard is it to have high popularity in your first months in office? Not hard at all, assuming tanks aren't involved.

But last November, Obama's popularity rating -- as measured by election results -- was only 53% in Minnesota.

Disappointingly -- and, really, unacceptably -- the Minnesota Poll doesn't make the questions asked or the breakdown available online. Heck, even the methodology of the poll isn't provided.

We know, for example, that health care insurance reform -- it's not really health care reform -- is the main reason for the decline in popularity. But we don't know what Minnesotans expected. Obama ran on several platforms, including health care insurance reform. What did people think that meant way back then?

People are funny -- and fickle.

For example, President George Bush's job approval rating -- as measured by an MPR poll -- six months after he took office -- was 53 percent, statistically equal to Obama's current rating. But an October 2001 survey showed his job approval rating at 76 percent.

What changed? He launched attacks on Afghanistan in response to 9/11.

The poll showed people also favored expanding federal powers to wiretap, significant support for detaining Muslims without charges, and support for requiring us all to carry national ID cards. All things that would sink a job approval rating now. And the very thing that propelled Bush's job approval numbers then, is an anchor on Obama's now.

So perhaps the most important question in these polls of Minnesotans is: What do you want? Job approval ratings reflect a politician's ability to (a) figure it out and (b) adjust their actions to give it to you.

Clearly, Obama's concept of change is that (b) isn't part of his game. And while people might nod their heads that they want leaders not to bend to the polls, in practice that's exactly what we want.

Comment on this post

History or politics

Posted at 1:40 PM on September 25, 2009 by Bob Collins (1 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Schools

You let the president of the United States speak to school children and the next thing you know they're singing about him.

The school in New Jersey says the kids were learning a song for Black History Month last winter.

It's become a YouTube sensation in the last few days, even though it was uploaded in June.

New Jersey's education commissioner today ordered a review of the teaching of the song, and wants to find ways to celebrate Black History Month without "inappropriate partisan politics in the classroom."


Comment on this post

Action figures then and now

Posted at 2:52 PM on September 25, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Marketing and advertising, Politics

Today's first look at the Michele Bachmann action figure...

action_figure.jpg

... has me wistful for the time when the idea of action figures in politics was fresh and new:

It was also a time when the action figure even looked something like the person it was supposed to portray. Rep. Bachmann's action figure looks more like Gladys Knight.

Comment on this post

Obama on racism

Posted at 8:30 AM on September 22, 2009 by Bob Collins (9 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

If President Barack Obama doesn't think racism plays a significant role in opposition to his policies, why do so many people think it does?

Obama appeared on David Letterman's show last night and delivered the money quote when asked about racism. "It's important to realize that I was actually black before the election," he said.

Comment on this post

I see your 'dumb,' and I raise you an 'elitist'

Posted at 10:24 AM on September 21, 2009 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics



The latest debate on the ability of America to hold a political conversation was on display on today's first hour of Midmorning.

The show purported to ask, "Is racism fueling criticism of the president?" But the fix was in on the answer because both guests had the same perspective: "Yes."

That's not to say they didn't make good points in rebutting David Brooks' column last week, "No, it's not about race."
Given all of this, it was guaranteed that he would spark a populist backlash, regardless of his skin color. And it was guaranteed that this backlash would be ill mannered, conspiratorial and over the top -- since these movements always are, whether they were led by Huey Long, Father Coughlin or anybody else.
A pretty poor example, said Jack White, who writes about politics for The Root. Father Couglin was an anti-Semite, he said.



The discussion intertwined with the "lack of civility" angle right up until it got hit in the kisser with an irony pie.

"The problem is, what is the Republican Party doing to make a bigger space for people like himself?" he said, addressing a caller who said he was a moderate Republican. People who have a disagreement with the president's policies but don't want to fall into this trap of falling back on fear and prejudice to move their party forward. You have a handicap, it seems to me, even though you have someone like Michael Steele, who is black, as Republican Party chairman, I would argue that Michael Steele is exactly the wrong kind of person to have?"

"Why? Kerri Miller asked.

"Because Michael Steel is dumb," White said.

Caller Tim from Minneapolis provided the other side of the discussion.

"Thank you for calling another Republican dumb," he said. "Ronald Reagan was portrayed on the one hand as being a tired, pre-senile old fool who, nonetheless, stayed up late at night masterminding the Iran contra deal. We still hear jokes about Dan Quayle misspelling potato. Bush was consistently portrayed -- hammered, hammered, hammered -- on late night comedy shows, everybody that he was dumb. And yet he was also an evil genius who masterminded -- in the eyes of some admittedly paranoid people -- that he masterminded the 9/11 tragedy."

"Are you saying there has long been disrespect towards...." Kerri Miller asked.

"What I'm saying is disrespect... has been going on consistently from the left and you mentioned populism and populism is the response to political elitism and I think what you fail to recognize is that the Democratic Washington power circle, as well as the liberal side of the media, is viewed as being highly elitist and certainly Barack Obama did not help his case anywhere along the line when during the election, for example, when he made the comment about the price of irrugula arugula, You've assembled a nice panel of people that all seem to see things only one way," he said.

And that brings us back to Brooks:
What we're seeing is the latest iteration of that populist tendency and the militant progressive reaction to it. We now have a populist news media that exaggerates the importance of the Van Jones and Acorn stories to prove the elites are decadent and un-American, and we have a progressive news media that exaggerates stories like the Joe Wilson shout and the opposition to the Obama schools speech to show that small-town folks are dumb wackos.

Comment on this post

Ramstad for governor?

Posted at 11:31 AM on September 18, 2009 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

Former Third District congressman Jim Ramstad dropped a little bit of a bombshell -- for now, we'll call it a firecracker -- when he told Gary Eichten a few minutes ago that he's leaving the door on the possibility of his running for governor "open just a crack."

A few minutes later, however, he said there's a 99 percent chance he wouldn't run.

Ramstad, a moderate by any definition, has no shot at winning a Republican state convention, but in his scenario he made it clear he'd do what former Gov. Arne Carlson did and run in a primary.

The former congressman had announced earlier this summer that he would not run.

Ramstad made his comments during the early part of MPR's Midday show, when he strongly criticized "the hard core right wing Republicans who are in charge of the Republican House caucus."

Comment on this post

Health care debate has been polite for some, survey says

Posted at 3:42 PM on September 17, 2009 by Bob Collins (5 Comments)
Filed under: Politics, Surveys and trivia

truck_robert.jpg

We love surveys. We love to give them attention they don't deserve and this week, two surveys from the same organization caught our attention.

The first, which I won't belabor, was a Pew survey that said "the public's assessment of the accuracy of news stories is now at its lowest level in more than two decades of Pew Research surveys, and Americans' views of media bias and independence now match previous lows." Sounds interesting, but I posit that it doesn't necessarily mean stories are (or aren't) more inaccurate these days. It only means that people think so.

But perhaps it's more a reflection on people who turn increasingly to news sources that they think will report stories the way they want to hear them (Let me save you the trouble of posting the predictable comment: Yes, I know some people think this is why liberals tend to listen to Public Radio).

The other day we got an e-mail from someone who claimed we were covering up the story that global warming was created in a conspiracy between the liberal media and the United Nations in order to effect a redistribution of wealth. To prove it, he noted that he read about it on the Internet, not in the liberal media.

Well, OK, that's one for the power of the Internet.

Today's survey is even more puzzling. The headline:

Health Care Debate Seen as "Rude and Disrespectful"

So far, so good. According to Pew, 53% of those surveyed said the health care debate has been rude and disrespectful. Sixteen percent said they didn't know how to characterize it.

Thirty-one percent said the debate has been polite and respectful. That should be the takeaway. It's true, those most likely to be accused of being rude and disrespectful -- in this case, Republicans -- are also the most likely to disagree. And the survey showed that, indeed, 44 percent of them said the debate has been polite and respectful. But 24% of Democrats agreed with the assessment.

Democrats, however, are much more likely to put the blame for the lack of civility on opponents of health care legislation. Forty-five percent of Republicans say they're at fault.

Who are these people? Pew doesn't say. But we can deduce that 17% of those surveyed weren't paying any attention to what was going on. Only eighty-three percent said they'd heard "a little or a lot" about Rep. Joe Wilson's "you lie" moment, a news story that was nearly impossible to miss.

(Photo: A driver shows his polite side on Robert St. in West St. Paul on Wednesday. Click the image for a larger view).

Comment on this post

Too late for ACORN?

Posted at 1:47 PM on September 16, 2009 by Bob Collins (27 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

The ACORN scandal is mushrooming.

It started after BigGovernment.com, a site run by commentator Andrew Breitbart, sent a couple of kids into an ACORN (Association of Community Organizations for Reform Now) office to try to get funding for a prostitution ring. Hidden video revealed an intake worker ready to help.

For conservatives, it was proof of a story they claim mainstream media has been ignoring: that of a fraudulent organization tied to the president.

ACORN's response has been -- charitably put -- uneven. At first, according to a press release, the group said an intake worker was just kidding:
When the actors approached Ms. Kaelke with their provocative costuming and outlandish scenario, she could not take them seriously. So she met their outrageousness with her own personal style of outrageousness. She matched their false scenario with her own false scenarios.
But another press release today from ACORN CEO Bertha Lewis suggests now that they weren't:
"As a result of the indefensible action of a handful of our employees, I am, in consultation with ACORN's Executive Committee , immediately ordering a halt to any new intakes into ACORN's service programs until completion of an independent review. I have also communicated with ACORN's independent Advisory Council, and they will assist ACORN in naming an independent auditor and investigator to conduct a thorough review of all of the organizations relevant systems and processes. That reviewer, to be named within 48 hours, will make recommendations directly to me and to the full ACORN Board. We enter this process with a commitment that all recommendations will be implemented."

Said Ms. Lewis: "We have all been deeply disturbed by what we've seen in some of these videos. I must say, on behalf of ACORN's Board and our Advisory Council, that we will go to whatever lengths necessary to reestablish the public trust. For nearly forty years, ACORN has given voice to communities, and gotten results. Right now, our nearly 500,000 member are working their hearts out for quality, affordable healthcare for every American and to help stop the foreclosure crisis. We must get this process right, so the good work can go forward."
It may be too late. Earlier this week, the Senate voted to prevent the organization from getting -- and distributing -- any housing money. When Amy Klobuchar and Al Franken line up against you, it's over.



And today, according to MPR's Tom Scheck, Gov. Pawlenty has ordered a halt to any state money going to the group, if any.

(Update 4:47 p.m. MPR's Tom Scheck reports Pawlenty appears to have put a halt to something that didn't exist in the first place.)

Conservatives, meanwhile, are claiming the mainstream media are ignoring the story, which puts it squarely in the lap of comedians to figure out:

The Daily Show With Jon StewartMon - Thurs 11p / 10c
The Audacity of Hos
www.thedailyshow.com
Daily Show
Full Episodes
Political HumorHealthcare Protests

Comment on this post

Political lightning round

Posted at 1:01 PM on September 15, 2009 by Bob Collins (4 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

There's a period at the beginning of session of the U.S. House when members make one-minute speeches to a near-empty chamber. It's the daily "lightning round" of American issues.

Here's today's:

Rep. Joe Pitts, R-Pa., objects to what Hamas is teaching in its schools.

Rep. Steven Kagen, D-Wisc., advocates reform in health care.

Rep. Phil Gingrey, R-Ga., congratulates a teenage tennis player at the U.S. Open.

Rep. Betsy Markey, D-Co., congratulates Congress for passing an economic stimulus

Rep. Christopher Lee, R-NY, pays tribute to a soldier killed in Afghanistan.

Rep. John Yarmuth, D-KY, says people are frustrated that they're not being heard and says it's because of campaign contributions from big money.

Rep. Ted Poe, R-TX, notes the high attendance of people protesting Obama's health care "These people don't like the attitude that disagreement with government is frowned upon." He says people object to the characterization of "these people as unAmerican."

Speaking of viral:

Rep. G.K. Butterfield, D-NC, says people with health care coverage don't know what they've got.

Rep. Denny Rehberg, R-Mon., says Congress should adjourn for 30 days so the reps can "listen to real Americans" on health care.

Rep. Mazie Hirono, D-Hawaii, says people need health insurance.

Rep. David Dreier, R-Calif., says the administration raised taxes by adding tariffs on tires from China.

Rep. John Hall, D-NY (former lead singer of Orleans) says health care must pass.

Rep. John Boozman, R-Ark., says proposed health care bill will force small businesses to close.

Rep. Bill Pascrell, D-NJ, says surging health care costs slow job growth.

Rep. Lamar Smith, R-TX., says 40 percent of medical practice suits are without merit.

Rep. Jay Inslee, D-Wash., says people are mostly worked up over things that aren't in the health care bill. He calls them "hallucinations."

Rep. John Fleming, R-La., says health care reform plan will increase national debt.

Rep. Eddie Bernice Johnson, D-Tex., says it's time for insurance companies "to come to the table, spending the millions they're spending to spread falsehoods" and work out a plan on health care.

Rep. Shelley Moore Capito, R-WV, who honors a police officer who was killed in the line of duty.

Rep. Steve Driehaus, D-Ohio, honors the late Cincinnati Pops conductor Erich Kunze.

Rep. Peter Welch, D-Vt., advocates public option in health care reform.

Rep. Paul Tonko, D-NY, pats himself on the back for passage of a wind energy bill.

Rep. Darrell Issa, R-Calif., says Democrats are calling everything a crisis. "We still don't get it; the crisis is here in Washington," he says.

Rep. Michael Arcuri, D-NY, recounts stories of problems with people who have pre-existing conditions.

Rep. Carolyn Maloney, D-NY, says 1 of 5 adults lacks health insurance.

Rep. Gwen Moore, D-Wis. recognizes 15th anniversary of the Violence Against Women Act.

Rep. Mary Jo Kilroy, D-Ohio, says a woman who worked for GM and took early retirement, has found she's lost her health care and her retirement savings.

Rep. Rush Holt, D-NY, says Americans are living sicker and dying younger.

And that's today's lightning round.

Comment on this post

Jody Powell, 1943-2009

Posted at 4:30 PM on September 14, 2009 by Bob Collins (0 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

24-0460a.gif

The news today that Jody Powell died has sent us scurrying for the News Cut Wayback Machine.

It's 1977. And Time Magazine hates the new administration in town, and the new press secretary, a Mr. Jody Powell:

Jody Powell, the other principal staff strategist in the Lance affair, turned out to have some of the Machiavellian instincts of Nixon's Ziegler--and about the same skill --when he tried to send newsmen chasing after Chuck Percy on a provably false charge. Surely there have been times in the past when presidential press secretaries have called up newsmen and suggested they check out rumors of wrong-doing by Senators. But that sort of thing is probably done less in reality than in the Washington novels.

Looking back at that story, it's almost laughable to note that people once believed that White House officials didn't orchestrate media assaults on political opponents. And Time's observation came after experiencing the Nixon administration.

Powell was also responsible for leaking the one presidential story that should have died : The one about the "killer rabbit."


Although an experienced reporter, Brooks also failed to appreciate the significance of what he had heard. He did not rush to file an "urgent" story. In fact, he continued the conversation for some period of time and several more cups of tea. Not until the next day did he get around to sending this gripping account out over the wires to a waiting public. And even then it was a pleasant, lighthearted piece. Although he may not admit it now, I had the definite impression at the time that Brooks thought it was nothing more than a mildly amusing incident, too.

We were soon corrected. The Washington Post, exercising the news judgement (sic) that we in the White House had come to appreciate so keenly, headed the piece President Attacked by Rabbit and ran it on the front page. The more cautious New York Times boxed it on page A-12. That night, all three networks found time to report the amazing incident. But that was just the beginning.


In one of Powell's last "appearances," he talked to NPR in January about what it's like to move out of the White House.

Comment on this post

Checking the speech

Posted at 5:52 PM on September 12, 2009 by Bob Collins (3 Comments)
Filed under: Politics



As Larry Jacobs told Gary Eichten after Saturday's speech at Target Center by President Barack Obama, it was a rally speech, not a policy speech. By design, it should have capitalized on the momentum from his speech to a joint session of Congress on Wednesday night, except that most of the discussion afterwards was about a guy who yelled something stupid, rather than the issue. So the president needed to use Saturday's speech to jumpstart things... again.

There usually isn't a great deal of meat in a rally speech, but that's not to say there weren't many interesting parts. Let's look at a few segments of his speech.
In the last twelve months alone, six million more Americans lost their health insurance. And today, we received more disturbing news. A new report from the Treasury Department found that nearly half of all Americans under 65 will lose their health coverage at some point over the next ten years. More than one-third will go without coverage for longer than one year. In other words, it can happen to anyone. There but for the grace of God go I.
The president used this on his Saturday radio address. We'll have to take his word for it; the report isn't online. But it makes sense because health insurance is tied to employment in this country and we know in the last 12 months, people have lost their jobs. It's interesting that only 6 million lost their health insurance, because nearly 15 million are currently unemployed. COBRA allows people to keep health insurance for a few months -- until they can figure out how to pay for private insurance when they don't have income.

At some point, opponents are going to have to acknowledge the validity of this aspect of the problem. Many of them did in the last campaign.
Another woman from Texas was about to get a double mastectomy when her insurance company canceled her policy because she forgot to declare a case of acne. By the time she had her insurance reinstated, her breast cancer more than doubled in size.
Her name is Robin Beaton of Waxahachie, Texas. Obama mentioned her situation in his speech on Wednesday.

It has now been nearly a century since Teddy Roosevelt first called for health care reform.
I was alive during the debate over Lyndon Johnson's Great Society. Trust me, plenty has been done to help provide it since Teddy Roosevelt. The suggestion that nothing has been done since Teddy Roosevelt is, of course, wrong.
If we do nothing, we will eventually spend more on Medicare and Medicaid than every other government program combined. That is not an option for the United States of America.
On this Republicans agree. The comment mirrors Gov. Tim Pawlenty's comments in recent years about health care in Minnesota. His view is the state shouldn't provide health care to the extent it does. Obama's is that someone should. That's really the issue here.
First, if you are among the hundreds of millions of Americans who already have health insurance through your job, Medicare, Medicaid, or the VA, nothing in this plan will require you or your employer to change the coverage or the doctor you have. Let me repeat this: nothing in our plan requires you to change what you have.
This, of course, is the "money quote" and has been for some time. But the concern of opponents is that employers -- if there is a cheaper option available via public option -- will drop their private-insurer coverage and force their employees to go on whatever public "exchange" is available. Why should employers pay for something that would be provided directly to their employees via this option?
We will do this by creating a new insurance exchange - a marketplace where individuals and small businesses will be able to shop for an affordable health insurance plan that works for them.
Lacking details as almost every plan does, what would you consider affordable when it comes to health insurance premiums?

And it would require changes for those who have Medicare. The Congressional Budget Office says the provisions currently in the House version of the health care bill will add 5 percent to Medicare premiums in 2001 and 20 percent in 2019 (although spending on prescriptions would fall. Is this a wash? It depends on whether you buy a lot of prescriptions).
Now, if you still cannot afford the lower-priced insurance available in the exchange, we will provide tax credits so that you can. And in the few years it takes us to set up the exchange, we will immediately offer Americans with pre-existing conditions low-cost coverage that will protect you from financial ruin if you become seriously ill.
Again, these are the details we don't have. What does low cost mean?
I have also said that one of the options in the insurance exchange should be a public insurance option. Let me be clear - it would only be an option. No one would be forced to choose it, and no one with insurance would be affected by it. What it would do is provide more choice and more competition. It would keep pressure on private insurers to keep their policies affordable and treat their customers better, the same way public colleges and universities provide additional choice and competition to students without in any way inhibiting private colleges and universities.
We know by experience how insurance companies lower their costs. So if the public option is intended to apply pressure on private insurers to keep their policies affordable, how does that likely square with the claim that having such a public option wouldn't affect anyone with insurance now? I'm not saying it will. I'm not saying it won't. I'm not inviting another round of T-shirt slogans. I'm asking how the theory works in detail?
And I will make sure that no government bureaucrat or insurance company bureaucrat gets between you and the coverage that you need.
There seems to be almost no way to provide a public option without a bureaucrat working on administering it. But giving Obama the benefit of the doubt that what he means is a bureaucrat won't deny "the coverage you need," it invites the question, "who decides what coverage you need?" We know who does now. The insurance companies. But the promise is a bureaucrat won't be involved in this. Suppose your health care provider -- however you define that -- suggests laetrile to treat cancer. Who's going to be the one to say that's not an acceptable treatment?
First, I will not sign a plan that adds one dime to our deficits - either now or in the future.
According to the "Congressional Budget Office":http://cboblog.cbo.gov/?p=332" target="_blank:
According to CBO's and JCT's assessment, enacting H.R. 3200 would result in a net increase in the federal budget deficit of $239 billion over the 2010-2019 period. That estimate reflects a projected 10-year cost of the bill's insurance coverage provisions of $1,042 billion, partly offset by net spending changes that CBO estimates would save $219 billion over the same period, and by revenue provisions that JCT estimates would increase federal revenues by about $583 billion over those 10 years.

By the end of the 10-year period, in 2019, the coverage provisions would add $202 billion to the federal deficit, CBO and JCT estimate. That increase would be partially offset by net cost savings of $50 billion and additional revenues of $86 billion, resulting in a net increase in the deficit of an estimated $65 billion.
Keep in mind, that refers to the House version of the bill, which nobody thinks is ever going to be enacted in its present form.
Right now, too much of the hard-earned savings and tax dollars we spend on health care doesn't make us healthier. That's not my judgment - it's the judgment of medical professionals across this country.
And it's also true that this isn't a serious point of debate.
The only thing this plan would eliminate is the hundreds of billions of dollars in waste and fraud, as well as unwarranted subsidies in Medicare that go to insurance companies - subsidies that do everything to pad their profits and nothing to improve your care. And we will also create an independent commission of doctors and medical experts charged with identifying more waste in the years ahead.
This also mirrors what the president said Wednesday. The New York Times said the president overreached.
Critics of the president's plan have said Americans ages 65 and over could find their Medicare benefits reduced as a result of the health care overhaul. Congressional Democrats certainly do not intend to cut benefits, but they are proposing big cuts in government spending on Medicare and not all of it would come from eliminating waste. The legislation seeks to trim Medicare payments for most services, as an incentive for hospitals and other health care providers to become more efficient. Other cuts would come from reduced payments to drug makers. Such cutbacks could inadvertently reduce access to some types of care.

The changes could also create new co-payments for services, including some laboratory tests that are now provided without charge.
So don't pay attention to those scary stories about how your benefits will be cut. That will never happen on my watch. I will protect Medicare.
Even if he's re-elected president, Medicare isn't expected to run out of money until 2017, right after his term would expire.

Comment on this post

Can undocumented immigrants get government subsidized health care?

Posted at 9:34 AM on September 10, 2009 by Bob Collins (23 Comments)
Filed under: Health, Politics

There are also those who claim that our reform efforts would insure illegal immigrants. This, too, is false. The reforms -- the reforms I'm proposing would not apply to those who are here illegally.

That was the point at which Rep. Joe Wilson shouted, "you lie," and led to today's national dialog about whether people who are here illegally will have access to health care. Notice, however, that the president didn't say they would. He didn't say they wouldn't. He said "the reforms I'm proposing would not apply to those who are here illegally."

That's different than saying government won't pay for access to health care for people who are in the United States illegally. It already is. Technically.

Take Minnesota, for example.

Technically, "Nonimmigrants" and "undocumented persons" are not eligible for General Assistance, welfare, Minnesota Supplemental Aid, SSI, Food Support, Emergency General Assistance, and MinnesotaCare. But, again technically, they have access to government-subsidized health care even though they don't. How can both be true?

The 2003 Legislature eliminated GAMC coverage (General Assistance Medical Care) for nonimmigrants and undocumented persons who are under age 18, age 65 or older, blind, or disabled. It also eliminated GAMC coverage for all other nonimmigrants and undocumented persons.

But, according to the Minnesota House of Representatives Research Department, "Nonimmigrants and undocumented persons who meet MA eligibility criteria, such as children under age 21, parents of children under age 18, people who are age 65 or older, blind, or disabled, may be eligible for treatment of emergency medical conditions (including labor and delivery costs for pregnant women) under Emergency MA." That's federally funded.

In Minnesota and the U.S., SCHIP, the children's health insurance program, provides undocumented and nonimmigrants prenatal and delivery care through the end of the month in which the child is born.

Technically, that's government-subsidized health care.

So who's right? That's the problem. Technically both sides are. Especially when it's boiled down to sound bites and talk show rhetoric. That's why there needs to be more attention to the details of the various plans being discussed. The "immigrant issue" is a technicality being used to sway people who can't be bothered with such things.

Comment on this post

USA the Franken Way

Posted at 8:57 PM on September 4, 2009 by Bob Collins (17 Comments)
Filed under: Politics

If you listened to Midday via the radio on Friday -- MPR Day at the State Fair -- the whole "Al draws the USA thing" might not have been that impressive. So ... here:



Here's Gary Eichten's full interview with the senator. Health care, of course, was the big topic. Franken would not commit to an answer on the question of whether he'd support a health care bill without the "public option."

"I'm not going to negotiate with myself at the State Fair," he said.